1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment ========================================================
3 @comment %**start of header
4 @setfilename autoconf.info
9 @setcontentsaftertitlepage
15 @c The ARG is an optional argument. To be used for macro arguments in
16 @c their documentation (@defmac).
18 @r{[}@var{\varname\}@r{]}@c
21 @c @dvar(ARG, DEFAULT)
22 @c -------------------
23 @c The ARG is an optional argument, defaulting to DEFAULT. To be used
24 @c for macro arguments in their documentation (@defmac).
25 @macro dvar{varname, default}
26 @r{[}@var{\varname\} = @samp{\default\}@r{]}@c
29 @c Handling the indexes with Texinfo yields several different problems.
31 @c Because we want to drop out the AC_ part of the macro names in the
32 @c printed manual, but not in the other outputs, we need a layer above
33 @c the usual @acindex{} etc. That's why we first define indexes such as
34 @c acx meant to become the macro @acindex. First of all, using ``ac_''
35 @c does not work with makeinfo, and using ``ac1'' doesn't work with TeX.
36 @c So use something more regular ``acx''. Then you finish with a printed
37 @c index saying ``index is not existent''. Of course: you ought to use
38 @c two letters :( So you use capitals.
40 @c Second, when defining a macro in the TeX world, following spaces are
41 @c eaten. But then, since we embed @acxindex commands that use the end
42 @c of line as an end marker, the whole things wrecks itself. So make
43 @c sure you do *force* an additional end of line, add a ``@c''.
45 @c Finally, you might want to get rid of TeX expansion, using --expand
46 @c with texi2dvi. But then you wake up an old problem: we use macros
47 @c in @defmac etc. where TeX does perform the expansion, but not makeinfo.
49 @c Define an environment variable index.
51 @c Define an output variable index.
53 @c Define a CPP variable index.
55 @c Define an Autoconf macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
57 @c Define an Autotest macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
59 @c Define an M4sugar macro index that @defmac doesn't write to.
61 @c Define an index for *foreign* programs: `mv' etc. Used for the
62 @c portability sections and so on.
67 @c Shall we factor AC_ out of the Autoconf macro index etc.?
74 @c Registering an AC_\MACRO\.
81 @ifclear shortindexflag
89 @c Registering an AH_\MACRO\.
97 @c Registering an AS_\MACRO\.
104 @ifclear shortindexflag
105 @macro asindex{macro}
112 @c Registering an AT_\MACRO\.
113 @ifset shortindexflag
114 @macro atindex{macro}
119 @ifclear shortindexflag
120 @macro atindex{macro}
127 @c Registering an AU_\MACRO\.
128 @macro auindex{macro}
135 @c Indexing a header.
136 @macro hdrindex{macro}
137 @prindex @file{\macro\}
143 @c Registering an m4_\MACRO\.
144 @ifset shortindexflag
145 @macro msindex{macro}
150 @ifclear shortindexflag
151 @macro msindex{macro}
157 @c Define an index for functions: `alloca' etc. Used for the
158 @c portability sections and so on. We can't use `fn' (aka `fnindex),
159 @c since `@defmac' goes into it => we'd get all the macros too.
161 @c FIXME: Aaarg! It seems there are too many indices for TeX :(
163 @c ! No room for a new @write .
164 @c l.112 @defcodeindex fu
166 @c so don't define yet another one :( Just put some tags before each
167 @c @prindex which is actually a @funindex.
172 @c @c Put the programs and functions into their own index.
173 @c @syncodeindex fu pr
175 @comment %**end of header
176 @comment ========================================================
180 This manual (@value{UPDATED}) is for @acronym{GNU} Autoconf
181 (version @value{VERSION}),
182 a package for creating scripts to configure source code packages using
183 templates and an M4 macro package.
185 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000,
186 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software
190 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
191 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
192 Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software
193 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
194 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
195 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
196 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
198 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to copy and
199 modify this @acronym{GNU} manual. Buying copies from the @acronym{FSF}
200 supports it in developing @acronym{GNU} and promoting software
207 @dircategory Software development
209 * Autoconf: (autoconf). Create source code configuration scripts.
212 @dircategory Individual utilities
214 * autoscan: (autoconf)autoscan Invocation.
215 Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
216 * ifnames: (autoconf)ifnames Invocation. Listing conditionals in source.
217 * autoconf-invocation: (autoconf)autoconf Invocation.
218 How to create configuration scripts
219 * autoreconf: (autoconf)autoreconf Invocation.
220 Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
221 * autoheader: (autoconf)autoheader Invocation.
222 How to create configuration templates
223 * autom4te: (autoconf)autom4te Invocation.
224 The Autoconf executables backbone
225 * configure: (autoconf)configure Invocation. Configuring a package.
226 * autoupdate: (autoconf)autoupdate Invocation.
227 Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
228 * config.status: (autoconf)config.status Invocation. Recreating configurations.
229 * testsuite: (autoconf)testsuite Invocation. Running an Autotest test suite.
234 @subtitle Creating Automatic Configuration Scripts
235 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
236 @author David MacKenzie
238 @author Akim Demaille
240 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
253 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
256 * Introduction:: Autoconf's purpose, strengths, and weaknesses
257 * The GNU Build System:: A set of tools for portable software packages
258 * Making configure Scripts:: How to organize and produce Autoconf scripts
259 * Setup:: Initialization and output
260 * Existing Tests:: Macros that check for particular features
261 * Writing Tests:: How to write new feature checks
262 * Results:: What to do with results from feature checks
263 * Programming in M4:: Layers on top of which Autoconf is written
264 * Programming in M4sh:: Shell portability layer
265 * Writing Autoconf Macros:: Adding new macros to Autoconf
266 * Portable Shell:: Shell script portability pitfalls
267 * Portable Make:: Makefile portability pitfalls
268 * Portable C and C++:: C and C++ portability pitfalls
269 * Manual Configuration:: Selecting features that can't be guessed
270 * Site Configuration:: Local defaults for @command{configure}
271 * Running configure Scripts:: How to use the Autoconf output
272 * config.status Invocation:: Recreating a configuration
273 * Obsolete Constructs:: Kept for backward compatibility
274 * Using Autotest:: Creating portable test suites
275 * FAQ:: Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
276 * History:: History of Autoconf
277 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
278 * Indices:: Indices of symbols, concepts, etc.
281 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
283 The @acronym{GNU} Build System
285 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
286 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
287 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
288 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
290 Making @command{configure} Scripts
292 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
293 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
294 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
295 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
296 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
298 Writing @file{configure.ac}
300 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
301 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
302 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
304 Initialization and Output Files
306 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
307 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
308 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
309 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
310 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
311 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
312 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
313 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
314 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
315 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
316 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
317 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
318 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
320 Substitutions in Makefiles
322 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
323 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
324 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
325 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
326 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
328 Configuration Header Files
330 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
331 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
332 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
336 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
337 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
338 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
339 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
340 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
341 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
342 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
343 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
344 * Types:: Types that might be missing
345 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
346 * System Services:: Operating system services
347 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
348 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
352 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
353 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
357 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
358 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
362 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
363 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
364 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
368 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
369 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
370 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
374 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
375 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
379 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
380 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
384 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
385 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
387 Compilers and Preprocessors
389 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
390 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
391 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
392 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
393 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
394 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
395 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
399 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
400 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
401 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
402 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
403 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
404 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
405 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
406 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
408 Writing Test Programs
410 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
411 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
412 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
416 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
417 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
418 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
419 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
420 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
424 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
425 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
426 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
430 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
431 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
432 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
436 * Common Shell Constructs:: Portability layer for common shell constructs
437 * Polymorphic Variables:: Support for indirect variable names
438 * Initialization Macros:: Macros to establish a sane shell environment
439 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
443 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
444 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
445 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
446 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
447 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
448 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
449 * Balancing Parentheses:: Dealing with unbalanced parentheses
450 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
452 Using @command{autom4te}
454 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
455 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
457 Programming in M4sugar
459 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
460 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
461 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
462 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
463 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
464 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
465 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
466 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
467 * Set manipulation Macros:: Set manipulation in M4
468 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
470 Writing Autoconf Macros
472 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
473 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
474 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
475 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
476 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
477 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
479 Dependencies Between Macros
481 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
482 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
483 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
485 Portable Shell Programming
487 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
488 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
489 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
490 * File System Conventions:: File names
491 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
492 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
493 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
494 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
495 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
496 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
497 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
498 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
499 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
501 Portable Make Programming
503 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
504 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
505 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
506 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
507 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
508 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
509 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
510 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
511 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
512 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
513 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
514 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
515 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
516 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
517 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
519 @code{VPATH} and Make
521 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
522 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
523 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
524 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
525 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
527 Portable C and C++ Programming
529 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
530 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
531 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
532 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
533 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
534 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
535 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
536 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
540 * Specifying Target Triplets:: Specifying target triplets
541 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
542 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
546 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
547 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
548 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
549 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
550 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
551 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
552 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
553 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
555 Transforming Program Names When Installing
557 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
558 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
559 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
561 Running @command{configure} Scripts
563 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
564 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
565 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
566 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
567 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
568 * Particular Systems:: Particular systems
569 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
570 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
571 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
572 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
576 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
577 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
578 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
579 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
580 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
581 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
583 Upgrading From Version 1
585 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
586 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
587 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
588 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
589 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
591 Upgrading From Version 2.13
593 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
594 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
595 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
596 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
597 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
599 Generating Test Suites with Autotest
601 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
602 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
603 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
604 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
606 Using an Autotest Test Suite
608 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
609 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
611 Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
613 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
614 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
615 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
616 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
617 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
618 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
619 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
620 * Expanded Before Required:: Expanded Before Required
624 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
625 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
626 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
627 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
628 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
632 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
633 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
634 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
635 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
636 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
637 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
638 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
639 * Concept Index:: General index
644 @c ============================================================= Introduction.
647 @chapter Introduction
651 A physicist, an engineer, and a computer scientist were discussing the
652 nature of God. ``Surely a Physicist,'' said the physicist, ``because
653 early in the Creation, God made Light; and you know, Maxwell's
654 equations, the dual nature of electromagnetic waves, the relativistic
655 consequences@enddots{}'' ``An Engineer!,'' said the engineer, ``because
656 before making Light, God split the Chaos into Land and Water; it takes a
657 hell of an engineer to handle that big amount of mud, and orderly
658 separation of solids from liquids@enddots{}'' The computer scientist
659 shouted: ``And the Chaos, where do you think it was coming from, hmm?''
663 @c (via Franc,ois Pinard)
665 Autoconf is a tool for producing shell scripts that automatically
666 configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of
667 Posix-like systems. The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf
668 are independent of Autoconf when they are run, so their users do not
669 need to have Autoconf.
671 The configuration scripts produced by Autoconf require no manual user
672 intervention when run; they do not normally even need an argument
673 specifying the system type. Instead, they individually test for the
674 presence of each feature that the software package they are for might need.
675 (Before each check, they print a one-line message stating what they are
676 checking for, so the user doesn't get too bored while waiting for the
677 script to finish.) As a result, they deal well with systems that are
678 hybrids or customized from the more common Posix variants. There is
679 no need to maintain files that list the features supported by each
680 release of each variant of Posix.
682 For each software package that Autoconf is used with, it creates a
683 configuration script from a template file that lists the system features
684 that the package needs or can use. After the shell code to recognize
685 and respond to a system feature has been written, Autoconf allows it to
686 be shared by many software packages that can use (or need) that feature.
687 If it later turns out that the shell code needs adjustment for some
688 reason, it needs to be changed in only one place; all of the
689 configuration scripts can be regenerated automatically to take advantage
692 @c "Those who do not understand Unix are condemned to reinvent it, poorly."
693 @c --Henry Spencer, 1987 (see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Unix_philosophy)
694 Those who do not understand Autoconf are condemned to reinvent it, poorly.
695 The primary goal of Autoconf is making the @emph{user's} life easier;
696 making the @emph{maintainer's} life easier is only a secondary goal.
697 Put another way, the primary goal is not to make the generation of
698 @file{configure} automatic for package maintainers (although patches
699 along that front are welcome, since package maintainers form the user
700 base of Autoconf); rather, the goal is to make @file{configure}
701 painless, portable, and predictable for the end user of each
702 @dfn{autoconfiscated} package. And to this degree, Autoconf is highly
703 successful at its goal --- most complaints to the Autoconf list are
704 about difficulties in writing Autoconf input, and not in the behavior of
705 the resulting @file{configure}. Even packages that don't use Autoconf
706 will generally provide a @file{configure} script, and the most common
707 complaint about these alternative home-grown scripts is that they fail
708 to meet one or more of the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards that users
709 have come to expect from Autoconf-generated @file{configure} scripts.
711 The Metaconfig package is similar in purpose to Autoconf, but the
712 scripts it produces require manual user intervention, which is quite
713 inconvenient when configuring large source trees. Unlike Metaconfig
714 scripts, Autoconf scripts can support cross-compiling, if some care is
715 taken in writing them.
717 Autoconf does not solve all problems related to making portable
718 software packages---for a more complete solution, it should be used in
719 concert with other @acronym{GNU} build tools like Automake and
720 Libtool. These other tools take on jobs like the creation of a
721 portable, recursive makefile with all of the standard targets,
722 linking of shared libraries, and so on. @xref{The GNU Build System},
723 for more information.
725 Autoconf imposes some restrictions on the names of macros used with
726 @code{#if} in C programs (@pxref{Preprocessor Symbol Index}).
728 Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.5 or later in order to
729 generate the scripts. It uses features that some versions of M4,
730 including @acronym{GNU} M4 1.3, do not have. Autoconf works better
731 with @acronym{GNU} M4 version 1.4.11 or later, though this is not
734 @xref{Autoconf 1}, for information about upgrading from version 1.
735 @xref{History}, for the story of Autoconf's development. @xref{FAQ},
736 for answers to some common questions about Autoconf.
738 See the @uref{http://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/autoconf/,
739 Autoconf web page} for up-to-date information, details on the mailing
740 lists, pointers to a list of known bugs, etc.
742 Mail suggestions to @email{autoconf@@gnu.org, the Autoconf mailing
743 list}. Past suggestions are
744 @uref{http://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf/, archived}.
746 Mail bug reports to @email{bug-autoconf@@gnu.org, the
747 Autoconf Bugs mailing list}. Past bug reports are
748 @uref{http://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/bug-autoconf/, archived}.
750 If possible, first check that your bug is
751 not already solved in current development versions, and that it has not
752 been reported yet. Be sure to include all the needed information and a
753 short @file{configure.ac} that demonstrates the problem.
755 Autoconf's development tree is accessible via @command{git}; see the
756 @uref{http://@/savannah.gnu.org/@/projects/@/autoconf/, Autoconf
757 Summary} for details, or view
758 @uref{http://@/git.sv.gnu.org/@/gitweb/@/?p=autoconf.git, the actual
759 repository}. Anonymous @acronym{CVS} access is also available, see
760 @file{README} for more details. Patches relative to the
761 current @command{git} version can be sent for review to the
762 @email{autoconf-patches@@gnu.org, Autoconf Patches mailing list}, with
763 discussion on prior patches
764 @uref{http://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-@/patches/,
765 archived}; and all commits are posted in the read-only
766 @email{autoconf-commit@@gnu.org, Autoconf Commit mailing list}, which is
767 also @uref{http://@/lists.gnu.org/@/archive/@/html/@/autoconf-commit/,
770 Because of its mission, the Autoconf package itself
771 includes only a set of often-used
772 macros that have already demonstrated their usefulness. Nevertheless,
773 if you wish to share your macros, or find existing ones, see the
774 @uref{http://@/autoconf-archive.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
775 Archive}, which is kindly run by @email{simons@@cryp.to,
779 @c ================================================= The GNU Build System
781 @node The GNU Build System
782 @chapter The @acronym{GNU} Build System
783 @cindex @acronym{GNU} build system
785 Autoconf solves an important problem---reliable discovery of
786 system-specific build and runtime information---but this is only one
787 piece of the puzzle for the development of portable software. To this
788 end, the @acronym{GNU} project has developed a suite of integrated
789 utilities to finish the job Autoconf started: the @acronym{GNU} build
790 system, whose most important components are Autoconf, Automake, and
791 Libtool. In this chapter, we introduce you to those tools, point you
792 to sources of more information, and try to convince you to use the
793 entire @acronym{GNU} build system for your software.
796 * Automake:: Escaping makefile hell
797 * Gnulib:: The @acronym{GNU} portability library
798 * Libtool:: Building libraries portably
799 * Pointers:: More info on the @acronym{GNU} build system
805 The ubiquity of @command{make} means that a makefile is almost the
806 only viable way to distribute automatic build rules for software, but
807 one quickly runs into its numerous limitations. Its lack of
808 support for automatic dependency tracking, recursive builds in
809 subdirectories, reliable timestamps (e.g., for network file systems), and
810 so on, mean that developers must painfully (and often incorrectly)
811 reinvent the wheel for each project. Portability is non-trivial, thanks
812 to the quirks of @command{make} on many systems. On top of all this is the
813 manual labor required to implement the many standard targets that users
814 have come to expect (@code{make install}, @code{make distclean},
815 @code{make uninstall}, etc.). Since you are, of course, using Autoconf,
816 you also have to insert repetitive code in your @file{Makefile.in} to
817 recognize @code{@@CC@@}, @code{@@CFLAGS@@}, and other substitutions
818 provided by @command{configure}. Into this mess steps @dfn{Automake}.
821 Automake allows you to specify your build needs in a @file{Makefile.am}
822 file with a vastly simpler and more powerful syntax than that of a plain
823 makefile, and then generates a portable @file{Makefile.in} for
824 use with Autoconf. For example, the @file{Makefile.am} to build and
825 install a simple ``Hello world'' program might look like:
829 hello_SOURCES = hello.c
833 The resulting @file{Makefile.in} (~400 lines) automatically supports all
834 the standard targets, the substitutions provided by Autoconf, automatic
835 dependency tracking, @code{VPATH} building, and so on. @command{make}
836 builds the @code{hello} program, and @code{make install} installs it
837 in @file{/usr/local/bin} (or whatever prefix was given to
838 @command{configure}, if not @file{/usr/local}).
840 The benefits of Automake increase for larger packages (especially ones
841 with subdirectories), but even for small programs the added convenience
842 and portability can be substantial. And that's not all@enddots{}
847 @acronym{GNU} software has a well-deserved reputation for running on
848 many different types of systems. While our primary goal is to write
849 software for the @acronym{GNU} system, many users and developers have
850 been introduced to us through the systems that they were already using.
853 Gnulib is a central location for common @acronym{GNU} code, intended to
854 be shared among free software packages. Its components are typically
855 shared at the source level, rather than being a library that gets built,
856 installed, and linked against. The idea is to copy files from Gnulib
857 into your own source tree. There is no distribution tarball; developers
858 should just grab source modules from the repository. The source files
859 are available online, under various licenses, mostly @acronym{GNU}
860 @acronym{GPL} or @acronym{GNU} @acronym{LGPL}.
862 Gnulib modules typically contain C source code along with Autoconf
863 macros used to configure the source code. For example, the Gnulib
864 @code{stdbool} module implements a @file{stdbool.h} header that nearly
865 conforms to C99, even on old-fashioned hosts that lack @file{stdbool.h}.
866 This module contains a source file for the replacement header, along
867 with an Autoconf macro that arranges to use the replacement header on
868 old-fashioned systems.
873 Often, one wants to build not only programs, but libraries, so that
874 other programs can benefit from the fruits of your labor. Ideally, one
875 would like to produce @emph{shared} (dynamically linked) libraries,
876 which can be used by multiple programs without duplication on disk or in
877 memory and can be updated independently of the linked programs.
878 Producing shared libraries portably, however, is the stuff of
879 nightmares---each system has its own incompatible tools, compiler flags,
880 and magic incantations. Fortunately, @acronym{GNU} provides a solution:
884 Libtool handles all the requirements of building shared libraries for
885 you, and at this time seems to be the @emph{only} way to do so with any
886 portability. It also handles many other headaches, such as: the
887 interaction of Make rules with the variable suffixes of
888 shared libraries, linking reliably with shared libraries before they are
889 installed by the superuser, and supplying a consistent versioning system
890 (so that different versions of a library can be installed or upgraded
891 without breaking binary compatibility). Although Libtool, like
892 Autoconf, can be used without Automake, it is most simply utilized in
893 conjunction with Automake---there, Libtool is used automatically
894 whenever shared libraries are needed, and you need not know its syntax.
899 Developers who are used to the simplicity of @command{make} for small
900 projects on a single system might be daunted at the prospect of
901 learning to use Automake and Autoconf. As your software is
902 distributed to more and more users, however, you otherwise
903 quickly find yourself putting lots of effort into reinventing the
904 services that the @acronym{GNU} build tools provide, and making the
905 same mistakes that they once made and overcame. (Besides, since
906 you're already learning Autoconf, Automake is a piece of cake.)
908 There are a number of places that you can go to for more information on
909 the @acronym{GNU} build tools.
915 The project home pages for
916 @uref{http://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/autoconf/, Autoconf},
917 @uref{http://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/automake/, Automake},
918 @uref{http://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/gnulib/, Gnulib}, and
919 @uref{http://@/www@/.gnu@/.org/@/software/@/libtool/, Libtool}.
921 @item Automake Manual
923 @xref{Top, , Automake, automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}, for more
924 information on Automake.
928 The book @cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and
929 Libtool}@footnote{@cite{@acronym{GNU} Autoconf, Automake and Libtool},
930 by G. V. Vaughan, B. Elliston, T. Tromey, and I. L. Taylor. SAMS (originally
931 New Riders), 2000, ISBN 1578701902.} describes the complete @acronym{GNU}
932 build environment. You can also find
933 @uref{http://@/sources.redhat.com/@/autobook/, the entire book on-line}.
937 @c ================================================= Making configure Scripts.
939 @node Making configure Scripts
940 @chapter Making @command{configure} Scripts
941 @cindex @file{aclocal.m4}
942 @cindex @command{configure}
944 The configuration scripts that Autoconf produces are by convention
945 called @command{configure}. When run, @command{configure} creates several
946 files, replacing configuration parameters in them with appropriate
947 values. The files that @command{configure} creates are:
951 one or more @file{Makefile} files, usually one in each subdirectory of the
952 package (@pxref{Makefile Substitutions});
955 optionally, a C header file, the name of which is configurable,
956 containing @code{#define} directives (@pxref{Configuration Headers});
959 a shell script called @file{config.status} that, when run, recreates
960 the files listed above (@pxref{config.status Invocation});
963 an optional shell script normally called @file{config.cache}
964 (created when using @samp{configure --config-cache}) that
965 saves the results of running many of the tests (@pxref{Cache Files});
968 a file called @file{config.log} containing any messages produced by
969 compilers, to help debugging if @command{configure} makes a mistake.
972 @cindex @file{configure.in}
973 @cindex @file{configure.ac}
974 To create a @command{configure} script with Autoconf, you need to write an
975 Autoconf input file @file{configure.ac} (or @file{configure.in}) and run
976 @command{autoconf} on it. If you write your own feature tests to
977 supplement those that come with Autoconf, you might also write files
978 called @file{aclocal.m4} and @file{acsite.m4}. If you use a C header
979 file to contain @code{#define} directives, you might also run
980 @command{autoheader}, and you can distribute the generated file
981 @file{config.h.in} with the package.
983 Here is a diagram showing how the files that can be used in
984 configuration are produced. Programs that are executed are suffixed by
985 @samp{*}. Optional files are enclosed in square brackets (@samp{[]}).
986 @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} also read the installed Autoconf
987 macro files (by reading @file{autoconf.m4}).
990 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
992 your source files --> [autoscan*] --> [configure.scan] --> configure.ac
996 | .------> autoconf* -----> configure
998 | `-----> [autoheader*] --> [config.h.in]
1002 Makefile.in -------------------------------> Makefile.in
1006 Files used in configuring a software package:
1009 .-------------> [config.cache]
1010 configure* ------------+-------------> config.log
1012 [config.h.in] -. v .-> [config.h] -.
1013 +--> config.status* -+ +--> make*
1014 Makefile.in ---' `-> Makefile ---'
1019 * Writing Autoconf Input:: What to put in an Autoconf input file
1020 * autoscan Invocation:: Semi-automatic @file{configure.ac} writing
1021 * ifnames Invocation:: Listing the conditionals in source code
1022 * autoconf Invocation:: How to create configuration scripts
1023 * autoreconf Invocation:: Remaking multiple @command{configure} scripts
1026 @node Writing Autoconf Input
1027 @section Writing @file{configure.ac}
1029 To produce a @command{configure} script for a software package, create a
1030 file called @file{configure.ac} that contains invocations of the
1031 Autoconf macros that test the system features your package needs or can
1032 use. Autoconf macros already exist to check for many features; see
1033 @ref{Existing Tests}, for their descriptions. For most other features,
1034 you can use Autoconf template macros to produce custom checks; see
1035 @ref{Writing Tests}, for information about them. For especially tricky
1036 or specialized features, @file{configure.ac} might need to contain some
1037 hand-crafted shell commands; see @ref{Portable Shell, , Portable Shell
1038 Programming}. The @command{autoscan} program can give you a good start
1039 in writing @file{configure.ac} (@pxref{autoscan Invocation}, for more
1042 Previous versions of Autoconf promoted the name @file{configure.in},
1043 which is somewhat ambiguous (the tool needed to process this file is not
1044 described by its extension), and introduces a slight confusion with
1045 @file{config.h.in} and so on (for which @samp{.in} means ``to be
1046 processed by @command{configure}''). Using @file{configure.ac} is now
1050 * Shell Script Compiler:: Autoconf as solution of a problem
1051 * Autoconf Language:: Programming in Autoconf
1052 * Autoconf Input Layout:: Standard organization of @file{configure.ac}
1055 @node Shell Script Compiler
1056 @subsection A Shell Script Compiler
1058 Just as for any other computer language, in order to properly program
1059 @file{configure.ac} in Autoconf you must understand @emph{what} problem
1060 the language tries to address and @emph{how} it does so.
1062 The problem Autoconf addresses is that the world is a mess. After all,
1063 you are using Autoconf in order to have your package compile easily on
1064 all sorts of different systems, some of them being extremely hostile.
1065 Autoconf itself bears the price for these differences: @command{configure}
1066 must run on all those systems, and thus @command{configure} must limit itself
1067 to their lowest common denominator of features.
1069 Naturally, you might then think of shell scripts; who needs
1070 @command{autoconf}? A set of properly written shell functions is enough to
1071 make it easy to write @command{configure} scripts by hand. Sigh!
1072 Unfortunately, even in 2008, where shells without any function support are
1073 far and few between, there are pitfalls to avoid when making use of them.
1074 Also, finding a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions is not trivial,
1075 even though there is almost always one on interesting porting targets.
1077 So, what is really needed is some kind of compiler, @command{autoconf},
1078 that takes an Autoconf program, @file{configure.ac}, and transforms it
1079 into a portable shell script, @command{configure}.
1081 How does @command{autoconf} perform this task?
1083 There are two obvious possibilities: creating a brand new language or
1084 extending an existing one. The former option is attractive: all
1085 sorts of optimizations could easily be implemented in the compiler and
1086 many rigorous checks could be performed on the Autoconf program
1087 (e.g., rejecting any non-portable construct). Alternatively, you can
1088 extend an existing language, such as the @code{sh} (Bourne shell)
1091 Autoconf does the latter: it is a layer on top of @code{sh}. It was
1092 therefore most convenient to implement @command{autoconf} as a macro
1093 expander: a program that repeatedly performs @dfn{macro expansions} on
1094 text input, replacing macro calls with macro bodies and producing a pure
1095 @code{sh} script in the end. Instead of implementing a dedicated
1096 Autoconf macro expander, it is natural to use an existing
1097 general-purpose macro language, such as M4, and implement the extensions
1098 as a set of M4 macros.
1101 @node Autoconf Language
1102 @subsection The Autoconf Language
1105 The Autoconf language differs from many other computer
1106 languages because it treats actual code the same as plain text. Whereas
1107 in C, for instance, data and instructions have different syntactic
1108 status, in Autoconf their status is rigorously the same. Therefore, we
1109 need a means to distinguish literal strings from text to be expanded:
1112 When calling macros that take arguments, there must not be any white
1113 space between the macro name and the open parenthesis. Arguments should
1114 be enclosed within the M4 quote characters @samp{[} and @samp{]}, and be
1115 separated by commas. Any leading blanks or newlines in arguments are ignored,
1116 unless they are quoted. You should always quote an argument that
1117 might contain a macro name, comma, parenthesis, or a leading blank or
1118 newline. This rule applies recursively for every macro
1119 call, including macros called from other macros.
1124 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1125 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], [1],
1126 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1127 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1131 is quoted properly. You may safely simplify its quotation to:
1134 AC_CHECK_HEADER([stdio.h],
1135 [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_STDIO_H], 1,
1136 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1137 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1141 because @samp{1} cannot contain a macro call. Here, the argument of
1142 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} must be quoted; otherwise, its comma would be
1143 interpreted as an argument separator. Also, the second and third arguments
1144 of @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADER} must be quoted, since they contain
1145 macro calls. The three arguments @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio.h},
1146 and @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} do not need quoting, but
1147 if you unwisely defined a macro with a name like @samp{Define} or
1148 @samp{stdio} then they would need quoting. Cautious Autoconf users
1149 would keep the quotes, but many Autoconf users find such precautions
1150 annoying, and would rewrite the example as follows:
1153 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1154 [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1155 [Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.])],
1156 [AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you])])
1160 This is safe, so long as you adopt good naming conventions and do not
1161 define macros with names like @samp{HAVE_STDIO_H}, @samp{stdio}, or
1162 @samp{h}. Though it is also safe here to omit the quotes around
1163 @samp{Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.} this is not recommended, as
1164 message strings are more likely to inadvertently contain commas.
1166 The following example is wrong and dangerous, as it is underquoted:
1169 AC_CHECK_HEADER(stdio.h,
1170 AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STDIO_H, 1,
1171 Define to 1 if you have <stdio.h>.),
1172 AC_MSG_ERROR([Sorry, can't do anything for you]))
1175 In other cases, you may have to use text that also resembles a macro
1176 call. You must quote that text even when it is not passed as a macro
1180 echo "Hard rock was here! --[AC_DC]"
1187 echo "Hard rock was here! --AC_DC"
1191 When you use the same text in a macro argument, you must therefore have
1192 an extra quotation level (since one is stripped away by the macro
1193 substitution). In general, then, it is a good idea to @emph{use double
1194 quoting for all literal string arguments}:
1197 AC_MSG_WARN([[AC_DC stinks --Iron Maiden]])
1200 You are now able to understand one of the constructs of Autoconf that
1201 has been continually misunderstood@enddots{} The rule of thumb is that
1202 @emph{whenever you expect macro expansion, expect quote expansion};
1203 i.e., expect one level of quotes to be lost. For instance:
1206 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([char b[10];], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1210 is incorrect: here, the first argument of @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} is
1211 @samp{char b[10];} and is expanded once, which results in
1212 @samp{char b10;}. (There was an idiom common in Autoconf's past to
1213 address this issue via the M4 @code{changequote} primitive, but do not
1214 use it!) Let's take a closer look: the author meant the first argument
1215 to be understood as a literal, and therefore it must be quoted twice:
1218 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([[char b[10];]], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([you lose])])
1222 Voil@`a, you actually produce @samp{char b[10];} this time!
1224 On the other hand, descriptions (e.g., the last parameter of
1225 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AS_HELP_STRING}) are not literals---they
1226 are subject to line breaking, for example---and should not be double quoted.
1227 Even if these descriptions are short and are not actually broken, double
1228 quoting them yields weird results.
1230 Some macros take optional arguments, which this documentation represents
1231 as @ovar{arg} (not to be confused with the quote characters). You may
1232 just leave them empty, or use @samp{[]} to make the emptiness of the
1233 argument explicit, or you may simply omit the trailing commas. The
1234 three lines below are equivalent:
1237 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h], [], [], [])
1238 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h],,,)
1239 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stdio.h])
1242 It is best to put each macro call on its own line in
1243 @file{configure.ac}. Most of the macros don't add extra newlines; they
1244 rely on the newline after the macro call to terminate the commands.
1245 This approach makes the generated @command{configure} script a little
1246 easier to read by not inserting lots of blank lines. It is generally
1247 safe to set shell variables on the same line as a macro call, because
1248 the shell allows assignments without intervening newlines.
1250 You can include comments in @file{configure.ac} files by starting them
1251 with the @samp{#}. For example, it is helpful to begin
1252 @file{configure.ac} files with a line like this:
1255 # Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
1258 @node Autoconf Input Layout
1259 @subsection Standard @file{configure.ac} Layout
1261 The order in which @file{configure.ac} calls the Autoconf macros is not
1262 important, with a few exceptions. Every @file{configure.ac} must
1263 contain a call to @code{AC_INIT} before the checks, and a call to
1264 @code{AC_OUTPUT} at the end (@pxref{Output}). Additionally, some macros
1265 rely on other macros having been called first, because they check
1266 previously set values of some variables to decide what to do. These
1267 macros are noted in the individual descriptions (@pxref{Existing
1268 Tests}), and they also warn you when @command{configure} is created if they
1269 are called out of order.
1271 To encourage consistency, here is a suggested order for calling the
1272 Autoconf macros. Generally speaking, the things near the end of this
1273 list are those that could depend on things earlier in it. For example,
1274 library functions could be affected by types and libraries.
1278 Autoconf requirements
1279 @code{AC_INIT(@var{package}, @var{version}, @var{bug-report-address})}
1280 information on the package
1282 checks for libraries
1283 checks for header files
1285 checks for structures
1286 checks for compiler characteristics
1287 checks for library functions
1288 checks for system services
1289 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@r{[}@var{file@dots{}}@r{]})}
1295 @node autoscan Invocation
1296 @section Using @command{autoscan} to Create @file{configure.ac}
1297 @cindex @command{autoscan}
1299 The @command{autoscan} program can help you create and/or maintain a
1300 @file{configure.ac} file for a software package. @command{autoscan}
1301 examines source files in the directory tree rooted at a directory given
1302 as a command line argument, or the current directory if none is given.
1303 It searches the source files for common portability problems and creates
1304 a file @file{configure.scan} which is a preliminary @file{configure.ac}
1305 for that package, and checks a possibly existing @file{configure.ac} for
1308 When using @command{autoscan} to create a @file{configure.ac}, you
1309 should manually examine @file{configure.scan} before renaming it to
1310 @file{configure.ac}; it probably needs some adjustments.
1311 Occasionally, @command{autoscan} outputs a macro in the wrong order
1312 relative to another macro, so that @command{autoconf} produces a warning;
1313 you need to move such macros manually. Also, if you want the package to
1314 use a configuration header file, you must add a call to
1315 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). You might
1316 also have to change or add some @code{#if} directives to your program in
1317 order to make it work with Autoconf (@pxref{ifnames Invocation}, for
1318 information about a program that can help with that job).
1320 When using @command{autoscan} to maintain a @file{configure.ac}, simply
1321 consider adding its suggestions. The file @file{autoscan.log}
1322 contains detailed information on why a macro is requested.
1324 @command{autoscan} uses several data files (installed along with Autoconf)
1325 to determine which macros to output when it finds particular symbols in
1326 a package's source files. These data files all have the same format:
1327 each line consists of a symbol, one or more blanks, and the Autoconf macro to
1328 output if that symbol is encountered. Lines starting with @samp{#} are
1331 @command{autoscan} accepts the following options:
1336 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1340 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1344 Print the names of the files it examines and the potentially interesting
1345 symbols it finds in them. This output can be voluminous.
1349 Don't remove temporary files.
1351 @item --include=@var{dir}
1353 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1355 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1357 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1360 @node ifnames Invocation
1361 @section Using @command{ifnames} to List Conditionals
1362 @cindex @command{ifnames}
1364 @command{ifnames} can help you write @file{configure.ac} for a software
1365 package. It prints the identifiers that the package already uses in C
1366 preprocessor conditionals. If a package has already been set up to have
1367 some portability, @command{ifnames} can thus help you figure out what its
1368 @command{configure} needs to check for. It may help fill in some gaps in a
1369 @file{configure.ac} generated by @command{autoscan} (@pxref{autoscan
1372 @command{ifnames} scans all of the C source files named on the command line
1373 (or the standard input, if none are given) and writes to the standard
1374 output a sorted list of all the identifiers that appear in those files
1375 in @code{#if}, @code{#elif}, @code{#ifdef}, or @code{#ifndef}
1376 directives. It prints each identifier on a line, followed by a
1377 space-separated list of the files in which that identifier occurs.
1380 @command{ifnames} accepts the following options:
1385 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1389 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1392 @node autoconf Invocation
1393 @section Using @command{autoconf} to Create @command{configure}
1394 @cindex @command{autoconf}
1396 To create @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, run the
1397 @command{autoconf} program with no arguments. @command{autoconf} processes
1398 @file{configure.ac} with the M4 macro processor, using the
1399 Autoconf macros. If you give @command{autoconf} an argument, it reads that
1400 file instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1401 to the standard output instead of to @command{configure}. If you give
1402 @command{autoconf} the argument @option{-}, it reads from the standard
1403 input instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the configuration script
1404 to the standard output.
1406 The Autoconf macros are defined in several files. Some of the files are
1407 distributed with Autoconf; @command{autoconf} reads them first. Then it
1408 looks for the optional file @file{acsite.m4} in the directory that
1409 contains the distributed Autoconf macro files, and for the optional file
1410 @file{aclocal.m4} in the current directory. Those files can contain
1411 your site's or the package's own Autoconf macro definitions
1412 (@pxref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for more information). If a macro is
1413 defined in more than one of the files that @command{autoconf} reads, the
1414 last definition it reads overrides the earlier ones.
1416 @command{autoconf} accepts the following options:
1421 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1425 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1429 Report processing steps.
1433 Don't remove the temporary files.
1437 Remake @file{configure} even if newer than its input files.
1439 @item --include=@var{dir}
1441 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1443 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1445 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1447 @item --output=@var{file}
1448 @itemx -o @var{file}
1449 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
1450 for the standard output.
1452 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1453 @itemx -W @var{category}
1455 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1456 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
1457 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
1462 report all the warnings
1468 treats warnings as errors
1470 @item no-@var{category}
1471 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1474 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1475 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1476 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1477 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. To
1478 disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, and then
1479 enable warnings about obsolete constructs, use @option{-W
1483 @cindex Macro invocation stack
1484 Because @command{autoconf} uses @command{autom4te} behind the scenes, it
1485 displays a back trace for errors, but not for warnings; if you want
1486 them, just pass @option{-W error}. @xref{autom4te Invocation}, for some
1489 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1490 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
1491 Do not create the @command{configure} script, but list the calls to
1492 @var{macro} according to the @var{format}. Multiple @option{--trace}
1493 arguments can be used to list several macros. Multiple @option{--trace}
1494 arguments for a single macro are not cumulative; instead, you should
1495 just make @var{format} as long as needed.
1497 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
1498 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}; see
1499 @ref{autom4te Invocation}, for details on the @var{format}.
1501 @item --initialization
1503 By default, @option{--trace} does not trace the initialization of the
1504 Autoconf macros (typically the @code{AC_DEFUN} definitions). This
1505 results in a noticeable speedup, but can be disabled by this option.
1509 It is often necessary to check the content of a @file{configure.ac}
1510 file, but parsing it yourself is extremely fragile and error-prone. It
1511 is suggested that you rely upon @option{--trace} to scan
1512 @file{configure.ac}. For instance, to find the list of variables that
1513 are substituted, use:
1517 $ @kbd{autoconf -t AC_SUBST}
1518 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_C
1519 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_N
1520 configure.ac:2:AC_SUBST:ECHO_T
1521 @i{More traces deleted}
1526 The example below highlights the difference between @samp{$@@},
1527 @samp{$*}, and @samp{$%}.
1531 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
1532 AC_DEFINE(This, is, [an
1534 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_DEFINE:@@: $@@}
1541 %: This:is:an [example]
1546 The @var{format} gives you a lot of freedom:
1550 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AC_SUBST:$$ac_subst@{"$1"@} = "$f:$l";'}
1551 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_C"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1552 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_N"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1553 $ac_subst@{"ECHO_T"@} = "configure.ac:2";
1554 @i{More traces deleted}
1559 A long @var{separator} can be used to improve the readability of complex
1560 structures, and to ease their parsing (for instance when no single
1561 character is suitable as a separator):
1565 $ @kbd{autoconf -t 'AM_MISSING_PROG:$@{|:::::|@}*'}
1566 ACLOCAL|:::::|aclocal|:::::|$missing_dir
1567 AUTOCONF|:::::|autoconf|:::::|$missing_dir
1568 AUTOMAKE|:::::|automake|:::::|$missing_dir
1569 @i{More traces deleted}
1573 @node autoreconf Invocation
1574 @section Using @command{autoreconf} to Update @command{configure} Scripts
1575 @cindex @command{autoreconf}
1577 Installing the various components of the @acronym{GNU} Build System can be
1578 tedious: running @command{autopoint} for Gettext, @command{automake} for
1579 @file{Makefile.in} etc.@: in each directory. It may be needed either
1580 because some tools such as @command{automake} have been updated on your
1581 system, or because some of the sources such as @file{configure.ac} have
1582 been updated, or finally, simply in order to install the @acronym{GNU} Build
1583 System in a fresh tree.
1585 @command{autoreconf} runs @command{autoconf}, @command{autoheader},
1586 @command{aclocal}, @command{automake}, @command{libtoolize}, and
1587 @command{autopoint} (when appropriate) repeatedly to update the
1588 @acronym{GNU} Build System in the specified directories and their
1589 subdirectories (@pxref{Subdirectories}). By default, it only remakes
1590 those files that are older than their sources. The environment variables
1591 @env{AUTOCONF}, @env{AUTOHEADER}, @env{AUTOMAKE}, @env{ACLOCAL},
1592 @env{AUTOPOINT}, @env{LIBTOOLIZE}, @env{M4}, and @env{MAKE} may be used
1593 to override the invocation of the respective tools.
1595 If you install a new version of some tool, you can make
1596 @command{autoreconf} remake @emph{all} of the files by giving it the
1597 @option{--force} option.
1599 @xref{Automatic Remaking}, for Make rules to automatically
1600 rebuild @command{configure} scripts when their source files change. That
1601 method handles the timestamps of configuration header templates
1602 properly, but does not pass @option{--autoconf-dir=@var{dir}} or
1603 @option{--localdir=@var{dir}}.
1606 @cindex @command{autopoint}
1607 Gettext supplies the @command{autopoint} command to add translation
1608 infrastructure to a source package. If you use @command{autopoint},
1609 your @file{configure.ac} should invoke both @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} and
1610 @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(@var{gettext-version})}. @xref{autopoint
1611 Invocation, , Invoking the @code{autopoint} Program, gettext,
1612 @acronym{GNU} @code{gettext} utilities}, for further details.
1615 @command{autoreconf} accepts the following options:
1620 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
1624 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
1628 Print the name of each directory @command{autoreconf} examines and the
1629 commands it runs. If given two or more times, pass @option{--verbose}
1630 to subordinate tools that support it.
1634 Don't remove the temporary files.
1638 Remake even @file{configure} scripts and configuration headers that are
1639 newer than their input files (@file{configure.ac} and, if present,
1644 Install the missing auxiliary files in the package. By default, files
1645 are copied; this can be changed with @option{--symlink}.
1647 If deemed appropriate, this option triggers calls to
1648 @samp{automake --add-missing},
1649 @samp{libtoolize}, @samp{autopoint}, etc.
1651 @item --no-recursive
1652 Do not rebuild files in subdirectories to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories},
1653 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}).
1657 When used with @option{--install}, install symbolic links to the missing
1658 auxiliary files instead of copying them.
1662 When the directories were configured, update the configuration by
1663 running @samp{./config.status --recheck && ./config.status}, and then
1666 @item --include=@var{dir}
1668 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1669 Passed on to @command{aclocal}, @command{autoconf} and
1670 @command{autoheader} internally.
1672 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
1674 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
1675 Passed on to @command{autoconf} and @command{autoheader} internally.
1677 @item --warnings=@var{category}
1678 @itemx -W @var{category}
1680 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
1681 comma separated list).
1685 related to cross compilation issues.
1688 report the uses of obsolete constructs.
1694 dubious syntactic constructs.
1697 report all the warnings
1703 treats warnings as errors
1705 @item no-@var{category}
1706 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
1709 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
1710 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
1711 honored as well. Passing @option{-W @var{category}} actually behaves as if
1712 you had passed @option{--warnings syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}}. To
1713 disable the defaults and @env{WARNINGS}, and then
1714 enable warnings about obsolete constructs, use @option{-W
1718 If you want @command{autoreconf} to pass flags that are not listed here
1719 on to @command{aclocal}, set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS} in your @file{Makefile.am}.
1720 Due to a limitation in the Autoconf implementation these flags currently
1721 must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am}, without any
1724 @c ========================================= Initialization and Output Files.
1727 @chapter Initialization and Output Files
1729 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts need some information about
1730 how to initialize, such as how to find the package's source files and
1731 about the output files to produce. The following sections describe the
1732 initialization and the creation of output files.
1735 * Initializing configure:: Option processing etc.
1736 * Versioning:: Dealing with Autoconf versions
1737 * Notices:: Copyright, version numbers in @command{configure}
1738 * Input:: Where Autoconf should find files
1739 * Output:: Outputting results from the configuration
1740 * Configuration Actions:: Preparing the output based on results
1741 * Configuration Files:: Creating output files
1742 * Makefile Substitutions:: Using output variables in makefiles
1743 * Configuration Headers:: Creating a configuration header file
1744 * Configuration Commands:: Running arbitrary instantiation commands
1745 * Configuration Links:: Links depending on the configuration
1746 * Subdirectories:: Configuring independent packages together
1747 * Default Prefix:: Changing the default installation prefix
1750 @node Initializing configure
1751 @section Initializing @command{configure}
1753 Every @command{configure} script must call @code{AC_INIT} before doing
1754 anything else. The only other required macro is @code{AC_OUTPUT}
1758 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{package}, @var{version}, @ovar{bug-report}, @
1759 @ovar{tarname}, @ovar{url})
1761 Process any command-line arguments and perform various initializations
1764 Set the name of the @var{package} and its @var{version}. These are
1765 typically used in @option{--version} support, including that of
1766 @command{configure}. The optional argument @var{bug-report} should be
1767 the email to which users should send bug reports. The package
1768 @var{tarname} differs from @var{package}: the latter designates the full
1769 package name (e.g., @samp{GNU Autoconf}), while the former is meant for
1770 distribution tar ball names (e.g., @samp{autoconf}). It defaults to
1771 @var{package} with @samp{GNU } stripped, lower-cased, and all characters
1772 other than alphanumerics and underscores are changed to @samp{-}. If
1773 provided, @var{url} should be the home page for the package.
1775 It is preferable that the arguments of @code{AC_INIT} be static, i.e.,
1776 there should not be any shell computation, but they can be computed by
1779 The following M4 macros (e.g., @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}), output variables
1780 (e.g., @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), and preprocessor symbols (e.g.,
1781 @code{PACKAGE_NAME}), are defined by @code{AC_INIT}:
1784 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_NAME}, @code{PACKAGE_NAME}
1785 @acindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
1786 @ovindex PACKAGE_NAME
1787 @cvindex PACKAGE_NAME
1788 Exactly @var{package}.
1790 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1791 @acindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
1792 @ovindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1793 @cvindex PACKAGE_TARNAME
1794 Exactly @var{tarname}, possibly generated from @var{package}.
1796 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_VERSION}, @code{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1797 @acindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
1798 @ovindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1799 @cvindex PACKAGE_VERSION
1800 Exactly @var{version}.
1802 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_STRING}, @code{PACKAGE_STRING}
1803 @acindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
1804 @ovindex PACKAGE_STRING
1805 @cvindex PACKAGE_STRING
1806 Exactly @samp{@var{package} @var{version}}.
1808 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, @code{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1809 @acindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
1810 @ovindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1811 @cvindex PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
1812 Exactly @var{bug-report}, if one was provided.
1814 @item @code{AC_PACKAGE_URL}, @code{PACKAGE_URL}
1815 @acindex{PACKAGE_URL}
1816 @ovindex PACKAGE_URL
1817 @cvindex PACKAGE_URL
1818 Exactly @var{url}, if one was provided. If @var{url} was empty, but
1819 @var{package} begins with @samp{GNU }, then this defaults to
1820 @samp{http://@/www.gnu.org/@/software/@/@var{tarname}/}, otherwise, no URL is
1825 If your @command{configure} script does its own option processing, it
1826 should inspect @samp{$@@} or @samp{$*} immediately after calling
1827 @code{AC_INIT}, because other Autoconf macros liberally use the
1828 @command{set} command to process strings, and this has the side effect
1829 of updating @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*}. However, we suggest that you use
1830 standard macros like @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} instead of attempting to
1831 implement your own option processing. @xref{Site Configuration}.
1834 @section Dealing with Autoconf versions
1835 @cindex Autoconf version
1836 @cindex version, Autoconf
1838 The following optional macros can be used to help choose the minimum
1839 version of Autoconf that can successfully compile a given
1840 @file{configure.ac}.
1842 @defmac AC_PREREQ (@var{version})
1845 Ensure that a recent enough version of Autoconf is being used. If the
1846 version of Autoconf being used to create @command{configure} is
1847 earlier than @var{version}, print an error message to the standard
1848 error output and exit with failure (exit status is 63). For example:
1851 AC_PREREQ([@value{VERSION}])
1854 This macro is the only macro that may be used before @code{AC_INIT}, but
1855 for consistency, you are invited not to do so.
1858 @defmac AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION
1859 @acindex{AUTOCONF_VERSION}
1860 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It identifies the version
1861 of Autoconf that is currently parsing the input file, in a format
1862 suitable for @code{m4_version_compare} (@pxref{m4_version_compare}); in
1863 other words, for this release of Autoconf, its value is
1864 @samp{@value{VERSION}}. One potential use of this macro is for writing
1865 conditional fallbacks based on when a feature was added to Autoconf,
1866 rather than using @code{AC_PREREQ} to require the newer version of
1867 Autoconf. However, remember that the Autoconf philosophy favors feature
1868 checks over version checks.
1870 You should not expand this macro directly; use
1871 @samp{m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])} instead. This is because some
1873 have a beta version of Autoconf installed, with arbitrary letters
1874 included in its version string. This means it is possible for the
1875 version string to contain the name of a defined macro, such that
1876 expanding @code{AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION} would trigger the expansion of that
1877 macro during rescanning, and change the version string to be different
1878 than what you intended to check.
1882 @section Notices in @command{configure}
1883 @cindex Notices in @command{configure}
1885 The following macros manage version numbers for @command{configure}
1886 scripts. Using them is optional.
1888 @defmac AC_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
1890 @cindex Copyright Notice
1891 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
1892 the Autoconf macros, parts of your @command{configure} are covered by the
1893 @var{copyright-notice}.
1895 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
1896 @command{configure} and in @samp{configure --version}.
1900 @defmac AC_REVISION (@var{revision-info})
1903 Copy revision stamp @var{revision-info} into the @command{configure}
1904 script, with any dollar signs or double-quotes removed. This macro lets
1905 you put a revision stamp from @file{configure.ac} into @command{configure}
1906 without @acronym{RCS} or @acronym{CVS} changing it when you check in
1907 @command{configure}. That way, you can determine easily which revision of
1908 @file{configure.ac} a particular @command{configure} corresponds to.
1910 For example, this line in @file{configure.ac}:
1912 @c The @w prevents RCS from changing the example in the manual.
1914 AC_REVISION([@w{$}Revision: 1.30 $])
1918 produces this in @command{configure}:
1922 # From configure.ac Revision: 1.30
1928 @section Finding @command{configure} Input
1930 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1931 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
1932 @acindex{CONFIG_SRCDIR}
1933 @var{unique-file-in-source-dir} is some file that is in the package's
1934 source directory; @command{configure} checks for this file's existence to
1935 make sure that the directory that it is told contains the source code in
1936 fact does. Occasionally people accidentally specify the wrong directory
1937 with @option{--srcdir}; this is a safety check. @xref{configure
1938 Invocation}, for more information.
1942 @c FIXME: Remove definitively once --install explained.
1944 @c Small packages may store all their macros in @code{aclocal.m4}. As the
1945 @c set of macros grows, or for maintenance reasons, a maintainer may prefer
1946 @c to split the macros in several files. In this case, Autoconf must be
1947 @c told which files to load, and in which order.
1949 @c @defmac AC_INCLUDE (@var{file}@dots{})
1950 @c @acindex{INCLUDE}
1951 @c @c FIXME: There is no longer shell globbing.
1952 @c Read the macro definitions that appear in the listed files. A list of
1953 @c space-separated file names or shell globbing patterns is expected. The
1954 @c files are read in the order they're listed.
1956 @c Because the order of definition of macros is important (only the last
1957 @c definition of a macro is used), beware that it is @code{AC_INIT} that
1958 @c loads @file{acsite.m4} and @file{aclocal.m4}. Note that
1959 @c @code{AC_INCLUDE}ing a file before @code{AC_INIT} or within
1960 @c @file{aclocal.m4} is different from doing so after @code{AC_INIT}: in
1961 @c the latter case, non-macro lines from included files may end up in the
1962 @c @file{configure} script, whereas in the former case, they'd be discarded
1963 @c just like any text that appear before @code{AC_INIT}.
1966 Packages that do manual configuration or use the @command{install} program
1967 might need to tell @command{configure} where to find some other shell
1968 scripts by calling @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR}, though the default places
1969 it looks are correct for most cases.
1971 @defmac AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR (@var{dir})
1972 @acindex{CONFIG_AUX_DIR}
1973 Use the auxiliary build tools (e.g., @file{install-sh},
1974 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, Cygnus @command{configure},
1975 Automake and Libtool scripts, etc.)@: that are in directory @var{dir}.
1976 These are auxiliary files used in configuration. @var{dir} can be
1977 either absolute or relative to @file{@var{srcdir}}. The default is
1978 @file{@var{srcdir}} or @file{@var{srcdir}/..} or
1979 @file{@var{srcdir}/../..}, whichever is the first that contains
1980 @file{install-sh}. The other files are not checked for, so that using
1981 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL} does not automatically require distributing the
1982 other auxiliary files. It checks for @file{install.sh} also, but that
1983 name is obsolete because some @command{make} have a rule that creates
1984 @file{install} from it if there is no makefile.
1986 The auxiliary directory is commonly named @file{build-aux}.
1987 If you need portability to @acronym{DOS} variants, do not name the
1988 auxiliary directory @file{aux}. @xref{File System Conventions}.
1991 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE (@var{file})
1992 @acindex{REQUIRE_AUX_FILE}
1993 Declares that @var{file} is expected in the directory defined above. In
1994 Autoconf proper, this macro does nothing: its sole purpose is to be
1995 traced by third-party tools to produce a list of expected auxiliary
1996 files. For instance it is called by macros like @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
1997 (@pxref{Particular Programs}) or @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}
1998 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) to register the auxiliary files they need.
2001 Similarly, packages that use @command{aclocal} should declare where
2002 local macros can be found using @code{AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}.
2004 @defmac AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR (@var{dir})
2005 @acindex{CONFIG_MACRO_DIR}
2006 Specify @var{dir} as the location of additional local Autoconf macros.
2007 This macro is intended for use by future versions of commands like
2008 @command{autoreconf} that trace macro calls. It should be called
2009 directly from @file{configure.ac} so that tools that install macros for
2010 @command{aclocal} can find the macros' declarations.
2012 Note that if you use @command{aclocal} from Automake to generate
2013 @file{aclocal.m4}, you must also set @code{ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I
2014 @var{dir}} in your top-level @file{Makefile.am}. Due to a limitation in
2015 the Autoconf implementation of @command{autoreconf}, these include
2016 directives currently must be set on a single line in @file{Makefile.am},
2017 without any backslash-newlines.
2022 @section Outputting Files
2023 @cindex Outputting files
2025 Every Autoconf script, e.g., @file{configure.ac}, should finish by
2026 calling @code{AC_OUTPUT}. That is the macro that generates and runs
2027 @file{config.status}, which in turn creates the makefiles and any
2028 other files resulting from configuration. This is the only required
2029 macro besides @code{AC_INIT} (@pxref{Input}).
2034 @cindex Instantiation
2035 Generate @file{config.status} and launch it. Call this macro once, at
2036 the end of @file{configure.ac}.
2038 @file{config.status} performs all the configuration actions: all the
2039 output files (see @ref{Configuration Files}, macro
2040 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}), header files (see @ref{Configuration Headers},
2041 macro @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}), commands (see @ref{Configuration
2042 Commands}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}), links (see
2043 @ref{Configuration Links}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}), subdirectories
2044 to configure (see @ref{Subdirectories}, macro @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS})
2047 The location of your @code{AC_OUTPUT} invocation is the exact point
2048 where configuration actions are taken: any code afterwards is
2049 executed by @command{configure} once @command{config.status} was run. If
2050 you want to bind actions to @command{config.status} itself
2051 (independently of whether @command{configure} is being run), see
2052 @ref{Configuration Commands, , Running Arbitrary Configuration
2056 Historically, the usage of @code{AC_OUTPUT} was somewhat different.
2057 @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a description of the arguments that
2058 @code{AC_OUTPUT} used to support.
2061 If you run @command{make} in subdirectories, you should run it using the
2062 @command{make} variable @code{MAKE}. Most versions of @command{make} set
2063 @code{MAKE} to the name of the @command{make} program plus any options it
2064 was given. (But many do not include in it the values of any variables
2065 set on the command line, so those are not passed on automatically.)
2066 Some old versions of @command{make} do not set this variable. The
2067 following macro allows you to use it even with those versions.
2069 @anchor{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}
2070 @defmac AC_PROG_MAKE_SET
2071 @acindex{PROG_MAKE_SET}
2073 If the Make command, @code{$MAKE} if set or else @samp{make}, predefines
2074 @code{$(MAKE)}, define output variable @code{SET_MAKE} to be empty.
2075 Otherwise, define @code{SET_MAKE} to a macro definition that sets
2076 @code{$(MAKE)}, such as @samp{MAKE=make}. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
2080 If you use this macro, place a line like this in each @file{Makefile.in}
2081 that runs @command{MAKE} on other directories:
2089 @node Configuration Actions
2090 @section Performing Configuration Actions
2091 @cindex Configuration actions
2093 @file{configure} is designed so that it appears to do everything itself,
2094 but there is actually a hidden slave: @file{config.status}.
2095 @file{configure} is in charge of examining your system, but it is
2096 @file{config.status} that actually takes the proper actions based on the
2097 results of @file{configure}. The most typical task of
2098 @file{config.status} is to @emph{instantiate} files.
2100 This section describes the common behavior of the four standard
2101 instantiating macros: @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS},
2102 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} and @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. They all
2103 have this prototype:
2105 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
2108 AC_CONFIG_FOOS(@var{tag}@dots{}, [@var{commands}], [@var{init-cmds}])
2112 where the arguments are:
2116 A blank-or-newline-separated list of tags, which are typically the names of
2117 the files to instantiate.
2119 You are encouraged to use literals as @var{tags}. In particular, you
2123 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos fooo"
2124 @dots{} && my_foos="$my_foos foooo"
2125 AC_CONFIG_FOOS([$my_foos])
2129 and use this instead:
2132 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([fooo])
2133 @dots{} && AC_CONFIG_FOOS([foooo])
2136 The macros @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} and @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} use
2137 special @var{tag} values: they may have the form @samp{@var{output}} or
2138 @samp{@var{output}:@var{inputs}}. The file @var{output} is instantiated
2139 from its templates, @var{inputs} (defaulting to @samp{@var{output}.in}).
2141 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk)]},
2142 for example, asks for
2143 the creation of the file @file{Makefile} that contains the expansion of the
2144 output variables in the concatenation of @file{boiler/top.mk} and
2145 @file{boiler/bot.mk}.
2147 The special value @samp{-} might be used to denote the standard output
2148 when used in @var{output}, or the standard input when used in the
2149 @var{inputs}. You most probably don't need to use this in
2150 @file{configure.ac}, but it is convenient when using the command line
2151 interface of @file{./config.status}, see @ref{config.status Invocation},
2154 The @var{inputs} may be absolute or relative file names. In the latter
2155 case they are first looked for in the build tree, and then in the source
2156 tree. Input files should be text files, and a line length below 2000
2157 bytes should be safe.
2160 Shell commands output literally into @file{config.status}, and
2161 associated with a tag that the user can use to tell @file{config.status}
2162 which commands to run. The commands are run each time a @var{tag}
2163 request is given to @file{config.status}, typically each time the file
2164 @file{@var{tag}} is created.
2166 The variables set during the execution of @command{configure} are
2167 @emph{not} available here: you first need to set them via the
2168 @var{init-cmds}. Nonetheless the following variables are precomputed:
2172 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2173 directory is the top build directory. This
2174 is what the @command{configure} option @option{--srcdir} sets.
2177 The name of the top source directory, assuming that the working
2178 directory is the current build directory.
2181 @item ac_top_build_prefix
2182 The name of the top build directory, assuming that the working
2183 directory is the current build directory.
2184 It can be empty, or else ends with a slash, so that you may concatenate
2188 The name of the corresponding source directory, assuming that the
2189 working directory is the current build directory.
2193 The @dfn{current} directory refers to the directory (or
2194 pseudo-directory) containing the input part of @var{tags}. For
2198 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([deep/dir/out:in/in.in], [@dots{}], [@dots{}])
2202 with @option{--srcdir=../package} produces the following values:
2205 # Argument of --srcdir
2207 # Reversing deep/dir
2208 ac_top_build_prefix='../../'
2209 # Concatenation of $ac_top_build_prefix and srcdir
2210 ac_top_srcdir='../../../package'
2211 # Concatenation of $ac_top_srcdir and deep/dir
2212 ac_srcdir='../../../package/deep/dir'
2216 independently of @samp{in/in.in}.
2219 Shell commands output @emph{unquoted} near the beginning of
2220 @file{config.status}, and executed each time @file{config.status} runs
2221 (regardless of the tag). Because they are unquoted, for example,
2222 @samp{$var} is output as the value of @code{var}. @var{init-cmds}
2223 is typically used by @file{configure} to give @file{config.status} some
2224 variables it needs to run the @var{commands}.
2226 You should be extremely cautious in your variable names: all the
2227 @var{init-cmds} share the same name space and may overwrite each other
2228 in unpredictable ways. Sorry@enddots{}
2231 All these macros can be called multiple times, with different
2232 @var{tag} values, of course!
2235 @node Configuration Files
2236 @section Creating Configuration Files
2237 @cindex Creating configuration files
2238 @cindex Configuration file creation
2240 Be sure to read the previous section, @ref{Configuration Actions}.
2242 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_FILES}
2243 @defmac AC_CONFIG_FILES (@var{file}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
2244 @acindex{CONFIG_FILES}
2245 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create each @file{@var{file}} by copying an input
2246 file (by default @file{@var{file}.in}), substituting the output variable
2248 @c Before we used to have this feature, which was later rejected
2249 @c because it complicates the writing of makefiles:
2250 @c If the file would be unchanged, it is left untouched, to preserve
2252 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
2253 Actions}. @xref{Makefile Substitutions}, for more information on using
2254 output variables. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2255 on creating them. This macro creates the directory that the file is in
2256 if it doesn't exist. Usually, makefiles are created this way,
2257 but other files, such as @file{.gdbinit}, can be specified as well.
2259 Typical calls to @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} look like this:
2262 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile src/Makefile man/Makefile X/Imakefile])
2263 AC_CONFIG_FILES([autoconf], [chmod +x autoconf])
2266 You can override an input file name by appending to @var{file} a
2267 colon-separated list of input files. Examples:
2270 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile:boiler/top.mk:boiler/bot.mk]
2271 [lib/Makefile:boiler/lib.mk])
2275 Doing this allows you to keep your file names acceptable to
2276 @acronym{DOS} variants, or
2277 to prepend and/or append boilerplate to the file.
2282 @node Makefile Substitutions
2283 @section Substitutions in Makefiles
2284 @cindex Substitutions in makefiles
2285 @cindex Makefile substitutions
2287 Each subdirectory in a distribution that contains something to be
2288 compiled or installed should come with a file @file{Makefile.in}, from
2289 which @command{configure} creates a file @file{Makefile} in that directory.
2290 To create @file{Makefile}, @command{configure} performs a simple variable
2291 substitution, replacing occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in
2292 @file{Makefile.in} with the value that @command{configure} has determined
2293 for that variable. Variables that are substituted into output files in
2294 this way are called @dfn{output variables}. They are ordinary shell
2295 variables that are set in @command{configure}. To make @command{configure}
2296 substitute a particular variable into the output files, the macro
2297 @code{AC_SUBST} must be called with that variable name as an argument.
2298 Any occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} for other variables are
2299 left unchanged. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
2300 on creating output variables with @code{AC_SUBST}.
2302 A software package that uses a @command{configure} script should be
2303 distributed with a file @file{Makefile.in}, but no makefile; that
2304 way, the user has to properly configure the package for the local system
2305 before compiling it.
2307 @xref{Makefile Conventions, , Makefile Conventions, standards, The
2308 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for more information on what to put in
2312 * Preset Output Variables:: Output variables that are always set
2313 * Installation Directory Variables:: Other preset output variables
2314 * Changed Directory Variables:: Warnings about @file{datarootdir}
2315 * Build Directories:: Supporting multiple concurrent compiles
2316 * Automatic Remaking:: Makefile rules for configuring
2319 @node Preset Output Variables
2320 @subsection Preset Output Variables
2321 @cindex Output variables
2323 Some output variables are preset by the Autoconf macros. Some of the
2324 Autoconf macros set additional output variables, which are mentioned in
2325 the descriptions for those macros. @xref{Output Variable Index}, for a
2326 complete list of output variables. @xref{Installation Directory
2327 Variables}, for the list of the preset ones related to installation
2328 directories. Below are listed the other preset ones. They all are
2329 precious variables (@pxref{Setting Output Variables},
2332 @c Just say no to ASCII sorting! We're humans, not computers.
2333 @c These variables are listed as they would be in a dictionary:
2340 Debugging and optimization options for the C compiler. If it is not set
2341 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is set
2342 when you call @code{AC_PROG_CC} (or empty if you don't). @command{configure}
2343 uses this variable when compiling or linking programs to test for C features.
2345 If a compiler option affects only the behavior of the preprocessor
2346 (e.g., @option{-D @var{name}}), it should be put into @code{CPPFLAGS}
2347 instead. If it affects only the linker (e.g., @option{-L
2348 @var{directory}}), it should be put into @code{LDFLAGS} instead. If it
2349 affects only the compiler proper, @code{CFLAGS} is the natural home for
2350 it. If an option affects multiple phases of the compiler, though,
2351 matters get tricky. One approach to put such options directly into
2352 @code{CC}, e.g., @code{CC='gcc -m64'}. Another is to put them into both
2353 @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{LDFLAGS}, but not into @code{CFLAGS}.
2355 However, remember that some @file{Makefile} variables are reserved by
2356 the GNU Coding Standards for the use of the ``user''---the person
2357 building the package. For instance, @code{CFLAGS} is one such variable.
2359 Sometimes package developers are tempted to set user variables such as
2360 @code{CFLAGS} because it appears to make their job easier. However, the
2361 package itself should never set a user variable, particularly not to
2362 include switches that are required for proper compilation of the
2363 package. Since these variables are documented as being for the package
2364 builder, that person rightfully expects to be able to override any of
2365 these variables at build time. If the package developer needs to add
2366 switches without interfering with the user, the proper way to do that is
2367 to introduce an additional variable. Automake makes this easy by
2368 introducing @code{AM_CFLAGS} (@pxref{Flag Variables Ordering, , ,
2369 automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}), but the concept is the same even if
2370 Automake is not used.
2373 @defvar configure_input
2374 @ovindex configure_input
2375 A comment saying that the file was generated automatically by
2376 @command{configure} and giving the name of the input file.
2377 @code{AC_OUTPUT} adds a comment line containing this variable to the top
2378 of every makefile it creates. For other files, you should
2379 reference this variable in a comment at the top of each input file. For
2380 example, an input shell script should begin like this:
2384 # @@configure_input@@
2388 The presence of that line also reminds people editing the file that it
2389 needs to be processed by @command{configure} in order to be used.
2394 Preprocessor options for the C, C++, and Objective C preprocessors and
2396 it is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2397 value is empty. @command{configure} uses this variable when preprocessing
2398 or compiling programs to test for C, C++, and Objective C features.
2400 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-I},
2401 @option{-D}, and @option{-U} that affect only the behavior of the
2402 preprocessor. Please see the explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you
2403 can do if an option affects other phases of the compiler as well.
2405 Currently, @command{configure} always links as part of a single
2406 invocation of the compiler that also preprocesses and compiles, so it
2407 uses this variable also when linking programs. However, it is unwise to
2408 depend on this behavior because the @acronym{GNU} coding standards do
2409 not require it and many packages do not use @code{CPPFLAGS} when linking
2412 @xref{Special Chars in Variables}, for limitations that @code{CPPFLAGS}
2418 Debugging and optimization options for the C++ compiler. It acts like
2419 @code{CFLAGS}, but for C++ instead of C.
2424 @option{-D} options to pass to the C compiler. If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
2425 is called, @command{configure} replaces @samp{@@DEFS@@} with
2426 @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead (@pxref{Configuration Headers}). This
2427 variable is not defined while @command{configure} is performing its tests,
2428 only when creating the output files. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for
2429 how to check the results of previous tests.
2438 How does one suppress the trailing newline from @command{echo} for
2439 question-answer message pairs? These variables provide a way:
2442 echo $ECHO_N "And the winner is... $ECHO_C"
2444 echo "$@{ECHO_T@}dead."
2448 Some old and uncommon @command{echo} implementations offer no means to
2449 achieve this, in which case @code{ECHO_T} is set to tab. You might not
2455 Debugging and optimization options for the Erlang compiler. If it is not set
2456 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2457 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling
2458 programs to test for Erlang features.
2463 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran compiler. If it
2464 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2465 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_FC} (or empty if you don't).
2466 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2467 programs to test for Fortran features.
2472 Debugging and optimization options for the Fortran 77 compiler. If it
2473 is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default
2474 value is set when you call @code{AC_PROG_F77} (or empty if you don't).
2475 @command{configure} uses this variable when compiling or linking
2476 programs to test for Fortran 77 features.
2481 Options for the linker. If it is not set
2482 in the environment when @command{configure} runs, the default value is empty.
2483 @command{configure} uses this variable when linking programs to test for
2484 C, C++, Objective C, and Fortran features.
2486 This variable's contents should contain options like @option{-s} and
2487 @option{-L} that affect only the behavior of the linker. Please see the
2488 explanation of @code{CFLAGS} for what you can do if an option also
2489 affects other phases of the compiler.
2491 Don't use this variable to pass library names
2492 (@option{-l}) to the linker; use @code{LIBS} instead.
2497 @option{-l} options to pass to the linker. The default value is empty,
2498 but some Autoconf macros may prepend extra libraries to this variable if
2499 those libraries are found and provide necessary functions, see
2500 @ref{Libraries}. @command{configure} uses this variable when linking
2501 programs to test for C, C++, and Fortran features.
2506 Debugging and optimization options for the Objective C compiler. It
2507 acts like @code{CFLAGS}, but for Objective C instead of C.
2512 Rigorously equal to @samp{.}. Added for symmetry only.
2515 @defvar abs_builddir
2516 @ovindex abs_builddir
2517 Absolute name of @code{builddir}.
2520 @defvar top_builddir
2521 @ovindex top_builddir
2522 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree. In the
2523 top-level directory, this is the same as @code{builddir}.
2526 @defvar top_build_prefix
2527 @ovindex top_build_prefix
2528 The relative name of the top level of the current build tree with final
2529 slash if nonemtpy. This is the same as @code{top_builddir}, except that
2530 it contains zero or more runs of @code{../}, so it should not be
2531 appended with a slash for concatenation. This helps for @command{make}
2532 implementations that otherwise do not treat @file{./file} and @file{file}
2533 as equal in the toplevel build directory.
2536 @defvar abs_top_builddir
2537 @ovindex abs_top_builddir
2538 Absolute name of @code{top_builddir}.
2543 The name of the directory that contains the source code for
2549 Absolute name of @code{srcdir}.
2554 The name of the top-level source code directory for the
2555 package. In the top-level directory, this is the same as @code{srcdir}.
2558 @defvar abs_top_srcdir
2559 @ovindex abs_top_srcdir
2560 Absolute name of @code{top_srcdir}.
2563 @node Installation Directory Variables
2564 @subsection Installation Directory Variables
2565 @cindex Installation directories
2566 @cindex Directories, installation
2568 The following variables specify the directories for
2569 package installation, see @ref{Directory Variables, , Variables for
2570 Installation Directories, standards, The @acronym{GNU} Coding
2571 Standards}, for more information. Each variable corresponds to an
2572 argument of @command{configure}; trailing slashes are stripped so that
2573 expressions such as @samp{$@{prefix@}/lib} expand with only one slash
2574 between directory names. See the end of this section for
2575 details on when and how to use these variables.
2579 The directory for installing executables that users run.
2584 The directory for installing idiosyncratic read-only
2585 architecture-independent data.
2589 @ovindex datarootdir
2590 The root of the directory tree for read-only architecture-independent
2596 The directory for installing documentation files (other than Info and
2602 The directory for installing documentation files in DVI format.
2606 @ovindex exec_prefix
2607 The installation prefix for architecture-dependent files. By default
2608 it's the same as @var{prefix}. You should avoid installing anything
2609 directly to @var{exec_prefix}. However, the default value for
2610 directories containing architecture-dependent files should be relative
2611 to @var{exec_prefix}.
2616 The directory for installing HTML documentation.
2621 The directory for installing C header files.
2626 The directory for installing documentation in Info format.
2631 The directory for installing object code libraries.
2636 The directory for installing executables that other programs run.
2641 The directory for installing locale-dependent but
2642 architecture-independent data, such as message catalogs. This directory
2643 usually has a subdirectory per locale.
2646 @defvar localstatedir
2647 @ovindex localstatedir
2648 The directory for installing modifiable single-machine data.
2653 The top-level directory for installing documentation in man format.
2656 @defvar oldincludedir
2657 @ovindex oldincludedir
2658 The directory for installing C header files for non-@acronym{GCC} compilers.
2663 The directory for installing PDF documentation.
2668 The common installation prefix for all files. If @var{exec_prefix}
2669 is defined to a different value, @var{prefix} is used only for
2670 architecture-independent files.
2675 The directory for installing PostScript documentation.
2680 The directory for installing executables that system
2684 @defvar sharedstatedir
2685 @ovindex sharedstatedir
2686 The directory for installing modifiable architecture-independent data.
2691 The directory for installing read-only single-machine data.
2695 Most of these variables have values that rely on @code{prefix} or
2696 @code{exec_prefix}. It is deliberate that the directory output
2697 variables keep them unexpanded: typically @samp{@@datarootdir@@} is
2698 replaced by @samp{$@{prefix@}/share}, not @samp{/usr/local/share}, and
2699 @samp{@@datadir@@} is replaced by @samp{$@{datarootdir@}}.
2701 This behavior is mandated by the @acronym{GNU} coding standards, so that when
2706 she can still specify a different prefix from the one specified to
2707 @command{configure}, in which case, if needed, the package should hard
2708 code dependencies corresponding to the make-specified prefix.
2711 she can specify a different installation location, in which case the
2712 package @emph{must} still depend on the location which was compiled in
2713 (i.e., never recompile when @samp{make install} is run). This is an
2714 extremely important feature, as many people may decide to install all
2715 the files of a package grouped together, and then install links from
2716 the final locations to there.
2719 In order to support these features, it is essential that
2720 @code{datarootdir} remains defined as @samp{$@{prefix@}/share},
2721 so that its value can be expanded based
2722 on the current value of @code{prefix}.
2724 A corollary is that you should not use these variables except in
2725 makefiles. For instance, instead of trying to evaluate @code{datadir}
2726 in @file{configure} and hard-coding it in makefiles using
2727 e.g., @samp{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], ["$datadir"], [Data directory.])},
2729 @option{-DDATADIR='$(datadir)'} to your makefile's definition of
2730 @code{CPPFLAGS} (@code{AM_CPPFLAGS} if you are also using Automake).
2732 Similarly, you should not rely on @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} to replace
2733 @code{bindir} and friends in your shell scripts and other files; instead,
2734 let @command{make} manage their replacement. For instance Autoconf
2735 ships templates of its shell scripts ending with @samp{.in}, and uses a
2736 makefile snippet similar to the following to build scripts like
2737 @command{autoheader} and @command{autom4te}:
2742 -e 's|@@bindir[@@]|$(bindir)|g' \
2743 -e 's|@@pkgdatadir[@@]|$(pkgdatadir)|g' \
2744 -e 's|@@prefix[@@]|$(prefix)|g'
2748 autoheader autom4te: Makefile
2751 test -f ./$@@.in || srcdir=$(srcdir)/; \
2752 $(edit) $$@{srcdir@}$@@.in >$@@.tmp
2759 autoheader: $(srcdir)/autoheader.in
2760 autom4te: $(srcdir)/autom4te.in
2764 Some details are noteworthy:
2767 @item @samp{@@bindir[@@]}
2768 The brackets prevent @command{configure} from replacing
2769 @samp{@@bindir@@} in the Sed expression itself.
2770 Brackets are preferable to a backslash here, since
2771 Posix says @samp{\@@} is not portable.
2773 @item @samp{$(bindir)}
2774 Don't use @samp{@@bindir@@}! Use the matching makefile variable
2777 @item @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
2778 The example takes advantage of the variable @samp{$(pkgdatadir)}
2779 provided by Automake; it is equivalent to @samp{$(datadir)/$(PACKAGE)}.
2782 Don't use @samp{/} in the Sed expressions that replace file names since
2784 variables you use, such as @samp{$(bindir)}, contain @samp{/}.
2785 Use a shell metacharacter instead, such as @samp{|}.
2787 @item special characters
2788 File names, file name components, and the value of @code{VPATH} should
2789 not contain shell metacharacters or white
2790 space. @xref{Special Chars in Variables}.
2792 @item dependency on @file{Makefile}
2793 Since @code{edit} uses values that depend on the configuration specific
2794 values (@code{prefix}, etc.)@: and not only on @code{VERSION} and so forth,
2795 the output depends on @file{Makefile}, not @file{configure.ac}.
2798 The main rule is generic, and uses @samp{$@@} extensively to
2799 avoid the need for multiple copies of the rule.
2801 @item Separated dependencies and single suffix rules
2802 You can't use them! The above snippet cannot be (portably) rewritten
2806 autoconf autoheader: Makefile
2816 @xref{Single Suffix Rules}, for details.
2818 @item @samp{$(srcdir)}
2819 Be sure to specify the name of the source directory,
2820 otherwise the package won't support separated builds.
2823 For the more specific installation of Erlang libraries, the following variables
2826 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2827 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
2828 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2829 The common parent directory of Erlang library installation directories.
2830 This variable is set by calling the @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
2831 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2834 @defvar ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2835 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
2836 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
2837 The installation directory for Erlang library @var{library}.
2838 This variable is set by using the
2839 @samp{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
2840 macro in @file{configure.ac}.
2843 @xref{Erlang Libraries}, for details.
2846 @node Changed Directory Variables
2847 @subsection Changed Directory Variables
2848 @cindex @file{datarootdir}
2850 In Autoconf 2.60, the set of directory variables has changed, and the
2851 defaults of some variables have been adjusted
2852 (@pxref{Installation Directory Variables}) to changes in the
2853 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards. Notably, @file{datadir}, @file{infodir}, and
2854 @file{mandir} are now expressed in terms of @file{datarootdir}. If you are
2855 upgrading from an earlier Autoconf version, you may need to adjust your files
2856 to ensure that the directory variables are substituted correctly
2857 (@pxref{Defining Directories}), and that a definition of @file{datarootdir} is
2858 in place. For example, in a @file{Makefile.in}, adding
2861 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2865 is usually sufficient. If you use Automake to create @file{Makefile.in},
2866 it will add this for you.
2868 To help with the transition, Autoconf warns about files that seem to use
2869 @code{datarootdir} without defining it. In some cases, it then expands
2870 the value of @code{$datarootdir} in substitutions of the directory
2871 variables. The following example shows such a warning:
2874 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
2876 AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile])
2878 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2880 datadir = @@datadir@@
2883 configure: creating ./config.status
2884 config.status: creating Makefile
2885 config.status: WARNING:
2886 Makefile.in seems to ignore the --datarootdir setting
2887 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2889 datadir = $@{prefix@}/share
2892 Usually one can easily change the file to accommodate both older and newer
2896 $ @kbd{cat Makefile.in}
2898 datarootdir = @@datarootdir@@
2899 datadir = @@datadir@@
2901 configure: creating ./config.status
2902 config.status: creating Makefile
2903 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
2905 datarootdir = $@{prefix@}/share
2906 datadir = $@{datarootdir@}
2909 @acindex{DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED}
2910 In some cases, however, the checks may not be able to detect that a suitable
2911 initialization of @code{datarootdir} is in place, or they may fail to detect
2912 that such an initialization is necessary in the output file. If, after
2913 auditing your package, there are still spurious @file{configure} warnings about
2914 @code{datarootdir}, you may add the line
2917 AC_DEFUN([AC_DATAROOTDIR_CHECKED])
2921 to your @file{configure.ac} to disable the warnings. This is an exception
2922 to the usual rule that you should not define a macro whose name begins with
2923 @code{AC_} (@pxref{Macro Names}).
2927 @node Build Directories
2928 @subsection Build Directories
2929 @cindex Build directories
2930 @cindex Directories, build
2932 You can support compiling a software package for several architectures
2933 simultaneously from the same copy of the source code. The object files
2934 for each architecture are kept in their own directory.
2936 To support doing this, @command{make} uses the @code{VPATH} variable to
2937 find the files that are in the source directory. @acronym{GNU} Make
2938 can do this. Most other recent @command{make} programs can do this as
2939 well, though they may have difficulties and it is often simpler to
2940 recommend @acronym{GNU} @command{make} (@pxref{VPATH and Make}). Older
2941 @command{make} programs do not support @code{VPATH}; when using them, the
2942 source code must be in the same directory as the object files.
2944 If you are using @acronym{GNU} Automake, the remaining details in this
2945 section are already covered for you, based on the contents of your
2946 @file{Makefile.am}. But if you are using Autoconf in isolation, then
2947 supporting @code{VPATH} requires the following in your
2955 Do not set @code{VPATH} to the value of another variable, for example
2956 @samp{VPATH = $(srcdir)}, because some versions of @command{make} do not do
2957 variable substitutions on the value of @code{VPATH}.
2959 @command{configure} substitutes the correct value for @code{srcdir} when
2960 it produces @file{Makefile}.
2962 Do not use the @command{make} variable @code{$<}, which expands to the
2963 file name of the file in the source directory (found with @code{VPATH}),
2964 except in implicit rules. (An implicit rule is one such as @samp{.c.o},
2965 which tells how to create a @file{.o} file from a @file{.c} file.) Some
2966 versions of @command{make} do not set @code{$<} in explicit rules; they
2967 expand it to an empty value.
2969 Instead, Make command lines should always refer to source
2970 files by prefixing them with @samp{$(srcdir)/}. For example:
2973 time.info: time.texinfo
2974 $(MAKEINFO) '$(srcdir)/time.texinfo'
2977 @node Automatic Remaking
2978 @subsection Automatic Remaking
2979 @cindex Automatic remaking
2980 @cindex Remaking automatically
2982 You can put rules like the following in the top-level @file{Makefile.in}
2983 for a package to automatically update the configuration information when
2984 you change the configuration files. This example includes all of the
2985 optional files, such as @file{aclocal.m4} and those related to
2986 configuration header files. Omit from the @file{Makefile.in} rules for
2987 any of these files that your package does not use.
2989 The @samp{$(srcdir)/} prefix is included because of limitations in the
2990 @code{VPATH} mechanism.
2992 The @file{stamp-} files are necessary because the timestamps of
2993 @file{config.h.in} and @file{config.h} are not changed if remaking
2994 them does not change their contents. This feature avoids unnecessary
2995 recompilation. You should include the file @file{stamp-h.in} in your
2996 package's distribution, so that @command{make} considers
2997 @file{config.h.in} up to date. Don't use @command{touch}
2998 (@pxref{touch, , Limitations of Usual Tools}); instead, use
2999 @command{echo} (using
3000 @command{date} would cause needless differences, hence @acronym{CVS}
3005 $(srcdir)/configure: configure.ac aclocal.m4
3006 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoconf
3008 # autoheader might not change config.h.in, so touch a stamp file.
3009 $(srcdir)/config.h.in: stamp-h.in
3010 $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: configure.ac aclocal.m4
3011 cd '$(srcdir)' && autoheader
3012 echo timestamp > '$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in'
3015 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
3018 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
3021 config.status: configure
3022 ./config.status --recheck
3027 (Be careful if you copy these lines directly into your makefile, as you
3028 need to convert the indented lines to start with the tab character.)
3030 In addition, you should use
3033 AC_CONFIG_FILES([stamp-h], [echo timestamp > stamp-h])
3037 so @file{config.status} ensures that @file{config.h} is considered up to
3038 date. @xref{Output}, for more information about @code{AC_OUTPUT}.
3040 @xref{config.status Invocation}, for more examples of handling
3041 configuration-related dependencies.
3043 @node Configuration Headers
3044 @section Configuration Header Files
3045 @cindex Configuration Header
3046 @cindex @file{config.h}
3048 When a package contains more than a few tests that define C preprocessor
3049 symbols, the command lines to pass @option{-D} options to the compiler
3050 can get quite long. This causes two problems. One is that the
3051 @command{make} output is hard to visually scan for errors. More
3052 seriously, the command lines can exceed the length limits of some
3053 operating systems. As an alternative to passing @option{-D} options to
3054 the compiler, @command{configure} scripts can create a C header file
3055 containing @samp{#define} directives. The @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}
3056 macro selects this kind of output. Though it can be called anywhere
3057 between @code{AC_INIT} and @code{AC_OUTPUT}, it is customary to call
3058 it right after @code{AC_INIT}.
3060 The package should @samp{#include} the configuration header file before
3061 any other header files, to prevent inconsistencies in declarations (for
3062 example, if it redefines @code{const}).
3064 To provide for VPATH builds, remember to pass the C compiler a @option{-I.}
3065 option (or @option{-I..}; whichever directory contains @file{config.h}).
3066 Even if you use @samp{#include "config.h"}, the preprocessor searches only
3067 the directory of the currently read file, i.e., the source directory, not
3068 the build directory.
3070 With the appropriate @option{-I} option, you can use
3071 @samp{#include <config.h>}. Actually, it's a good habit to use it,
3072 because in the rare case when the source directory contains another
3073 @file{config.h}, the build directory should be searched first.
3076 @defmac AC_CONFIG_HEADERS (@var{header} @dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3077 @acindex{CONFIG_HEADERS}
3078 @cvindex HAVE_CONFIG_H
3079 This macro is one of the instantiating macros; see @ref{Configuration
3080 Actions}. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} create the file(s) in the
3081 blank-or-newline-separated list @var{header} containing C preprocessor
3082 @code{#define} statements, and replace @samp{@@DEFS@@} in generated
3083 files with @option{-DHAVE_CONFIG_H} instead of the value of @code{DEFS}.
3084 The usual name for @var{header} is @file{config.h}.
3086 If @var{header} already exists and its contents are identical to what
3087 @code{AC_OUTPUT} would put in it, it is left alone. Doing this allows
3088 making some changes in the configuration without needlessly causing
3089 object files that depend on the header file to be recompiled.
3091 Usually the input file is named @file{@var{header}.in}; however, you can
3092 override the input file name by appending to @var{header} a
3093 colon-separated list of input files. For example, you might need to make
3094 the input file name acceptable to @acronym{DOS} variants:
3097 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
3104 This macro is defined as the name of the first declared config header
3105 and undefined if no config headers have been declared up to this point.
3106 A third-party macro may, for example, require use of a config header
3107 without invoking AC_CONFIG_HEADERS twice, like this:
3110 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(
3111 [m4_ifndef([AH_HEADER], [AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])])])
3116 @xref{Configuration Actions}, for more details on @var{header}.
3119 * Header Templates:: Input for the configuration headers
3120 * autoheader Invocation:: How to create configuration templates
3121 * Autoheader Macros:: How to specify CPP templates
3124 @node Header Templates
3125 @subsection Configuration Header Templates
3126 @cindex Configuration Header Template
3127 @cindex Header templates
3128 @cindex @file{config.h.in}
3130 Your distribution should contain a template file that looks as you want
3131 the final header file to look, including comments, with @code{#undef}
3132 statements which are used as hooks. For example, suppose your
3133 @file{configure.ac} makes these calls:
3136 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([conf.h])
3137 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])
3141 Then you could have code like the following in @file{conf.h.in}.
3142 The @file{conf.h} created by @command{configure} defines @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}
3143 to 1, if and only if the system has @file{unistd.h}.
3147 /* Define as 1 if you have unistd.h. */
3148 #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3152 The format of the template file is stricter than what the C preprocessor
3153 is required to accept. A directive line should contain only whitespace,
3154 @samp{#undef}, and @samp{HAVE_UNISTD_H}. The use of @samp{#define}
3155 instead of @samp{#undef}, or of comments on the same line as
3156 @samp{#undef}, is strongly discouraged. Each hook should only be listed
3157 once. Other preprocessor lines, such as @samp{#ifdef} or
3158 @samp{#include}, are copied verbatim from the template into the
3161 Since it is a tedious task to keep a template header up to date, you may
3162 use @command{autoheader} to generate it, see @ref{autoheader Invocation}.
3164 During the instantiation of the header, each @samp{#undef} line in the
3165 template file for each symbol defined by @samp{AC_DEFINE} is changed to an
3166 appropriate @samp{#define}. If the corresponding @samp{AC_DEFINE} has not
3167 been executed during the @command{configure} run, the @samp{#undef} line is
3168 commented out. (This is important, e.g., for @samp{_POSIX_SOURCE}:
3169 on many systems, it can be implicitly defined by the compiler, and
3170 undefining it in the header would then break compilation of subsequent
3173 Currently, @emph{all} remaining @samp{#undef} lines in the header
3174 template are commented out, whether or not there was a corresponding
3175 @samp{AC_DEFINE} for the macro name; but this behavior is not guaranteed
3176 for future releases of Autoconf.
3178 Generally speaking, since you should not use @samp{#define}, and you
3179 cannot guarantee whether a @samp{#undef} directive in the header
3180 template will be converted to a @samp{#define} or commented out in the
3181 generated header file, the template file cannot be used for conditional
3182 definition effects. Consequently, if you need to use the construct
3193 you must place it outside of the template.
3194 If you absolutely need to hook it to the config header itself, please put
3195 the directives to a separate file, and @samp{#include} that file from the
3196 config header template. If you are using @command{autoheader}, you would
3197 probably use @samp{AH_BOTTOM} to append the @samp{#include} directive.
3200 @node autoheader Invocation
3201 @subsection Using @command{autoheader} to Create @file{config.h.in}
3202 @cindex @command{autoheader}
3204 The @command{autoheader} program can create a template file of C
3205 @samp{#define} statements for @command{configure} to use.
3206 It searches for the first invocation of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} in
3207 @file{configure} sources to determine the name of the template.
3208 (If the first call of @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} specifies more than one
3209 input file name, @command{autoheader} uses the first one.)
3211 It is recommended that only one input file is used. If you want to append
3212 a boilerplate code, it is preferable to use
3213 @samp{AH_BOTTOM([#include <conf_post.h>])}.
3214 File @file{conf_post.h} is not processed during the configuration then,
3215 which make things clearer. Analogically, @code{AH_TOP} can be used to
3216 prepend a boilerplate code.
3218 In order to do its job, @command{autoheader} needs you to document all
3219 of the symbols that you might use. Typically this is done via an
3220 @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} call whose first argument
3221 is a literal symbol and whose third argument describes the symbol
3222 (@pxref{Defining Symbols}). Alternatively, you can use
3223 @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader Macros}), or you can supply a
3224 suitable input file for a subsequent configuration header file.
3225 Symbols defined by Autoconf's builtin tests are already documented properly;
3226 you need to document only those that you
3229 You might wonder why @command{autoheader} is needed: after all, why
3230 would @command{configure} need to ``patch'' a @file{config.h.in} to
3231 produce a @file{config.h} instead of just creating @file{config.h} from
3232 scratch? Well, when everything rocks, the answer is just that we are
3233 wasting our time maintaining @command{autoheader}: generating
3234 @file{config.h} directly is all that is needed. When things go wrong,
3235 however, you'll be thankful for the existence of @command{autoheader}.
3237 The fact that the symbols are documented is important in order to
3238 @emph{check} that @file{config.h} makes sense. The fact that there is a
3239 well-defined list of symbols that should be defined (or not) is
3240 also important for people who are porting packages to environments where
3241 @command{configure} cannot be run: they just have to @emph{fill in the
3244 But let's come back to the point: the invocation of @command{autoheader}@dots{}
3246 If you give @command{autoheader} an argument, it uses that file instead
3247 of @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output
3248 instead of to @file{config.h.in}. If you give @command{autoheader} an
3249 argument of @option{-}, it reads the standard input instead of
3250 @file{configure.ac} and writes the header file to the standard output.
3252 @command{autoheader} accepts the following options:
3257 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
3261 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
3265 Report processing steps.
3269 Don't remove the temporary files.
3273 Remake the template file even if newer than its input files.
3275 @item --include=@var{dir}
3277 Append @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3279 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
3281 Prepend @var{dir} to the include path. Multiple invocations accumulate.
3283 @item --warnings=@var{category}
3284 @itemx -W @var{category}
3286 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
3287 comma separated list). Current categories include:
3291 report the uses of obsolete constructs
3294 report all the warnings
3300 treats warnings as errors
3302 @item no-@var{category}
3303 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
3310 @node Autoheader Macros
3311 @subsection Autoheader Macros
3312 @cindex Autoheader macros
3314 @command{autoheader} scans @file{configure.ac} and figures out which C
3315 preprocessor symbols it might define. It knows how to generate
3316 templates for symbols defined by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS},
3317 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} etc., but if you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional
3318 symbol, you must define a template for it. If there are missing
3319 templates, @command{autoheader} fails with an error message.
3321 The template for a @var{symbol} is created
3322 by @command{autoheader} from
3323 the @var{description} argument to an @code{AC_DEFINE};
3324 see @ref{Defining Symbols}.
3326 For special needs, you can use the following macros.
3329 @defmac AH_TEMPLATE (@var{key}, @var{description})
3331 Tell @command{autoheader} to generate a template for @var{key}. This macro
3332 generates standard templates just like @code{AC_DEFINE} when a
3333 @var{description} is given.
3338 AH_TEMPLATE([CRAY_STACKSEG_END],
3339 [Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67
3340 for Cray-2 and Cray-YMP systems. This
3341 function is required for alloca.c support
3346 generates the following template, with the description properly
3350 /* Define to one of _getb67, GETB67, getb67 for Cray-2 and
3351 Cray-YMP systems. This function is required for alloca.c
3352 support on those systems. */
3353 #undef CRAY_STACKSEG_END
3358 @defmac AH_VERBATIM (@var{key}, @var{template})
3360 Tell @command{autoheader} to include the @var{template} as-is in the header
3361 template file. This @var{template} is associated with the @var{key},
3362 which is used to sort all the different templates and guarantee their
3363 uniqueness. It should be a symbol that can be defined via @code{AC_DEFINE}.
3367 @defmac AH_TOP (@var{text})
3369 Include @var{text} at the top of the header template file.
3373 @defmac AH_BOTTOM (@var{text})
3375 Include @var{text} at the bottom of the header template file.
3379 Please note that @var{text} gets included ``verbatim'' to the template file,
3380 not to the resulting config header, so it can easily get mangled when the
3381 template is processed. There is rarely a need for something other than
3384 AH_BOTTOM([#include <custom.h>])
3389 @node Configuration Commands
3390 @section Running Arbitrary Configuration Commands
3391 @cindex Configuration commands
3392 @cindex Commands for configuration
3394 You can execute arbitrary commands before, during, and after
3395 @file{config.status} is run. The three following macros accumulate the
3396 commands to run when they are called multiple times.
3397 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} replaces the obsolete macro
3398 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}; see @ref{Obsolete Macros}, for details.
3400 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3401 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS (@var{tag}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
3402 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS}
3403 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
3404 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
3405 from @command{configure}. Associate the commands with @var{tag}.
3406 Since typically the @var{cmds} create a file, @var{tag} should
3407 naturally be the name of that file. If needed, the directory hosting
3408 @var{tag} is created. This macro is one of the instantiating macros;
3409 see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3411 Here is an unrealistic example:
3414 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([fubar],
3415 [echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
3419 Here is a better one:
3421 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([timestamp], [date >timestamp])
3425 The following two macros look similar, but in fact they are not of the same
3426 breed: they are executed directly by @file{configure}, so you cannot use
3427 @file{config.status} to rerun them.
3429 @c Yet it is good to leave them here. The user sees them together and
3430 @c decides which best fits their needs.
3432 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE (@var{cmds})
3433 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE}
3434 Execute the @var{cmds} right before creating @file{config.status}.
3436 This macro presents the last opportunity to call @code{AC_SUBST},
3437 @code{AC_DEFINE}, or @code{AC_CONFIG_FOOS} macros.
3440 @defmac AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST (@var{cmds})
3441 @acindex{CONFIG_COMMANDS_POST}
3442 Execute the @var{cmds} right after creating @file{config.status}.
3448 @node Configuration Links
3449 @section Creating Configuration Links
3450 @cindex Configuration links
3451 @cindex Links for configuration
3453 You may find it convenient to create links whose destinations depend upon
3454 results of tests. One can use @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} but the
3455 creation of relative symbolic links can be delicate when the package is
3456 built in a directory different from the source directory.
3458 @anchor{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
3459 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LINKS (@var{dest}:@var{source}@dots{}, @ovar{cmds}, @
3461 @acindex{CONFIG_LINKS}
3463 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} link each of the existing files @var{source} to
3464 the corresponding link name @var{dest}. Makes a symbolic link if
3465 possible, otherwise a hard link if possible, otherwise a copy. The
3466 @var{dest} and @var{source} names should be relative to the top level
3467 source or build directory. This macro is one of the instantiating
3468 macros; see @ref{Configuration Actions}.
3470 For example, this call:
3473 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
3474 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
3478 creates in the current directory @file{host.h} as a link to
3479 @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$machine.h}, and @file{object.h} as a
3480 link to @file{@var{srcdir}/config/$obj_format.h}.
3482 The tempting value @samp{.} for @var{dest} is invalid: it makes it
3483 impossible for @samp{config.status} to guess the links to establish.
3487 ./config.status host.h object.h
3490 to create the links.
3495 @node Subdirectories
3496 @section Configuring Other Packages in Subdirectories
3497 @cindex Configure subdirectories
3498 @cindex Subdirectory configure
3500 In most situations, calling @code{AC_OUTPUT} is sufficient to produce
3501 makefiles in subdirectories. However, @command{configure} scripts
3502 that control more than one independent package can use
3503 @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} to run @command{configure} scripts for other
3504 packages in subdirectories.
3506 @defmac AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS (@var{dir} @dots{})
3507 @acindex{CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
3509 Make @code{AC_OUTPUT} run @command{configure} in each subdirectory
3510 @var{dir} in the given blank-or-newline-separated list. Each @var{dir} should
3511 be a literal, i.e., please do not use:
3514 if test "x$package_foo_enabled" = xyes; then
3515 $my_subdirs="$my_subdirs foo"
3517 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([$my_subdirs])
3521 because this prevents @samp{./configure --help=recursive} from
3522 displaying the options of the package @code{foo}. Instead, you should
3526 if test "x$package_foo_enabled" = xyes; then
3527 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3531 If a given @var{dir} is not found, an error is reported: if the
3532 subdirectory is optional, write:
3535 if test -d "$srcdir/foo"; then
3536 AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS([foo])
3540 @c NB: Yes, below we mean configure.in, not configure.ac.
3541 If a given @var{dir} contains @command{configure.gnu}, it is run instead
3542 of @command{configure}. This is for packages that might use a
3543 non-Autoconf script @command{Configure}, which can't be called through a
3544 wrapper @command{configure} since it would be the same file on
3545 case-insensitive file systems. Likewise, if a @var{dir} contains
3546 @file{configure.in} but no @command{configure}, the Cygnus
3547 @command{configure} script found by @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} is used.
3549 The subdirectory @command{configure} scripts are given the same command
3550 line options that were given to this @command{configure} script, with minor
3551 changes if needed, which include:
3555 adjusting a relative name for the cache file;
3558 adjusting a relative name for the source directory;
3561 propagating the current value of @code{$prefix}, including if it was
3562 defaulted, and if the default values of the top level and of the subdirectory
3563 @file{configure} differ.
3566 This macro also sets the output variable @code{subdirs} to the list of
3567 directories @samp{@var{dir} @dots{}}. Make rules can use
3568 this variable to determine which subdirectories to recurse into.
3570 This macro may be called multiple times.
3573 @node Default Prefix
3574 @section Default Prefix
3575 @cindex Install prefix
3576 @cindex Prefix for install
3578 By default, @command{configure} sets the prefix for files it installs to
3579 @file{/usr/local}. The user of @command{configure} can select a different
3580 prefix using the @option{--prefix} and @option{--exec-prefix} options.
3581 There are two ways to change the default: when creating
3582 @command{configure}, and when running it.
3584 Some software packages might want to install in a directory other than
3585 @file{/usr/local} by default. To accomplish that, use the
3586 @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT} macro.
3588 @defmac AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT (@var{prefix})
3589 @acindex{PREFIX_DEFAULT}
3590 Set the default installation prefix to @var{prefix} instead of
3594 It may be convenient for users to have @command{configure} guess the
3595 installation prefix from the location of a related program that they
3596 have already installed. If you wish to do that, you can call
3597 @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}.
3599 @anchor{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3600 @defmac AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM (@var{program})
3601 @acindex{PREFIX_PROGRAM}
3602 If the user did not specify an installation prefix (using the
3603 @option{--prefix} option), guess a value for it by looking for
3604 @var{program} in @env{PATH}, the way the shell does. If @var{program}
3605 is found, set the prefix to the parent of the directory containing
3606 @var{program}, else default the prefix as described above
3607 (@file{/usr/local} or @code{AC_PREFIX_DEFAULT}). For example, if
3608 @var{program} is @code{gcc} and the @env{PATH} contains
3609 @file{/usr/local/gnu/bin/gcc}, set the prefix to @file{/usr/local/gnu}.
3614 @c ======================================================== Existing tests
3616 @node Existing Tests
3617 @chapter Existing Tests
3619 These macros test for particular system features that packages might
3620 need or want to use. If you need to test for a kind of feature that
3621 none of these macros check for, you can probably do it by calling
3622 primitive test macros with appropriate arguments (@pxref{Writing
3625 These tests print messages telling the user which feature they're
3626 checking for, and what they find. They cache their results for future
3627 @command{configure} runs (@pxref{Caching Results}).
3629 Some of these macros set output variables. @xref{Makefile
3630 Substitutions}, for how to get their values. The phrase ``define
3631 @var{name}'' is used below as a shorthand to mean ``define the C
3632 preprocessor symbol @var{name} to the value 1''. @xref{Defining
3633 Symbols}, for how to get those symbol definitions into your program.
3636 * Common Behavior:: Macros' standard schemes
3637 * Alternative Programs:: Selecting between alternative programs
3638 * Files:: Checking for the existence of files
3639 * Libraries:: Library archives that might be missing
3640 * Library Functions:: C library functions that might be missing
3641 * Header Files:: Header files that might be missing
3642 * Declarations:: Declarations that may be missing
3643 * Structures:: Structures or members that might be missing
3644 * Types:: Types that might be missing
3645 * Compilers and Preprocessors:: Checking for compiling programs
3646 * System Services:: Operating system services
3647 * Posix Variants:: Special kludges for specific Posix variants
3648 * Erlang Libraries:: Checking for the existence of Erlang libraries
3651 @node Common Behavior
3652 @section Common Behavior
3653 @cindex Common autoconf behavior
3655 Much effort has been expended to make Autoconf easy to learn. The most
3656 obvious way to reach this goal is simply to enforce standard interfaces
3657 and behaviors, avoiding exceptions as much as possible. Because of
3658 history and inertia, unfortunately, there are still too many exceptions
3659 in Autoconf; nevertheless, this section describes some of the common
3663 * Standard Symbols:: Symbols defined by the macros
3664 * Default Includes:: Includes used by the generic macros
3667 @node Standard Symbols
3668 @subsection Standard Symbols
3669 @cindex Standard symbols
3671 All the generic macros that @code{AC_DEFINE} a symbol as a result of
3672 their test transform their @var{argument} values to a standard alphabet.
3673 First, @var{argument} is converted to upper case and any asterisks
3674 (@samp{*}) are each converted to @samp{P}. Any remaining characters
3675 that are not alphanumeric are converted to underscores.
3680 AC_CHECK_TYPES([struct $Expensive*])
3684 defines the symbol @samp{HAVE_STRUCT__EXPENSIVEP} if the check
3688 @node Default Includes
3689 @subsection Default Includes
3690 @cindex Default includes
3691 @cindex Includes, default
3693 Several tests depend upon a set of header files. Since these headers
3694 are not universally available, tests actually have to provide a set of
3695 protected includes, such as:
3699 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
3700 # include <sys/time.h>
3703 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
3704 # include <sys/time.h>
3713 Unless you know exactly what you are doing, you should avoid using
3714 unconditional includes, and check the existence of the headers you
3715 include beforehand (@pxref{Header Files}).
3717 Most generic macros use the following macro to provide the default set
3720 @defmac AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT (@ovar{include-directives})
3721 @acindex{INCLUDES_DEFAULT}
3722 Expand to @var{include-directives} if defined, otherwise to:
3727 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
3728 # include <sys/types.h>
3730 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
3731 # include <sys/stat.h>
3734 # include <stdlib.h>
3735 # include <stddef.h>
3737 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
3738 # include <stdlib.h>
3741 #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
3742 # if !defined STDC_HEADERS && defined HAVE_MEMORY_H
3743 # include <memory.h>
3745 # include <string.h>
3747 #ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
3748 # include <strings.h>
3750 #ifdef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
3751 # include <inttypes.h>
3753 #ifdef HAVE_STDINT_H
3754 # include <stdint.h>
3756 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
3757 # include <unistd.h>
3762 If the default includes are used, then check for the presence of these
3763 headers and their compatibility, i.e., you don't need to run
3764 @code{AC_HEADER_STDC}, nor check for @file{stdlib.h} etc.
3766 These headers are checked for in the same order as they are included.
3767 For instance, on some systems @file{string.h} and @file{strings.h} both
3768 exist, but conflict. Then @code{HAVE_STRING_H} is defined, not
3769 @code{HAVE_STRINGS_H}.
3772 @node Alternative Programs
3773 @section Alternative Programs
3774 @cindex Programs, checking
3776 These macros check for the presence or behavior of particular programs.
3777 They are used to choose between several alternative programs and to
3778 decide what to do once one has been chosen. If there is no macro
3779 specifically defined to check for a program you need, and you don't need
3780 to check for any special properties of it, then you can use one of the
3781 general program-check macros.
3784 * Particular Programs:: Special handling to find certain programs
3785 * Generic Programs:: How to find other programs
3788 @node Particular Programs
3789 @subsection Particular Program Checks
3791 These macros check for particular programs---whether they exist, and
3792 in some cases whether they support certain features.
3797 Check for @code{gawk}, @code{mawk}, @code{nawk}, and @code{awk}, in that
3798 order, and set output variable @code{AWK} to the first one that is found.
3799 It tries @code{gawk} first because that is reported to be the
3800 best implementation.
3803 @defmac AC_PROG_GREP
3806 Look for the best available @code{grep} or @code{ggrep} that accepts the
3807 longest input lines possible, and that supports multiple @option{-e} options.
3808 Set the output variable @code{GREP} to whatever is chosen.
3809 @xref{grep, , Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more information about
3810 portability problems with the @command{grep} command family.
3813 @defmac AC_PROG_EGREP
3814 @acindex{PROG_EGREP}
3816 Check whether @code{$GREP -E} works, or else look for the best available
3817 @code{egrep} or @code{gegrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3818 Set the output variable @code{EGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3821 @defmac AC_PROG_FGREP
3822 @acindex{PROG_FGREP}
3824 Check whether @code{$GREP -F} works, or else look for the best available
3825 @code{fgrep} or @code{gfgrep} that accepts the longest input lines possible.
3826 Set the output variable @code{FGREP} to whatever is chosen.
3829 @defmac AC_PROG_INSTALL
3830 @acindex{PROG_INSTALL}
3832 @ovindex INSTALL_PROGRAM
3833 @ovindex INSTALL_DATA
3834 @ovindex INSTALL_SCRIPT
3835 Set output variable @code{INSTALL} to the name of a @acronym{BSD}-compatible
3836 @command{install} program, if one is found in the current @env{PATH}.
3837 Otherwise, set @code{INSTALL} to @samp{@var{dir}/install-sh -c},
3838 checking the directories specified to @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} (or its
3839 default directories) to determine @var{dir} (@pxref{Output}). Also set
3840 the variables @code{INSTALL_PROGRAM} and @code{INSTALL_SCRIPT} to
3841 @samp{$@{INSTALL@}} and @code{INSTALL_DATA} to @samp{$@{INSTALL@} -m 644}.
3843 @samp{@@INSTALL@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3844 configuration files.
3846 This macro screens out various instances of @command{install} known not to
3847 work. It prefers to find a C program rather than a shell script, for
3848 speed. Instead of @file{install-sh}, it can also use @file{install.sh},
3849 but that name is obsolete because some @command{make} programs have a rule
3850 that creates @file{install} from it if there is no makefile. Further, this
3851 macro requires @command{install} to be able to install multiple files into a
3852 target directory in a single invocation.
3854 Autoconf comes with a copy of @file{install-sh} that you can use. If
3855 you use @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}, you must include either
3856 @file{install-sh} or @file{install.sh} in your distribution; otherwise
3857 @command{configure} produces an error message saying it can't find
3858 them---even if the system you're on has a good @command{install} program.
3859 This check is a safety measure to prevent you from accidentally leaving
3860 that file out, which would prevent your package from installing on
3861 systems that don't have a @acronym{BSD}-compatible @command{install} program.
3863 If you need to use your own installation program because it has features
3864 not found in standard @command{install} programs, there is no reason to use
3865 @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}; just put the file name of your program into your
3866 @file{Makefile.in} files.
3869 @defmac AC_PROG_MKDIR_P
3870 @acindex{PROG_MKDIR_P}
3872 Set output variable @code{MKDIR_P} to a program that ensures that for
3873 each argument, a directory named by this argument exists, creating it
3874 and its parent directories if needed, and without race conditions when
3875 two instances of the program attempt to make the same directory at
3876 nearly the same time.
3878 This macro uses the @samp{mkdir -p} command if possible. Otherwise, it
3879 falls back on invoking @command{install-sh} with the @option{-d} option,
3880 so your package should
3881 contain @file{install-sh} as described under @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}.
3882 An @file{install-sh} file that predates Autoconf 2.60 or Automake 1.10
3883 is vulnerable to race conditions, so if you want to support parallel
3885 different packages into the same directory you need to make sure you
3886 have an up-to-date @file{install-sh}. In particular, be careful about
3887 using @samp{autoreconf -if} if your Automake predates Automake 1.10.
3889 This macro is related to the @code{AS_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Programming
3890 in M4sh}), but it sets an output variable intended for use in other
3891 files, whereas @code{AS_MKDIR_P} is intended for use in scripts like
3892 @command{configure}. Also, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not accept options,
3893 but @code{MKDIR_P} supports the @option{-m} option, e.g., a makefile
3894 might invoke @code{$(MKDIR_P) -m 0 dir} to create an inaccessible
3895 directory, and conversely a makefile should use @code{$(MKDIR_P) --
3896 $(FOO)} if @var{FOO} might yield a value that begins with @samp{-}.
3897 Finally, @code{AS_MKDIR_P} does not check for race condition
3898 vulnerability, whereas @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} does.
3900 @samp{@@MKDIR_P@@} is special, as its value may vary for different
3901 configuration files.
3904 @anchor{AC_PROG_LEX}
3909 @cvindex YYTEXT_POINTER
3910 @ovindex LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT
3911 If @code{flex} is found, set output variable @code{LEX} to @samp{flex}
3912 and @code{LEXLIB} to @option{-lfl}, if that library is in a standard
3913 place. Otherwise set @code{LEX} to @samp{lex} and @code{LEXLIB} to
3916 Define @code{YYTEXT_POINTER} if @code{yytext} defaults to @samp{char *} instead
3917 of to @samp{char []}. Also set output variable @code{LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT} to
3918 the base of the file name that the lexer generates; usually
3919 @file{lex.yy}, but sometimes something else. These results vary
3920 according to whether @code{lex} or @code{flex} is being used.
3922 You are encouraged to use Flex in your sources, since it is both more
3923 pleasant to use than plain Lex and the C source it produces is portable.
3924 In order to ensure portability, however, you must either provide a
3925 function @code{yywrap} or, if you don't use it (e.g., your scanner has
3926 no @samp{#include}-like feature), simply include a @samp{%noyywrap}
3927 statement in the scanner's source. Once this done, the scanner is
3928 portable (unless @emph{you} felt free to use nonportable constructs) and
3929 does not depend on any library. In this case, and in this case only, it
3930 is suggested that you use this Autoconf snippet:
3934 if test "x$LEX" != xflex; then
3935 LEX="$SHELL $missing_dir/missing flex"
3936 AC_SUBST([LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT], [lex.yy])
3937 AC_SUBST([LEXLIB], [''])
3941 The shell script @command{missing} can be found in the Automake
3944 To ensure backward compatibility, Automake's @code{AM_PROG_LEX} invokes
3945 (indirectly) this macro twice, which causes an annoying but benign
3946 ``@code{AC_PROG_LEX} invoked multiple times'' warning. Future versions
3947 of Automake will fix this issue; meanwhile, just ignore this message.
3949 As part of running the test, this macro may delete any file in the
3950 configuration directory named @file{lex.yy.c} or @file{lexyy.c}.
3953 @anchor{AC_PROG_LN_S}
3954 @defmac AC_PROG_LN_S
3957 If @samp{ln -s} works on the current file system (the operating system
3958 and file system support symbolic links), set the output variable
3959 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln -s}; otherwise, if @samp{ln} works, set
3960 @code{LN_S} to @samp{ln}, and otherwise set it to @samp{cp -p}.
3962 If you make a link in a directory other than the current directory, its
3963 meaning depends on whether @samp{ln} or @samp{ln -s} is used. To safely
3964 create links using @samp{$(LN_S)}, either find out which form is used
3965 and adjust the arguments, or always invoke @code{ln} in the directory
3966 where the link is to be created.
3968 In other words, it does not work to do:
3976 (cd /x && $(LN_S) foo bar)
3980 @defmac AC_PROG_RANLIB
3981 @acindex{PROG_RANLIB}
3983 Set output variable @code{RANLIB} to @samp{ranlib} if @code{ranlib}
3984 is found, and otherwise to @samp{:} (do nothing).
3990 Set output variable @code{SED} to a Sed implementation that conforms to
3991 Posix and does not have arbitrary length limits. Report an error if no
3992 acceptable Sed is found. @xref{sed, , Limitations of Usual Tools}, for more
3993 information about portability problems with Sed.
3996 @defmac AC_PROG_YACC
3999 If @code{bison} is found, set output variable @code{YACC} to @samp{bison
4000 -y}. Otherwise, if @code{byacc} is found, set @code{YACC} to
4001 @samp{byacc}. Otherwise set @code{YACC} to @samp{yacc}.
4004 @node Generic Programs
4005 @subsection Generic Program and File Checks
4007 These macros are used to find programs not covered by the ``particular''
4008 test macros. If you need to check the behavior of a program as well as
4009 find out whether it is present, you have to write your own test for it
4010 (@pxref{Writing Tests}). By default, these macros use the environment
4011 variable @env{PATH}. If you need to check for a program that might not
4012 be in the user's @env{PATH}, you can pass a modified path to use
4016 AC_PATH_PROG([INETD], [inetd], [/usr/libexec/inetd],
4017 [$PATH$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/libexec$PATH_SEPARATOR]dnl
4018 [/usr/sbin$PATH_SEPARATOR/usr/etc$PATH_SEPARATOR/etc])
4021 You are strongly encouraged to declare the @var{variable} passed to
4022 @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} etc.@: as precious, @xref{Setting Output Variables},
4023 @code{AC_ARG_VAR}, for more details.
4025 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROG}
4026 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4027 @var{value-if-found}, @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH}, @
4029 @acindex{CHECK_PROG}
4030 Check whether program @var{prog-to-check-for} exists in @var{path}. If
4031 it is found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-found}, otherwise to
4032 @var{value-if-not-found}, if given. Always pass over @var{reject} (an
4033 absolute file name) even if it is the first found in the search path; in
4034 that case, set @var{variable} using the absolute file name of the
4035 @var{prog-to-check-for} found that is not @var{reject}. If
4036 @var{variable} was already set, do nothing. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for
4040 @anchor{AC_CHECK_PROGS}
4041 @defmac AC_CHECK_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4042 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4043 @acindex{CHECK_PROGS}
4044 Check for each program in the blank-separated list
4045 @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in the @var{path}. If one is found, set
4046 @var{variable} to the name of that program. Otherwise, continue
4047 checking the next program in the list. If none of the programs in the
4048 list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
4049 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
4050 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4053 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4054 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4055 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}
4056 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
4057 with a prefix of the target type as determined by
4058 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
4059 If the tool cannot be found with a prefix, and if the build and target
4060 types are equal, then it is also searched for without a prefix.
4062 As noted in @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}, the
4063 target is rarely specified, because most of the time it is the same
4064 as the host: it is the type of system for which any compiler tool in
4065 the package produces code. What this macro looks for is,
4066 for example, @emph{a tool @r{(assembler, linker, etc.)}@: that the
4067 compiler driver @r{(@command{gcc} for the @acronym{GNU} C Compiler)}
4068 uses to produce objects, archives or executables}.
4071 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4072 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4073 @acindex{CHECK_TOOL}
4074 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but first looks for @var{prog-to-check-for}
4075 with a prefix of the host type as specified by @option{--host}, followed by a
4076 dash. For example, if the user runs
4077 @samp{configure --build=x86_64-gnu --host=i386-gnu}, then this call:
4079 AC_CHECK_TOOL([RANLIB], [ranlib], [:])
4082 sets @code{RANLIB} to @file{i386-gnu-ranlib} if that program exists in
4083 @var{path}, or otherwise to @samp{ranlib} if that program exists in
4084 @var{path}, or to @samp{:} if neither program exists.
4086 When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program
4087 prefixed with the host type could be found.
4088 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}.
4091 @defmac AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4092 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4093 @acindex{CHECK_TARGET_TOOLS}
4094 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
4095 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the target type as
4096 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, followed by a dash
4097 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
4098 prefix, and if the build and target types are equal, then the first one
4099 without a prefix is used. If a tool is found, set @var{variable} to
4100 the name of that program. If none of the tools in the list are found,
4101 set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if @var{value-if-not-found}
4102 is not specified, the value of @var{variable} is not changed. Calls
4103 @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4106 @defmac AC_CHECK_TOOLS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4107 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4108 @acindex{CHECK_TOOLS}
4109 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, each of the tools in the list
4110 @var{progs-to-check-for} are checked with a prefix of the host type as
4111 determined by @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, followed by a dash
4112 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). If none of the tools can be found with a
4113 prefix, then the first one without a prefix is used. If a tool is found,
4114 set @var{variable} to the name of that program. If none of the tools in
4115 the list are found, set @var{variable} to @var{value-if-not-found}; if
4116 @var{value-if-not-found} is not specified, the value of @var{variable}
4117 is not changed. Calls @code{AC_SUBST} for @var{variable}.
4119 When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program
4120 prefixed with the host type could be found.
4121 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}.
4124 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROG}
4125 @defmac AC_PATH_PROG (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4126 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4128 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROG}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4129 name of @var{prog-to-check-for} if found.
4132 @anchor{AC_PATH_PROGS}
4133 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS (@var{variable}, @var{progs-to-check-for}, @
4134 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4135 @acindex{PATH_PROGS}
4136 Like @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}, but if any of @var{progs-to-check-for}
4137 are found, set @var{variable} to the absolute name of the program
4141 @defmac AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK (@var{variable}, @
4142 @var{progs-to-check-for}, @var{feature-test}, @
4143 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4144 @acindex{PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK}
4145 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. If @var{variable} is not
4146 empty, then set the cache variable @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} to
4147 its value. Otherwise, check for each program in the blank-separated
4148 list @var{progs-to-check-for} existing in @var{path}. For each program
4149 found, execute @var{feature-test} with @code{$ac_path_@var{variable}}
4150 set to the absolute name of the candidate program. If no invocation of
4151 @var{feature-test} sets the shell variable
4152 @code{$ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, then @var{action-if-not-found} is
4153 executed. @var{feature-test} will be run even when
4154 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}} is set, to provide the ability to
4155 choose a better candidate found later in @var{path}; to accept the
4156 current setting and bypass all futher checks, @var{feature-test} can
4157 execute @code{ac_path_@var{variable}_found=:}.
4159 Note that this macro has some subtle differences from
4160 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS}. It is designed to be run inside
4161 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, therefore, it should have no side effects. In
4162 particular, @var{variable} is not set to the final value of
4163 @code{ac_cv_path_@var{variable}}, nor is @code{AC_SUBST} automatically
4164 run. Also, on failure, any action can be performed, whereas
4165 @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} only performs
4166 @code{@var{variable}=@var{value-if-not-found}}.
4168 Here is an example, similar to what Autoconf uses in its own configure
4169 script. It will search for an implementation of @command{m4} that
4170 supports the @code{indir} builtin, even if it goes by the name
4171 @command{gm4} or is not the first implementation on @env{PATH}.
4174 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for m4 that supports indir], [ac_cv_path_M4],
4175 [AC_PATH_PROGS_FEATURE_CHECK([M4], [m4 gm4],
4176 [[m4out=`echo 'changequote([,])indir([divnum])' | $ac_path_M4`
4177 test "x$m4out" = x0 \
4178 && ac_cv_path_M4=$ac_path_M4 ac_path_M4_found=:]],
4179 [AC_MSG_ERROR([could not find m4 that supports indir])])])
4180 AC_SUBST([M4], [$ac_cv_path_M4])
4184 @defmac AC_PATH_TARGET_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4185 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4186 @acindex{PATH_TARGET_TOOL}
4187 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TARGET_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4188 name of the program if it is found.
4191 @defmac AC_PATH_TOOL (@var{variable}, @var{prog-to-check-for}, @
4192 @ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
4194 Like @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL}, but set @var{variable} to the absolute
4195 name of the program if it is found.
4197 When cross-compiling, this macro will issue a warning if no program
4198 prefixed with the host type could be found.
4199 For more information, see @ref{Specifying Target Triplets}.
4205 @cindex File, checking
4207 You might also need to check for the existence of files. Before using
4208 these macros, ask yourself whether a runtime test might not be a better
4209 solution. Be aware that, like most Autoconf macros, they test a feature
4210 of the host machine, and therefore, they die when cross-compiling.
4212 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILE (@var{file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4213 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4214 @acindex{CHECK_FILE}
4215 Check whether file @var{file} exists on the native system. If it is
4216 found, execute @var{action-if-found}, otherwise do
4217 @var{action-if-not-found}, if given.
4220 @defmac AC_CHECK_FILES (@var{files}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
4221 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
4222 @acindex{CHECK_FILES}
4223 Executes @code{AC_CHECK_FILE} once for each file listed in @var{files}.
4224 Additionally, defines @samp{HAVE_@var{file}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols})
4225 for each file found.
4230 @section Library Files
4231 @cindex Library, checking
4233 The following macros check for the presence of certain C, C++, or Fortran
4234 library archive files.
4236 @anchor{AC_CHECK_LIB}
4237 @defmac AC_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @var{function}, @
4238 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4240 Test whether the library @var{library} is available by trying to link
4241 a test program that calls function @var{function} with the library.
4242 @var{function} should be a function provided by the library.
4244 name of the library; e.g., to check for @option{-lmp}, use @samp{mp} as
4245 the @var{library} argument.
4247 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the link
4248 with the library succeeds; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell
4249 commands to run if the link fails. If @var{action-if-found} is not
4250 specified, the default action prepends @option{-l@var{library}} to
4251 @code{LIBS} and defines @samp{HAVE_LIB@var{library}} (in all
4252 capitals). This macro is intended to support building @code{LIBS} in
4253 a right-to-left (least-dependent to most-dependent) fashion such that
4254 library dependencies are satisfied as a natural side effect of
4255 consecutive tests. Linkers are sensitive to library ordering
4256 so the order in which @code{LIBS} is generated is important to reliable
4257 detection of libraries.
4259 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4260 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4261 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4262 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4263 that @var{library} is present, because linking the test program
4264 always fails with unresolved symbols. The @var{other-libraries} argument
4265 should be limited to cases where it is desirable to test for one library
4266 in the presence of another that is not already in @code{LIBS}.
4268 @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} requires some care in usage, and should be avoided
4269 in some common cases. Many standard functions like @code{gethostbyname}
4270 appear in the standard C library on some hosts, and in special libraries
4271 like @code{nsl} on other hosts. On some hosts the special libraries
4272 contain variant implementations that you may not want to use. These
4273 days it is normally better to use @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([gethostbyname],
4274 [nsl])} instead of @code{AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])}.
4277 @anchor{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}
4278 @defmac AC_SEARCH_LIBS (@var{function}, @var{search-libs}, @
4279 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
4280 @acindex{SEARCH_LIBS}
4281 Search for a library defining @var{function} if it's not already
4282 available. This equates to calling
4283 @samp{AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])])} first with
4284 no libraries, then for each library listed in @var{search-libs}.
4286 Add @option{-l@var{library}} to @code{LIBS} for the first library found
4287 to contain @var{function}, and run @var{action-if-found}. If the
4288 function is not found, run @var{action-if-not-found}.
4290 If linking with @var{library} results in unresolved symbols that would
4291 be resolved by linking with additional libraries, give those libraries
4292 as the @var{other-libraries} argument, separated by spaces:
4293 e.g., @option{-lXt -lX11}. Otherwise, this macro fails to detect
4294 that @var{function} is present, because linking the test program
4295 always fails with unresolved symbols.
4300 @node Library Functions
4301 @section Library Functions
4303 The following macros check for particular C library functions.
4304 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a function you need,
4305 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
4306 it, then you can use one of the general function-check macros.
4309 * Function Portability:: Pitfalls with usual functions
4310 * Particular Functions:: Special handling to find certain functions
4311 * Generic Functions:: How to find other functions
4314 @node Function Portability
4315 @subsection Portability of C Functions
4316 @cindex Portability of C functions
4317 @cindex C function portability
4319 Most usual functions can either be missing, or be buggy, or be limited
4320 on some architectures. This section tries to make an inventory of these
4321 portability issues. By definition, this list always requires
4322 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
4327 @prindex @code{exit}
4328 On ancient hosts, @code{exit} returned @code{int}.
4329 This is because @code{exit} predates @code{void}, and there was a long
4330 tradition of it returning @code{int}.
4332 On current hosts, the problem more likely is that @code{exit} is not
4333 declared, due to C++ problems of some sort or another. For this reason
4334 we suggest that test programs not invoke @code{exit}, but return from
4335 @code{main} instead.
4339 @prindex @code{free}
4340 The C standard says a call @code{free (NULL)} does nothing, but
4341 some old systems don't support this (e.g., NextStep).
4347 @prindex @code{isinf}
4348 @prindex @code{isnan}
4349 The C99 standard says that @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} are
4350 macros. On some systems just macros are available
4351 (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} and Solaris 10), on
4352 some systems both macros and functions (e.g., glibc 2.3.2), and on some
4353 systems only functions (e.g., IRIX 6 and Solaris 9). In some cases
4354 these functions are declared in nonstandard headers like
4355 @code{<sunmath.h>} and defined in non-default libraries like
4356 @option{-lm} or @option{-lsunmath}.
4358 The C99 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} macros work correctly with
4359 @code{long double} arguments, but pre-C99 systems that use functions
4360 typically assume @code{double} arguments. On such a system,
4361 @code{isinf} incorrectly returns true for a finite @code{long double}
4362 argument that is outside the range of @code{double}.
4364 The best workaround for these issues is to use gnulib modules
4365 @code{isinf} and @code{isnan} (@pxref{Gnulib}). But a lighter weight
4366 solution involves code like the following.
4373 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isnan_ld (x) \
4374 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isnan_d (x) \
4376 static inline int isnan_f (float x) @{ return x != x; @}
4377 static inline int isnan_d (double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4378 static inline int isnan_ld (long double x) @{ return x != x; @}
4383 (sizeof (x) == sizeof (long double) ? isinf_ld (x) \
4384 : sizeof (x) == sizeof (double) ? isinf_d (x) \
4386 static inline int isinf_f (float x)
4387 @{ return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); @}
4388 static inline int isinf_d (double x)
4389 @{ return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); @}
4390 static inline int isinf_ld (long double x)
4391 @{ return !isnan (x) && isnan (x - x); @}
4395 Use @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{C Compiler}) so that this code works on
4396 compilers that lack the @code{inline} keyword. Some optimizing
4397 compilers mishandle these definitions, but systems with that bug
4398 typically have many other floating point corner-case compliance problems
4399 anyway, so it's probably not worth worrying about.
4403 @prindex @code{malloc}
4404 The C standard says a call @code{malloc (0)} is implementation
4405 dependent. It can return either @code{NULL} or a new non-null pointer.
4406 The latter is more common (e.g., the @acronym{GNU} C Library) but is by
4407 no means universal. @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC}
4408 can be used to insist on non-@code{NULL} (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4412 @prindex @code{putenv}
4413 Posix prefers @code{setenv} to @code{putenv}; among other things,
4414 @code{putenv} is not required of all Posix implementations, but
4417 Posix specifies that @code{putenv} puts the given string directly in
4418 @code{environ}, but some systems make a copy of it instead (e.g.,
4419 glibc 2.0, or @acronym{BSD}). And when a copy is made, @code{unsetenv} might
4420 not free it, causing a memory leak (e.g., Free@acronym{BSD} 4).
4422 On some systems @code{putenv ("FOO")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4423 environment, but this is not standard usage and it dumps core
4424 on some systems (e.g., AIX).
4426 On MinGW, a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")} removes @samp{FOO} from the
4427 environment, rather than inserting it with an empty value.
4429 @item @code{realloc}
4431 @prindex @code{realloc}
4432 The C standard says a call @code{realloc (NULL, size)} is equivalent
4433 to @code{malloc (size)}, but some old systems don't support this (e.g.,
4436 @item @code{signal} handler
4438 @prindex @code{signal}
4439 @prindex @code{sigaction}
4440 Normally @code{signal} takes a handler function with a return type of
4441 @code{void}, but some old systems required @code{int} instead. Any
4442 actual @code{int} value returned is not used; this is only a
4443 difference in the function prototype demanded.
4445 All systems we know of in current use return @code{void}. The
4446 @code{int} was to support K&R C, where of course @code{void} is not
4447 available. The obsolete macro @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
4448 (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}) can be used to establish the correct type in
4451 In most cases, it is more robust to use @code{sigaction} when it is
4452 available, rather than @code{signal}.
4454 @item @code{snprintf}
4455 @c @fuindex snprintf
4456 @prindex @code{snprintf}
4457 @c @fuindex vsnprintf
4458 @prindex @code{vsnprintf}
4459 The C99 standard says that if the output array isn't big enough
4460 and if no other errors occur, @code{snprintf} and @code{vsnprintf}
4461 truncate the output and return the number of bytes that ought to have
4462 been produced. Some older systems return the truncated length (e.g.,
4463 @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.0.x or @sc{irix} 6.5), some a negative value
4464 (e.g., earlier @acronym{GNU} C Library versions), and some the buffer
4465 length without truncation (e.g., 32-bit Solaris 7). Also, some buggy
4466 older systems ignore the length and overrun the buffer (e.g., 64-bit
4469 @item @code{sprintf}
4471 @prindex @code{sprintf}
4472 @c @fuindex vsprintf
4473 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
4474 The C standard says @code{sprintf} and @code{vsprintf} return the
4475 number of bytes written. On some ancient systems (SunOS 4 for
4476 instance) they return the buffer pointer instead, but these no
4477 longer need to be worried about.
4481 @prindex @code{sscanf}
4482 On various old systems, e.g., @acronym{HP-UX} 9, @code{sscanf} requires
4484 input string be writable (though it doesn't actually change it). This
4485 can be a problem when using @command{gcc} since it normally puts
4486 constant strings in read-only memory (@pxref{Incompatibilities,
4487 Incompatibilities of @acronym{GCC}, , gcc, Using and
4488 Porting the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection}). Apparently in some cases even
4489 having format strings read-only can be a problem.
4491 @item @code{strerror_r}
4492 @c @fuindex strerror_r
4493 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
4494 Posix specifies that @code{strerror_r} returns an @code{int}, but many
4495 systems (e.g., @acronym{GNU} C Library version 2.2.4) provide a
4496 different version returning a @code{char *}. @code{AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R}
4497 can detect which is in use (@pxref{Particular Functions}).
4499 @item @code{strnlen}
4501 @prindex @code{strnlen}
4502 @acronym{AIX} 4.3 provides a broken version which produces the
4506 strnlen ("foobar", 0) = 0
4507 strnlen ("foobar", 1) = 3
4508 strnlen ("foobar", 2) = 2
4509 strnlen ("foobar", 3) = 1
4510 strnlen ("foobar", 4) = 0
4511 strnlen ("foobar", 5) = 6
4512 strnlen ("foobar", 6) = 6
4513 strnlen ("foobar", 7) = 6
4514 strnlen ("foobar", 8) = 6
4515 strnlen ("foobar", 9) = 6
4518 @item @code{sysconf}
4520 @prindex @code{sysconf}
4521 @code{_SC_PAGESIZE} is standard, but some older systems (e.g., @acronym{HP-UX}
4522 9) have @code{_SC_PAGE_SIZE} instead. This can be tested with
4527 @prindex @code{unlink}
4528 The Posix spec says that @code{unlink} causes the given file to be
4529 removed only after there are no more open file handles for it. Some
4530 non-Posix hosts have trouble with this requirement, though,
4531 and some @acronym{DOS} variants even corrupt the file system.
4533 @item @code{unsetenv}
4534 @c @fuindex unsetenv
4535 @prindex @code{unsetenv}
4536 On MinGW, @code{unsetenv} is not available, but a variable @samp{FOO}
4537 can be removed with a call @code{putenv ("FOO=")}, as described under
4538 @code{putenv} above.
4540 @item @code{va_copy}
4542 @prindex @code{va_copy}
4543 The C99 standard provides @code{va_copy} for copying
4544 @code{va_list} variables. It may be available in older environments
4545 too, though possibly as @code{__va_copy} (e.g., @command{gcc} in strict
4546 pre-C99 mode). These can be tested with @code{#ifdef}. A fallback to
4547 @code{memcpy (&dst, &src, sizeof (va_list))} gives maximum
4550 @item @code{va_list}
4552 @prindex @code{va_list}
4553 @code{va_list} is not necessarily just a pointer. It can be a
4554 @code{struct} (e.g., @command{gcc} on Alpha), which means @code{NULL} is
4555 not portable. Or it can be an array (e.g., @command{gcc} in some
4556 PowerPC configurations), which means as a function parameter it can be
4557 effectively call-by-reference and library routines might modify the
4558 value back in the caller (e.g., @code{vsnprintf} in the @acronym{GNU} C Library
4561 @item Signed @code{>>}
4562 Normally the C @code{>>} right shift of a signed type replicates the
4563 high bit, giving a so-called ``arithmetic'' shift. But care should be
4564 taken since Standard C doesn't require that behavior. On those
4565 few processors without a native arithmetic shift (for instance Cray
4566 vector systems) zero bits may be shifted in, the same as a shift of an
4569 @item Integer @code{/}
4570 C divides signed integers by truncating their quotient toward zero,
4571 yielding the same result as Fortran. However, before C99 the standard
4572 allowed C implementations to take the floor or ceiling of the quotient
4573 in some cases. Hardly any implementations took advantage of this
4574 freedom, though, and it's probably not worth worrying about this issue
4579 @node Particular Functions
4580 @subsection Particular Function Checks
4581 @cindex Function, checking
4583 These macros check for particular C functions---whether they exist, and
4584 in some cases how they respond when given certain arguments.
4586 @anchor{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}
4587 @defmac AC_FUNC_ALLOCA
4588 @acindex{FUNC_ALLOCA}
4590 @cvindex HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4593 @prindex @code{alloca}
4595 Check how to get @code{alloca}. Tries to get a builtin version by
4596 checking for @file{alloca.h} or the predefined C preprocessor macros
4597 @code{__GNUC__} and @code{_AIX}. If this macro finds @file{alloca.h},
4598 it defines @code{HAVE_ALLOCA_H}.
4600 If those attempts fail, it looks for the function in the standard C
4601 library. If any of those methods succeed, it defines
4602 @code{HAVE_ALLOCA}. Otherwise, it sets the output variable
4603 @code{ALLOCA} to @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}alloca.o} and defines
4604 @code{C_ALLOCA} (so programs can periodically call @samp{alloca (0)} to
4605 garbage collect). This variable is separate from @code{LIBOBJS} so
4606 multiple programs can share the value of @code{ALLOCA} without needing
4607 to create an actual library, in case only some of them use the code in
4608 @code{LIBOBJS}. The @samp{$@{LIBOBJDIR@}} prefix serves the same
4609 purpose as in @code{LIBOBJS} (@pxref{AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS}).
4611 This macro does not try to get @code{alloca} from the System V R3
4612 @file{libPW} or the System V R4 @file{libucb} because those libraries
4613 contain some incompatible functions that cause trouble. Some versions
4614 do not even contain @code{alloca} or contain a buggy version. If you
4615 still want to use their @code{alloca}, use @code{ar} to extract
4616 @file{alloca.o} from them instead of compiling @file{alloca.c}.
4618 Source files that use @code{alloca} should start with a piece of code
4619 like the following, to declare it properly.
4623 #ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA_H
4624 # include <alloca.h>
4625 #elif defined __GNUC__
4626 # define alloca __builtin_alloca
4628 # define alloca __alloca
4629 #elif defined _MSC_VER
4630 # include <malloc.h>
4631 # define alloca _alloca
4633 # include <stddef.h>
4637 void *alloca (size_t);
4643 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHOWN
4644 @acindex{FUNC_CHOWN}
4647 @prindex @code{chown}
4648 If the @code{chown} function is available and works (in particular, it
4649 should accept @option{-1} for @code{uid} and @code{gid}), define
4653 @anchor{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4654 @defmac AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID
4655 @acindex{FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
4656 @cvindex CLOSEDIR_VOID
4657 @c @fuindex closedir
4658 @prindex @code{closedir}
4659 If the @code{closedir} function does not return a meaningful value,
4660 define @code{CLOSEDIR_VOID}. Otherwise, callers ought to check its
4661 return value for an error indicator.
4663 Currently this test is implemented by running a test program. When
4664 cross compiling the pessimistic assumption that @code{closedir} does not
4665 return a meaningful value is made.
4667 This macro is obsolescent, as @code{closedir} returns a meaningful value
4668 on current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
4671 @defmac AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE
4672 @acindex{FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE}
4673 @c @fuindex error_at_line
4674 @prindex @code{error_at_line}
4675 If the @code{error_at_line} function is not found, require an
4676 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{error}.
4679 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH
4680 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH}
4682 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4683 If the @code{fnmatch} function conforms to Posix, define
4684 @code{HAVE_FNMATCH}. Detect common implementation bugs, for example,
4685 the bugs in Solaris 2.4.
4687 Unlike the other specific
4688 @code{AC_FUNC} macros, @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH} does not replace a
4689 broken/missing @code{fnmatch}. This is for historical reasons.
4690 See @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} below.
4692 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4693 @code{fnmatch-posix} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4696 @defmac AC_FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU
4697 @acindex{FUNC_FNMATCH_GNU}
4699 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
4700 Behave like @code{AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH} (@emph{replace}) but also test
4701 whether @code{fnmatch} supports @acronym{GNU} extensions. Detect common
4702 implementation bugs, for example, the bugs in the @acronym{GNU} C
4705 This macro is obsolescent. New programs should use Gnulib's
4706 @code{fnmatch-gnu} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4709 @anchor{AC_FUNC_FORK}
4710 @defmac AC_FUNC_FORK
4712 @cvindex HAVE_VFORK_H
4713 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_FORK
4714 @cvindex HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4717 @prindex @code{fork}
4719 @prindex @code{vfork}
4721 This macro checks for the @code{fork} and @code{vfork} functions. If a
4722 working @code{fork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_FORK}. This macro
4723 checks whether @code{fork} is just a stub by trying to run it.
4725 If @file{vfork.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_VFORK_H}. If a working
4726 @code{vfork} is found, define @code{HAVE_WORKING_VFORK}. Otherwise,
4727 define @code{vfork} to be @code{fork} for backward compatibility with
4728 previous versions of @command{autoconf}. This macro checks for several known
4729 errors in implementations of @code{vfork} and considers the system to not
4730 have a working @code{vfork} if it detects any of them. It is not considered
4731 to be an implementation error if a child's invocation of @code{signal}
4732 modifies the parent's signal handler, since child processes rarely change
4733 their signal handlers.
4735 Since this macro defines @code{vfork} only for backward compatibility with
4736 previous versions of @command{autoconf} you're encouraged to define it
4737 yourself in new code:
4740 #ifndef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK
4747 @defmac AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
4748 @acindex{FUNC_FSEEKO}
4749 @cvindex _LARGEFILE_SOURCE
4750 @cvindex HAVE_FSEEKO
4752 @prindex @code{fseeko}
4754 @prindex @code{ftello}
4755 If the @code{fseeko} function is available, define @code{HAVE_FSEEKO}.
4756 Define @code{_LARGEFILE_SOURCE} if necessary to make the prototype
4757 visible on some systems (e.g., glibc 2.2). Otherwise linkage problems
4758 may occur when compiling with @code{AC_SYS_LARGEFILE} on
4759 largefile-sensitive systems where @code{off_t} does not default to a
4760 64bit entity. All systems with @code{fseeko} also supply @code{ftello}.
4763 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETGROUPS
4764 @acindex{FUNC_GETGROUPS}
4765 @cvindex HAVE_GETGROUPS
4766 @ovindex GETGROUPS_LIBS
4767 @c @fuindex getgroups
4768 @prindex @code{getgroups}
4769 If the @code{getgroups} function is available and works (unlike on
4770 Ultrix 4.3, where @samp{getgroups (0, 0)} always fails), define
4771 @code{HAVE_GETGROUPS}. Set @code{GETGROUPS_LIBS} to any libraries
4772 needed to get that function. This macro runs @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}.
4775 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4776 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG
4777 @acindex{FUNC_GETLOADAVG}
4782 @cvindex HAVE_NLIST_H
4783 @cvindex NLIST_NAME_UNION
4784 @cvindex GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED
4785 @cvindex NEED_SETGID
4786 @cvindex C_GETLOADAVG
4788 @ovindex NEED_SETGID
4790 @ovindex GETLOADAVG_LIBS
4791 @c @fuindex getloadavg
4792 @prindex @code{getloadavg}
4793 Check how to get the system load averages. To perform its tests
4794 properly, this macro needs the file @file{getloadavg.c}; therefore, be
4795 sure to set the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory properly (see
4796 @ref{Generic Functions}, @code{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}).
4798 If the system has the @code{getloadavg} function, define
4799 @code{HAVE_GETLOADAVG}, and set @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to any libraries
4800 necessary to get that function. Also add @code{GETLOADAVG_LIBS} to
4801 @code{LIBS}. Otherwise, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4802 @samp{getloadavg} with source code in @file{@var{dir}/getloadavg.c}, and
4803 possibly define several other C preprocessor macros and output
4808 Define @code{C_GETLOADAVG}.
4811 Define @code{SVR4}, @code{DGUX}, @code{UMAX}, or @code{UMAX4_3} if on
4816 If @file{nlist.h} is found, define @code{HAVE_NLIST_H}.
4819 If @samp{struct nlist} has an @samp{n_un.n_name} member, define
4820 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_NLIST_N_UN_N_NAME}. The obsolete symbol
4821 @code{NLIST_NAME_UNION} is still defined, but do not depend upon it.
4824 Programs may need to be installed set-group-ID (or set-user-ID) for
4825 @code{getloadavg} to work. In this case, define
4826 @code{GETLOADAVG_PRIVILEGED}, set the output variable @code{NEED_SETGID}
4827 to @samp{true} (and otherwise to @samp{false}), and set
4828 @code{KMEM_GROUP} to the name of the group that should own the installed
4832 The @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} macro is obsolescent. New programs should
4833 use Gnulib's @code{getloadavg} module. @xref{Gnulib}.
4836 @anchor{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4837 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT
4838 @acindex{FUNC_GETMNTENT}
4839 @cvindex HAVE_GETMNTENT
4840 @c @fuindex getmntent
4841 @prindex @code{getmntent}
4842 Check for @code{getmntent} in the standard C library, and then in the
4843 @file{sun}, @file{seq}, and @file{gen} libraries, for @sc{unicos},
4844 @sc{irix} 4, @sc{ptx}, and UnixWare, respectively. Then, if
4845 @code{getmntent} is available, define @code{HAVE_GETMNTENT}.
4848 @defmac AC_FUNC_GETPGRP
4849 @acindex{FUNC_GETPGRP}
4850 @cvindex GETPGRP_VOID
4853 @prindex @code{getpgid}
4854 @prindex @code{getpgrp}
4855 Define @code{GETPGRP_VOID} if it is an error to pass 0 to
4856 @code{getpgrp}; this is the Posix behavior. On older @acronym{BSD}
4857 systems, you must pass 0 to @code{getpgrp}, as it takes an argument and
4858 behaves like Posix's @code{getpgid}.
4868 This macro does not check whether
4869 @code{getpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
4870 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{getpgrp}.
4872 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{getpgrp}
4873 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
4876 @defmac AC_FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4877 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}
4878 @cvindex LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK
4880 @prindex @code{lstat}
4881 If @file{link} is a symbolic link, then @code{lstat} should treat
4882 @file{link/} the same as @file{link/.}. However, many older
4883 @code{lstat} implementations incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4885 It is safe to assume that if @code{lstat} incorrectly ignores
4886 trailing slashes, then other symbolic-link-aware functions like
4887 @code{unlink} also incorrectly ignore trailing slashes.
4889 If @code{lstat} behaves properly, define
4890 @code{LSTAT_FOLLOWS_SLASHED_SYMLINK}, otherwise require an
4891 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @code{lstat}.
4894 @defmac AC_FUNC_MALLOC
4895 @acindex{FUNC_MALLOC}
4896 @cvindex HAVE_MALLOC
4899 @prindex @code{malloc}
4900 If the @code{malloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4901 library @code{malloc} (i.e., @samp{malloc (0)} returns a valid
4902 pointer), define @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4903 @code{HAVE_MALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4904 @samp{malloc}, and define @code{malloc} to @code{rpl_malloc} so that the
4905 native @code{malloc} is not used in the main project.
4907 Typically, the replacement file @file{malloc.c} should look like (note
4908 the @samp{#undef malloc}):
4914 #include <sys/types.h>
4918 /* Allocate an N-byte block of memory from the heap.
4919 If N is zero, allocate a 1-byte block. */
4922 rpl_malloc (size_t n)
4931 @defmac AC_FUNC_MEMCMP
4932 @acindex{FUNC_MEMCMP}
4935 @prindex @code{memcmp}
4936 If the @code{memcmp} function is not available, or does not work on
4937 8-bit data (like the one on SunOS 4.1.3), or fails when comparing 16
4938 bytes or more and with at least one buffer not starting on a 4-byte
4939 boundary (such as the one on NeXT x86 OpenStep), require an
4940 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{memcmp}.
4942 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a working
4943 @code{memcmp}. New programs need not use this macro.
4946 @defmac AC_FUNC_MBRTOWC
4947 @acindex{FUNC_MBRTOWC}
4948 @cvindex HAVE_MBRTOWC
4950 @prindex @code{mbrtowc}
4951 Define @code{HAVE_MBRTOWC} to 1 if the function @code{mbrtowc} and the
4952 type @code{mbstate_t} are properly declared.
4955 @defmac AC_FUNC_MKTIME
4956 @acindex{FUNC_MKTIME}
4959 @prindex @code{mktime}
4960 If the @code{mktime} function is not available, or does not work
4961 correctly, require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{mktime}.
4962 For the purposes of this test, @code{mktime} should conform to the
4963 Posix standard and should be the inverse of
4967 @anchor{AC_FUNC_MMAP}
4968 @defmac AC_FUNC_MMAP
4972 @prindex @code{mmap}
4973 If the @code{mmap} function exists and works correctly, define
4974 @code{HAVE_MMAP}. This checks only private fixed mapping of already-mapped
4978 @defmac AC_FUNC_OBSTACK
4979 @acindex{FUNC_OBSTACK}
4980 @cvindex HAVE_OBSTACK
4982 If the obstacks are found, define @code{HAVE_OBSTACK}, else require an
4983 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for @samp{obstack}.
4986 @defmac AC_FUNC_REALLOC
4987 @acindex{FUNC_REALLOC}
4988 @cvindex HAVE_REALLOC
4991 @prindex @code{realloc}
4992 If the @code{realloc} function is compatible with the @acronym{GNU} C
4993 library @code{realloc} (i.e., @samp{realloc (NULL, 0)} returns a
4994 valid pointer), define @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 1. Otherwise define
4995 @code{HAVE_REALLOC} to 0, ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for
4996 @samp{realloc}, and define @code{realloc} to @code{rpl_realloc} so that
4997 the native @code{realloc} is not used in the main project. See
4998 @code{AC_FUNC_MALLOC} for details.
5001 @defmac AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
5002 @acindex{FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES}
5003 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG1
5004 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG234
5005 @cvindex SELECT_TYPE_ARG5
5007 @prindex @code{select}
5008 Determines the correct type to be passed for each of the
5009 @code{select} function's arguments, and defines those types
5010 in @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234}, and
5011 @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} respectively. @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG1} defaults
5012 to @samp{int}, @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG234} defaults to @samp{int *},
5013 and @code{SELECT_TYPE_ARG5} defaults to @samp{struct timeval *}.
5015 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{select} whose
5016 signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
5019 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETPGRP
5020 @acindex{FUNC_SETPGRP}
5021 @cvindex SETPGRP_VOID
5023 @prindex @code{setpgrp}
5024 If @code{setpgrp} takes no argument (the Posix version), define
5025 @code{SETPGRP_VOID}. Otherwise, it is the @acronym{BSD} version, which takes
5026 two process IDs as arguments. This macro does not check whether
5027 @code{setpgrp} exists at all; if you need to work in that situation,
5028 first call @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} for @code{setpgrp}.
5030 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have a @code{setpgrp}
5031 whose signature conforms to Posix. New programs need not use this macro.
5034 @defmac AC_FUNC_STAT
5035 @defmacx AC_FUNC_LSTAT
5037 @acindex{FUNC_LSTAT}
5038 @cvindex HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
5039 @cvindex HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG
5041 @prindex @code{stat}
5043 @prindex @code{lstat}
5044 Determine whether @code{stat} or @code{lstat} have the bug that it
5045 succeeds when given the zero-length file name as argument. The @code{stat}
5046 and @code{lstat} from SunOS 4.1.4 and the Hurd (as of 1998-11-01) do
5049 If it does, then define @code{HAVE_STAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG} (or
5050 @code{HAVE_LSTAT_EMPTY_STRING_BUG}) and ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ}
5053 These macros are obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5054 New programs need not use these macros.
5057 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}
5058 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRCOLL
5059 @acindex{FUNC_STRCOLL}
5060 @cvindex HAVE_STRCOLL
5062 @prindex @code{strcoll}
5063 If the @code{strcoll} function exists and works correctly, define
5064 @code{HAVE_STRCOLL}. This does a bit more than
5065 @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strcoll)}, because some systems have incorrect
5066 definitions of @code{strcoll} that should not be used.
5069 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
5070 @acindex{FUNC_STRERROR_R}
5071 @cvindex HAVE_STRERROR_R
5072 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
5073 @cvindex STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
5074 @c @fuindex strerror_r
5075 @prindex @code{strerror_r}
5076 If @code{strerror_r} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRERROR_R}, and if
5077 it is declared, define @code{HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R}. If it returns a
5078 @code{char *} message, define @code{STRERROR_R_CHAR_P}; otherwise it
5079 returns an @code{int} error number. The Thread-Safe Functions option of
5080 Posix requires @code{strerror_r} to return @code{int}, but
5081 many systems (including, for example, version 2.2.4 of the @acronym{GNU} C
5082 Library) return a @code{char *} value that is not necessarily equal to
5083 the buffer argument.
5086 @anchor{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}
5087 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRFTIME
5088 @acindex{FUNC_STRFTIME}
5089 @cvindex HAVE_STRFTIME
5090 @c @fuindex strftime
5091 @prindex @code{strftime}
5092 Check for @code{strftime} in the @file{intl} library, for SCO Unix.
5093 Then, if @code{strftime} is available, define @code{HAVE_STRFTIME}.
5095 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems require the @file{intl}
5096 library for @code{strftime}. New programs need not use this macro.
5099 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
5100 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOD}
5103 @prindex @code{strtod}
5104 If the @code{strtod} function does not exist or doesn't work correctly,
5105 ask for an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{strtod}. In this case,
5106 because @file{strtod.c} is likely to need @samp{pow}, set the output
5107 variable @code{POW_LIB} to the extra library needed.
5110 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOLD
5111 @acindex{FUNC_STRTOLD}
5112 @cvindex HAVE_STRTOLD
5113 @prindex @code{strtold}
5114 If the @code{strtold} function exists and conforms to C99, define
5115 @code{HAVE_STRTOLD}.
5118 @defmac AC_FUNC_STRNLEN
5119 @acindex{FUNC_STRNLEN}
5120 @cvindex HAVE_STRNLEN
5122 @prindex @code{strnlen}
5123 If the @code{strnlen} function is not available, or is buggy (like the one
5124 from @acronym{AIX} 4.3), require an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement for it.
5127 @anchor{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
5128 @defmac AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL
5129 @acindex{FUNC_UTIME_NULL}
5130 @cvindex HAVE_UTIME_NULL
5132 @prindex @code{utime}
5133 If @samp{utime (@var{file}, NULL)} sets @var{file}'s timestamp to
5134 the present, define @code{HAVE_UTIME_NULL}.
5136 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have a @code{utime}
5137 that behaves this way. New programs need not use this macro.
5140 @anchor{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}
5141 @defmac AC_FUNC_VPRINTF
5142 @acindex{FUNC_VPRINTF}
5143 @cvindex HAVE_VPRINTF
5144 @cvindex HAVE_DOPRNT
5146 @prindex @code{vprintf}
5147 @c @fuindex vsprintf
5148 @prindex @code{vsprintf}
5149 If @code{vprintf} is found, define @code{HAVE_VPRINTF}. Otherwise, if
5150 @code{_doprnt} is found, define @code{HAVE_DOPRNT}. (If @code{vprintf}
5151 is available, you may assume that @code{vfprintf} and @code{vsprintf}
5152 are also available.)
5154 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems have @code{vprintf}.
5155 New programs need not use this macro.
5158 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FNMATCH
5159 @acindex{REPLACE_FNMATCH}
5161 @prindex @code{fnmatch}
5162 @hdrindex{fnmatch.h}
5163 If the @code{fnmatch} function does not conform to Posix (see
5164 @code{AC_FUNC_FNMATCH}), ask for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement.
5166 The files @file{fnmatch.c}, @file{fnmatch_loop.c}, and @file{fnmatch_.h}
5167 in the @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement directory are assumed to contain a
5168 copy of the source code of @acronym{GNU} @code{fnmatch}. If necessary,
5169 this source code is compiled as an @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement, and the
5170 @file{fnmatch_.h} file is linked to @file{fnmatch.h} so that it can be
5171 included in place of the system @code{<fnmatch.h>}.
5173 This macro is obsolescent, as it assumes the use of particular source
5174 files. New programs should use Gnulib's @code{fnmatch-posix} module,
5175 which provides this macro along with the source files. @xref{Gnulib}.
5180 @node Generic Functions
5181 @subsection Generic Function Checks
5183 These macros are used to find functions not covered by the ``particular''
5184 test macros. If the functions might be in libraries other than the
5185 default C library, first call @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} for those libraries.
5186 If you need to check the behavior of a function as well as find out
5187 whether it is present, you have to write your own test for
5188 it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5190 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNC}
5191 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5192 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5193 @acindex{CHECK_FUNC}
5194 If C function @var{function} is available, run shell commands
5195 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just
5196 want to define a symbol if the function is available, consider using
5197 @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} instead. This macro checks for functions with C
5198 linkage even when @code{AC_LANG(C++)} has been called, since C is more
5199 standardized than C++. (@pxref{Language Choice}, for more information
5200 about selecting the language for checks.)
5203 @anchor{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}
5204 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5205 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
5206 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS}
5207 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5208 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5209 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5210 If @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5211 execute when one of the functions is found. You can give it a value of
5212 @samp{break} to break out of the loop on the first match. If
5213 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed when one of the
5214 functions is not found.
5217 @defmac AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE (@var{function}@dots{})
5218 @acindex{CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE}
5219 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5220 For each @var{function} enumerated in the blank-or-newline-separated argument
5221 list, define @code{HAVE_@var{function}} (in all capitals) if it is available.
5222 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}. It generates the
5223 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5224 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5225 early during the @command{configure} run.
5230 Autoconf follows a philosophy that was formed over the years by those
5231 who have struggled for portability: isolate the portability issues in
5232 specific files, and then program as if you were in a Posix
5233 environment. Some functions may be missing or unfixable, and your
5234 package must be ready to replace them.
5236 Suitable replacements for many such problem functions are available from
5237 Gnulib (@pxref{Gnulib}).
5239 @defmac AC_LIBOBJ (@var{function})
5242 Specify that @samp{@var{function}.c} must be included in the executables
5243 to replace a missing or broken implementation of @var{function}.
5245 Technically, it adds @samp{@var{function}.$ac_objext} to the output
5246 variable @code{LIBOBJS} if it is not already in, and calls
5247 @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} for @samp{@var{function}.c}. You should not
5248 directly change @code{LIBOBJS}, since this is not traceable.
5251 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCE (@var{file})
5253 Specify that @var{file} might be needed to compile the project. If you
5254 need to know what files might be needed by a @file{configure.ac}, you
5255 should trace @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}. @var{file} must be a literal.
5257 This macro is called automatically from @code{AC_LIBOBJ}, but you must
5258 call it explicitly if you pass a shell variable to @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. In
5259 that case, since shell variables cannot be traced statically, you must
5260 pass to @code{AC_LIBSOURCE} any possible files that the shell variable
5261 might cause @code{AC_LIBOBJ} to need. For example, if you want to pass
5262 a variable @code{$foo_or_bar} to @code{AC_LIBOBJ} that holds either
5263 @code{"foo"} or @code{"bar"}, you should do:
5266 AC_LIBSOURCE([foo.c])
5267 AC_LIBSOURCE([bar.c])
5268 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5272 There is usually a way to avoid this, however, and you are encouraged to
5273 simply call @code{AC_LIBOBJ} with literal arguments.
5275 Note that this macro replaces the obsolete @code{AC_LIBOBJ_DECL}, with
5276 slightly different semantics: the old macro took the function name,
5277 e.g., @code{foo}, as its argument rather than the file name.
5280 @defmac AC_LIBSOURCES (@var{files})
5281 @acindex{LIBSOURCES}
5282 Like @code{AC_LIBSOURCE}, but accepts one or more @var{files} in a
5283 comma-separated M4 list. Thus, the above example might be rewritten:
5286 AC_LIBSOURCES([foo.c, bar.c])
5287 AC_LIBOBJ([$foo_or_bar])
5291 @defmac AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR (@var{directory})
5292 @acindex{CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR}
5293 Specify that @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement files are to be found in
5294 @var{directory}, a name relative to the top level of the
5295 source tree. The replacement directory defaults to @file{.}, the top
5296 level directory, and the most typical value is @file{lib}, corresponding
5297 to @samp{AC_CONFIG_LIBOBJ_DIR([lib])}.
5299 @command{configure} might need to know the replacement directory for the
5300 following reasons: (i) some checks use the replacement files, (ii) some
5301 macros bypass broken system headers by installing links to the
5302 replacement headers (iii) when used in conjunction with Automake,
5303 within each makefile, @var{directory} is used as a relative path
5304 from @code{$(top_srcdir)} to each object named in @code{LIBOBJS} and
5305 @code{LTLIBOBJS}, etc.
5310 It is common to merely check for the existence of a function, and ask
5311 for its @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement if missing. The following macro is
5312 a convenient shorthand.
5314 @defmac AC_REPLACE_FUNCS (@var{function}@dots{})
5315 @acindex{REPLACE_FUNCS}
5316 @cvindex HAVE_@var{function}
5318 Like @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}, but uses @samp{AC_LIBOBJ(@var{function})} as
5319 @var{action-if-not-found}. You can declare your replacement function by
5320 enclosing the prototype in @samp{#ifndef HAVE_@var{function}}. If the
5321 system has the function, it probably declares it in a header file you
5322 should be including, so you shouldn't redeclare it lest your declaration
5327 @section Header Files
5328 @cindex Header, checking
5330 The following macros check for the presence of certain C header files.
5331 If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a header file you need,
5332 and you don't need to check for any special properties of
5333 it, then you can use one of the general header-file check macros.
5336 * Header Portability:: Collected knowledge on common headers
5337 * Particular Headers:: Special handling to find certain headers
5338 * Generic Headers:: How to find other headers
5341 @node Header Portability
5342 @subsection Portability of Headers
5343 @cindex Portability of headers
5344 @cindex Header portability
5346 This section tries to collect knowledge about common headers, and the
5347 problems they cause. By definition, this list always requires
5348 additions. Please help us keeping it as complete as possible.
5352 @item @file{limits.h}
5353 C99 says that @file{limits.h} defines @code{LLONG_MIN},
5354 @code{LLONG_MAX}, and @code{ULLONG_MAX}, but many almost-C99
5355 environments (e.g., default @acronym{GCC} 4.0.2 + glibc 2.4) do not
5358 @item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}
5359 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
5361 The C99 standard says that @file{inttypes.h} includes
5362 @file{stdint.h}, so there's no need to include @file{stdint.h}
5363 separately in a standard environment. Some implementations have
5364 @file{inttypes.h} but not @file{stdint.h} (e.g., Solaris 7), but we don't
5365 know of any implementation that has @file{stdint.h} but not
5368 @item @file{linux/irda.h}
5369 @hdrindex{linux/irda.h}
5370 It requires @file{linux/types.h} and @file{sys/socket.h}.
5372 @item @file{linux/random.h}
5373 @hdrindex{linux/random.h}
5374 It requires @file{linux/types.h}.
5376 @item @file{net/if.h}
5378 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{sys/socket.h} be included
5379 beforehand. One should run:
5382 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5383 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([net/if.h], [], [],
5386 # include <stdlib.h>
5387 # include <stddef.h>
5389 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5390 # include <stdlib.h>
5393 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5394 # include <sys/socket.h>
5399 @item @file{netinet/if_ether.h}
5400 @hdrindex{netinet/if_ether.h}
5401 On Darwin, this file requires that @file{stdio.h} and
5402 @file{sys/socket.h} be included beforehand. One should run:
5405 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/socket.h])
5406 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([netinet/if_ether.h], [], [],
5409 # include <stdlib.h>
5410 # include <stddef.h>
5412 # ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
5413 # include <stdlib.h>
5416 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
5417 # include <sys/socket.h>
5422 @item @file{stdint.h}
5423 See above, item @file{inttypes.h} vs.@: @file{stdint.h}.
5425 @item @file{stdlib.h}
5427 On many systems (e.g., Darwin), @file{stdio.h} is a prerequisite.
5429 @item @file{sys/mount.h}
5430 @hdrindex{sys/mount.h}
5431 On Free@acronym{BSD} 4.8 on ia32 and using gcc version 2.95.4,
5432 @file{sys/params.h} is a prerequisite.
5434 @item @file{sys/ptem.h}
5435 @hdrindex{sys/ptem.h}
5436 On Solaris 8, @file{sys/stream.h} is a prerequisite.
5438 @item @file{sys/socket.h}
5439 @hdrindex{sys/socket.h}
5440 On Darwin, @file{stdlib.h} is a prerequisite.
5442 @item @file{sys/ucred.h}
5443 @hdrindex{sys/ucred.h}
5444 On Tru64 5.1, @file{sys/types.h} is a prerequisite.
5446 @item @file{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5447 @hdrindex{X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h}
5448 Using XFree86, this header requires @file{X11/Xlib.h}, which is probably
5449 so required that you might not even consider looking for it.
5452 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([X11/extensions/scrnsaver.h], [], [],
5453 [[#include <X11/Xlib.h>
5459 @node Particular Headers
5460 @subsection Particular Header Checks
5462 These macros check for particular system header files---whether they
5463 exist, and in some cases whether they declare certain symbols.
5465 @defmac AC_HEADER_ASSERT
5466 @acindex{HEADER_ASSERT}
5469 Check whether to enable assertions in the style of @file{assert.h}.
5470 Assertions are enabled by default, but the user can override this by
5471 invoking @command{configure} with the @option{--disable-assert} option.
5474 @anchor{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
5475 @defmac AC_HEADER_DIRENT
5476 @acindex{HEADER_DIRENT}
5477 @cvindex HAVE_DIRENT_H
5478 @cvindex HAVE_NDIR_H
5479 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5480 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5482 @hdrindex{sys/ndir.h}
5483 @hdrindex{sys/dir.h}
5485 Check for the following header files. For the first one that is
5486 found and defines @samp{DIR}, define the listed C preprocessor macro:
5488 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
5489 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
5490 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
5491 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
5492 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
5495 The directory-library declarations in your source code should look
5496 something like the following:
5500 #include <sys/types.h>
5501 #ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
5502 # include <dirent.h>
5503 # define NAMLEN(dirent) strlen ((dirent)->d_name)
5505 # define dirent direct
5506 # define NAMLEN(dirent) ((dirent)->d_namlen)
5507 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
5508 # include <sys/ndir.h>
5510 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
5511 # include <sys/dir.h>
5520 Using the above declarations, the program would declare variables to be
5521 of type @code{struct dirent}, not @code{struct direct}, and would access
5522 the length of a directory entry name by passing a pointer to a
5523 @code{struct dirent} to the @code{NAMLEN} macro.
5525 This macro also checks for the SCO Xenix @file{dir} and @file{x} libraries.
5527 This macro is obsolescent, as all current systems with directory
5528 libraries have @code{<dirent.h>}. New programs need not use this macro.
5530 Also see @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} and
5531 @code{AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE} (@pxref{Particular Structures}).
5534 @anchor{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}
5535 @defmac AC_HEADER_MAJOR
5536 @acindex{HEADER_MAJOR}
5537 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_MKDEV
5538 @cvindex MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS
5539 @hdrindex{sys/mkdev.h}
5540 @hdrindex{sys/sysmacros.h}
5541 If @file{sys/types.h} does not define @code{major}, @code{minor}, and
5542 @code{makedev}, but @file{sys/mkdev.h} does, define
5543 @code{MAJOR_IN_MKDEV}; otherwise, if @file{sys/sysmacros.h} does, define
5544 @code{MAJOR_IN_SYSMACROS}.
5547 @defmac AC_HEADER_RESOLV
5548 @acindex{HEADER_RESOLV}
5549 @cvindex HAVE_RESOLV_H
5551 Checks for header @file{resolv.h}, checking for prerequisites first.
5552 To properly use @file{resolv.h}, your code should contain something like
5556 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
5557 # include <sys/types.h>
5559 #ifdef HAVE_NETINET_IN_H
5560 # include <netinet/in.h> /* inet_ functions / structs */
5562 #ifdef HAVE_ARPA_NAMESER_H
5563 # include <arpa/nameser.h> /* DNS HEADER struct */
5572 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STAT}
5573 @defmac AC_HEADER_STAT
5574 @acindex{HEADER_STAT}
5575 @cvindex STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
5576 @hdrindex{sys/stat.h}
5577 If the macros @code{S_ISDIR}, @code{S_ISREG}, etc.@: defined in
5578 @file{sys/stat.h} do not work properly (returning false positives),
5579 define @code{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}. This is the case on Tektronix UTekV,
5580 Amdahl UTS and Motorola System V/88.
5582 This macro is obsolescent, as no current systems have the bug.
5583 New programs need not use this macro.
5586 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
5587 @acindex{HEADER_STDBOOL}
5588 @cvindex HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5590 @hdrindex{stdbool.h}
5592 If @file{stdbool.h} exists and conforms to C99, define
5593 @code{HAVE_STDBOOL_H} to 1; if the type @code{_Bool} is defined, define
5594 @code{HAVE__BOOL} to 1. To fulfill the C99 requirements, your
5595 @file{system.h} could contain the following code:
5598 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
5599 # include <stdbool.h>
5605 # define _Bool signed char
5611 # define __bool_true_false_are_defined 1
5615 Alternatively you can use the @samp{stdbool} package of Gnulib
5616 (@pxref{Gnulib}); it packages the above code into a replacement header
5617 and contains a few other bells and whistles.
5621 @anchor{AC_HEADER_STDC}
5622 @defmac AC_HEADER_STDC
5623 @acindex{HEADER_STDC}
5624 @cvindex STDC_HEADERS
5630 Define @code{STDC_HEADERS} if the system has C header files
5631 conforming to @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
5632 Specifically, this macro checks for @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdarg.h},
5633 @file{string.h}, and @file{float.h}; if the system has those, it
5634 probably has the rest of the C89 header files. This macro also
5635 checks whether @file{string.h} declares @code{memchr} (and thus
5636 presumably the other @code{mem} functions), whether @file{stdlib.h}
5637 declare @code{free} (and thus presumably @code{malloc} and other related
5638 functions), and whether the @file{ctype.h} macros work on characters
5639 with the high bit set, as the C standard requires.
5641 If you use this macro, your code can refer to @code{STDC_HEADERS} to
5642 determine whether the system has conforming header files (and probably C
5645 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems have conforming header
5646 files. New programs need not use this macro.
5649 @hdrindex{strings.h}
5650 Nowadays @file{string.h} is part of the C standard and declares functions like
5651 @code{strcpy}, and @file{strings.h} is standardized by Posix and declares
5652 @acronym{BSD} functions like @code{bcopy}; but
5653 historically, string functions were a major sticking point in this area.
5654 If you still want to worry about portability to ancient systems without
5655 standard headers, there is so much variation
5656 that it is probably easier to declare the functions you use than to
5657 figure out exactly what the system header files declare. Some ancient systems
5658 contained a mix of functions from the C standard and from @acronym{BSD};
5659 some were mostly standard but lacked @samp{memmove}; some defined the
5660 @acronym{BSD} functions as macros in @file{string.h} or
5661 @file{strings.h}; some had only the @acronym{BSD} functions but
5662 @file{string.h}; some declared the memory functions in @file{memory.h},
5663 some in @file{string.h}; etc. It is probably sufficient to check for
5664 one string function and one memory function; if the library had the
5665 standard versions of those then it probably had most of the others.
5666 If you put the following in @file{configure.ac}:
5669 # This example is obsolescent.
5670 # Nowadays you can omit these macro calls.
5672 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr memcpy])
5676 then, in your code, you can use declarations like this:
5680 /* This example is obsolescent.
5681 Nowadays you can just #include <string.h>. */
5683 # include <string.h>
5685 # ifndef HAVE_STRCHR
5686 # define strchr index
5687 # define strrchr rindex
5689 char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
5690 # ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
5691 # define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5692 # define memmove(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
5699 If you use a function like @code{memchr}, @code{memset}, @code{strtok},
5700 or @code{strspn}, which have no @acronym{BSD} equivalent, then macros don't
5701 suffice to port to ancient hosts; you must provide an implementation of
5702 each function. An easy
5703 way to incorporate your implementations only when needed (since the ones
5704 in system C libraries may be hand optimized) is to, taking @code{memchr}
5705 for example, put it in @file{memchr.c} and use
5706 @samp{AC_REPLACE_FUNCS([memchr])}.
5709 @defmac AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
5710 @acindex{HEADER_SYS_WAIT}
5711 @cvindex HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5712 @hdrindex{sys/wait.h}
5713 If @file{sys/wait.h} exists and is compatible with Posix, define
5714 @code{HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H}. Incompatibility can occur if @file{sys/wait.h}
5715 does not exist, or if it uses the old @acronym{BSD} @code{union wait} instead
5716 of @code{int} to store a status value. If @file{sys/wait.h} is not
5717 Posix compatible, then instead of including it, define the
5718 Posix macros with their usual interpretations. Here is an
5723 #include <sys/types.h>
5724 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
5725 # include <sys/wait.h>
5728 # define WEXITSTATUS(stat_val) ((unsigned int) (stat_val) >> 8)
5731 # define WIFEXITED(stat_val) (((stat_val) & 255) == 0)
5737 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems are compatible with Posix.
5738 New programs need not use this macro.
5741 @cvindex _POSIX_VERSION
5743 @code{_POSIX_VERSION} is defined when @file{unistd.h} is included on
5744 Posix systems. If there is no @file{unistd.h}, it is definitely
5745 not a Posix system. However, some non-Posix systems do
5746 have @file{unistd.h}.
5748 The way to check whether the system supports Posix is:
5752 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
5753 # include <sys/types.h>
5754 # include <unistd.h>
5757 #ifdef _POSIX_VERSION
5758 /* Code for Posix systems. */
5763 @anchor{AC_HEADER_TIME}
5764 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIME
5765 @acindex{HEADER_TIME}
5766 @cvindex TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5768 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
5769 If a program may include both @file{time.h} and @file{sys/time.h},
5770 define @code{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}. On some ancient systems,
5771 @file{sys/time.h} included @file{time.h}, but @file{time.h} was not
5772 protected against multiple inclusion, so programs could not explicitly
5773 include both files. This macro is useful in programs that use, for
5774 example, @code{struct timeval} as well as
5775 @code{struct tm}. It is best used in conjunction with
5776 @code{HAVE_SYS_TIME_H}, which can be checked for using
5777 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/time.h])}.
5781 #ifdef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
5782 # include <sys/time.h>
5785 # ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
5786 # include <sys/time.h>
5795 This macro is obsolescent, as current systems can include both files
5796 when they exist. New programs need not use this macro.
5800 @defmac AC_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ
5801 @acindex{HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ}
5802 @cvindex GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5803 @hdrindex{sys/ioctl.h}
5804 @hdrindex{termios.h}
5805 @c FIXME: I need clarifications from Jim.
5806 If the use of @code{TIOCGWINSZ} requires @file{<sys/ioctl.h>}, then
5807 define @code{GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL}. Otherwise @code{TIOCGWINSZ} can be
5808 found in @file{<termios.h>}.
5814 #ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
5815 # include <termios.h>
5818 #ifdef GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL
5819 # include <sys/ioctl.h>
5825 @node Generic Headers
5826 @subsection Generic Header Checks
5828 These macros are used to find system header files not covered by the
5829 ``particular'' test macros. If you need to check the contents of a header
5830 as well as find out whether it is present, you have to write your own
5831 test for it (@pxref{Writing Tests}).
5833 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADER}
5834 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADER (@var{header-file}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5835 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{includes})
5836 @acindex{CHECK_HEADER}
5837 If the system header file @var{header-file} is compilable, execute shell
5838 commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute
5839 @var{action-if-not-found}. If you just want to define a symbol if the
5840 header file is available, consider using @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5843 @var{includes} is decoded to determine the appropriate include
5844 directives. If omitted or empty, @file{configure} will check for both header
5845 existence (with the preprocessor) and usability (with the compiler),
5846 using @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} for the compile test. If
5847 there is a discrepancy between the results, a warning is issued to the
5848 user, and the compiler results are favored (@pxref{Present But
5849 Cannot Be Compiled}). In general, favoring the compiler results means
5850 that a header will be treated as not found even though the file exists,
5851 because you did not provide enough prerequisites.
5853 Providing a non-empty @var{includes} argument allows the code to provide
5854 any prerequisites prior to including the header under test; it is common
5855 to use the argument @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default
5856 Includes}). With an explicit fourth argument, no preprocessor test is
5857 needed. As a special case, an @var{includes} of exactly @samp{-}
5858 triggers the older preprocessor check, which merely determines existence
5859 of the file in the preprocessor search path; this should only be used as
5860 a last resort (it is safer to determine the actual prerequisites and
5861 perform a compiler check, or else use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} to make
5862 it obvious that only a preprocessor check is desired).
5865 @anchor{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}
5866 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS (@var{header-file}@dots{}, @
5867 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
5869 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS}
5870 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5871 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5872 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5873 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals). If @var{action-if-found}
5874 is given, it is additional shell code to execute when one of the header
5875 files is found. You can give it a value of @samp{break} to break out of
5876 the loop on the first match. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it
5877 is executed when one of the header files is not found.
5879 @var{includes} is interpreted as in @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER}, in order to
5880 choose the set of preprocessor directives supplied before the header
5884 Previous versions of Autoconf merely checked whether the header was
5885 accepted by the preprocessor. This was changed because the old test was
5886 inappropriate for typical uses. Headers are typically used to compile,
5887 not merely to preprocess, and the old behavior sometimes accepted
5888 headers that clashed at compile-time (@pxref{Present But Cannot Be
5889 Compiled}). If you need to check whether a header is preprocessable,
5890 you can use @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Preprocessor}).
5892 Actually requiring a header to compile improves the robustness of the
5893 test, but it also requires
5894 that you make sure that headers that must be included before the
5895 @var{header-file} be part of the @var{includes}, (@pxref{Default
5896 Includes}). If looking for @file{bar.h}, which requires that
5897 @file{foo.h} be included before if it exists, we suggest the following
5901 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h])
5902 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([bar.h], [], [],
5909 The following variant generates smaller, faster @command{configure}
5910 files if you do not need the full power of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}.
5912 @defmac AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE (@var{header-file}@dots{})
5913 @acindex{CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE}
5914 @cvindex HAVE_@var{header}
5915 For each given system header file @var{header-file} in the
5916 blank-separated argument list that exists, define
5917 @code{HAVE_@var{header-file}} (in all capitals).
5918 This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}. It generates the
5919 checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is smaller and
5920 faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are always done once,
5921 early during the @command{configure} run. Thus, this macro is only safe
5922 for checking headers that do not have prerequisites beyond what
5923 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} provides.
5927 @section Declarations
5928 @cindex Declaration, checking
5930 The following macros check for the declaration of variables and
5931 functions. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
5932 symbol you need, then you can use the general macros (@pxref{Generic
5933 Declarations}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
5934 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
5937 * Particular Declarations:: Macros to check for certain declarations
5938 * Generic Declarations:: How to find other declarations
5941 @node Particular Declarations
5942 @subsection Particular Declaration Checks
5944 There are no specific macros for declarations.
5946 @node Generic Declarations
5947 @subsection Generic Declaration Checks
5949 These macros are used to find declarations not covered by the ``particular''
5952 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECL (@var{symbol}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5953 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
5954 @acindex{CHECK_DECL}
5955 If @var{symbol} (a function, variable, or constant) is not declared in
5956 @var{includes} and a declaration is needed, run the shell commands
5957 @var{action-if-not-found}, otherwise @var{action-if-found}.
5958 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
5959 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
5960 prior to the declaration under test.
5962 This macro actually tests whether @var{symbol} is defined as a macro or
5963 can be used as an r-value, not whether it is really declared, because it
5964 is much safer to avoid
5965 introducing extra declarations when they are not needed.
5968 @anchor{AC_CHECK_DECLS}
5969 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS (@var{symbols}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
5970 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
5971 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS}
5972 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
5973 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
5974 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
5975 @var{symbol} is declared, otherwise to @samp{0}. If
5976 @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is additional shell code to
5977 execute when one of the function declarations is needed, otherwise
5978 @var{action-if-found} is executed.
5980 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
5981 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
5982 prior to the declarations under test.
5984 This macro uses an M4 list as first argument:
5986 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strdup])
5987 AC_CHECK_DECLS([strlen])
5988 AC_CHECK_DECLS([malloc, realloc, calloc, free])
5989 AC_CHECK_DECLS([j0], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]])
5992 Unlike the other @samp{AC_CHECK_*S} macros, when a @var{symbol} is not
5993 declared, @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} is defined to @samp{0} instead
5994 of leaving @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} undeclared. When you are
5995 @emph{sure} that the check was performed, use
5996 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} in @code{#if}:
5999 #if !HAVE_DECL_SYMBOL
6000 extern char *symbol;
6005 If the test may have not been performed, however, because it is safer
6006 @emph{not} to declare a symbol than to use a declaration that conflicts
6007 with the system's one, you should use:
6010 #if defined HAVE_DECL_MALLOC && !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
6011 void *malloc (size_t *s);
6016 You fall into the second category only in extreme situations: either
6017 your files may be used without being configured, or they are used during
6018 the configuration. In most cases the traditional approach is enough.
6021 @defmac AC_CHECK_DECLS_ONCE (@var{symbols})
6022 @acindex{CHECK_DECLS_ONCE}
6023 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}
6024 For each of the @var{symbols} (@emph{comma}-separated list), define
6025 @code{HAVE_DECL_@var{symbol}} (in all capitals) to @samp{1} if
6026 @var{symbol} is declared in the default include files, otherwise to
6027 @samp{0}. This is a once-only variant of @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS}. It
6028 generates the checking code at most once, so that @command{configure} is
6029 smaller and faster; but the checks cannot be conditionalized and are
6030 always done once, early during the @command{configure} run.
6036 @cindex Structure, checking
6038 The following macros check for the presence of certain members in C
6039 structures. If there is no macro specifically defined to check for a
6040 member you need, then you can use the general structure-member macros
6041 (@pxref{Generic Structures}) or, for more complex tests, you may use
6042 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}).
6045 * Particular Structures:: Macros to check for certain structure members
6046 * Generic Structures:: How to find other structure members
6049 @node Particular Structures
6050 @subsection Particular Structure Checks
6052 The following macros check for certain structures or structure members.
6054 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
6055 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}
6056 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO
6057 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
6058 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_ino}
6059 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO}.
6061 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO} indicates only the presence of
6062 @code{d_ino}, not whether its contents are always reliable.
6063 Traditionally, a zero @code{d_ino} indicated a deleted directory entry,
6064 though current systems hide this detail from the user and never return
6065 zero @code{d_ino} values.
6066 Many current systems report an incorrect @code{d_ino} for a directory
6067 entry that is a mount point.
6070 @defmac AC_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
6071 @acindex{STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}
6072 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
6073 Perform all the actions of @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} (@pxref{Particular
6074 Headers}). Then, if @code{struct dirent} contains a @code{d_type}
6075 member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE}.
6078 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
6079 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
6080 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}
6081 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS
6082 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLOCKS
6084 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blocks} member, define
6085 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLOCKS}. Otherwise, require an
6086 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement of @samp{fileblocks}. The former name,
6087 @code{HAVE_ST_BLOCKS} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in the
6091 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TM
6093 @cvindex TM_IN_SYS_TIME
6095 @hdrindex{sys/time.h}
6096 If @file{time.h} does not define @code{struct tm}, define
6097 @code{TM_IN_SYS_TIME}, which means that including @file{sys/time.h}
6098 had better define @code{struct tm}.
6100 This macro is obsolescent, as @file{time.h} defines @code{struct tm} in
6101 current systems. New programs need not use this macro.
6104 @anchor{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
6105 @defmac AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE
6106 @acindex{STRUCT_TIMEZONE}
6107 @cvindex HAVE_DECL_TZNAME
6108 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE
6109 @cvindex HAVE_TM_ZONE
6110 @cvindex HAVE_TZNAME
6111 Figure out how to get the current timezone. If @code{struct tm} has a
6112 @code{tm_zone} member, define @code{HAVE_STRUCT_TM_TM_ZONE} (and the
6113 obsoleted @code{HAVE_TM_ZONE}). Otherwise, if the external array
6114 @code{tzname} is found, define @code{HAVE_TZNAME}; if it is declared,
6115 define @code{HAVE_DECL_TZNAME}.
6118 @node Generic Structures
6119 @subsection Generic Structure Checks
6121 These macros are used to find structure members not covered by the
6122 ``particular'' test macros.
6124 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBER (@var{aggregate}.@var{member}, @
6125 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @
6126 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6127 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBER}
6128 Check whether @var{member} is a member of the aggregate @var{aggregate}.
6129 If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6130 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6133 AC_CHECK_MEMBER([struct passwd.pw_gecos], [],
6134 [AC_MSG_ERROR([We need `passwd.pw_gecos'!])],
6135 [[#include <pwd.h>]])
6138 You can use this macro for submembers:
6141 AC_CHECK_MEMBER(struct top.middle.bot)
6145 @anchor{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}
6146 @defmac AC_CHECK_MEMBERS (@var{members}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6147 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6148 @acindex{CHECK_MEMBERS}
6149 @cvindex HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}
6150 Check for the existence of each @samp{@var{aggregate}.@var{member}} of
6151 @var{members} using the previous macro. When @var{member} belongs to
6152 @var{aggregate}, define @code{HAVE_@var{aggregate}_@var{member}} (in all
6153 capitals, with spaces and dots replaced by underscores). If
6154 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is executed for each of the found
6155 members. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given, it is executed for each
6156 of the members that could not be found.
6158 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
6159 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
6160 prior to the members under test.
6162 This macro uses M4 lists:
6164 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev, struct stat.st_blksize])
6174 The following macros check for C types, either builtin or typedefs. If
6175 there is no macro specifically defined to check for a type you need, and
6176 you don't need to check for any special properties of it, then you can
6177 use a general type-check macro.
6180 * Particular Types:: Special handling to find certain types
6181 * Generic Types:: How to find other types
6184 @node Particular Types
6185 @subsection Particular Type Checks
6187 @hdrindex{sys/types.h}
6190 @hdrindex{inttypes.h}
6191 These macros check for particular C types in @file{sys/types.h},
6192 @file{stdlib.h}, @file{stdint.h}, @file{inttypes.h} and others, if they
6195 The Gnulib @code{stdint} module is an alternate way to define many of
6196 these symbols; it is useful if you prefer your code to assume a
6197 C99-or-better environment. @xref{Gnulib}.
6199 @anchor{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6200 @defmac AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS
6201 @acindex{TYPE_GETGROUPS}
6202 @cvindex GETGROUPS_T
6203 Define @code{GETGROUPS_T} to be whichever of @code{gid_t} or @code{int}
6204 is the base type of the array argument to @code{getgroups}.
6207 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT8_T
6208 @acindex{TYPE_INT8_T}
6209 @cvindex HAVE_INT8_T
6211 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6212 @code{int8_t}, define @code{int8_t} to a signed
6213 integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide and that uses two's complement
6214 representation, if such a type exists.
6215 If you are worried about porting to hosts that lack such a type, you can
6216 use the results of this macro in C89-or-later code as follows:
6220 # include <stdint.h>
6222 #if defined INT8_MAX || defined int8_t
6223 @emph{code using int8_t}
6225 @emph{complicated alternative using >8-bit 'signed char'}
6230 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT16_T
6231 @acindex{TYPE_INT16_T}
6232 @cvindex HAVE_INT16_T
6234 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6237 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT32_T
6238 @acindex{TYPE_INT32_T}
6239 @cvindex HAVE_INT32_T
6241 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6244 @defmac AC_TYPE_INT64_T
6245 @acindex{TYPE_INT64_T}
6246 @cvindex HAVE_INT64_T
6248 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6251 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
6252 @acindex{TYPE_INTMAX_T}
6253 @cvindex HAVE_INTMAX_T
6255 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intmax_t},
6256 define @code{HAVE_INTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intmax_t} to the
6257 widest signed integer type.
6260 @defmac AC_TYPE_INTPTR_T
6261 @acindex{TYPE_INTPTR_T}
6262 @cvindex HAVE_INTPTR_T
6264 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{intptr_t},
6265 define @code{HAVE_INTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{intptr_t} to a
6266 signed integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6270 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE
6271 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE}
6272 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
6273 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type, define
6274 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}. The @code{long double} type might have the
6275 same range and precision as @code{double}.
6277 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{long
6278 double}. New programs need not use this macro.
6281 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6282 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}
6283 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER
6284 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
6285 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
6286 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER}.
6289 @defmac AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT
6290 @acindex{TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT}
6291 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
6292 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long long int} type, define
6293 @code{HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
6294 @code{long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
6295 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
6296 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
6299 @defmac AC_TYPE_MBSTATE_T
6300 @acindex{TYPE_MBSTATE_T}
6303 Define @code{HAVE_MBSTATE_T} if @code{<wchar.h>} declares the
6304 @code{mbstate_t} type. Also, define @code{mbstate_t} to be a type if
6305 @code{<wchar.h>} does not declare it.
6308 @anchor{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}
6309 @defmac AC_TYPE_MODE_T
6310 @acindex{TYPE_MODE_T}
6312 Define @code{mode_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6316 @anchor{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}
6317 @defmac AC_TYPE_OFF_T
6318 @acindex{TYPE_OFF_T}
6320 Define @code{off_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6324 @anchor{AC_TYPE_PID_T}
6325 @defmac AC_TYPE_PID_T
6326 @acindex{TYPE_PID_T}
6328 Define @code{pid_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6332 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}
6333 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
6334 @acindex{TYPE_SIZE_T}
6336 Define @code{size_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6340 @defmac AC_TYPE_SSIZE_T
6341 @acindex{TYPE_SSIZE_T}
6343 Define @code{ssize_t} to a suitable type, if standard headers do not
6347 @anchor{AC_TYPE_UID_T}
6348 @defmac AC_TYPE_UID_T
6349 @acindex{TYPE_UID_T}
6352 Define @code{uid_t} and @code{gid_t} to suitable types, if standard
6353 headers do not define them.
6356 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
6357 @acindex{TYPE_UINT8_T}
6358 @cvindex HAVE_UINT8_T
6360 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} does not define the type
6361 @code{uint8_t}, define @code{uint8_t} to an
6362 unsigned integer type that is exactly 8 bits wide, if such a type
6364 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_INT8_T}, except for unsigned integers.
6367 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
6368 @acindex{TYPE_UINT16_T}
6369 @cvindex HAVE_UINT16_T
6371 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 16-bit integers.
6374 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
6375 @acindex{TYPE_UINT32_T}
6376 @cvindex HAVE_UINT32_T
6378 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 32-bit integers.
6381 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
6382 @acindex{TYPE_UINT64_T}
6383 @cvindex HAVE_UINT64_T
6385 This is like @code{AC_TYPE_UINT8_T}, except for 64-bit integers.
6388 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
6389 @acindex{TYPE_UINTMAX_T}
6390 @cvindex HAVE_UINTMAX_T
6392 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintmax_t},
6393 define @code{HAVE_UINTMAX_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintmax_t} to the
6394 widest unsigned integer type.
6397 @defmac AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
6398 @acindex{TYPE_UINTPTR_T}
6399 @cvindex HAVE_UINTPTR_T
6401 If @file{stdint.h} or @file{inttypes.h} defines the type @code{uintptr_t},
6402 define @code{HAVE_UINTPTR_T}. Otherwise, define @code{uintptr_t} to an
6403 unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a pointer, if such a type
6407 @defmac AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6408 @acindex{TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}
6409 @cvindex HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
6410 If the C compiler supports a working @code{unsigned long long int} type,
6411 define @code{HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT}. However, this test does not test
6412 @code{unsigned long long int} values in preprocessor @code{#if} expressions,
6413 because too many compilers mishandle such expressions.
6414 @xref{Preprocessor Arithmetic}.
6418 @subsection Generic Type Checks
6420 These macros are used to check for types not covered by the ``particular''
6423 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6424 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6425 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
6426 Check whether @var{type} is defined. It may be a compiler builtin type
6427 or defined by the @var{includes}. @var{includes} is a series of include
6428 directives, defaulting to @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default
6429 Includes}), which are used prior to the type under test.
6431 In C, @var{type} must be a type-name, so that the expression @samp{sizeof
6432 (@var{type})} is valid (but @samp{sizeof ((@var{type}))} is not). The
6433 same test is applied when compiling for C++, which means that in C++
6434 @var{type} should be a type-id and should not be an anonymous
6435 @samp{struct} or @samp{union}.
6439 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPES (@var{types}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
6440 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6441 @acindex{CHECK_TYPES}
6442 @cvindex HAVE_@var{type}
6443 For each @var{type} of the @var{types} that is defined, define
6444 @code{HAVE_@var{type}} (in all capitals). Each @var{type} must follow
6445 the rules of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}. If no @var{includes} are
6446 specified, the default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}). If
6447 @var{action-if-found} is given, it is additional shell code to execute
6448 when one of the types is found. If @var{action-if-not-found} is given,
6449 it is executed when one of the types is not found.
6451 This macro uses M4 lists:
6453 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
6454 AC_CHECK_TYPES([unsigned long long int, uintmax_t])
6455 AC_CHECK_TYPES([float_t], [], [], [[#include <math.h>]])
6460 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide to another version of
6461 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, broken by design. In order to keep backward
6462 compatibility, a simple heuristic, quite safe but not totally, is
6463 implemented. In case of doubt, read the documentation of the former
6464 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, see @ref{Obsolete Macros}.
6467 @node Compilers and Preprocessors
6468 @section Compilers and Preprocessors
6470 @cindex Preprocessors
6473 All the tests for compilers (@code{AC_PROG_CC}, @code{AC_PROG_CXX},
6474 @code{AC_PROG_F77}) define the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on
6475 the output of the compiler, typically to the empty string if
6476 Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6479 They also define the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the
6480 output of the compiler, after @file{.c} files have been excluded, typically
6481 to @samp{o} if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
6483 If the compiler being used does not produce executables, the tests fail. If
6484 the executables can't be run, and cross-compilation is not enabled, they
6485 fail too. @xref{Manual Configuration}, for more on support for cross
6489 * Specific Compiler Characteristics:: Some portability issues
6490 * Generic Compiler Characteristics:: Language independent tests and features
6491 * C Compiler:: Checking its characteristics
6492 * C++ Compiler:: Likewise
6493 * Objective C Compiler:: Likewise
6494 * Erlang Compiler and Interpreter:: Likewise
6495 * Fortran Compiler:: Likewise
6498 @node Specific Compiler Characteristics
6499 @subsection Specific Compiler Characteristics
6501 Some compilers exhibit different behaviors.
6504 @item Static/Dynamic Expressions
6505 Autoconf relies on a trick to extract one bit of information from the C
6506 compiler: using negative array sizes. For instance the following
6507 excerpt of a C source demonstrates how to test whether @samp{int} objects are 4
6511 static int test_array[sizeof (int) == 4 ? 1 : -1];
6515 To our knowledge, there is a single compiler that does not support this
6516 trick: the @acronym{HP} C compilers (the real ones, not only the
6517 ``bundled'') on @acronym{HP-UX} 11.00.
6518 They incorrectly reject the above program with the diagnostic
6519 ``Variable-length arrays cannot have static storage.''
6520 This bug comes from @acronym{HP} compilers' mishandling of @code{sizeof (int)},
6521 not from the @code{? 1 : -1}, and
6522 Autoconf works around this problem by casting @code{sizeof (int)} to
6523 @code{long int} before comparing it.
6526 @node Generic Compiler Characteristics
6527 @subsection Generic Compiler Characteristics
6529 @anchor{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}
6530 @defmac AC_CHECK_SIZEOF (@var{type-or-expr}, @ovar{unused}, @
6531 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6532 @acindex{CHECK_SIZEOF}
6533 @cvindex SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}
6534 Define @code{SIZEOF_@var{type-or-expr}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be
6535 the size in bytes of @var{type-or-expr}, which may be either a type or
6536 an expression returning a value that has a size. If the expression
6537 @samp{sizeof (@var{type-or-expr})} is invalid, the result is 0.
6538 @var{includes} is a series of include directives, defaulting to
6539 @code{AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT} (@pxref{Default Includes}), which are used
6540 prior to the expression under test.
6542 This macro now works even when cross-compiling. The @var{unused}
6543 argument was used when cross-compiling.
6545 For example, the call
6548 AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([int *])
6552 defines @code{SIZEOF_INT_P} to be 8 on DEC Alpha AXP systems.
6555 @defmac AC_CHECK_ALIGNOF (@var{type}, @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT})
6556 @acindex{CHECK_ALIGNOF}
6557 @cvindex ALIGNOF_@var{type}
6558 Define @code{ALIGNOF_@var{type}} (@pxref{Standard Symbols}) to be the
6559 alignment in bytes of @var{type}. @samp{@var{type} y;} must be valid as
6560 a structure member declaration. If @samp{type} is unknown, the result
6561 is 0. If no @var{includes} are specified, the default includes are used
6562 (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6565 @defmac AC_COMPUTE_INT (@var{var}, @var{expression}, @
6566 @dvar{includes, AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT}, @ovar{action-if-fails})
6567 @acindex{COMPUTE_INT}
6568 Store into the shell variable @var{var} the value of the integer
6569 @var{expression}. The
6570 value should fit in an initializer in a C variable of type @code{signed
6571 long}. To support cross compilation (in which case, the macro only works on
6572 hosts that use twos-complement arithmetic), it should be possible to evaluate
6573 the expression at compile-time. If no @var{includes} are specified, the
6574 default includes are used (@pxref{Default Includes}).
6576 Execute @var{action-if-fails} if the value cannot be determined correctly.
6579 @defmac AC_LANG_WERROR
6580 @acindex{LANG_WERROR}
6581 Normally Autoconf ignores warnings generated by the compiler, linker, and
6582 preprocessor. If this macro is used, warnings count as fatal
6583 errors for the current language. This macro is useful when the
6584 results of configuration are used where warnings are unacceptable; for
6585 instance, if parts of a program are built with the @acronym{GCC}
6587 option. If the whole program is built using @option{-Werror} it is
6588 often simpler to put @option{-Werror} in the compiler flags (@code{CFLAGS},
6595 @ovindex OPENMP_CFLAGS
6596 @ovindex OPENMP_CXXFLAGS
6597 @ovindex OPENMP_FFLAGS
6598 @ovindex OPENMP_FCFLAGS
6599 OpenMP (@url{http://@/www.openmp.org/}) specifies extensions of C, C++,
6600 and Fortran that simplify optimization of shared memory parallelism,
6601 which is a common problem on multicore CPUs.
6603 If the current language is C, the macro @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the
6604 variable @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} to the C compiler flags needed for
6605 supporting OpenMP@. @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} is set to empty if the
6606 compiler already supports OpenMP, if it has no way to activate OpenMP
6607 support, or if the user rejects OpenMP support by invoking
6608 @samp{configure} with the @samp{--disable-openmp} option.
6610 @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} needs to be used when compiling programs, when
6611 preprocessing program source, and when linking programs. Therefore you
6612 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to the @code{CFLAGS} of C programs
6613 that use OpenMP@. If you preprocess OpenMP-specific C code, you also
6614 need to add @code{$(OPENMP_CFLAGS)} to @code{CPPFLAGS}. The presence of
6615 OpenMP support is revealed at compile time by the preprocessor macro
6618 Linking a program with @code{OPENMP_CFLAGS} typically adds one more
6619 shared library to the program's dependencies, so its use is recommended
6620 only on programs that actually require OpenMP.
6622 If the current language is C++, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets the variable
6623 @code{OPENMP_CXXFLAGS}, suitably for the C++ compiler. The same remarks
6626 If the current language is Fortran 77 or Fortran, @code{AC_OPENMP} sets
6627 the variable @code{OPENMP_FFLAGS} or @code{OPENMP_FCFLAGS},
6628 respectively. Similar remarks as for C hold, except that
6629 @code{CPPFLAGS} is not used for Fortran, and no preprocessor macro
6630 signals OpenMP support.
6632 For portability, it is best to avoid spaces between @samp{#} and
6633 @samp{pragma omp}. That is, write @samp{#pragma omp}, not
6634 @samp{# pragma omp}. The Sun WorkShop 6.2 C compiler chokes on the
6639 @subsection C Compiler Characteristics
6641 The following macros provide ways to find and exercise a C Compiler.
6642 There are a few constructs that ought to be avoided, but do not deserve
6643 being checked for, since they can easily be worked around.
6646 @item Don't use lines containing solitary backslashes
6647 They tickle a bug in the @acronym{HP-UX} C compiler (checked on
6648 @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20,
6649 11.00, and 11i). When given the following source:
6654 * A comment with backslash-newlines in it. %@{ %@} *\
6658 " A string with backslash-newlines in it %@{ %@} \\
6660 char apostrophe = '\\
6668 the compiler incorrectly fails with the diagnostics ``Non-terminating
6669 comment at end of file'' and ``Missing @samp{#endif} at end of file.''
6670 Removing the lines with solitary backslashes solves the problem.
6672 @item Don't compile several files at once if output matters to you
6673 Some compilers, such as @acronym{HP}'s, report names of files being
6674 compiled when given more than one file operand. For instance:
6683 This can cause problems if you observe the output of the compiler to
6684 detect failures. Invoking @samp{cc -c a.c && cc -c b.c && cc -o c a.o
6685 b.o} solves the issue.
6687 @item Don't rely on @code{#error} failing
6688 The @sc{irix} C compiler does not fail when #error is preprocessed; it
6689 simply emits a diagnostic and continues, exiting successfully. So,
6690 instead of an error directive like @code{#error "Unsupported word size"}
6691 it is more portable to use an invalid directive like @code{#Unsupported
6692 word size} in Autoconf tests. In ordinary source code, @code{#error} is
6693 OK, since installers with inadequate compilers like @sc{irix} can simply
6694 examine these compilers' diagnostic output.
6696 @item Don't rely on correct @code{#line} support
6697 On Solaris, @command{c89} (at least Sun C 5.3 through 5.8)
6698 diagnoses @code{#line} directives whose line
6699 numbers are greater than 32767. Nothing in Posix
6700 makes this invalid. That is why Autoconf stopped issuing
6701 @code{#line} directives.
6704 @defmac AC_PROG_CC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
6708 Determine a C compiler to use. If @code{CC} is not already set in the
6709 environment, check for @code{gcc} and @code{cc}, then for other C
6710 compilers. Set output variable @code{CC} to the name of the compiler
6713 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
6714 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C compilers to
6715 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
6716 alternative search list for the C compiler. For example, if you didn't
6717 like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CC} like
6721 AC_PROG_CC([gcc cl cc])
6724 If the C compiler does not handle function prototypes correctly by
6725 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6726 so. This macro tries various options that select standard-conformance
6727 modes on various systems.
6729 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6730 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90); if not, the shell
6732 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}. See also
6733 @code{AC_C_PROTOTYPES} below.
6735 If using the @acronym{GNU} C compiler, set shell variable @code{GCC} to
6736 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CFLAGS} was not already set, set
6737 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C compiler (@option{-O2} on systems
6738 where @acronym{GCC} does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for
6742 @anchor{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}
6743 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C_O
6744 @acindex{PROG_CC_C_O}
6745 @cvindex NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
6746 If the C compiler does not accept the @option{-c} and @option{-o} options
6747 simultaneously, define @code{NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}. This macro actually
6748 tests both the compiler found by @code{AC_PROG_CC}, and, if different,
6749 the first @code{cc} in the path. The test fails if one fails. This
6750 macro was created for @acronym{GNU} Make to choose the default C compilation
6758 Set output variable @code{CPP} to a command that runs the
6759 C preprocessor. If @samp{$CC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
6760 It is only portable to run @code{CPP} on files with a @file{.c}
6763 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
6764 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
6765 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
6766 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported.
6767 For most preprocessors, though, warnings do not cause include-file
6768 tests to fail unless @code{AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR} is also specified.
6771 @defmac AC_PROG_CPP_WERROR
6772 @acindex{PROG_CPP_WERROR}
6774 This acts like @code{AC_PROG_CPP}, except it treats warnings from the
6775 preprocessor as errors even if the preprocessor exit status indicates
6776 success. This is useful for avoiding headers that generate mandatory
6777 warnings, such as deprecation notices.
6781 The following macros check for C compiler or machine architecture
6782 features. To check for characteristics not listed here, use
6783 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
6784 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}).
6786 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
6787 @acindex{PROG_CC_STDC}
6788 If the C compiler cannot compile @acronym{ISO} Standard C (currently
6789 C99), try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it work.
6790 If the compiler does not support C99, fall back to supporting
6791 @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90).
6793 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6794 set to accept Standard C; if not, the shell variable
6795 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.
6798 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C89
6799 @acindex{PROG_CC_C89}
6800 If the C compiler is not in @acronym{ANSI} C89 (@acronym{ISO} C90) mode by
6801 default, try to add an option to output variable @code{CC} to make it
6802 so. This macro tries various options that select @acronym{ANSI} C89 on
6803 some system or another. It considers the compiler to be in
6804 @acronym{ANSI} C89 mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
6806 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6807 set to accept @acronym{ANSI} C89; if not, the shell variable
6808 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c89} is set to @samp{no}.
6810 This macro is called automatically by @code{AC_PROG_CC}.
6813 @defmac AC_PROG_CC_C99
6814 @acindex{PROG_CC_C99}
6815 If the C compiler is not in C99 mode by default, try to add an
6816 option to output variable @code{CC} to make it so. This macro tries
6817 various options that select C99 on some system or another. It
6818 considers the compiler to be in C99 mode if it handles @code{_Bool},
6819 @code{//} comments, flexible array members, @code{inline}, signed and
6820 unsigned @code{long long int}, mixed code and declarations, named
6821 initialization of structs,
6822 @code{restrict}, @code{va_copy}, varargs macros, variable declarations
6823 in @code{for} loops, and variable length arrays.
6825 After calling this macro you can check whether the C compiler has been
6826 set to accept C99; if not, the shell variable
6827 @code{ac_cv_prog_cc_c99} is set to @samp{no}.
6830 @defmac AC_C_BACKSLASH_A
6831 @acindex{C_BACKSLASH_A}
6832 @cvindex HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
6833 Define @samp{HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A} to 1 if the C compiler understands
6836 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers understand @samp{\a}.
6837 New programs need not use this macro.
6840 @anchor{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}
6841 @defmac AC_C_BIGENDIAN (@ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false}, @
6842 @ovar{action-if-unknown}, @ovar{action-if-universal})
6843 @acindex{C_BIGENDIAN}
6844 @cvindex WORDS_BIGENDIAN
6846 If words are stored with the most significant byte first (like Motorola
6847 and SPARC CPUs), execute @var{action-if-true}. If words are stored with
6848 the least significant byte first (like Intel and VAX CPUs), execute
6849 @var{action-if-false}.
6851 This macro runs a test-case if endianness cannot be determined from the
6852 system header files. When cross-compiling, the test-case is not run but
6853 grep'ed for some magic values. @var{action-if-unknown} is executed if
6854 the latter case fails to determine the byte sex of the host system.
6856 In some cases a single run of a compiler can generate code for multiple
6857 architectures. This can happen, for example, when generating Mac OS X
6858 universal binary files, which work on both PowerPC and Intel
6859 architectures. In this case, the different variants might be for
6860 different architectures whose endiannesses differ. If
6861 @command{configure} detects this, it executes @var{action-if-universal}
6862 instead of @var{action-if-unknown}.
6864 The default for @var{action-if-true} is to define
6865 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}. The default for @var{action-if-false} is to do
6866 nothing. The default for @var{action-if-unknown} is to
6867 abort configure and tell the installer how to bypass this test.
6868 And finally, the default for @var{action-if-universal} is to ensure that
6869 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} is defined if and only if a universal build is
6870 detected and the current code is big-endian; this default works only if
6871 @command{autoheader} is used (@pxref{autoheader Invocation}).
6873 If you use this macro without specifying @var{action-if-universal}, you
6874 should also use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; otherwise
6875 @samp{WORDS_BIGENDIAN} may be set incorrectly for Mac OS X universal
6883 If the C compiler does not fully support the @code{const} keyword,
6884 define @code{const} to be empty. Some C compilers that do
6885 not define @code{__STDC__} do support @code{const}; some compilers that
6886 define @code{__STDC__} do not completely support @code{const}. Programs
6887 can simply use @code{const} as if every C compiler supported it; for
6888 those that don't, the makefile or configuration header file
6889 defines it as empty.
6891 Occasionally installers use a C++ compiler to compile C code, typically
6892 because they lack a C compiler. This causes problems with @code{const},
6893 because C and C++ treat @code{const} differently. For example:
6900 is valid in C but not in C++. These differences unfortunately cannot be
6901 papered over by defining @code{const} to be empty.
6903 If @command{autoconf} detects this situation, it leaves @code{const} alone,
6904 as this generally yields better results in practice. However, using a
6905 C++ compiler to compile C code is not recommended or supported, and
6906 installers who run into trouble in this area should get a C compiler
6907 like @acronym{GCC} to compile their C code.
6909 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{const}.
6910 New programs need not use this macro.
6913 @defmac AC_C_RESTRICT
6914 @acindex{C_RESTRICT}
6916 If the C compiler recognizes a variant spelling for the @code{restrict}
6917 keyword (@code{__restrict}, @code{__restrict__}, or @code{_Restrict}),
6918 then define @code{restrict} to that; this is more likely to do the right
6919 thing with compilers that support language variants where plain
6920 @code{restrict} is not a keyword. Otherwise, if the C compiler
6921 recognizes the @code{restrict} keyword, don't do anything.
6922 Otherwise, define @code{restrict} to be empty.
6923 Thus, programs may simply use @code{restrict} as if every C compiler
6924 supported it; for those that do not, the makefile
6925 or configuration header defines it away.
6927 Although support in C++ for the @code{restrict} keyword is not
6928 required, several C++ compilers do accept the keyword.
6929 This macro works for them, too.
6932 @defmac AC_C_VOLATILE
6933 @acindex{C_VOLATILE}
6935 If the C compiler does not understand the keyword @code{volatile},
6936 define @code{volatile} to be empty. Programs can simply use
6937 @code{volatile} as if every C compiler supported it; for those that do
6938 not, the makefile or configuration header defines it as
6941 If the correctness of your program depends on the semantics of
6942 @code{volatile}, simply defining it to be empty does, in a sense, break
6943 your code. However, given that the compiler does not support
6944 @code{volatile}, you are at its mercy anyway. At least your
6945 program compiles, when it wouldn't before.
6946 @xref{Volatile Objects}, for more about @code{volatile}.
6948 In general, the @code{volatile} keyword is a standard C feature, so
6949 you might expect that @code{volatile} is available only when
6950 @code{__STDC__} is defined. However, Ultrix 4.3's native compiler does
6951 support volatile, but does not define @code{__STDC__}.
6953 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support @code{volatile}.
6954 New programs need not use this macro.
6957 @anchor{AC_C_INLINE}
6961 If the C compiler supports the keyword @code{inline}, do nothing.
6962 Otherwise define @code{inline} to @code{__inline__} or @code{__inline}
6963 if it accepts one of those, otherwise define @code{inline} to be empty.
6966 @anchor{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6967 @defmac AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED
6968 @acindex{C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}
6969 @cvindex __CHAR_UNSIGNED__
6970 If the C type @code{char} is unsigned, define @code{__CHAR_UNSIGNED__},
6971 unless the C compiler predefines it.
6973 These days, using this macro is not necessary. The same information can
6974 be determined by this portable alternative, thus avoiding the use of
6975 preprocessor macros in the namespace reserved for the implementation.
6980 # define CHAR_UNSIGNED 1
6985 @defmac AC_C_STRINGIZE
6986 @acindex{C_STRINGIZE}
6987 @cvindex HAVE_STRINGIZE
6988 If the C preprocessor supports the stringizing operator, define
6989 @code{HAVE_STRINGIZE}. The stringizing operator is @samp{#} and is
6990 found in macros such as this:
6996 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support the
6997 stringizing operator. New programs need not use this macro.
7000 @defmac AC_C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
7001 @acindex{C_FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER}
7002 @cvindex FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER
7003 If the C compiler supports flexible array members, define
7004 @code{FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER} to nothing; otherwise define it to 1.
7005 That way, a declaration like this:
7011 double val[FLEXIBLE_ARRAY_MEMBER];
7016 will let applications use the ``struct hack'' even with compilers that
7017 do not support flexible array members. To allocate and use such an
7018 object, you can use code like this:
7022 size_t n = compute_value_count ();
7024 malloc (offsetof (struct s, val)
7025 + n * sizeof (double));
7027 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
7028 p->val[i] = compute_value (i);
7032 @defmac AC_C_VARARRAYS
7033 @acindex{C_VARARRAYS}
7034 @cvindex HAVE_C_VARARRAYS
7035 If the C compiler supports variable-length arrays, define
7036 @code{HAVE_C_VARARRAYS}. A variable-length array is an array of automatic
7037 storage duration whose length is determined at run time, when the array
7043 @cvindex HAVE_TYPEOF
7045 If the C compiler supports @acronym{GCC}'s @code{typeof} syntax either
7047 through a different spelling of the keyword (e.g., @code{__typeof__}),
7048 define @code{HAVE_TYPEOF}. If the support is available only through a
7049 different spelling, define @code{typeof} to that spelling.
7052 @defmac AC_C_PROTOTYPES
7053 @acindex{C_PROTOTYPES}
7055 @cvindex __PROTOTYPES
7057 If function prototypes are understood by the compiler (as determined by
7058 @code{AC_PROG_CC}), define @code{PROTOTYPES} and @code{__PROTOTYPES}.
7059 Defining @code{__PROTOTYPES} is for the benefit of
7060 header files that cannot use macros that infringe on user name space.
7062 This macro is obsolescent, as current C compilers support prototypes.
7063 New programs need not use this macro.
7066 @anchor{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
7067 @defmac AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL
7068 @acindex{PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}
7070 Add @option{-traditional} to output variable @code{CC} if using the
7071 @acronym{GNU} C compiler and @code{ioctl} does not work properly without
7072 @option{-traditional}. That usually happens when the fixed header files
7073 have not been installed on an old system.
7075 This macro is obsolescent, since current versions of the @acronym{GNU} C
7076 compiler fix the header files automatically when installed.
7081 @subsection C++ Compiler Characteristics
7084 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7088 Determine a C++ compiler to use. Check whether the environment variable
7089 @code{CXX} or @code{CCC} (in that order) is set; if so, then set output
7090 variable @code{CXX} to its value.
7092 Otherwise, if the macro is invoked without an argument, then search for
7093 a C++ compiler under the likely names (first @code{g++} and @code{c++}
7094 then other names). If none of those checks succeed, then as a last
7095 resort set @code{CXX} to @code{g++}.
7097 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7098 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of C++ compilers to
7099 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
7100 alternative search list for the C++ compiler. For example, if you
7101 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_CXX}
7105 AC_PROG_CXX([gcc cl KCC CC cxx cc++ xlC aCC c++ g++])
7108 If using the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler, set shell variable @code{GXX} to
7109 @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{CXXFLAGS} was not already set, set
7110 it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} C++ compiler (@option{-O2} on
7111 systems where G++ does not accept @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other
7115 @defmac AC_PROG_CXXCPP
7116 @acindex{PROG_CXXCPP}
7118 Set output variable @code{CXXCPP} to a command that runs the C++
7119 preprocessor. If @samp{$CXX -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
7120 It is portable to run @code{CXXCPP} only on files with a @file{.c},
7121 @file{.C}, @file{.cc}, or @file{.cpp} extension.
7123 Some preprocessors don't indicate missing include files by the error
7124 status. For such preprocessors an internal variable is set that causes
7125 other macros to check the standard error from the preprocessor and
7126 consider the test failed if any warnings have been reported. However,
7127 it is not known whether such broken preprocessors exist for C++.
7130 @defmac AC_PROG_CXX_C_O
7131 @acindex{PROG_CXX_C_O}
7132 @cvindex CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7133 Test whether the C++ compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
7134 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{CXX_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O},
7139 @node Objective C Compiler
7140 @subsection Objective C Compiler Characteristics
7143 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJC (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7147 Determine an Objective C compiler to use. If @code{OBJC} is not already
7148 set in the environment, check for Objective C compilers. Set output
7149 variable @code{OBJC} to the name of the compiler found.
7151 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7152 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Objective C compilers to
7153 search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to specify an
7154 alternative search list for the Objective C compiler. For example, if you
7155 didn't like the default order, then you could invoke @code{AC_PROG_OBJC}
7159 AC_PROG_OBJC([gcc objcc objc])
7162 If using the @acronym{GNU} Objective C compiler, set shell variable
7163 @code{GOBJC} to @samp{yes}. If output variable @code{OBJCFLAGS} was not
7164 already set, set it to @option{-g -O2} for the @acronym{GNU} Objective C
7165 compiler (@option{-O2} on systems where @command{gcc} does not accept
7166 @option{-g}), or @option{-g} for other compilers.
7169 @defmac AC_PROG_OBJCPP
7170 @acindex{PROG_OBJCPP}
7172 Set output variable @code{OBJCPP} to a command that runs the Objective C
7173 preprocessor. If @samp{$OBJC -E} doesn't work, @file{/lib/cpp} is used.
7177 @node Erlang Compiler and Interpreter
7178 @subsection Erlang Compiler and Interpreter Characteristics
7181 Autoconf defines the following macros for determining paths to the essential
7182 Erlang/OTP programs:
7184 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7185 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERLC}
7188 Determine an Erlang compiler to use. If @code{ERLC} is not already set in the
7189 environment, check for @command{erlc}. Set output variable @code{ERLC} to the
7190 complete path of the compiler command found. In addition, if @code{ERLCFLAGS}
7191 is not set in the environment, set it to an empty value.
7193 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7194 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erlc} program. For
7195 example, to look for @command{erlc} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7199 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7203 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERLC (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7204 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERLC}
7205 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERLC} macro, that prints an
7206 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erlc}
7207 program is not found.
7210 @defmac AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL (@ovar{value-if-not-found}, @dvar{path, $PATH})
7211 @acindex{ERLANG_PATH_ERL}
7213 Determine an Erlang interpreter to use. If @code{ERL} is not already
7215 environment, check for @command{erl}. Set output variable @code{ERL} to the
7216 complete path of the interpreter command found.
7218 The two optional arguments have the same meaning as the two last arguments of
7219 macro @code{AC_PROG_PATH} for looking for the @command{erl} program. For
7220 example, to look for @command{erl} only in the @file{/usr/lib/erlang/bin}
7224 AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL([not found], [/usr/lib/erlang/bin])
7228 @defmac AC_ERLANG_NEED_ERL (@dvar{path, $PATH})
7229 @acindex{ERLANG_NEED_ERL}
7230 A simplified variant of the @code{AC_ERLANG_PATH_ERL} macro, that prints an
7231 error message and exits the @command{configure} script if the @command{erl}
7232 program is not found.
7236 @node Fortran Compiler
7237 @subsection Fortran Compiler Characteristics
7241 The Autoconf Fortran support is divided into two categories: legacy
7242 Fortran 77 macros (@code{F77}), and modern Fortran macros (@code{FC}).
7243 The former are intended for traditional Fortran 77 code, and have output
7244 variables like @code{F77}, @code{FFLAGS}, and @code{FLIBS}. The latter
7245 are for newer programs that can (or must) compile under the newer
7246 Fortran standards, and have output variables like @code{FC},
7247 @code{FCFLAGS}, and @code{FCLIBS}.
7249 Except for two new macros @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} and
7250 @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} (see below), the @code{FC} and @code{F77} macros
7251 behave almost identically, and so they are documented together in this
7255 @defmac AC_PROG_F77 (@ovar{compiler-search-list})
7259 Determine a Fortran 77 compiler to use. If @code{F77} is not already
7260 set in the environment, then check for @code{g77} and @code{f77}, and
7261 then some other names. Set the output variable @code{F77} to the name
7262 of the compiler found.
7264 This macro may, however, be invoked with an optional first argument
7265 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran 77
7266 compilers to search for. This just gives the user an opportunity to
7267 specify an alternative search list for the Fortran 77 compiler. For
7268 example, if you didn't like the default order, then you could invoke
7269 @code{AC_PROG_F77} like this:
7272 AC_PROG_F77([fl32 f77 fort77 xlf g77 f90 xlf90])
7275 If using @code{g77} (the @acronym{GNU} Fortran 77 compiler), then
7276 set the shell variable @code{G77} to @samp{yes}.
7277 If the output variable @code{FFLAGS} was not already set in the
7278 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @code{g77} (or @option{-O2}
7279 where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise, set
7280 @code{FFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran 77 compilers.
7283 @defmac AC_PROG_FC (@ovar{compiler-search-list}, @ovar{dialect})
7287 Determine a Fortran compiler to use. If @code{FC} is not already set in
7288 the environment, then @code{dialect} is a hint to indicate what Fortran
7289 dialect to search for; the default is to search for the newest available
7290 dialect. Set the output variable @code{FC} to the name of the compiler
7293 By default, newer dialects are preferred over older dialects, but if
7294 @code{dialect} is specified then older dialects are preferred starting
7295 with the specified dialect. @code{dialect} can currently be one of
7296 Fortran 77, Fortran 90, or Fortran 95. However, this is only a hint of
7297 which compiler @emph{name} to prefer (e.g., @code{f90} or @code{f95}),
7298 and no attempt is made to guarantee that a particular language standard
7299 is actually supported. Thus, it is preferable that you avoid the
7300 @code{dialect} option, and use AC_PROG_FC only for code compatible with
7301 the latest Fortran standard.
7303 This macro may, alternatively, be invoked with an optional first argument
7304 which, if specified, must be a blank-separated list of Fortran
7305 compilers to search for, just as in @code{AC_PROG_F77}.
7307 If the output variable @code{FCFLAGS} was not already set in the
7308 environment, then set it to @option{-g -02} for @acronym{GNU} @code{g77} (or
7309 @option{-O2} where @code{g77} does not accept @option{-g}). Otherwise,
7310 set @code{FCFLAGS} to @option{-g} for all other Fortran compilers.
7313 @defmac AC_PROG_F77_C_O
7314 @defmacx AC_PROG_FC_C_O
7315 @acindex{PROG_F77_C_O}
7316 @acindex{PROG_FC_C_O}
7317 @cvindex F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7318 @cvindex FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
7319 Test whether the Fortran compiler accepts the options @option{-c} and
7320 @option{-o} simultaneously, and define @code{F77_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O} or
7321 @code{FC_NO_MINUS_C_MINUS_O}, respectively, if it does not.
7324 The following macros check for Fortran compiler characteristics.
7325 To check for characteristics not listed here, use
7326 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}) or
7327 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{Runtime}), making sure to first set the
7328 current language to Fortran 77 or Fortran via @code{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])}
7329 or @code{AC_LANG(Fortran)} (@pxref{Language Choice}).
7332 @defmac AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7333 @defmacx AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS
7334 @acindex{F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7336 @acindex{FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS}
7338 Determine the linker flags (e.g., @option{-L} and @option{-l}) for the
7339 @dfn{Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries} that are required to
7340 successfully link a Fortran program or shared library. The output
7341 variable @code{FLIBS} or @code{FCLIBS} is set to these flags (which
7342 should be included after @code{LIBS} when linking).
7344 This macro is intended to be used in those situations when it is
7345 necessary to mix, e.g., C++ and Fortran source code in a single
7346 program or shared library (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , ,
7347 automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}).
7349 For example, if object files from a C++ and Fortran compiler must be
7350 linked together, then the C++ compiler/linker must be used for linking
7351 (since special C++-ish things need to happen at link time like calling
7352 global constructors, instantiating templates, enabling exception
7355 However, the Fortran intrinsic and runtime libraries must be linked in
7356 as well, but the C++ compiler/linker doesn't know by default how to add
7357 these Fortran 77 libraries. Hence, this macro was created to determine
7358 these Fortran libraries.
7360 The macros @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7361 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} are probably also necessary to
7362 link C/C++ with Fortran; see below.
7365 @defmac AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7366 @defmacx AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN (@ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7367 @acindex{F77_DUMMY_MAIN}
7368 @cvindex F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7369 With many compilers, the Fortran libraries detected by
7370 @code{AC_F77_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} or @code{AC_FC_LIBRARY_LDFLAGS} provide
7371 their own @code{main} entry function that initializes things like
7372 Fortran I/O, and which then calls a user-provided entry function named
7373 (say) @code{MAIN__} to run the user's program. The
7374 @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7375 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros figure out how to deal with
7378 When using Fortran for purely numerical functions (no I/O, etc.)@: often
7379 one prefers to provide one's own @code{main} and skip the Fortran
7380 library initializations. In this case, however, one may still need to
7381 provide a dummy @code{MAIN__} routine in order to prevent linking errors
7382 on some systems. @code{AC_F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or @code{AC_FC_DUMMY_MAIN}
7383 detects whether any such routine is @emph{required} for linking, and
7384 what its name is; the shell variable @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7385 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} holds this name, @code{unknown} when no solution
7386 was found, and @code{none} when no such dummy main is needed.
7388 By default, @var{action-if-found} defines @code{F77_DUMMY_MAIN} or
7389 @code{FC_DUMMY_MAIN} to the name of this routine (e.g., @code{MAIN__})
7390 @emph{if} it is required. @var{action-if-not-found} defaults to
7391 exiting with an error.
7393 In order to link with Fortran routines, the user's C/C++ program should
7394 then include the following code to define the dummy main if it is
7398 #ifdef F77_DUMMY_MAIN
7402 int F77_DUMMY_MAIN() @{ return 1; @}
7406 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7408 Note that this macro is called automatically from @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS}
7409 or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}; there is generally no need to call it
7410 explicitly unless one wants to change the default actions.
7419 As discussed above, many Fortran libraries allow you to provide an entry
7420 point called (say) @code{MAIN__} instead of the usual @code{main}, which
7421 is then called by a @code{main} function in the Fortran libraries that
7422 initializes things like Fortran I/O@. The
7423 @code{AC_F77_MAIN} and @code{AC_FC_MAIN} macros detect whether it is
7424 @emph{possible} to utilize such an alternate main function, and defines
7425 @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} to the name of the function. (If no
7426 alternate main function name is found, @code{F77_MAIN} and @code{FC_MAIN} are
7427 simply defined to @code{main}.)
7429 Thus, when calling Fortran routines from C that perform things like I/O,
7430 one should use this macro and declare the "main" function like so:
7436 int F77_MAIN(int argc, char *argv[]);
7439 (Again, replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7442 @defmac AC_F77_WRAPPERS
7443 @defmacx AC_FC_WRAPPERS
7444 @acindex{F77_WRAPPERS}
7447 @acindex{FC_WRAPPERS}
7450 Defines C macros @code{F77_FUNC (name, NAME)}, @code{FC_FUNC (name, NAME)},
7451 @code{F77_FUNC_(name, NAME)}, and @code{FC_FUNC_(name, NAME)} to properly
7452 mangle the names of C/C++ identifiers, and identifiers with underscores,
7453 respectively, so that they match the name-mangling scheme used by the
7456 Fortran is case-insensitive, and in order to achieve this the Fortran
7457 compiler converts all identifiers into a canonical case and format. To
7458 call a Fortran subroutine from C or to write a C function that is
7459 callable from Fortran, the C program must explicitly use identifiers in
7460 the format expected by the Fortran compiler. In order to do this, one
7461 simply wraps all C identifiers in one of the macros provided by
7462 @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}. For example, suppose
7463 you have the following Fortran 77 subroutine:
7466 subroutine foobar (x, y)
7467 double precision x, y
7473 You would then declare its prototype in C or C++ as:
7476 #define FOOBAR_F77 F77_FUNC (foobar, FOOBAR)
7478 extern "C" /* prevent C++ name mangling */
7480 void FOOBAR_F77(double *x, double *y);
7483 Note that we pass both the lowercase and uppercase versions of the
7484 function name to @code{F77_FUNC} so that it can select the right one.
7485 Note also that all parameters to Fortran 77 routines are passed as
7486 pointers (@pxref{Mixing Fortran 77 With C and C++, , , automake, @acronym{GNU}
7489 (Replace @code{F77} with @code{FC} for Fortran instead of Fortran 77.)
7491 Although Autoconf tries to be intelligent about detecting the
7492 name-mangling scheme of the Fortran compiler, there may be Fortran
7493 compilers that it doesn't support yet. In this case, the above code
7494 generates a compile-time error, but some other behavior
7495 (e.g., disabling Fortran-related features) can be induced by checking
7496 whether @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} is defined.
7498 Now, to call that routine from a C program, we would do something like:
7502 double x = 2.7183, y;
7503 FOOBAR_F77 (&x, &y);
7507 If the Fortran identifier contains an underscore (e.g., @code{foo_bar}),
7508 you should use @code{F77_FUNC_} or @code{FC_FUNC_} instead of
7509 @code{F77_FUNC} or @code{FC_FUNC} (with the same arguments). This is
7510 because some Fortran compilers mangle names differently if they contain
7514 @defmac AC_F77_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7515 @defmacx AC_FC_FUNC (@var{name}, @ovar{shellvar})
7518 Given an identifier @var{name}, set the shell variable @var{shellvar} to
7519 hold the mangled version @var{name} according to the rules of the
7520 Fortran linker (see also @code{AC_F77_WRAPPERS} or
7521 @code{AC_FC_WRAPPERS}). @var{shellvar} is optional; if it is not
7522 supplied, the shell variable is simply @var{name}. The purpose of
7523 this macro is to give the caller a way to access the name-mangling
7524 information other than through the C preprocessor as above, for example,
7525 to call Fortran routines from some language other than C/C++.
7528 @defmac AC_FC_SRCEXT (@var{ext}, @ovar{action-if-success}, @
7529 @ovar{action-if-failure})
7531 By default, the @code{FC} macros perform their tests using a @file{.f}
7532 extension for source-code files. Some compilers, however, only enable
7533 newer language features for appropriately named files, e.g., Fortran 90
7534 features only for @file{.f90} files. On the other hand, some other
7535 compilers expect all source files to end in @file{.f} and require
7536 special flags to support other file name extensions. The
7537 @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} macro deals with both of these issues.
7539 The @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} tries to get the @code{FC} compiler to accept files
7540 ending with the extension .@var{ext} (i.e., @var{ext} does @emph{not}
7541 contain the dot). If any special compiler flags are needed for this, it
7542 stores them in the output variable @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext}. This
7543 extension and these flags are then used for all subsequent @code{FC} tests
7544 (until @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} is called again).
7546 For example, you would use @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT(f90)} to employ the
7547 @file{.f90} extension in future tests, and it would set a
7548 @code{FCFLAGS_f90} output variable with any extra flags that are needed
7549 to compile such files.
7551 The @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can @emph{not} be simply absorbed into
7552 @code{FCFLAGS}, for two reasons based on the limitations of some
7553 compilers. First, only one @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} can be used at a
7554 time, so files with different extensions must be compiled separately.
7555 Second, @code{FCFLAGS_}@var{ext} must appear @emph{immediately} before
7556 the source-code file name when compiling. So, continuing the example
7557 above, you might compile a @file{foo.f90} file in your makefile with the
7562 $(FC) -c $(FCFLAGS) $(FCFLAGS_f90) '$(srcdir)/foo.f90'
7565 If @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT} succeeds in compiling files with the @var{ext}
7566 extension, it calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If
7567 it fails, and cannot find a way to make the @code{FC} compiler accept such
7568 files, it calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an
7573 @defmac AC_FC_FREEFORM (@ovar{action-if-success}, @ovar{action-if-failure})
7574 @acindex{FC_FREEFORM}
7576 The @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} tries to ensure that the Fortran compiler
7577 (@code{$FC}) allows free-format source code (as opposed to the older
7578 fixed-format style from Fortran 77). If necessary, it may add some
7579 additional flags to @code{FCFLAGS}.
7581 This macro is most important if you are using the default @file{.f}
7582 extension, since many compilers interpret this extension as indicating
7583 fixed-format source unless an additional flag is supplied. If you
7584 specify a different extension with @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}, such as
7585 @file{.f90} or @file{.f95}, then @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} ordinarily
7586 succeeds without modifying @code{FCFLAGS}.
7588 If @code{AC_FC_FREEFORM} succeeds in compiling free-form source, it
7589 calls @var{action-if-success} (defaults to nothing). If it fails, it
7590 calls @var{action-if-failure} (defaults to exiting with an error
7594 @node System Services
7595 @section System Services
7597 The following macros check for operating system services or capabilities.
7603 @cindex X Window System
7604 Try to locate the X Window System include files and libraries. If the
7605 user gave the command line options @option{--x-includes=@var{dir}} and
7606 @option{--x-libraries=@var{dir}}, use those directories.
7608 If either or both were not given, get the missing values by running
7609 @code{xmkmf} (or an executable pointed to by the @code{XMKMF}
7610 environment variable) on a trivial @file{Imakefile} and examining the
7611 makefile that it produces. Setting @code{XMKMF} to @samp{false}
7612 disables this method.
7614 If this method fails to find the X Window System, @command{configure}
7615 looks for the files in several directories where they often reside.
7616 If either method is successful, set the shell variables
7617 @code{x_includes} and @code{x_libraries} to their locations, unless they
7618 are in directories the compiler searches by default.
7620 If both methods fail, or the user gave the command line option
7621 @option{--without-x}, set the shell variable @code{no_x} to @samp{yes};
7622 otherwise set it to the empty string.
7625 @anchor{AC_PATH_XTRA}
7626 @defmac AC_PATH_XTRA
7630 @ovindex X_EXTRA_LIBS
7632 @cvindex X_DISPLAY_MISSING
7633 An enhanced version of @code{AC_PATH_X}. It adds the C compiler flags
7634 that X needs to output variable @code{X_CFLAGS}, and the X linker flags
7635 to @code{X_LIBS}. Define @code{X_DISPLAY_MISSING} if X is not
7638 This macro also checks for special libraries that some systems need in
7639 order to compile X programs. It adds any that the system needs to
7640 output variable @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS}. And it checks for special X11R6
7641 libraries that need to be linked with before @option{-lX11}, and adds
7642 any found to the output variable @code{X_PRE_LIBS}.
7644 @c This is an incomplete kludge. Make a real way to do it.
7645 @c If you need to check for other X functions or libraries yourself, then
7646 @c after calling this macro, add the contents of @code{X_EXTRA_LIBS} to
7647 @c @code{LIBS} temporarily, like this: (FIXME - add example)
7650 @anchor{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}
7651 @defmac AC_SYS_INTERPRETER
7652 @acindex{SYS_INTERPRETER}
7653 Check whether the system supports starting scripts with a line of the
7654 form @samp{#!/bin/sh} to select the interpreter to use for the script.
7655 After running this macro, shell code in @file{configure.ac} can check
7656 the shell variable @code{interpval}; it is set to @samp{yes}
7657 if the system supports @samp{#!}, @samp{no} if not.
7660 @defmac AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
7661 @acindex{SYS_LARGEFILE}
7662 @cvindex _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
7663 @cvindex _LARGE_FILES
7665 @cindex Large file support
7667 Arrange for 64-bit file offsets, known as
7668 @uref{http://@/www.unix-systems@/.org/@/version2/@/whatsnew/@/lfs20mar.html,
7669 large-file support}. On some hosts, one must use special compiler
7670 options to build programs that can access large files. Append any such
7671 options to the output variable @code{CC}. Define
7672 @code{_FILE_OFFSET_BITS} and @code{_LARGE_FILES} if necessary.
7674 Large-file support can be disabled by configuring with the
7675 @option{--disable-largefile} option.
7677 If you use this macro, check that your program works even when
7678 @code{off_t} is wider than @code{long int}, since this is common when
7679 large-file support is enabled. For example, it is not correct to print
7680 an arbitrary @code{off_t} value @code{X} with @code{printf ("%ld",
7683 The LFS introduced the @code{fseeko} and @code{ftello} functions to
7684 replace their C counterparts @code{fseek} and @code{ftell} that do not
7685 use @code{off_t}. Take care to use @code{AC_FUNC_FSEEKO} to make their
7686 prototypes available when using them and large-file support is
7690 @anchor{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7691 @defmac AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7692 @acindex{SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}
7693 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
7694 If the system supports file names longer than 14 characters, define
7695 @code{HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
7698 @defmac AC_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS
7699 @acindex{SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS}
7700 @cindex Posix termios headers
7701 @cindex termios Posix headers
7702 Check to see if the Posix termios headers and functions are available on the
7703 system. If so, set the shell variable @code{ac_cv_sys_posix_termios} to
7704 @samp{yes}. If not, set the variable to @samp{no}.
7707 @node Posix Variants
7708 @section Posix Variants
7710 The following macro makes it possible to use features of Posix that are
7711 extensions to C, as well as platform extensions not defined by Posix.
7713 @anchor{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7714 @defmac AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
7715 @acindex{USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}
7716 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
7717 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
7719 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7720 @cvindex _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7721 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
7722 @cvindex _TANDEM_SOURCE
7723 @cvindex __EXTENSIONS__
7724 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.60. If possible, enable
7725 extensions to C or Posix on hosts that normally disable the extensions,
7726 typically due to standards-conformance namespace issues. This should be
7727 called before any macros that run the C compiler. The following
7728 preprocessor macros are defined where appropriate:
7732 Enable extensions on @acronym{GNU}/Linux.
7733 @item __EXTENSIONS__
7734 Enable general extensions on Solaris.
7735 @item _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
7736 Enable threading extensions on Solaris.
7737 @item _TANDEM_SOURCE
7738 Enable extensions for the @acronym{HP} NonStop platform.
7740 Enable extensions for @acronym{AIX} 3, and for Interix.
7742 Enable Posix functions for Minix.
7743 @item _POSIX_1_SOURCE
7744 Enable additional Posix functions for Minix.
7746 Identify Minix platform. This particular preprocessor macro is
7747 obsolescent, and may be removed in a future release of Autoconf.
7752 @node Erlang Libraries
7753 @section Erlang Libraries
7754 @cindex Erlang, Library, checking
7756 The following macros check for an installation of Erlang/OTP, and for the
7757 presence of certain Erlang libraries. All those macros require the
7758 configuration of an Erlang interpreter and an Erlang compiler
7759 (@pxref{Erlang Compiler and Interpreter}).
7761 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR
7762 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_ROOT_DIR}
7763 @ovindex ERLANG_ROOT_DIR
7765 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_ROOT_DIR} to the path to the base
7766 directory in which Erlang/OTP is installed (as returned by Erlang's
7767 @code{code:root_dir/0} function). The result of this test is cached if
7768 caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7771 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR
7772 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
7773 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR
7775 Set the output variable @code{ERLANG_LIB_DIR} to the path of the library
7776 directory of Erlang/OTP (as returned by Erlang's
7777 @code{code:lib_dir/0} function), which subdirectories each contain an installed
7778 Erlang/OTP library. The result of this test is cached if caching is enabled
7779 when running @command{configure}.
7782 @defmac AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
7783 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
7784 @acindex{ERLANG_CHECK_LIB}
7785 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7786 @ovindex ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}
7788 Test whether the Erlang/OTP library @var{library} is installed by
7789 calling Erlang's @code{code:lib_dir/1} function. The result of this
7790 test is cached if caching is enabled when running @command{configure}.
7791 @var{action-if-found} is a list of shell commands to run if the library
7792 is installed; @var{action-if-not-found} is a list of shell commands to
7793 run if it is not. Additionally, if the library is installed, the output
7794 variable @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} is set to the path to the
7795 library installation directory, and the output variable
7796 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the version number that is
7797 part of the subdirectory name, if it is in the standard form
7798 (@code{@var{library}-@var{version}}). If the directory name does not
7799 have a version part, @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} is set to the
7800 empty string. If the library is not installed,
7801 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} and
7802 @samp{ERLANG_LIB_VER_@var{library}} are set to @code{"not found"}. For
7803 example, to check if library @code{stdlib} is installed:
7806 AC_ERLANG_CHECK_LIB([stdlib],
7807 [echo "stdlib version \"$ERLANG_LIB_VER_stdlib\""
7808 echo "is installed in \"$ERLANG_LIB_DIR_stdlib\""],
7809 [AC_MSG_ERROR([stdlib was not found!])])
7813 In addition to the above macros, which test installed Erlang libraries, the
7814 following macros determine the paths to the directories into which newly built
7815 Erlang libraries are to be installed:
7817 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7818 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR}
7819 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR
7821 Set the @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} output variable to the directory into
7822 which every built Erlang library should be installed in a separate
7824 If this variable is not set in the environment when @command{configure} runs,
7825 its default value is @code{$ERLANG_LIB_DIR}, which value is set by the
7826 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR} macro.
7829 @defmac AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR (@var{library}, @var{version})
7830 @acindex{ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_SUBDIR}
7831 @ovindex ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}
7833 Set the @samp{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR_@var{library}} output variable to the
7834 directory into which the built Erlang library @var{library} version
7835 @var{version} should be installed. If this variable is not set in the
7836 environment when @command{configure} runs, its default value is
7837 @samp{$ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR/@var{library}-@var{version}}, the value of the
7838 @code{ERLANG_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} variable being set by the
7839 @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_INSTALL_LIB_DIR} macro.
7846 @c ========================================================= Writing Tests
7849 @chapter Writing Tests
7851 If the existing feature tests don't do something you need, you have to
7852 write new ones. These macros are the building blocks. They provide
7853 ways for other macros to check whether various kinds of features are
7854 available and report the results.
7856 This chapter contains some suggestions and some of the reasons why the
7857 existing tests are written the way they are. You can also learn a lot
7858 about how to write Autoconf tests by looking at the existing ones. If
7859 something goes wrong in one or more of the Autoconf tests, this
7860 information can help you understand the assumptions behind them, which
7861 might help you figure out how to best solve the problem.
7863 These macros check the output of the compiler system of the current
7864 language (@pxref{Language Choice}). They do not cache the results of
7865 their tests for future use (@pxref{Caching Results}), because they don't
7866 know enough about the information they are checking for to generate a
7867 cache variable name. They also do not print any messages, for the same
7868 reason. The checks for particular kinds of features call these macros
7869 and do cache their results and print messages about what they're
7872 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
7873 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
7874 @xref{Writing Autoconf Macros}, for how to do that.
7877 * Language Choice:: Selecting which language to use for testing
7878 * Writing Test Programs:: Forging source files for compilers
7879 * Running the Preprocessor:: Detecting preprocessor symbols
7880 * Running the Compiler:: Detecting language or header features
7881 * Running the Linker:: Detecting library features
7882 * Runtime:: Testing for runtime features
7883 * Systemology:: A zoology of operating systems
7884 * Multiple Cases:: Tests for several possible values
7887 @node Language Choice
7888 @section Language Choice
7891 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts check for the C compiler and
7892 its features by default. Packages that use other programming languages
7893 (maybe more than one, e.g., C and C++) need to test features of the
7894 compilers for the respective languages. The following macros determine
7895 which programming language is used in the subsequent tests in
7896 @file{configure.ac}.
7899 @defmac AC_LANG (@var{language})
7900 Do compilation tests using the compiler, preprocessor, and file
7901 extensions for the specified @var{language}.
7903 Supported languages are:
7907 Do compilation tests using @code{CC} and @code{CPP} and use extension
7908 @file{.c} for test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{CPPFLAGS} with
7909 @code{CPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and @code{CFLAGS} with @code{CC}.
7912 Do compilation tests using @code{CXX} and @code{CXXCPP} and use
7913 extension @file{.C} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7914 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{CXXCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7915 @code{CXXFLAGS} with @code{CXX}.
7918 Do compilation tests using @code{F77} and use extension @file{.f} for
7919 test programs. Use compilation flags: @code{FFLAGS}.
7922 Do compilation tests using @code{FC} and use extension @file{.f} (or
7923 whatever has been set by @code{AC_FC_SRCEXT}) for test programs. Use
7924 compilation flags: @code{FCFLAGS}.
7930 Compile and execute tests using @code{ERLC} and @code{ERL} and use extension
7931 @file{.erl} for test Erlang modules. Use compilation flags: @code{ERLCFLAGS}.
7934 Do compilation tests using @code{OBJC} and @code{OBJCPP} and use
7935 extension @file{.m} for test programs. Use compilation flags:
7936 @code{CPPFLAGS} with @code{OBJCPP}, and both @code{CPPFLAGS} and
7937 @code{OBJCFLAGS} with @code{OBJC}.
7941 @anchor{AC_LANG_PUSH}
7942 @defmac AC_LANG_PUSH (@var{language})
7944 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack, and
7945 then select the @var{language}. Use this macro and @code{AC_LANG_POP}
7946 in macros that need to temporarily switch to a particular language.
7949 @defmac AC_LANG_POP (@ovar{language})
7951 Select the language that is saved on the top of the stack, as set by
7952 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH}, and remove it from the stack.
7954 If given, @var{language} specifies the language we just @emph{quit}. It
7955 is a good idea to specify it when it's known (which should be the
7956 case@dots{}), since Autoconf detects inconsistencies.
7959 AC_LANG_PUSH([Fortran 77])
7960 # Perform some tests on Fortran 77.
7962 AC_LANG_POP([Fortran 77])
7966 @defmac AC_LANG_ASSERT (@var{language})
7967 @acindex{LANG_ASSERT} Check statically that the current language is
7968 @var{language}. You should use this in your language specific macros
7969 to avoid that they be called with an inappropriate language.
7971 This macro runs only at @command{autoconf} time, and incurs no cost at
7972 @command{configure} time. Sadly enough and because Autoconf is a two
7973 layer language @footnote{Because M4 is not aware of Sh code,
7974 especially conditionals, some optimizations that look nice statically
7975 may produce incorrect results at runtime.}, the macros
7976 @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} and @code{AC_LANG_POP} cannot be ``optimizing'',
7977 therefore as much as possible you ought to avoid using them to wrap
7978 your code, rather, require from the user to run the macro with a
7979 correct current language, and check it with @code{AC_LANG_ASSERT}.
7980 And anyway, that may help the user understand she is running a Fortran
7981 macro while expecting a result about her Fortran 77 compiler@enddots{}
7985 @defmac AC_REQUIRE_CPP
7986 @acindex{REQUIRE_CPP}
7987 Ensure that whichever preprocessor would currently be used for tests has
7988 been found. Calls @code{AC_REQUIRE} (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}) with an
7989 argument of either @code{AC_PROG_CPP} or @code{AC_PROG_CXXCPP},
7990 depending on which language is current.
7994 @node Writing Test Programs
7995 @section Writing Test Programs
7997 Autoconf tests follow a common scheme: feed some program with some
7998 input, and most of the time, feed a compiler with some source file.
7999 This section is dedicated to these source samples.
8002 * Guidelines:: General rules for writing test programs
8003 * Test Functions:: Avoiding pitfalls in test programs
8004 * Generating Sources:: Source program boilerplate
8008 @subsection Guidelines for Test Programs
8010 The most important rule to follow when writing testing samples is:
8012 @center @emph{Look for realism.}
8014 This motto means that testing samples must be written with the same
8015 strictness as real programs are written. In particular, you should
8016 avoid ``shortcuts'' and simplifications.
8018 Don't just play with the preprocessor if you want to prepare a
8019 compilation. For instance, using @command{cpp} to check whether a header is
8020 functional might let your @command{configure} accept a header which
8021 causes some @emph{compiler} error. Do not hesitate to check a header with
8022 other headers included before, especially required headers.
8024 Make sure the symbols you use are properly defined, i.e., refrain for
8025 simply declaring a function yourself instead of including the proper
8028 Test programs should not write to standard output. They
8029 should exit with status 0 if the test succeeds, and with status 1
8030 otherwise, so that success
8031 can be distinguished easily from a core dump or other failure;
8032 segmentation violations and other failures produce a nonzero exit
8033 status. Unless you arrange for @code{exit} to be declared, test
8034 programs should @code{return}, not @code{exit}, from @code{main},
8035 because on many systems @code{exit} is not declared by default.
8037 Test programs can use @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} to check the values of
8038 preprocessor macros defined by tests that have already run. For
8039 example, if you call @code{AC_HEADER_STDBOOL}, then later on in
8040 @file{configure.ac} you can have a test program that includes
8041 @file{stdbool.h} conditionally:
8045 #ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
8046 # include <stdbool.h>
8051 Both @code{#if HAVE_STDBOOL_H} and @code{#ifdef HAVE_STDBOOL_H} will
8052 work with any standard C compiler. Some developers prefer @code{#if}
8053 because it is easier to read, while others prefer @code{#ifdef} because
8054 it avoids diagnostics with picky compilers like @acronym{GCC} with the
8055 @option{-Wundef} option.
8057 If a test program needs to use or create a data file, give it a name
8058 that starts with @file{conftest}, such as @file{conftest.data}. The
8059 @command{configure} script cleans up by running @samp{rm -f -r conftest*}
8060 after running test programs and if the script is interrupted.
8062 @node Test Functions
8063 @subsection Test Functions
8065 These days it's safe to assume support for function prototypes
8066 (introduced in C89).
8068 Functions that test programs declare should also be conditionalized for
8069 C++, which requires @samp{extern "C"} prototypes. Make sure to not
8070 include any header files containing clashing prototypes.
8076 void *valloc (size_t);
8079 If a test program calls a function with invalid parameters (just to see
8080 whether it exists), organize the program to ensure that it never invokes
8081 that function. You can do this by calling it in another function that is
8082 never invoked. You can't do it by putting it after a call to
8083 @code{exit}, because @acronym{GCC} version 2 knows that @code{exit}
8085 and optimizes out any code that follows it in the same block.
8087 If you include any header files, be sure to call the functions
8088 relevant to them with the correct number of arguments, even if they are
8089 just 0, to avoid compilation errors due to prototypes. @acronym{GCC}
8091 has internal prototypes for several functions that it automatically
8092 inlines; for example, @code{memcpy}. To avoid errors when checking for
8093 them, either pass them the correct number of arguments or redeclare them
8094 with a different return type (such as @code{char}).
8097 @node Generating Sources
8098 @subsection Generating Sources
8100 Autoconf provides a set of macros that can be used to generate test
8101 source files. They are written to be language generic, i.e., they
8102 actually depend on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}) to
8103 ``format'' the output properly.
8106 @defmac AC_LANG_CONFTEST (@var{source})
8107 @acindex{LANG_CONFTEST}
8108 Save the @var{source} text in the current test source file:
8109 @file{conftest.@var{extension}} where the @var{extension} depends on the
8112 Note that the @var{source} is evaluated exactly once, like regular
8113 Autoconf macro arguments, and therefore (i) you may pass a macro
8114 invocation, (ii) if not, be sure to double quote if needed.
8117 @defmac AC_LANG_SOURCE (@var{source})
8118 @acindex{LANG_SOURCE}
8119 Expands into the @var{source}, with the definition of
8120 all the @code{AC_DEFINE} performed so far.
8123 For instance executing (observe the double quotation!):
8126 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8127 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8128 [Greetings string.])
8131 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]])])
8132 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
8142 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
8143 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
8144 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
8145 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
8146 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
8147 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
8149 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
8152 When the test language is Fortran or Erlang, the @code{AC_DEFINE} definitions
8153 are not automatically translated into constants in the source code by this
8156 @defmac AC_LANG_PROGRAM (@var{prologue}, @var{body})
8157 @acindex{LANG_PROGRAM}
8158 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
8159 then @var{body} as body of the main function (e.g., @code{main} in
8160 C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_SOURCE}, the features of the latter are
8167 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8168 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8169 [Greetings string.])
8171 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
8172 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])])
8173 gcc -E -dD -o - conftest.c
8183 #define PACKAGE_NAME "Hello"
8184 #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "hello"
8185 #define PACKAGE_VERSION "1.0"
8186 #define PACKAGE_STRING "Hello 1.0"
8187 #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "bug-hello@@example.org"
8188 #define HELLO_WORLD "Hello, World\n"
8190 const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";
8200 In Erlang tests, the created source file is that of an Erlang module called
8201 @code{conftest} (@file{conftest.erl}). This module defines and exports
8203 one @code{start/0} function, which is called to perform the test. The
8204 @var{prologue} is optional code that is inserted between the module header and
8205 the @code{start/0} function definition. @var{body} is the body of the
8206 @code{start/0} function without the final period (@pxref{Runtime}, about
8207 constraints on this function's behavior).
8212 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8215 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[-define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").]],
8216 [[io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])]])])
8226 -define(HELLO_WORLD, "Hello, world!").
8228 io:format("~s~n", [?HELLO_WORLD])
8232 @defmac AC_LANG_CALL (@var{prologue}, @var{function})
8234 Expands into a source file which consists of the @var{prologue}, and
8235 then a call to the @var{function} as body of the main function (e.g.,
8236 @code{main} in C). Since it uses @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the feature
8237 of the latter are available.
8239 This function will probably be replaced in the future by a version
8240 which would enable specifying the arguments. The use of this macro is
8241 not encouraged, as it violates strongly the typing system.
8243 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8246 @defmac AC_LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY (@var{function})
8247 @acindex{LANG_FUNC_LINK_TRY}
8248 Expands into a source file which uses the @var{function} in the body of
8249 the main function (e.g., @code{main} in C). Since it uses
8250 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, the features of the latter are available.
8252 As @code{AC_LANG_CALL}, this macro is documented only for completeness.
8253 It is considered to be severely broken, and in the future will be
8254 removed in favor of actual function calls (with properly typed
8257 This macro cannot be used for Erlang tests.
8260 @node Running the Preprocessor
8261 @section Running the Preprocessor
8263 Sometimes one might need to run the preprocessor on some source file.
8264 @emph{Usually it is a bad idea}, as you typically need to @emph{compile}
8265 your project, not merely run the preprocessor on it; therefore you
8266 certainly want to run the compiler, not the preprocessor. Resist the
8267 temptation of following the easiest path.
8269 Nevertheless, if you need to run the preprocessor, then use
8270 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}.
8272 The macros described in this section cannot be used for tests in Erlang or
8273 Fortran, since those languages require no preprocessor.
8275 @anchor{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}
8276 @defmac AC_PREPROC_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8277 @ovar{action-if-false})
8278 @acindex{PREPROC_IFELSE}
8279 Run the preprocessor of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice})
8280 on the @var{input}, run the shell commands @var{action-if-true} on
8281 success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The @var{input} can be made
8282 by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8284 This macro uses @code{CPPFLAGS}, but not @code{CFLAGS}, because
8285 @option{-g}, @option{-O}, etc.@: are not valid options to many C
8288 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8289 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8295 AC_INIT([Hello], [1.0], [bug-hello@@example.org])
8296 AC_DEFINE([HELLO_WORLD], ["Hello, World\n"],
8297 [Greetings string.])
8299 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[const char hw[] = "Hello, World\n";]],
8300 [[fputs (hw, stdout);]])],
8301 [AC_MSG_RESULT([OK])],
8302 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([unexpected preprocessor failure])])
8309 checking for gcc... gcc
8310 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
8311 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
8312 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
8313 checking for suffix of executables...
8314 checking for suffix of object files... o
8315 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
8316 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
8317 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
8318 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
8324 The macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}) used to play the
8325 role of @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but double quotes its argument, making
8326 it impossible to use it to elaborate sources. You are encouraged to
8327 get rid of your old use of the macro @code{AC_TRY_CPP} in favor of
8328 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}, but, in the first place, are you sure you need
8329 to run the @emph{preprocessor} and not the compiler?
8331 @anchor{AC_EGREP_HEADER}
8332 @defmac AC_EGREP_HEADER (@var{pattern}, @var{header-file}, @
8333 @var{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8334 @acindex{EGREP_HEADER}
8335 If the output of running the preprocessor on the system header file
8336 @var{header-file} matches the extended regular expression
8337 @var{pattern}, execute shell commands @var{action-if-found}, otherwise
8338 execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8341 @anchor{AC_EGREP_CPP}
8342 @defmac AC_EGREP_CPP (@var{pattern}, @var{program}, @
8343 @ovar{action-if-found}, @ovar{action-if-not-found})
8345 @var{program} is the text of a C or C++ program, on which shell
8346 variable, back quote, and backslash substitutions are performed. If the
8347 output of running the preprocessor on @var{program} matches the
8348 extended regular expression @var{pattern}, execute shell commands
8349 @var{action-if-found}, otherwise execute @var{action-if-not-found}.
8354 @node Running the Compiler
8355 @section Running the Compiler
8357 To check for a syntax feature of the current language's (@pxref{Language
8358 Choice}) compiler, such as whether it recognizes a certain keyword, or
8359 simply to try some library feature, use @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} to try
8360 to compile a small program that uses that feature.
8362 @defmac AC_COMPILE_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8363 @ovar{action-if-false})
8364 @acindex{COMPILE_IFELSE}
8365 Run the compiler and compilation flags of the current language
8366 (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell commands
8367 @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false} otherwise. The
8368 @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8370 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8371 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to link; use
8372 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Running the
8377 For tests in Erlang, the @var{input} must be the source code of a module named
8378 @code{conftest}. @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} generates a @file{conftest.beam}
8379 file that can be interpreted by the Erlang virtual machine (@code{ERL}). It is
8380 recommended to use @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} to specify the test program,
8381 to ensure that the Erlang module has the right name.
8383 @node Running the Linker
8384 @section Running the Linker
8386 To check for a library, a function, or a global variable, Autoconf
8387 @command{configure} scripts try to compile and link a small program that
8388 uses it. This is unlike Metaconfig, which by default uses @code{nm} or
8389 @code{ar} on the C library to try to figure out which functions are
8390 available. Trying to link with the function is usually a more reliable
8391 approach because it avoids dealing with the variations in the options
8392 and output formats of @code{nm} and @code{ar} and in the location of the
8393 standard libraries. It also allows configuring for cross-compilation or
8394 checking a function's runtime behavior if needed. On the other hand,
8395 it can be slower than scanning the libraries once, but accuracy is more
8396 important than speed.
8398 @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} is used to compile test programs to test for
8399 functions and global variables. It is also used by @code{AC_CHECK_LIB}
8400 to check for libraries (@pxref{Libraries}), by adding the library being
8401 checked for to @code{LIBS} temporarily and trying to link a small
8404 @anchor{AC_LINK_IFELSE}
8405 @defmac AC_LINK_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8406 @ovar{action-if-false})
8407 @acindex{LINK_IFELSE}
8408 Run the compiler (and compilation flags) and the linker of the current
8409 language (@pxref{Language Choice}) on the @var{input}, run the shell
8410 commands @var{action-if-true} on success, @var{action-if-false}
8411 otherwise. The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and
8414 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8415 current compilation flags.
8417 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8418 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}. This macro does not try to execute the program;
8419 use @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} if you need to do that (@pxref{Runtime}).
8422 The @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} macro cannot be used for Erlang tests, since Erlang
8423 programs are interpreted and do not require linking.
8428 @section Checking Runtime Behavior
8430 Sometimes you need to find out how a system performs at runtime, such
8431 as whether a given function has a certain capability or bug. If you
8432 can, make such checks when your program runs instead of when it is
8433 configured. You can check for things like the machine's endianness when
8434 your program initializes itself.
8436 If you really need to test for a runtime behavior while configuring,
8437 you can write a test program to determine the result, and compile and
8438 run it using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. Avoid running test programs if
8439 possible, because this prevents people from configuring your package for
8442 @anchor{AC_RUN_IFELSE}
8443 @defmac AC_RUN_IFELSE (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
8444 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
8445 @acindex{RUN_IFELSE}
8446 If @var{program} compiles and links successfully and returns an exit
8447 status of 0 when executed, run shell commands @var{action-if-true}.
8448 Otherwise, run shell commands @var{action-if-false}.
8450 The @var{input} can be made by @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} and friends.
8451 @code{LDFLAGS} and @code{LIBS} are used for linking, in addition to the
8452 compilation flags of the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}).
8454 If the compiler being used does not produce executables that run on the
8455 system where @command{configure} is being run, then the test program is
8456 not run. If the optional shell commands @var{action-if-cross-compiling}
8457 are given, they are run instead. Otherwise, @command{configure} prints
8458 an error message and exits.
8460 In the @var{action-if-false} section, the failing exit status is
8461 available in the shell variable @samp{$?}. This exit status might be
8462 that of a failed compilation, or it might be that of a failed program
8465 It is customary to report unexpected failures with
8466 @code{AC_MSG_FAILURE}.
8469 Try to provide a pessimistic default value to use when cross-compiling
8470 makes runtime tests impossible. You do this by passing the optional
8471 last argument to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE}. @command{autoconf} prints a
8472 warning message when creating @command{configure} each time it
8473 encounters a call to @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} with no
8474 @var{action-if-cross-compiling} argument given. You may ignore the
8475 warning, though users cannot configure your package for
8476 cross-compiling. A few of the macros distributed with Autoconf produce
8477 this warning message.
8479 To configure for cross-compiling you can also choose a value for those
8480 parameters based on the canonical system name (@pxref{Manual
8481 Configuration}). Alternatively, set up a test results cache file with
8482 the correct values for the host system (@pxref{Caching Results}).
8484 @ovindex cross_compiling
8485 To provide a default for calls of @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} that are embedded
8486 in other macros, including a few of the ones that come with Autoconf,
8487 you can test whether the shell variable @code{cross_compiling} is set to
8488 @samp{yes}, and then use an alternate method to get the results instead
8489 of calling the macros.
8491 It is also permissible to temporarily assign to @code{cross_compiling}
8492 in order to force tests to behave as though they are in a
8493 cross-compilation environment, particularly since this provides a way to
8494 test your @var{action-if-cross-compiling} even when you are not using a
8498 # We temporarily set cross-compile mode to force AC_COMPUTE_INT
8499 # to use the slow link-only method
8500 save_cross_compiling=$cross_compiling
8502 AC_COMPUTE_INT([@dots{}])
8503 cross_compiling=$save_cross_compiling
8506 A C or C++ runtime test should be portable.
8507 @xref{Portable C and C++}.
8509 Erlang tests must exit themselves the Erlang VM by calling the @code{halt/1}
8510 function: the given status code is used to determine the success of the test
8511 (status is @code{0}) or its failure (status is different than @code{0}), as
8512 explained above. It must be noted that data output through the standard output
8513 (e.g., using @code{io:format/2}) may be truncated when halting the VM.
8514 Therefore, if a test must output configuration information, it is recommended
8515 to create and to output data into the temporary file named @file{conftest.out},
8516 using the functions of module @code{file}. The @code{conftest.out} file is
8517 automatically deleted by the @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} macro. For instance, a
8518 simplified implementation of Autoconf's @code{AC_ERLANG_SUBST_LIB_DIR}
8522 AC_INIT([LibdirTest], [1.0], [bug-libdirtest@@example.org])
8526 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [dnl
8527 file:write_file("conftest.out", code:lib_dir()),
8529 [echo "code:lib_dir() returned: `cat conftest.out`"],
8530 [AC_MSG_FAILURE([test Erlang program execution failed])])
8535 @section Systemology
8538 This section aims at presenting some systems and pointers to
8539 documentation. It may help you addressing particular problems reported
8542 @uref{http://@/www.opengroup.org/@/susv3, Posix-conforming systems} are
8543 derived from the @uref{http://@/www.bell-labs.com/@/history/@/unix/, Unix
8546 The @uref{http://@/bhami.com/@/rosetta.html, Rosetta Stone for Unix}
8547 contains a table correlating the features of various Posix-conforming
8548 systems. @uref{http://@/www.levenez.com/@/unix/, Unix History} is a
8549 simplified diagram of how many Unix systems were derived from each
8552 @uref{http://@/heirloom.sourceforge.net/, The Heirloom Project}
8553 provides some variants of traditional implementations of Unix utilities.
8558 Darwin is also known as Mac OS X@. Beware that the file system @emph{can} be
8559 case-preserving, but case insensitive. This can cause nasty problems,
8560 since for instance the installation attempt for a package having an
8561 @file{INSTALL} file can result in @samp{make install} report that
8562 nothing was to be done!
8564 That's all dependent on whether the file system is a UFS (case
8565 sensitive) or HFS+ (case preserving). By default Apple wants you to
8566 install the OS on HFS+. Unfortunately, there are some pieces of
8567 software which really need to be built on UFS@. We may want to rebuild
8568 Darwin to have both UFS and HFS+ available (and put the /local/build
8571 @item @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8572 @cindex @acronym{QNX} 4.25
8573 @c FIXME: Please, if you feel like writing something more precise,
8574 @c it'd be great. In particular, I can't understand the difference with
8576 @acronym{QNX} is a realtime operating system running on Intel architecture
8577 meant to be scalable from the small embedded systems to the hundred
8578 processor super-computer. It claims to be Posix certified. More
8579 information is available on the
8580 @uref{http://@/www.qnx.com/, @acronym{QNX} home page}.
8584 @uref{http://@/h30097.www3.hp.com/@/docs/,
8585 Documentation of several versions of Tru64} is available in different
8588 @item Unix version 7
8589 @cindex Unix version 7
8591 Officially this was called the ``Seventh Edition'' of ``the @sc{unix}
8592 time-sharing system'' but we use the more-common name ``Unix version 7''.
8593 Documentation is available in the
8594 @uref{http://@/plan9.bell-labs.com/@/7thEdMan/, Unix Seventh Edition Manual}.
8595 Previous versions of Unix are called ``Unix version 6'', etc., but
8596 they were not as widely used.
8600 @node Multiple Cases
8601 @section Multiple Cases
8603 Some operations are accomplished in several possible ways, depending on
8604 the OS variant. Checking for them essentially requires a ``case
8605 statement''. Autoconf does not directly provide one; however, it is
8606 easy to simulate by using a shell variable to keep track of whether a
8607 way to perform the operation has been found yet.
8609 Here is an example that uses the shell variable @code{fstype} to keep
8610 track of whether the remaining cases need to be checked. Note that
8611 since the value of @code{fstype} is under our control, we don't have to
8612 use the longer @samp{test "x$fstype" = xno}.
8616 AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to get file system type])
8618 # The order of these tests is important.
8619 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statvfs.h>
8620 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8621 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_STATVFS], [1],
8622 [Define if statvfs exists.])
8624 if test $fstype = no; then
8625 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8626 #include <sys/fstyp.h>]])],
8627 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_USG_STATFS], [1],
8628 [Define if USG statfs.])
8631 if test $fstype = no; then
8632 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#include <sys/statfs.h>
8633 #include <sys/vmount.h>]])]),
8634 [AC_DEFINE([FSTYPE_AIX_STATFS], [1],
8635 [Define if AIX statfs.])
8638 # (more cases omitted here)
8639 AC_MSG_RESULT([$fstype])
8643 @c ====================================================== Results of Tests.
8646 @chapter Results of Tests
8648 Once @command{configure} has determined whether a feature exists, what can
8649 it do to record that information? There are four sorts of things it can
8650 do: define a C preprocessor symbol, set a variable in the output files,
8651 save the result in a cache file for future @command{configure} runs, and
8652 print a message letting the user know the result of the test.
8655 * Defining Symbols:: Defining C preprocessor symbols
8656 * Setting Output Variables:: Replacing variables in output files
8657 * Special Chars in Variables:: Characters to beware of in variables
8658 * Caching Results:: Speeding up subsequent @command{configure} runs
8659 * Printing Messages:: Notifying @command{configure} users
8662 @node Defining Symbols
8663 @section Defining C Preprocessor Symbols
8665 A common action to take in response to a feature test is to define a C
8666 preprocessor symbol indicating the results of the test. That is done by
8667 calling @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}.
8669 By default, @code{AC_OUTPUT} places the symbols defined by these macros
8670 into the output variable @code{DEFS}, which contains an option
8671 @option{-D@var{symbol}=@var{value}} for each symbol defined. Unlike in
8672 Autoconf version 1, there is no variable @code{DEFS} defined while
8673 @command{configure} is running. To check whether Autoconf macros have
8674 already defined a certain C preprocessor symbol, test the value of the
8675 appropriate cache variable, as in this example:
8678 AC_CHECK_FUNC([vprintf], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_VPRINTF], [1],
8679 [Define if vprintf exists.])])
8680 if test "x$ac_cv_func_vprintf" != xyes; then
8681 AC_CHECK_FUNC([_doprnt], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DOPRNT], [1],
8682 [Define if _doprnt exists.])])
8686 If @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} has been called, then instead of creating
8687 @code{DEFS}, @code{AC_OUTPUT} creates a header file by substituting the
8688 correct values into @code{#define} statements in a template file.
8689 @xref{Configuration Headers}, for more information about this kind of
8692 @defmac AC_DEFINE (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8693 @defmacx AC_DEFINE (@var{variable})
8694 @cvindex @var{variable}
8696 Define @var{variable} to @var{value} (verbatim), by defining a C
8697 preprocessor macro for @var{variable}. @var{variable} should be a C
8698 identifier, optionally suffixed by a parenthesized argument list to
8699 define a C preprocessor macro with arguments. The macro argument list,
8700 if present, should be a comma-separated list of C identifiers, possibly
8701 terminated by an ellipsis @samp{...} if C99 syntax is employed.
8702 @var{variable} should not contain comments, white space, trigraphs,
8703 backslash-newlines, universal character names, or non-@acronym{ASCII}
8706 @var{value} may contain backslash-escaped newlines, which will be
8707 preserved if you use @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS} but flattened if passed
8708 via @code{@@DEFS@@} (with no effect on the compilation, since the
8709 preprocessor sees only one line in the first place). @var{value} should
8710 not contain raw newlines. If you are not using
8711 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, @var{value} should not contain any @samp{#}
8712 characters, as @command{make} tends to eat them. To use a shell
8713 variable, use @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} instead.
8715 @var{description} is only useful if you are using
8716 @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}. In this case, @var{description} is put into
8717 the generated @file{config.h.in} as the comment before the macro define.
8718 The following example defines the C preprocessor variable
8719 @code{EQUATION} to be the string constant @samp{"$a > $b"}:
8722 AC_DEFINE([EQUATION], ["$a > $b"],
8726 If neither @var{value} nor @var{description} are given, then
8727 @var{value} defaults to 1 instead of to the empty string. This is for
8728 backwards compatibility with older versions of Autoconf, but this usage
8729 is obsolescent and may be withdrawn in future versions of Autoconf.
8731 If the @var{variable} is a literal string, it is passed to
8732 @code{m4_pattern_allow} (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8734 If multiple @code{AC_DEFINE} statements are executed for the same
8735 @var{variable} name (not counting any parenthesized argument list),
8739 @defmac AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable}, @var{value}, @ovar{description})
8740 @defmacx AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED (@var{variable})
8741 @acindex{DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8742 @cvindex @var{variable}
8743 Like @code{AC_DEFINE}, but three shell expansions are
8744 performed---once---on @var{variable} and @var{value}: variable expansion
8745 (@samp{$}), command substitution (@samp{`}), and backslash escaping
8746 (@samp{\}). Single and double quote characters in the value have no
8747 special meaning. Use this macro instead of @code{AC_DEFINE} when
8748 @var{variable} or @var{value} is a shell variable. Examples:
8751 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([config_machfile], ["$machfile"],
8752 [Configuration machine file.])
8753 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([GETGROUPS_T], [$ac_cv_type_getgroups],
8754 [getgroups return type.])
8755 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([$ac_tr_hdr], [1],
8756 [Translated header name.])
8760 Due to a syntactical bizarreness of the Bourne shell, do not use
8761 semicolons to separate @code{AC_DEFINE} or @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED}
8762 calls from other macro calls or shell code; that can cause syntax errors
8763 in the resulting @command{configure} script. Use either blanks or
8764 newlines. That is, do this:
8767 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8768 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]) LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8775 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8776 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4])
8777 LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8784 AC_CHECK_HEADER([elf.h],
8785 [AC_DEFINE([SVR4], [1], [System V Release 4]); LIBS="-lelf $LIBS"])
8788 @node Setting Output Variables
8789 @section Setting Output Variables
8790 @cindex Output variables
8792 Another way to record the results of tests is to set @dfn{output
8793 variables}, which are shell variables whose values are substituted into
8794 files that @command{configure} outputs. The two macros below create new
8795 output variables. @xref{Preset Output Variables}, for a list of output
8796 variables that are always available.
8798 @defmac AC_SUBST (@var{variable}, @ovar{value})
8800 Create an output variable from a shell variable. Make @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8801 substitute the variable @var{variable} into output files (typically one
8802 or more makefiles). This means that @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8803 replaces instances of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in input files with the
8804 value that the shell variable @var{variable} has when @code{AC_OUTPUT}
8805 is called. The value can contain any non-@code{NUL} character, including
8806 newline. If you are using Automake 1.11 or newer, for newlines in values
8807 you might want to consider using @code{AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE} to prevent
8808 @command{automake} from adding a line @code{@var{variable} =
8809 @@@var{variable}@@} to the @file{Makefile.in} files (@pxref{Optional, ,
8810 Automake, automake, Other things Automake recognizes}).
8812 Variable occurrences should not overlap: e.g., an input file should
8813 not contain @samp{@@@var{var1}@@@var{var2}@@} if @var{var1} and @var{var2}
8815 The substituted value is not rescanned for more output variables;
8816 occurrences of @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in the value are inserted
8817 literally into the output file. (The algorithm uses the special marker
8818 @code{|#_!!_#|} internally, so neither the substituted value nor the
8819 output file may contain @code{|#_!!_#|}.)
8821 If @var{value} is given, in addition assign it to @var{variable}.
8823 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8824 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8827 @defmac AC_SUBST_FILE (@var{variable})
8828 @acindex{SUBST_FILE}
8829 Another way to create an output variable from a shell variable. Make
8830 @code{AC_OUTPUT} insert (without substitutions) the contents of the file
8831 named by shell variable @var{variable} into output files. This means
8832 that @code{AC_OUTPUT} replaces instances of
8833 @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} in output files (such as @file{Makefile.in})
8834 with the contents of the file that the shell variable @var{variable}
8835 names when @code{AC_OUTPUT} is called. Set the variable to
8836 @file{/dev/null} for cases that do not have a file to insert.
8837 This substitution occurs only when the @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} is on a
8838 line by itself, optionally surrounded by spaces and tabs. The
8839 substitution replaces the whole line, including the spaces, tabs, and
8840 the terminating newline.
8842 This macro is useful for inserting makefile fragments containing
8843 special dependencies or other @command{make} directives for particular host
8844 or target types into makefiles. For example, @file{configure.ac}
8848 AC_SUBST_FILE([host_frag])
8849 host_frag=$srcdir/conf/sun4.mh
8853 and then a @file{Makefile.in} could contain:
8859 The string @var{variable} is passed to @code{m4_pattern_allow}
8860 (@pxref{Forbidden Patterns}).
8863 @cindex Precious Variable
8864 @cindex Variable, Precious
8865 Running @command{configure} in varying environments can be extremely
8866 dangerous. If for instance the user runs @samp{CC=bizarre-cc
8867 ./configure}, then the cache, @file{config.h}, and many other output
8868 files depend upon @command{bizarre-cc} being the C compiler. If
8869 for some reason the user runs @command{./configure} again, or if it is
8870 run via @samp{./config.status --recheck}, (@xref{Automatic Remaking},
8871 and @pxref{config.status Invocation}), then the configuration can be
8872 inconsistent, composed of results depending upon two different
8875 Environment variables that affect this situation, such as @samp{CC}
8876 above, are called @dfn{precious variables}, and can be declared as such
8877 by @code{AC_ARG_VAR}.
8879 @defmac AC_ARG_VAR (@var{variable}, @var{description})
8881 Declare @var{variable} is a precious variable, and include its
8882 @var{description} in the variable section of @samp{./configure --help}.
8884 Being precious means that
8887 @var{variable} is substituted via @code{AC_SUBST}.
8890 The value of @var{variable} when @command{configure} was launched is
8891 saved in the cache, including if it was not specified on the command
8892 line but via the environment. Indeed, while @command{configure} can
8893 notice the definition of @code{CC} in @samp{./configure CC=bizarre-cc},
8894 it is impossible to notice it in @samp{CC=bizarre-cc ./configure},
8895 which, unfortunately, is what most users do.
8897 We emphasize that it is the @emph{initial} value of @var{variable} which
8898 is saved, not that found during the execution of @command{configure}.
8899 Indeed, specifying @samp{./configure FOO=foo} and letting
8900 @samp{./configure} guess that @code{FOO} is @code{foo} can be two
8904 @var{variable} is checked for consistency between two
8905 @command{configure} runs. For instance:
8908 $ @kbd{./configure --silent --config-cache}
8909 $ @kbd{CC=cc ./configure --silent --config-cache}
8910 configure: error: `CC' was not set in the previous run
8911 configure: error: changes in the environment can compromise \
8913 configure: error: run `make distclean' and/or \
8914 `rm config.cache' and start over
8918 and similarly if the variable is unset, or if its content is changed.
8919 If the content has white space changes only, then the error is degraded
8920 to a warning only, but the old value is reused.
8923 @var{variable} is kept during automatic reconfiguration
8924 (@pxref{config.status Invocation}) as if it had been passed as a command
8925 line argument, including when no cache is used:
8928 $ @kbd{CC=/usr/bin/cc ./configure var=raboof --silent}
8929 $ @kbd{./config.status --recheck}
8930 running CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/sh /bin/sh ./configure var=raboof \
8931 CC=/usr/bin/cc --no-create --no-recursion
8936 @node Special Chars in Variables
8937 @section Special Characters in Output Variables
8938 @cindex Output variables, special characters in
8940 Many output variables are intended to be evaluated both by
8941 @command{make} and by the shell. Some characters are expanded
8942 differently in these two contexts, so to avoid confusion these
8943 variables' values should not contain any of the following characters:
8946 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < > ? [ \ ^ ` |
8949 Also, these variables' values should neither contain newlines, nor start
8950 with @samp{~}, nor contain white space or @samp{:} immediately followed
8951 by @samp{~}. The values can contain nonempty sequences of white space
8952 characters like tabs and spaces, but each such sequence might
8953 arbitrarily be replaced by a single space during substitution.
8955 These restrictions apply both to the values that @command{configure}
8956 computes, and to the values set directly by the user. For example, the
8957 following invocations of @command{configure} are problematic, since they
8958 attempt to use special characters within @code{CPPFLAGS} and white space
8959 within @code{$(srcdir)}:
8962 CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"' '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure'
8964 '../My Source/ouch-1.0/configure' CPPFLAGS='-DOUCH="&\"#$*?"'
8967 @node Caching Results
8968 @section Caching Results
8971 To avoid checking for the same features repeatedly in various
8972 @command{configure} scripts (or in repeated runs of one script),
8973 @command{configure} can optionally save the results of many checks in a
8974 @dfn{cache file} (@pxref{Cache Files}). If a @command{configure} script
8975 runs with caching enabled and finds a cache file, it reads the results
8976 of previous runs from the cache and avoids rerunning those checks. As a
8977 result, @command{configure} can then run much faster than if it had to
8978 perform all of the checks every time.
8980 @defmac AC_CACHE_VAL (@var{cache-id}, @var{commands-to-set-it})
8982 Ensure that the results of the check identified by @var{cache-id} are
8983 available. If the results of the check were in the cache file that was
8984 read, and @command{configure} was not given the @option{--quiet} or
8985 @option{--silent} option, print a message saying that the result was
8986 cached; otherwise, run the shell commands @var{commands-to-set-it}. If
8987 the shell commands are run to determine the value, the value is
8988 saved in the cache file just before @command{configure} creates its output
8989 files. @xref{Cache Variable Names}, for how to choose the name of the
8990 @var{cache-id} variable.
8992 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
8993 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
8996 @defmac AC_CACHE_CHECK (@var{message}, @var{cache-id}, @
8997 @var{commands-to-set-it})
8998 @acindex{CACHE_CHECK}
8999 A wrapper for @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} that takes care of printing the
9000 messages. This macro provides a convenient shorthand for the most
9001 common way to use these macros. It calls @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} for
9002 @var{message}, then @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} with the @var{cache-id} and
9003 @var{commands} arguments, and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} with @var{cache-id}.
9005 The @var{commands-to-set-it} @emph{must have no side effects} except for
9006 setting the variable @var{cache-id}, see below.
9009 It is common to find buggy macros using @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} or
9010 @code{AC_CACHE_CHECK}, because people are tempted to call
9011 @code{AC_DEFINE} in the @var{commands-to-set-it}. Instead, the code that
9012 @emph{follows} the call to @code{AC_CACHE_VAL} should call
9013 @code{AC_DEFINE}, by examining the value of the cache variable. For
9014 instance, the following macro is broken:
9018 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
9019 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
9020 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
9021 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes
9022 if test "x$my_cv_shell_true_works" = xyes; then
9023 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
9024 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
9031 This fails if the cache is enabled: the second time this macro is run,
9032 @code{TRUE_WORKS} @emph{will not be defined}. The proper implementation
9037 AC_DEFUN([AC_SHELL_TRUE],
9038 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether true(1) works], [my_cv_shell_true_works],
9039 [my_cv_shell_true_works=no
9040 (true) 2>/dev/null && my_cv_shell_true_works=yes])
9041 if test "x$my_cv_shell_true_works" = xyes; then
9042 AC_DEFINE([TRUE_WORKS], [1],
9043 [Define if `true(1)' works properly.])
9049 Also, @var{commands-to-set-it} should not print any messages, for
9050 example with @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}; do that before calling
9051 @code{AC_CACHE_VAL}, so the messages are printed regardless of whether
9052 the results of the check are retrieved from the cache or determined by
9053 running the shell commands.
9056 * Cache Variable Names:: Shell variables used in caches
9057 * Cache Files:: Files @command{configure} uses for caching
9058 * Cache Checkpointing:: Loading and saving the cache file
9061 @node Cache Variable Names
9062 @subsection Cache Variable Names
9063 @cindex Cache variable
9065 The names of cache variables should have the following format:
9068 @var{package-prefix}_cv_@var{value-type}_@var{specific-value}_@ovar{additional-options}
9072 for example, @samp{ac_cv_header_stat_broken} or
9073 @samp{ac_cv_prog_gcc_traditional}. The parts of the variable name are:
9076 @item @var{package-prefix}
9077 An abbreviation for your package or organization; the same prefix you
9078 begin local Autoconf macros with, except lowercase by convention.
9079 For cache values used by the distributed Autoconf macros, this value is
9083 Indicates that this shell variable is a cache value. This string
9084 @emph{must} be present in the variable name, including the leading
9087 @item @var{value-type}
9088 A convention for classifying cache values, to produce a rational naming
9089 system. The values used in Autoconf are listed in @ref{Macro Names}.
9091 @item @var{specific-value}
9092 Which member of the class of cache values this test applies to.
9093 For example, which function (@samp{alloca}), program (@samp{gcc}), or
9094 output variable (@samp{INSTALL}).
9096 @item @var{additional-options}
9097 Any particular behavior of the specific member that this test applies to.
9098 For example, @samp{broken} or @samp{set}. This part of the name may
9099 be omitted if it does not apply.
9102 The values assigned to cache variables may not contain newlines.
9103 Usually, their values are Boolean (@samp{yes} or @samp{no}) or the
9104 names of files or functions; so this is not an important restriction.
9107 @subsection Cache Files
9109 A cache file is a shell script that caches the results of configure
9110 tests run on one system so they can be shared between configure scripts
9111 and configure runs. It is not useful on other systems. If its contents
9112 are invalid for some reason, the user may delete or edit it.
9114 By default, @command{configure} uses no cache file,
9115 to avoid problems caused by accidental
9116 use of stale cache files.
9118 To enable caching, @command{configure} accepts @option{--config-cache} (or
9119 @option{-C}) to cache results in the file @file{config.cache}.
9120 Alternatively, @option{--cache-file=@var{file}} specifies that
9121 @var{file} be the cache file. The cache file is created if it does not
9122 exist already. When @command{configure} calls @command{configure} scripts in
9123 subdirectories, it uses the @option{--cache-file} argument so that they
9124 share the same cache. @xref{Subdirectories}, for information on
9125 configuring subdirectories with the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro.
9127 @file{config.status} only pays attention to the cache file if it is
9128 given the @option{--recheck} option, which makes it rerun
9129 @command{configure}.
9131 It is wrong to try to distribute cache files for particular system types.
9132 There is too much room for error in doing that, and too much
9133 administrative overhead in maintaining them. For any features that
9134 can't be guessed automatically, use the standard method of the canonical
9135 system type and linking files (@pxref{Manual Configuration}).
9137 The site initialization script can specify a site-wide cache file to
9138 use, instead of the usual per-program cache. In this case, the cache
9139 file gradually accumulates information whenever someone runs a new
9140 @command{configure} script. (Running @command{configure} merges the new cache
9141 results with the existing cache file.) This may cause problems,
9142 however, if the system configuration (e.g., the installed libraries or
9143 compilers) changes and the stale cache file is not deleted.
9145 @node Cache Checkpointing
9146 @subsection Cache Checkpointing
9148 If your configure script, or a macro called from @file{configure.ac}, happens
9149 to abort the configure process, it may be useful to checkpoint the cache
9150 a few times at key points using @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE}. Doing so
9151 reduces the amount of time it takes to rerun the configure script with
9152 (hopefully) the error that caused the previous abort corrected.
9154 @c FIXME: Do we really want to document this guy?
9155 @defmac AC_CACHE_LOAD
9156 @acindex{CACHE_LOAD}
9157 Loads values from existing cache file, or creates a new cache file if a
9158 cache file is not found. Called automatically from @code{AC_INIT}.
9161 @defmac AC_CACHE_SAVE
9162 @acindex{CACHE_SAVE}
9163 Flushes all cached values to the cache file. Called automatically from
9164 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, but it can be quite useful to call
9165 @code{AC_CACHE_SAVE} at key points in @file{configure.ac}.
9171 @r{ @dots{} AC_INIT, etc. @dots{}}
9173 # Checks for programs.
9176 @r{ @dots{} more program checks @dots{}}
9181 # Checks for libraries.
9182 AC_CHECK_LIB([nsl], [gethostbyname])
9183 AC_CHECK_LIB([socket], [connect])
9184 @r{ @dots{} more lib checks @dots{}}
9189 # Might abort@dots{}
9190 AM_PATH_GTK([1.0.2], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
9191 AM_PATH_GTKMM([0.9.5], [], [AC_MSG_ERROR([GTK not in path])])
9193 @r{ @dots{} AC_OUTPUT, etc. @dots{}}
9196 @node Printing Messages
9197 @section Printing Messages
9198 @cindex Messages, from @command{configure}
9200 @command{configure} scripts need to give users running them several kinds
9201 of information. The following macros print messages in ways appropriate
9202 for each kind. The arguments to all of them get enclosed in shell
9203 double quotes, so the shell performs variable and back-quote
9204 substitution on them.
9206 These macros are all wrappers around the @command{echo} shell command.
9207 They direct output to the appropriate file descriptor (@pxref{File
9208 Descriptor Macros}).
9209 @command{configure} scripts should rarely need to run @command{echo} directly
9210 to print messages for the user. Using these macros makes it easy to
9211 change how and when each kind of message is printed; such changes need
9212 only be made to the macro definitions and all the callers change
9215 To diagnose static issues, i.e., when @command{autoconf} is run, see
9216 @ref{Diagnostic Macros}.
9218 @defmac AC_MSG_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
9219 @acindex{MSG_CHECKING}
9220 Notify the user that @command{configure} is checking for a particular
9221 feature. This macro prints a message that starts with @samp{checking }
9222 and ends with @samp{...} and no newline. It must be followed by a call
9223 to @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} to print the result of the check and the
9224 newline. The @var{feature-description} should be something like
9225 @samp{whether the Fortran compiler accepts C++ comments} or @samp{for
9228 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9229 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9232 @anchor{AC_MSG_RESULT}
9233 @defmac AC_MSG_RESULT (@var{result-description})
9234 @acindex{MSG_RESULT}
9235 Notify the user of the results of a check. @var{result-description} is
9236 almost always the value of the cache variable for the check, typically
9237 @samp{yes}, @samp{no}, or a file name. This macro should follow a call
9238 to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}, and the @var{result-description} should be
9239 the completion of the message printed by the call to
9240 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING}.
9242 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9243 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9246 @anchor{AC_MSG_NOTICE}
9247 @defmac AC_MSG_NOTICE (@var{message})
9248 @acindex{MSG_NOTICE}
9249 Deliver the @var{message} to the user. It is useful mainly to print a
9250 general description of the overall purpose of a group of feature checks,
9254 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking if stack overflow is detectable])
9257 This macro prints nothing if @command{configure} is run with the
9258 @option{--quiet} or @option{--silent} option.
9261 @anchor{AC_MSG_ERROR}
9262 @defmac AC_MSG_ERROR (@var{error-description}, @dvar{exit-status, $?/1})
9264 Notify the user of an error that prevents @command{configure} from
9265 completing. This macro prints an error message to the standard error
9266 output and exits @command{configure} with @var{exit-status} (@samp{$?}
9267 by default, except that @samp{0} is converted to @samp{1}).
9268 @var{error-description} should be something like @samp{invalid value
9271 The @var{error-description} should start with a lower-case letter, and
9272 ``cannot'' is preferred to ``can't''.
9275 @defmac AC_MSG_FAILURE (@var{error-description}, @ovar{exit-status})
9276 @acindex{MSG_FAILURE}
9277 This @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} wrapper notifies the user of an error that
9278 prevents @command{configure} from completing @emph{and} that additional
9279 details are provided in @file{config.log}. This is typically used when
9280 abnormal results are found during a compilation.
9283 @anchor{AC_MSG_WARN}
9284 @defmac AC_MSG_WARN (@var{problem-description})
9286 Notify the @command{configure} user of a possible problem. This macro
9287 prints the message to the standard error output; @command{configure}
9288 continues running afterward, so macros that call @code{AC_MSG_WARN} should
9289 provide a default (back-up) behavior for the situations they warn about.
9290 @var{problem-description} should be something like @samp{ln -s seems to
9296 @c ====================================================== Programming in M4.
9298 @node Programming in M4
9299 @chapter Programming in M4
9302 Autoconf is written on top of two layers: @dfn{M4sugar}, which provides
9303 convenient macros for pure M4 programming, and @dfn{M4sh}, which
9304 provides macros dedicated to shell script generation.
9306 As of this version of Autoconf, these two layers still contain
9307 experimental macros, whose interface might change in the future. As a
9308 matter of fact, @emph{anything that is not documented must not be used}.
9311 * M4 Quotation:: Protecting macros from unwanted expansion
9312 * Using autom4te:: The Autoconf executables backbone
9313 * Programming in M4sugar:: Convenient pure M4 macros
9317 @section M4 Quotation
9318 @cindex M4 quotation
9321 The most common problem with existing macros is an improper quotation.
9322 This section, which users of Autoconf can skip, but which macro writers
9323 @emph{must} read, first justifies the quotation scheme that was chosen
9324 for Autoconf and then ends with a rule of thumb. Understanding the
9325 former helps one to follow the latter.
9328 * Active Characters:: Characters that change the behavior of M4
9329 * One Macro Call:: Quotation and one macro call
9330 * Quoting and Parameters:: M4 vs. shell parameters
9331 * Quotation and Nested Macros:: Macros calling macros
9332 * Changequote is Evil:: Worse than INTERCAL: M4 + changequote
9333 * Quadrigraphs:: Another way to escape special characters
9334 * Balancing Parentheses:: Dealing with unbalanced parentheses
9335 * Quotation Rule Of Thumb:: One parenthesis, one quote
9338 @node Active Characters
9339 @subsection Active Characters
9341 To fully understand where proper quotation is important, you first need
9342 to know what the special characters are in Autoconf: @samp{#} introduces
9343 a comment inside which no macro expansion is performed, @samp{,}
9344 separates arguments, @samp{[} and @samp{]} are the quotes themselves,
9345 @samp{(} and @samp{)} (which M4 tries to match by pairs), and finally
9346 @samp{$} inside a macro definition.
9348 In order to understand the delicate case of macro calls, we first have
9349 to present some obvious failures. Below they are ``obvious-ified'',
9350 but when you find them in real life, they are usually in disguise.
9352 Comments, introduced by a hash and running up to the newline, are opaque
9353 tokens to the top level: active characters are turned off, and there is
9357 # define([def], ine)
9358 @result{}# define([def], ine)
9361 Each time there can be a macro expansion, there is a quotation
9362 expansion, i.e., one level of quotes is stripped:
9368 @result{}int tab[10];
9371 Without this in mind, the reader might try hopelessly to use her macro
9375 define([array], [int tab[10];])
9383 How can you correctly output the intended results@footnote{Using
9387 @node One Macro Call
9388 @subsection One Macro Call
9390 Let's proceed on the interaction between active characters and macros
9391 with this small macro, which just returns its first argument:
9398 The two pairs of quotes above are not part of the arguments of
9399 @code{define}; rather, they are understood by the top level when it
9400 tries to find the arguments of @code{define}. Therefore, assuming
9401 @code{car} is not already defined, it is equivalent to write:
9408 But, while it is acceptable for a @file{configure.ac} to avoid unnecessary
9409 quotes, it is bad practice for Autoconf macros which must both be more
9410 robust and also advocate perfect style.
9412 At the top level, there are only two possibilities: either you
9418 [car(foo, bar, baz)]
9419 @result{}car(foo, bar, baz)
9422 Let's pay attention to the special characters:
9426 @error{}EOF in argument list
9429 The closing parenthesis is hidden in the comment; with a hypothetical
9430 quoting, the top level understood it this way:
9437 Proper quotation, of course, fixes the problem:
9444 Here are more examples:
9467 @node Quoting and Parameters
9468 @subsection Quoting and Parameters
9470 When M4 encounters @samp{$} within a macro definition, followed
9471 immediately by a character it recognizes (@samp{0}@dots{}@samp{9},
9472 @samp{#}, @samp{@@}, or @samp{*}), it will perform M4 parameter
9473 expansion. This happens regardless of how many layers of quotes the
9474 parameter expansion is nested within, or even if it occurs in text that
9475 will be rescanned as a comment.
9478 define([none], [$1])
9480 define([one], [[$1]])
9482 define([two], [[[$1]]])
9484 define([comment], [# $1])
9486 define([active], [ACTIVE])
9498 On the other hand, since autoconf generates shell code, you often want
9499 to output shell variable expansion, rather than performing M4 parameter
9500 expansion. To do this, you must use M4 quoting to separate the @samp{$}
9501 from the next character in the definition of your macro. If the macro
9502 definition occurs in single-quoted text, then insert another level of
9503 quoting; if the usage is already inside a double-quoted string, then
9504 split it into concatenated strings.
9507 define([single], [a single-quoted $[]1 definition])
9509 define([double], [[a double-quoted $][1 definition]])
9512 @result{}a single-quoted $1 definition
9514 @result{}a double-quoted $1 definition
9517 Posix states that M4 implementations are free to provide implementation
9518 extensions when @samp{$@{} is encountered in a macro definition.
9519 Autoconf reserves the longer sequence @samp{$@{@{} for use with planned
9520 extensions that will be available in the future @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0,
9521 but guarantees that all other instances of @samp{$@{} will be output
9522 literally. Therefore, this idiom can also be used to output shell code
9523 parameter references:
9526 define([first], [$@{1@}])first
9530 Posix also states that @samp{$11} should expand to the first parameter
9531 concatenated with a literal @samp{1}, although some versions of
9532 @acronym{GNU} M4 expand the eleventh parameter instead. For
9533 portability, you should only use single-digit M4 parameter expansion.
9535 With this in mind, we can explore the cases where macros invoke
9538 @node Quotation and Nested Macros
9539 @subsection Quotation and Nested Macros
9541 The examples below use the following macros:
9545 define([active], [ACT, IVE])
9546 define([array], [int tab[10]])
9549 Each additional embedded macro call introduces other possible
9550 interesting quotations:
9561 In the first case, the top level looks for the arguments of @code{car},
9562 and finds @samp{active}. Because M4 evaluates its arguments
9563 before applying the macro, @samp{active} is expanded, which results in:
9571 In the second case, the top level gives @samp{active} as first and only
9572 argument of @code{car}, which results in:
9580 i.e., the argument is evaluated @emph{after} the macro that invokes it.
9581 In the third case, @code{car} receives @samp{[active]}, which results in:
9589 exactly as we already saw above.
9591 The example above, applied to a more realistic example, gives:
9598 car([[int tab[10];]])
9599 @result{}int tab[10];
9603 Huh? The first case is easily understood, but why is the second wrong,
9604 and the third right? To understand that, you must know that after
9605 M4 expands a macro, the resulting text is immediately subjected
9606 to macro expansion and quote removal. This means that the quote removal
9607 occurs twice---first before the argument is passed to the @code{car}
9608 macro, and second after the @code{car} macro expands to the first
9611 As the author of the Autoconf macro @code{car}, you then consider it to
9612 be incorrect that your users have to double-quote the arguments of
9613 @code{car}, so you ``fix'' your macro. Let's call it @code{qar} for
9617 define([qar], [[$1]])
9621 and check that @code{qar} is properly fixed:
9625 @result{}int tab[10];
9629 Ahhh! That's much better.
9631 But note what you've done: now that the result of @code{qar} is always
9632 a literal string, the only time a user can use nested macros is if she
9633 relies on an @emph{unquoted} macro call:
9643 leaving no way for her to reproduce what she used to do with @code{car}:
9651 Worse yet: she wants to use a macro that produces a set of @code{cpp}
9655 define([my_includes], [#include <stdio.h>])
9657 @result{}#include <stdio.h>
9659 @error{}EOF in argument list
9662 This macro, @code{qar}, because it double quotes its arguments, forces
9663 its users to leave their macro calls unquoted, which is dangerous.
9664 Commas and other active symbols are interpreted by M4 before
9665 they are given to the macro, often not in the way the users expect.
9666 Also, because @code{qar} behaves differently from the other macros,
9667 it's an exception that should be avoided in Autoconf.
9669 @node Changequote is Evil
9670 @subsection @code{changequote} is Evil
9671 @cindex @code{changequote}
9673 The temptation is often high to bypass proper quotation, in particular
9674 when it's late at night. Then, many experienced Autoconf hackers
9675 finally surrender to the dark side of the force and use the ultimate
9676 weapon: @code{changequote}.
9678 The M4 builtin @code{changequote} belongs to a set of primitives that
9679 allow one to adjust the syntax of the language to adjust it to one's
9680 needs. For instance, by default M4 uses @samp{`} and @samp{'} as
9681 quotes, but in the context of shell programming (and actually of most
9682 programming languages), that's about the worst choice one can make:
9683 because of strings and back-quoted expressions in shell code (such as
9684 @samp{'this'} and @samp{`that`}), and because of literal characters in usual
9685 programming languages (as in @samp{'0'}), there are many unbalanced
9686 @samp{`} and @samp{'}. Proper M4 quotation then becomes a nightmare, if
9687 not impossible. In order to make M4 useful in such a context, its
9688 designers have equipped it with @code{changequote}, which makes it
9689 possible to choose another pair of quotes. M4sugar, M4sh, Autoconf, and
9690 Autotest all have chosen to use @samp{[} and @samp{]}. Not especially
9691 because they are unlikely characters, but @emph{because they are
9692 characters unlikely to be unbalanced}.
9694 There are other magic primitives, such as @code{changecom} to specify
9695 what syntactic forms are comments (it is common to see
9696 @samp{changecom(<!--, -->)} when M4 is used to produce HTML pages),
9697 @code{changeword} and @code{changesyntax} to change other syntactic
9698 details (such as the character to denote the @var{n}th argument, @samp{$} by
9699 default, the parentheses around arguments, etc.).
9701 These primitives are really meant to make M4 more useful for specific
9702 domains: they should be considered like command line options:
9703 @option{--quotes}, @option{--comments}, @option{--words}, and
9704 @option{--syntax}. Nevertheless, they are implemented as M4 builtins, as
9705 it makes M4 libraries self contained (no need for additional options).
9707 There lies the problem@enddots{}
9711 The problem is that it is then tempting to use them in the middle of an
9712 M4 script, as opposed to its initialization. This, if not carefully
9713 thought out, can lead to disastrous effects: @emph{you are changing the
9714 language in the middle of the execution}. Changing and restoring the
9715 syntax is often not enough: if you happened to invoke macros in between,
9716 these macros are lost, as the current syntax is probably not
9717 the one they were implemented with.
9719 @c FIXME: I've been looking for a short, real case example, but I
9724 @subsection Quadrigraphs
9725 @cindex quadrigraphs
9726 @cindex @samp{@@S|@@}
9727 @cindex @samp{@@&t@@}
9728 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
9729 @c @cindex @samp{@@<:@@}
9730 @c @cindex @samp{@@:>@@}
9731 @c @cindex @samp{@@%:@@}
9732 @c @cindex @samp{@@@{:@@}
9733 @c @cindex @samp{@@:@}@@}
9735 When writing an Autoconf macro you may occasionally need to generate
9736 special characters that are difficult to express with the standard
9737 Autoconf quoting rules. For example, you may need to output the regular
9738 expression @samp{[^[]}, which matches any character other than @samp{[}.
9739 This expression contains unbalanced brackets so it cannot be put easily
9742 Additionally, there are a few m4sugar macros (such as @code{m4_split}
9743 and @code{m4_expand}) which internally use special markers in addition
9744 to the regular quoting characters. If the arguments to these macros
9745 contain the literal strings @samp{-=<@{(} or @samp{)@}>=-}, the macros
9746 might behave incorrectly.
9748 You can work around these problems by using one of the following
9768 Quadrigraphs are replaced at a late stage of the translation process,
9769 after @command{m4} is run, so they do not get in the way of M4 quoting.
9770 For example, the string @samp{^@@<:@@}, independently of its quotation,
9771 appears as @samp{^[} in the output.
9773 The empty quadrigraph can be used:
9776 @item to mark trailing spaces explicitly
9778 Trailing spaces are smashed by @command{autom4te}. This is a feature.
9780 @item to produce quadrigraphs and other strings reserved by m4sugar
9782 For instance @samp{@@<@@&t@@:@@} produces @samp{@@<:@@}. For a more
9786 m4_define([a], [A])m4_define([b], [B])m4_define([c], [C])dnl
9787 m4_split([a )@}>=- b -=<@{( c])
9788 @result{}[a], [], [B], [], [c]
9789 m4_split([a )@}@@&t@@>=- b -=<@@&t@@@{( c])
9790 @result{}[a], [)@}>=-], [b], [-=<@{(], [c]
9793 @item to escape @emph{occurrences} of forbidden patterns
9795 For instance you might want to mention @code{AC_FOO} in a comment, while
9796 still being sure that @command{autom4te} still catches unexpanded
9797 @samp{AC_*}. Then write @samp{AC@@&t@@_FOO}.
9800 The name @samp{@@&t@@} was suggested by Paul Eggert:
9803 I should give some credit to the @samp{@@&t@@} pun. The @samp{&} is my
9804 own invention, but the @samp{t} came from the source code of the
9805 @sc{algol68c} compiler, written by Steve Bourne (of Bourne shell fame),
9806 and which used @samp{mt} to denote the empty string. In C, it would
9807 have looked like something like:
9810 char const mt[] = "";
9814 but of course the source code was written in Algol 68.
9816 I don't know where he got @samp{mt} from: it could have been his own
9817 invention, and I suppose it could have been a common pun around the
9818 Cambridge University computer lab at the time.
9822 @node Balancing Parentheses
9823 @subsection Dealing with unbalanced parentheses
9824 @cindex balancing parentheses
9825 @cindex parentheses, balancing
9826 @cindex unbalanced parentheses, managing
9828 One of the pitfalls of portable shell programming is that @command{case}
9829 statements require unbalanced parentheses (@pxref{case, , Limitations of
9830 Shell Builtins}). With syntax highlighting
9831 editors, the presence of unbalanced @samp{)} can interfere with editors
9832 that perform syntax highlighting of macro contents based on finding the
9833 matching @samp{(}. Another concern is how much editing must be done
9834 when transferring code snippets between shell scripts and macro
9835 definitions. But most importantly, the presence of unbalanced
9836 parentheses can introduce expansion bugs.
9838 For an example, here is an underquoted attempt to use the macro
9839 @code{my_case}, which happens to expand to a portable @command{case}
9845 *.c) echo "C source code";;
9851 In the above example, the @code{AS_IF} call underquotes its arguments.
9852 As a result, the unbalanced @samp{)} generated by the premature
9853 expansion of @code{my_case} results in expanding @code{AS_IF} with a
9854 truncated parameter, and the expansion is syntactically invalid:
9860 fi echo "C source code";;
9864 If nothing else, this should emphasize the importance of the quoting
9865 arguments to macro calls. On the other hand, there are several
9866 variations for defining @code{my_case} to be more robust, even when used
9867 without proper quoting, each with some benefits and some drawbacks.
9870 @item Creative literal shell comment
9873 [case $file_name in #(
9874 *.c) echo "C source code";;
9878 This version provides balanced parentheses to several editors, and can
9879 be copied and pasted into a terminal as is. Unfortunately, it is still
9880 unbalanced as an Autoconf argument, since @samp{#(} is an M4 comment
9881 that masks the normal properties of @samp{(}.
9883 @item Quadrigraph shell comment
9886 [case $file_name in @@%:@@(
9887 *.c) echo "C source code";;
9891 This version provides balanced parentheses to even more editors, and can
9892 be used as a balanced Autoconf argument. Unfortunately, it requires
9893 some editing before it can be copied and pasted into a terminal, and the
9894 use of the quadrigraph @samp{@@%:@@} for @samp{#} reduces readability.
9896 @item Quoting just the parenthesis
9900 *.c[)] echo "C source code";;
9904 This version quotes the @samp{)}, so that it can be used as a balanced
9905 Autoconf argument. As written, this is not balanced to an editor, but
9906 it can be coupled with @samp{[#(]} to meet that need, too. However, it
9907 still requires some edits before it can be copied and pasted into a
9910 @item Double-quoting the entire statement
9913 [[case $file_name in #(
9914 *.c) echo "C source code";;
9918 Since the entire macro is double-quoted, there is no problem with using
9919 this as an Autoconf argument; and since the double-quoting is over the
9920 entire statement, this code can be easily copied and pasted into a
9921 terminal. However, the double quoting prevents the expansion of any
9922 macros inside the case statement, which may cause its own set of
9925 @item Using @code{AS_CASE}
9928 [AS_CASE([$file_name],
9929 [*.c], [echo "C source code"])])
9932 This version avoids the balancing issue altogether, by relying on
9933 @code{AS_CASE} (@pxref{Common Shell Constructs}); it also allows for the
9934 expansion of @code{AC_REQUIRE} to occur prior to the entire case
9935 statement, rather than within a branch of the case statement that might
9936 not be taken. However, the abstraction comes with a penalty that it is
9937 no longer a quick copy, paste, and edit to get back to shell code.
9941 @node Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9942 @subsection Quotation Rule Of Thumb
9944 To conclude, the quotation rule of thumb is:
9946 @center @emph{One pair of quotes per pair of parentheses.}
9948 Never over-quote, never under-quote, in particular in the definition of
9949 macros. In the few places where the macros need to use brackets
9950 (usually in C program text or regular expressions), properly quote
9951 @emph{the arguments}!
9953 It is common to read Autoconf programs with snippets like:
9957 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9959 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9960 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9962 changequote([, ])dnl
9963 [atoi (*tzname);], ac_cv_var_tzname=yes, ac_cv_var_tzname=no)
9967 which is incredibly useless since @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is @emph{already}
9968 double quoting, so you just need:
9973 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
9974 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
9977 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
9978 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
9982 The M4-fluent reader might note that these two examples are rigorously
9983 equivalent, since M4 swallows both the @samp{changequote(<<, >>)}
9984 and @samp{<<} @samp{>>} when it @dfn{collects} the arguments: these
9985 quotes are not part of the arguments!
9987 Simplified, the example above is just doing this:
9990 changequote(<<, >>)dnl
9992 changequote([, ])dnl
10002 With macros that do not double quote their arguments (which is the
10003 rule), double-quote the (risky) literals:
10006 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
10007 [[#include <time.h>
10008 #ifndef tzname /* For SGI. */
10009 extern char *tzname[]; /* RS6000 and others reject char **tzname. */
10011 [atoi (*tzname);])],
10012 [ac_cv_var_tzname=yes],
10013 [ac_cv_var_tzname=no])
10016 Please note that the macro @code{AC_TRY_LINK} is obsolete, so you really
10017 should be using @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE} instead.
10019 @xref{Quadrigraphs}, for what to do if you run into a hopeless case
10020 where quoting does not suffice.
10022 When you create a @command{configure} script using newly written macros,
10023 examine it carefully to check whether you need to add more quotes in
10024 your macros. If one or more words have disappeared in the M4
10025 output, you need more quotes. When in doubt, quote.
10027 However, it's also possible to put on too many layers of quotes. If
10028 this happens, the resulting @command{configure} script may contain
10029 unexpanded macros. The @command{autoconf} program checks for this problem
10030 by looking for the string @samp{AC_} in @file{configure}. However, this
10031 heuristic does not work in general: for example, it does not catch
10032 overquoting in @code{AC_DEFINE} descriptions.
10035 @c ---------------------------------------- Using autom4te
10037 @node Using autom4te
10038 @section Using @command{autom4te}
10040 The Autoconf suite, including M4sugar, M4sh, and Autotest, in addition
10041 to Autoconf per se, heavily rely on M4. All these different uses
10042 revealed common needs factored into a layer over M4:
10043 @command{autom4te}@footnote{
10045 Yet another great name from Lars J. Aas.
10049 @command{autom4te} is a preprocessor that is like @command{m4}.
10050 It supports M4 extensions designed for use in tools like Autoconf.
10053 * autom4te Invocation:: A @acronym{GNU} M4 wrapper
10054 * Customizing autom4te:: Customizing the Autoconf package
10057 @node autom4te Invocation
10058 @subsection Invoking @command{autom4te}
10060 The command line arguments are modeled after M4's:
10063 autom4te @var{options} @var{files}
10068 where the @var{files} are directly passed to @command{m4}. By default,
10069 @acronym{GNU} M4 is found during configuration, but the environment
10071 @env{M4} can be set to tell @command{autom4te} where to look. In addition
10072 to the regular expansion, it handles the replacement of the quadrigraphs
10073 (@pxref{Quadrigraphs}), and of @samp{__oline__}, the current line in the
10074 output. It supports an extended syntax for the @var{files}:
10077 @item @var{file}.m4f
10078 This file is an M4 frozen file. Note that @emph{all the previous files
10079 are ignored}. See the option @option{--melt} for the rationale.
10082 If found in the library path, the @var{file} is included for expansion,
10083 otherwise it is ignored instead of triggering a failure.
10088 Of course, it supports the Autoconf common subset of options:
10093 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
10097 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
10101 Report processing steps.
10105 Don't remove the temporary files and be even more verbose.
10107 @item --include=@var{dir}
10108 @itemx -I @var{dir}
10109 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations
10112 @item --output=@var{file}
10113 @itemx -o @var{file}
10114 Save output (script or trace) to @var{file}. The file @option{-} stands
10115 for the standard output.
10120 As an extension of @command{m4}, it includes the following options:
10123 @item --warnings=@var{category}
10124 @itemx -W @var{category}
10126 @c FIXME: Point to the M4sugar macros, not Autoconf's.
10127 Report the warnings related to @var{category} (which can actually be a
10128 comma separated list). @xref{Reporting Messages}, macro
10129 @code{AC_DIAGNOSE}, for a comprehensive list of categories. Special
10134 report all the warnings
10140 treats warnings as errors
10142 @item no-@var{category}
10143 disable warnings falling into @var{category}
10146 Warnings about @samp{syntax} are enabled by default, and the environment
10147 variable @env{WARNINGS}, a comma separated list of categories, is
10148 honored. @samp{autom4te -W @var{category}} actually
10149 behaves as if you had run:
10152 autom4te --warnings=syntax,$WARNINGS,@var{category}
10156 For example, if you want to disable defaults and @env{WARNINGS}
10157 of @command{autom4te}, but enable the warnings about obsolete
10158 constructs, you would use @option{-W none,obsolete}.
10161 @cindex Macro invocation stack
10162 @command{autom4te} displays a back trace for errors, but not for
10163 warnings; if you want them, just pass @option{-W error}.
10167 Do not use frozen files. Any argument @code{@var{file}.m4f} is
10168 replaced by @code{@var{file}.m4}. This helps tracing the macros which
10169 are executed only when the files are frozen, typically
10170 @code{m4_define}. For instance, running:
10173 autom4te --melt 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
10177 is roughly equivalent to running:
10180 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 4.m4 input.m4
10187 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4f 3.m4 4.m4f input.m4
10194 m4 --reload-state=4.m4f input.m4
10199 Produce a frozen state file. @command{autom4te} freezing is stricter
10200 than M4's: it must produce no warnings, and no output other than empty
10201 lines (a line with white space is @emph{not} empty) and comments
10202 (starting with @samp{#}). Unlike @command{m4}'s similarly-named option,
10203 this option takes no argument:
10206 autom4te 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze --output=3.m4f
10213 m4 1.m4 2.m4 3.m4 --freeze-state=3.m4f
10216 @item --mode=@var{octal-mode}
10217 @itemx -m @var{octal-mode}
10218 Set the mode of the non-traces output to @var{octal-mode}; by default
10224 @cindex @file{autom4te.cache}
10225 As another additional feature over @command{m4}, @command{autom4te}
10226 caches its results. @acronym{GNU} M4 is able to produce a regular
10227 output and traces at the same time. Traces are heavily used in the
10228 @acronym{GNU} Build System: @command{autoheader} uses them to build
10229 @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoreconf} to determine what
10230 @acronym{GNU} Build System components are used, @command{automake} to
10231 ``parse'' @file{configure.ac} etc. To avoid recomputation,
10232 traces are cached while performing regular expansion,
10233 and conversely. This cache is (actually, the caches are) stored in
10234 the directory @file{autom4te.cache}. @emph{It can safely be removed}
10235 at any moment (especially if for some reason @command{autom4te}
10236 considers it trashed).
10239 @item --cache=@var{directory}
10240 @itemx -C @var{directory}
10241 Specify the name of the directory where the result should be cached.
10242 Passing an empty value disables caching. Be sure to pass a relative
10243 file name, as for the time being, global caches are not supported.
10246 Don't cache the results.
10250 If a cache is used, consider it obsolete (but update it anyway).
10255 Because traces are so important to the @acronym{GNU} Build System,
10256 @command{autom4te} provides high level tracing features as compared to
10257 M4, and helps exploiting the cache:
10260 @item --trace=@var{macro}[:@var{format}]
10261 @itemx -t @var{macro}[:@var{format}]
10262 Trace the invocations of @var{macro} according to the @var{format}.
10263 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments can be used to list several macros.
10264 Multiple @option{--trace} arguments for a single macro are not
10265 cumulative; instead, you should just make @var{format} as long as
10268 The @var{format} is a regular string, with newlines if desired, and
10269 several special escape codes. It defaults to @samp{$f:$l:$n:$%}. It can
10270 use the following special escapes:
10274 The character @samp{$}.
10277 The file name from which @var{macro} is called.
10280 The line number from which @var{macro} is called.
10283 The depth of the @var{macro} call. This is an M4 technical detail that
10284 you probably don't want to know about.
10287 The name of the @var{macro}.
10290 The @var{num}th argument of the call to @var{macro}.
10293 @itemx $@var{sep}@@
10294 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}@@
10295 All the arguments passed to @var{macro}, separated by the character
10296 @var{sep} or the string @var{separator} (@samp{,} by default). Each
10297 argument is quoted, i.e., enclosed in a pair of square brackets.
10301 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}*
10302 As above, but the arguments are not quoted.
10306 @itemx $@{@var{separator}@}%
10307 As above, but the arguments are not quoted, all new line characters in
10308 the arguments are smashed, and the default separator is @samp{:}.
10310 The escape @samp{$%} produces single-line trace outputs (unless you put
10311 newlines in the @samp{separator}), while @samp{$@@} and @samp{$*} do
10315 @xref{autoconf Invocation}, for examples of trace uses.
10317 @item --preselect=@var{macro}
10318 @itemx -p @var{macro}
10319 Cache the traces of @var{macro}, but do not enable traces. This is
10320 especially important to save CPU cycles in the future. For instance,
10321 when invoked, @command{autoconf} preselects all the macros that
10322 @command{autoheader}, @command{automake}, @command{autoreconf}, etc.,
10323 trace, so that running @command{m4} is not needed to trace them: the
10324 cache suffices. This results in a huge speed-up.
10329 @cindex Autom4te Library
10330 Finally, @command{autom4te} introduces the concept of @dfn{Autom4te
10331 libraries}. They consists in a powerful yet extremely simple feature:
10332 sets of combined command line arguments:
10335 @item --language=@var{language}
10336 @itemx -l @var{language}
10337 Use the @var{language} Autom4te library. Current languages include:
10341 create M4sugar output.
10344 create M4sh executable shell scripts.
10347 create Autotest executable test suites.
10349 @item Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4
10350 create Autoconf executable configure scripts without
10351 reading @file{aclocal.m4}.
10354 create Autoconf executable configure scripts. This language inherits
10355 all the characteristics of @code{Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4} and
10356 additionally reads @file{aclocal.m4}.
10359 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
10360 @itemx -B @var{dir}
10361 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
10362 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
10366 @cindex @file{autom4te.cfg}
10367 As an example, if Autoconf is installed in its default location,
10368 @file{/usr/local}, the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sugar foo.m4} is
10369 strictly equivalent to the command:
10372 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10373 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f --warnings syntax foo.m4
10377 Recursive expansion applies here: the command @samp{autom4te -l m4sh foo.m4}
10378 is the same as @samp{autom4te --language M4sugar m4sugar/m4sh.m4f
10382 autom4te --prepend-include /usr/local/share/autoconf \
10383 m4sugar/m4sugar.m4f m4sugar/m4sh.m4f --mode 777 foo.m4
10387 The definition of the languages is stored in @file{autom4te.cfg}.
10389 @node Customizing autom4te
10390 @subsection Customizing @command{autom4te}
10392 One can customize @command{autom4te} via @file{~/.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10393 as found in the user home directory), and @file{./.autom4te.cfg} (i.e.,
10394 as found in the directory from which @command{autom4te} is run). The
10395 order is first reading @file{autom4te.cfg}, then @file{~/.autom4te.cfg},
10396 then @file{./.autom4te.cfg}, and finally the command line arguments.
10398 In these text files, comments are introduced with @code{#}, and empty
10399 lines are ignored. Customization is performed on a per-language basis,
10400 wrapped in between a @samp{begin-language: "@var{language}"},
10401 @samp{end-language: "@var{language}"} pair.
10403 Customizing a language stands for appending options (@pxref{autom4te
10404 Invocation}) to the current definition of the language. Options, and
10405 more generally arguments, are introduced by @samp{args:
10406 @var{arguments}}. You may use the traditional shell syntax to quote the
10409 As an example, to disable Autoconf caches (@file{autom4te.cache})
10410 globally, include the following lines in @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}:
10413 ## ------------------ ##
10414 ## User Preferences. ##
10415 ## ------------------ ##
10417 begin-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10419 end-language: "Autoconf-without-aclocal-m4"
10423 @node Programming in M4sugar
10424 @section Programming in M4sugar
10427 M4 by itself provides only a small, but sufficient, set of all-purpose
10428 macros. M4sugar introduces additional generic macros. Its name was
10429 coined by Lars J. Aas: ``Readability And Greater Understanding Stands 4
10432 M4sugar reserves the macro namespace @samp{^_m4_} for internal use, and
10433 the macro namespace @samp{^m4_} for M4sugar macros. You should not
10434 define your own macros into these namespaces.
10437 * Redefined M4 Macros:: M4 builtins changed in M4sugar
10438 * Diagnostic Macros:: Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
10439 * Diversion support:: Diversions in M4sugar
10440 * Conditional constructs:: Conditions in M4
10441 * Looping constructs:: Iteration in M4
10442 * Evaluation Macros:: More quotation and evaluation control
10443 * Text processing Macros:: String manipulation in M4
10444 * Number processing Macros:: Arithmetic computation in M4
10445 * Set manipulation Macros:: Set manipulation in M4
10446 * Forbidden Patterns:: Catching unexpanded macros
10449 @node Redefined M4 Macros
10450 @subsection Redefined M4 Macros
10453 @msindex{changecom}
10454 @msindex{changequote}
10455 @msindex{debugfile}
10456 @msindex{debugmode}
10477 With a few exceptions, all the M4 native macros are moved in the
10478 @samp{m4_} pseudo-namespace, e.g., M4sugar renames @code{define} as
10479 @code{m4_define} etc.
10481 The list of macros unchanged from M4, except for their name, is:
10485 @item m4_changequote
10510 Some M4 macros are redefined, and are slightly incompatible with their
10517 All M4 macros starting with @samp{__} retain their original name: for
10518 example, no @code{m4__file__} is defined.
10523 This is not technically a macro, but a feature of Autom4te. The
10524 sequence @code{__oline__} can be used similarly to the other m4sugar
10525 location macros, but rather than expanding to the location of the input
10526 file, it is translated to the line number where it appears in the output
10527 file after all other M4 expansions.
10532 This macro kept its original name: no @code{m4_dnl} is defined.
10535 @defmac m4_bpatsubst (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10536 @msindex{bpatsubst}
10537 This macro corresponds to @code{patsubst}. The name @code{m4_patsubst}
10538 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10539 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10542 @defmac m4_bregexp (@var{string}, @var{regexp}, @ovar{replacement})
10544 This macro corresponds to @code{regexp}. The name @code{m4_regexp}
10545 is kept for future versions of M4sugar, once @acronym{GNU} M4 2.0 is
10546 released and supports extended regular expression syntax.
10549 @defmac m4_copy (@var{source}, @var{dest})
10550 @defmacx m4_rename (@var{source}, @var{dest})
10553 These macros aren't directly builtins, but are closely related to
10554 @code{m4_pushdef} and @code{m4_defn}. They both ensures that @var{dest}
10555 is undefined, then proceed to copy the entire pushdef stack of
10556 definitions of @var{source}. @code{m4_copy} preserves the source, while
10557 @code{m4_rename} undefines the original macro name.
10559 Note that attempting to invoke a renamed macro might not work, since the
10560 macro may have a dependence on helper macros accessed via composition of
10561 @samp{$0} but that were not also renamed; likewise, other macros may
10562 have a hard-coded dependence on @var{source} and could break if
10563 @var{source} has been deleted. On the other hand, it is always safe to
10564 rename a macro to temporarily move it out of the way, then rename it
10565 back later to restore original semantics.
10568 @defmac m4_defn (@var{macro}@dots{})
10570 This macro fails if @var{macro} is not defined, even when using older
10571 versions of M4 that did not warn. See @code{m4_undefine}.
10572 Unfortunately, in order to support these older versions of M4, there are
10573 some situations involving unbalanced quotes where concatenating multiple
10574 macros together will work in newer M4 but not in m4sugar; use
10575 quadrigraphs to work around this.
10578 @defmac m4_divert (@var{diversion})
10580 M4sugar relies heavily on diversions, so rather than behaving as a
10581 primitive, @code{m4_divert} behaves like:
10583 m4_divert_pop()m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])
10586 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
10590 @defmac m4_dumpdef (@var{name}@dots{})
10591 @defmacx m4_dumpdefs (@var{name}@dots{})
10594 @code{m4_dumpdef} is like the M4 builtin, except that this version
10595 requires at least one argument, output always goes to standard error
10596 rather than the current debug file, no sorting is done on multiple
10597 arguments, and an error is issued if any
10598 @var{name} is undefined. @code{m4_dumpdefs} is a convenience macro that
10599 calls @code{m4_dumpdef} for all of the
10600 @code{m4_pushdef} stack of definitions, starting with the current, and
10601 silently does nothing if @var{name} is undefined.
10603 Unfortunately, due to a limitation in M4 1.4.x, any macro defined as a
10604 builtin is output as the empty string. This behavior is rectified by
10605 using M4 1.6 or newer. However, this behavior difference means that
10606 @code{m4_dumpdef} should only be used while developing m4sugar macros,
10607 and never in the final published form of a macro.
10610 @defmac m4_esyscmd_s (@var{command})
10611 @msindex{esyscmd_s}
10612 Like @code{m4_esyscmd}, this macro expands to the result of running
10613 @var{command} in a shell. The difference is that any trailing newlines
10614 are removed, so that the output behaves more like shell command
10618 @defmac m4_exit (@var{exit-status})
10620 This macro corresponds to @code{m4exit}.
10623 @defmac m4_if (@var{comment})
10624 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @ovar{not-equal})
10625 @defmacx m4_if (@var{string-1}, @var{string-2}, @var{equal}, @dots{})
10627 This macro corresponds to @code{ifelse}. @var{string-1} and
10628 @var{string-2} are compared literally, so usually one of the two
10629 arguments is passed unquoted. @xref{Conditional constructs}, for more
10630 conditional idioms.
10633 @defmac m4_include (@var{file})
10634 @defmacx m4_sinclude (@var{file})
10637 Like the M4 builtins, but warn against multiple inclusions of @var{file}.
10640 @defmac m4_mkstemp (@var{template})
10641 @defmacx m4_maketemp (@var{template})
10644 Posix requires @code{maketemp} to replace the trailing @samp{X}
10645 characters in @var{template} with the process id, without regards to the
10646 existence of a file by that name, but this a security hole. When this
10647 was pointed out to the Posix folks, they agreed to invent a new macro
10648 @code{mkstemp} that always creates a uniquely named file, but not all
10649 versions of @acronym{GNU} M4 support the new macro. In M4sugar,
10650 @code{m4_maketemp} and @code{m4_mkstemp} are synonyms for each other,
10651 and both have the secure semantics regardless of which macro the
10652 underlying M4 provides.
10655 @defmac m4_popdef (@var{macro}@dots{})
10657 This macro fails if @var{macro} is not defined, even when using older
10658 versions of M4 that did not warn. See @code{m4_undefine}.
10661 @defmac m4_undefine (@var{macro}@dots{})
10663 This macro fails if @var{macro} is not defined, even when using older
10664 versions of M4 that did not warn. Use
10667 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [m4_undefine([@var{macro}])])
10671 if you are not sure whether @var{macro} is defined.
10674 @defmac m4_undivert (@var{diversion}@dots{})
10676 Unlike the M4 builtin, at least one @var{diversion} must be specified.
10677 Also, since the M4sugar diversion stack prefers named
10678 diversions, the use of @code{m4_undivert} to include files is risky.
10679 @xref{Diversion support}, for more details about the use of the
10683 @defmac m4_wrap (@var{text})
10684 @defmacx m4_wrap_lifo (@var{text})
10686 @msindex{wrap_lifo}
10687 These macros correspond to @code{m4wrap}. Posix requires arguments of
10688 multiple wrap calls to be reprocessed at @acronym{EOF} in the same order
10689 as the original calls (first-in, first-out). @acronym{GNU} M4 versions
10690 through 1.4.10, however, reprocess them in reverse order (last-in,
10691 first-out). Both orders are useful, therefore, you can rely on
10692 @code{m4_wrap} to provide FIFO semantics and @code{m4_wrap_lifo} for
10693 LIFO semantics, regardless of the underlying @acronym{GNU} M4 version.
10695 Unlike the @acronym{GNU} M4 builtin, these macros only recognize one
10696 argument, and avoid token pasting between consecutive invocations. On
10697 the other hand, nested calls to @code{m4_wrap} from within wrapped text
10698 work just as in the builtin.
10702 @node Diagnostic Macros
10703 @subsection Diagnostic messages from M4sugar
10704 @cindex Messages, from @command{M4sugar}
10706 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal,
10707 they should report them using these macros. For issuing dynamic issues,
10708 i.e., when @command{configure} is run, see @ref{Printing Messages}.
10710 @defmac m4_assert (@var{expression}, @dvar{exit-status, 1})
10712 Assert that the arithmetic @var{expression} evaluates to non-zero.
10713 Otherwise, issue a fatal error, and exit @command{autom4te} with
10717 @defmac m4_errprintn (@var{message})
10718 @msindex{errprintn}
10719 Similar to the builtin @code{m4_errprint}, except that a newline is
10720 guaranteed after @var{message}.
10724 @defmac m4_fatal (@var{message})
10726 Report a severe error @var{message} prefixed with the current location,
10727 and have @command{autom4te} die.
10730 @defmac m4_location
10732 Useful as a prefix in a message line. Short for:
10739 @defmac m4_warn (@var{category}, @var{message})
10741 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
10742 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. If the message
10743 is emitted, it is prefixed with the current location, and followed by a
10744 call trace of all macros defined via @code{AC_DEFUN} used to get to the
10745 current expansion. You are encouraged to use standard categories, which
10750 messages that don't fall into one of the following categories. Use of an
10751 empty @var{category} is equivalent.
10754 related to cross compilation issues.
10757 use of an obsolete construct.
10760 dubious syntactic constructs, incorrectly ordered macro calls.
10765 @node Diversion support
10766 @subsection Diversion support
10768 M4sugar makes heavy use of diversions, because it is often the case that
10769 text that must appear early in the output is not discovered until late
10770 in the input. Additionally, some of the topological sorting algorithms
10771 used in resolving macro dependencies use diversions. However, most
10772 macros should not need to change diversions directly, but rather rely on
10773 higher-level M4sugar macros to manage diversions transparently.
10775 In the rare case that it is necessary to write a macro that explicitly
10776 outputs text to a different diversion, it is important to be aware of an
10777 M4 limitation regarding diversions: text only goes to a diversion if it
10778 is not part of argument collection. Therefore, any macro that changes
10779 the current diversion cannot be used as an unquoted argument to another
10780 macro, but must be expanded at the top level. The macro
10781 @code{m4_expand} will diagnose any attempt to change diversions, since
10782 it is generally useful only as an argument to another macro. The
10783 following example shows what happens when diversion manipulation is
10784 attempted within macro arguments:
10787 m4_do([normal text]
10788 m4_divert_push([KILL])unwanted[]m4_divert_pop([KILL])
10789 [m4_divert_push([KILL])discarded[]m4_divert_pop([KILL])])dnl
10790 @result{}normal text
10795 Notice that the unquoted text @code{unwanted} is output, even though it
10796 was processed while the current diversion was @code{KILL}, because it
10797 was collected as part of the argument to @code{m4_do}. However, the
10798 text @code{discarded} disappeared as desired, because the diversion
10799 changes were single-quoted, and were not expanded until the top-level
10800 rescan of the output of @code{m4_do}.
10802 To make diversion management easier, M4sugar uses the concept of named
10803 diversions. Rather than using diversion numbers directly, it is nicer
10804 to associate a name with each diversion; the diversion number associated
10805 with a particular diversion name is an implementation detail, so you
10806 should only use diversion names. In general, you should not output text
10807 to a named diversion until after calling the appropriate initialization
10808 routine for your language (@code{m4_init}, @code{AS_INIT},
10809 @code{AT_INIT}, @dots{}), although there are some exceptions documented
10812 M4sugar defines two named diversions.
10815 Text written to this diversion is discarded. This is the default
10816 diversion once M4sugar is initialized.
10818 This diversion is used behind the scenes by topological sorting macros,
10819 such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
10822 M4sh adds several more named diversions.
10825 This diversion is reserved for the @samp{#!} interpreter line.
10826 @item HEADER-REVISION
10827 This diversion holds text from @code{AC_REVISION}.
10828 @item HEADER-COMMENT
10829 This diversion holds comments about the purpose of a file.
10830 @item HEADER-COPYRIGHT
10831 This diversion is managed by @code{AC_COPYRIGHT}.
10832 @item M4SH-SANITIZE
10833 This diversion contains M4sh sanitization code, used to ensure M4sh is
10834 executing in a reasonable shell environment.
10836 This diversion contains M4sh initialization code, initializing variables
10837 that are required by other M4sh macros.
10839 This diversion contains the body of the shell code, and is the default
10840 diversion once M4sh is initialized.
10843 Autotest inherits diversions from M4sh, and changes the default
10844 diversion from @code{BODY} back to @code{KILL}. It also adds several
10845 more named diversions, with the following subset designed for developer
10848 @item PREPARE_TESTS
10849 This diversion contains initialization sequences which are executed
10850 after @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}, and after all command line
10851 arguments have been parsed, but prior to running any tests. It can be
10852 used to set up state that is required across all tests. This diversion
10853 will work even before @code{AT_INIT}.
10856 For now, the named diversions of Autoconf and Autoheader, and the
10857 remaining diversions of Autotest, are not documented. In other words,
10858 intentionally outputting text into an undocumented diversion is subject
10859 to breakage in a future release of Autoconf.
10861 @defmac m4_cleardivert (@var{diversion}@dots{})
10862 @msindex{cleardivert}
10863 Permanently discard any text that has been diverted into
10867 @defmac m4_divert_once (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
10868 @msindex{divert_once}
10869 Similar to @code{m4_divert_text}, except that @var{content} is only
10870 output to @var{diversion} if this is the first time that
10871 @code{m4_divert_once} has been called with its particular arguments.
10874 @defmac m4_divert_pop (@ovar{diversion})
10875 @msindex{divert_pop}
10876 If provided, check that the current diversion is indeed @var{diversion}.
10877 Then change to the diversion located earlier on the stack, giving an
10878 error if an attempt is made to pop beyond the initial m4sugar diversion
10882 @defmac m4_divert_push (@var{diversion})
10883 @msindex{divert_push}
10884 Remember the former diversion on the diversion stack, and output
10885 subsequent text into @var{diversion}. M4sugar maintains a diversion
10886 stack, and issues an error if there is not a matching pop for every
10890 @defmac m4_divert_text (@var{diversion}, @ovar{content})
10891 @msindex{divert_text}
10892 Output @var{content} and a newline into @var{diversion}, without
10893 affecting the current diversion. Shorthand for:
10895 m4_divert_push([@var{diversion}])@var{content}
10896 m4_divert_pop([@var{diversion}])dnl
10902 Initialize the M4sugar environment, setting up the default named
10903 diversion to be @code{KILL}.
10906 @node Conditional constructs
10907 @subsection Conditional constructs
10909 The following macros provide additional conditional constructs as
10910 convenience wrappers around @code{m4_if}.
10912 @defmac m4_bmatch (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{value-1}, @
10913 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10915 The string @var{string} is repeatedly compared against a series of
10916 @var{regex} arguments; if a match is found, the expansion is the
10917 corresponding @var{value}, otherwise, the macro moves on to the next
10918 @var{regex}. If no @var{regex} match, then the result is the optional
10919 @var{default}, or nothing.
10922 @defmac m4_bpatsubsts (@var{string}, @var{regex-1}, @var{subst-1}, @
10923 @ovar{regex-2}, @ovar{subst-2}, @dots{})
10924 @msindex{bpatsubsts}
10925 The string @var{string} is altered by @var{regex-1} and @var{subst-1},
10928 m4_bpatsubst([[@var{string}]], [@var{regex}], [@var{subst}])
10932 The result of the substitution is then passed through the next set of
10933 @var{regex} and @var{subst}, and so forth. An empty @var{subst} implies
10934 deletion of any matched portions in the current string. Note that this
10935 macro over-quotes @var{string}; this behavior is intentional, so that
10936 the result of each step of the recursion remains as a quoted string.
10937 However, it means that anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$} in the @var{regex}
10938 will line up with the extra quotations, and not the characters of the
10939 original string. The overquoting is removed after the final
10943 @defmac m4_case (@var{string}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
10944 @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10946 Test @var{string} against multiple @var{value} possibilities, resulting
10947 in the first @var{if-value} for a match, or in the optional
10948 @var{default}. This is shorthand for:
10950 m4_if([@var{string}], [@var{value-1}], [@var{if-value-1}],
10951 [@var{string}], [@var{value-2}], [@var{if-value-2}], @dots{},
10956 @defmac m4_cond (@var{test-1}, @var{value-1}, @var{if-value-1}, @
10957 @ovar{test-2}, @ovar{value-2}, @ovar{if-value-2}, @dots{}, @ovar{default})
10959 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Similar to @code{m4_if},
10960 except that each @var{test} is expanded only when it is encountered.
10961 This is useful for short-circuiting expensive tests; while @code{m4_if}
10962 requires all its strings to be expanded up front before doing
10963 comparisons, @code{m4_cond} only expands a @var{test} when all earlier
10966 For an example, these two sequences give the same result, but in the
10967 case where @samp{$1} does not contain a backslash, the @code{m4_cond}
10968 version only expands @code{m4_index} once, instead of five times, for
10969 faster computation if this is a common case for @samp{$1}. Notice that
10970 every third argument is unquoted for @code{m4_if}, and quoted for
10974 m4_if(m4_index([$1], [\]), [-1], [$2],
10975 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10976 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0), [1], [$2],
10977 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10978 m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0), [1], [$3],
10980 m4_cond([m4_index([$1], [\])], [-1], [$2],
10981 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\\]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10982 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\$]) >= 0)], [1], [$2],
10983 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\`]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10984 [m4_eval(m4_index([$1], [\"]) >= 0)], [1], [$3],
10989 @defmac m4_default (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
10990 @defmacx m4_default_quoted (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
10991 @defmacx m4_default_nblank (@var{expr-1}, @ovar{expr-2})
10992 @defmacx m4_default_nblank_quoted (@var{expr-1}, @ovar{expr-2})
10994 @msindex{default_quoted}
10995 @msindex{default_nblank}
10996 @msindex{default_nblank_quoted}
10997 If @var{expr-1} contains text, use it. Otherwise, select @var{expr-2}.
10998 @code{m4_default} expands the result, while @code{m4_default_quoted}
10999 does not. Useful for providing a fixed default if the expression that
11000 results in @var{expr-1} would otherwise be empty. The difference
11001 between @code{m4_default} and @code{m4_default_nblank} is whether an
11002 argument consisting of just blanks (space, tab, newline) is
11003 significant. When using the expanding versions, note that an argument
11004 may contain text but still expand to an empty string.
11007 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
11008 m4_define([empty], [])dnl
11009 m4_define([demo1], [m4_default([$1], [$2])])dnl
11010 m4_define([demo2], [m4_default_quoted([$1], [$2])])dnl
11011 m4_define([demo3], [m4_default_nblank([$1], [$2])])dnl
11012 m4_define([demo4], [m4_default_nblank_quoted([$1], [$2])])dnl
11013 demo1([active], [default])
11015 demo1([], [active])
11017 demo1([empty], [text])
11019 -demo1([ ], [active])-
11021 demo2([active], [default])
11023 demo2([], [active])
11025 demo2([empty], [text])
11027 -demo2([ ], [active])-
11029 demo3([active], [default])
11031 demo3([], [active])
11033 demo3([empty], [text])
11035 -demo3([ ], [active])-
11037 demo4([active], [default])
11039 demo4([], [active])
11041 demo4([empty], [text])
11043 -demo4([ ], [active])-
11048 @defmac m4_ifblank (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-blank}, @ovar{if-text})
11049 @defmacx m4_ifnblank (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-text}, @ovar{if-blank})
11052 If @var{cond} is empty or consists only of blanks (space, tab, newline),
11053 then expand @var{if-blank}; otherwise, expand @var{if-text}. Two
11054 variants exist, in order to make it easier to select the correct logical
11055 sense when using only two parameters. Note that this is more efficient
11056 than the equivalent behavior of:
11058 m4_ifval(m4_normalize([@var{cond}]), @var{if-text}, @var{if-cond})
11062 @defmac m4_ifndef (@var{macro}, @var{if-not-defined}, @ovar{if-defined})
11064 This is shorthand for:
11066 m4_ifdef([@var{macro}], [@var{if-defined}], [@var{if-not-defined}])
11070 @defmac m4_ifset (@var{macro}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
11072 If @var{macro} is undefined, or is defined as the empty string, expand
11073 to @var{if-false}. Otherwise, expands to @var{if-true}. Similar to:
11075 m4_ifval(m4_defn([@var{macro}]), [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
11078 except that it is not an error if @var{macro} is undefined.
11081 @defmac m4_ifval (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
11083 Expands to @var{if-true} if @var{cond} is not empty, otherwise to
11084 @var{if-false}. This is shorthand for:
11086 m4_if([@var{cond}], [], [@var{if-true}], [@var{if-false}])
11090 @defmac m4_ifvaln (@var{cond}, @ovar{if-true}, @ovar{if-false})
11092 Similar to @code{m4_ifval}, except guarantee that a newline is present
11093 after any non-empty expansion. Often followed by @code{dnl}.
11096 @defmac m4_n (@var{text})
11098 Expand to @var{text}, and add a newline if @var{text} is not empty.
11099 Often followed by @code{dnl}.
11103 @node Looping constructs
11104 @subsection Looping constructs
11106 The following macros are useful in implementing recursive algorithms in
11107 M4, including loop operations. An M4 list is formed by quoting a list
11108 of quoted elements; generally the lists are comma-separated, although
11109 @code{m4_foreach_w} is whitespace-separated. For example, the list
11110 @samp{[[a], [b,c]]} contains two elements: @samp{[a]} and @samp{[b,c]}.
11111 It is common to see lists with unquoted elements when those elements are
11112 not likely to be macro names, as in @samp{[fputc_unlocked,
11115 Although not generally recommended, it is possible for quoted lists to
11116 have side effects; all side effects are expanded only once, and prior to
11117 visiting any list element. On the other hand, the fact that unquoted
11118 macros are expanded exactly once means that macros without side effects
11119 can be used to generate lists. For example,
11122 m4_foreach([i], [[1], [2], [3]m4_errprintn([hi])], [i])
11125 m4_define([list], [[1], [2], [3]])
11127 m4_foreach([i], [list], [i])
11131 @defmac m4_car (@var{list})
11133 Expands to the quoted first element of the comma-separated quoted
11134 @var{list}. Often used with @code{m4_cdr} to recursively iterate
11135 through a list. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted elements,
11136 @code{m4_car} should be called without any extra quotes.
11139 @defmac m4_cdr (@var{list})
11141 Expands to a quoted list of all but the first element of the
11142 comma-separated quoted @var{list}, or the empty string if @var{list} had
11143 only one element. Generally, when using quoted lists of quoted
11144 elements, @code{m4_cdr} should be called without any extra quotes.
11146 For example, this is a simple implementation of @code{m4_map}; note how
11147 each iteration checks for the end of recursion, then merely applies the
11148 first argument to the first element of the list, then repeats with the
11149 rest of the list. (The actual implementation in M4sugar is a bit more
11150 involved, to gain some speed and share code with @code{m4_map_sep}).
11152 m4_define([m4_map], [m4_ifval([$2],
11153 [m4_apply([$1], m4_car($2))[]$0([$1], m4_cdr($2))])])dnl
11154 m4_map([ m4_eval], [[[1]], [[1+1]], [[10],[16]]])
11159 @defmac m4_for (@var{var}, @var{first}, @var{last}, @ovar{step}, @
11162 Loop over the numeric values between @var{first} and @var{last}
11163 including bounds by increments of @var{step}. For each iteration,
11164 expand @var{expression} with the numeric value assigned to @var{var}.
11165 If @var{step} is omitted, it defaults to @samp{1} or @samp{-1} depending
11166 on the order of the limits. If given, @var{step} has to match this
11167 order. The number of iterations is determined independently from
11168 definition of @var{var}; iteration cannot be short-circuited or
11169 lengthened by modifying @var{var} from within @var{expression}.
11172 @defmac m4_foreach (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
11174 Loop over the comma-separated M4 list @var{list}, assigning each value
11175 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. The following example
11179 m4_foreach([myvar], [[foo], [bar, baz]],
11183 @result{}echo bar, baz
11186 Note that for some forms of @var{expression}, it may be faster to use
11187 @code{m4_map_args}.
11190 @anchor{m4_foreach_w}
11191 @defmac m4_foreach_w (@var{var}, @var{list}, @var{expression})
11192 @msindex{foreach_w}
11193 Loop over the white-space-separated list @var{list}, assigning each value
11194 to @var{var}, and expand @var{expression}. If @var{var} is only
11195 referenced once in @var{expression}, it is more efficient to use
11196 @code{m4_map_args_w}.
11198 The deprecated macro @code{AC_FOREACH} is an alias of
11199 @code{m4_foreach_w}.
11202 @defmac m4_map (@var{macro}, @var{list})
11203 @defmacx m4_mapall (@var{macro}, @var{list})
11204 @defmacx m4_map_sep (@var{macro}, @var{separator}, @var{list})
11205 @defmacx m4_mapall_sep (@var{macro}, @var{separator}, @var{list})
11209 @msindex{mapall_sep}
11210 Loop over the comma separated quoted list of argument descriptions in
11211 @var{list}, and invoke @var{macro} with the arguments. An argument
11212 description is in turn a comma-separated quoted list of quoted elements,
11213 suitable for @code{m4_apply}. The macros @code{m4_map} and
11214 @code{m4_map_sep} ignore empty argument descriptions, while
11215 @code{m4_mapall} and @code{m4_mapall_sep} invoke @var{macro} with no
11216 arguments. The macros @code{m4_map_sep} and @code{m4_mapall_sep}
11217 additionally expand @var{separator} between invocations of @var{macro}.
11219 Note that @var{separator} is expanded, unlike in @code{m4_join}. When
11220 separating output with commas, this means that the map result can be
11221 used as a series of arguments, by using a single-quoted comma as
11222 @var{separator}, or as a single string, by using a double-quoted comma.
11225 m4_map([m4_count], [])
11227 m4_map([ m4_count], [[],
11231 m4_mapall([ m4_count], [[],
11235 m4_map_sep([m4_eval], [,], [[[1+2]],
11238 m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [,], [[[a]], [[b]]])
11240 m4_count(m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [,], [[[a]], [[b]]]))
11242 m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [[,]], [[[a]], [[b]]])
11244 m4_count(m4_map_sep([m4_echo], [[,]], [[[a]], [[b]]]))
11249 @defmac m4_map_args (@var{macro}, @var{arg}@dots{})
11251 Repeatedly invoke @var{macro} with each successive @var{arg} as its only
11252 argument. In the following example, three solutions are presented with
11253 the same expansion; the solution using @code{m4_map_args} is the most
11256 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
11257 m4_foreach([var], [[plain], [active]], [ m4_echo(m4_defn([var]))])
11258 @result{} plain active
11259 m4_map([ m4_echo], [[[plain]], [[active]]])
11260 @result{} plain active
11261 m4_map_args([ m4_echo], [plain], [active])
11262 @result{} plain active
11265 In cases where it is useful to operate on additional parameters besides
11266 the list elements, the macro @code{m4_curry} can be used in @var{macro}
11267 to supply the argument currying necessary to generate the desired
11268 argument list. In the following example, @code{list_add_n} is more
11269 efficient than @code{list_add_x}. On the other hand, using
11270 @code{m4_map_args_sep} can be even more efficient.
11273 m4_define([list], [[1], [2], [3]])dnl
11274 m4_define([add], [m4_eval(([$1]) + ([$2]))])dnl
11275 dnl list_add_n(N, ARG...)
11276 dnl Output a list consisting of each ARG added to N
11277 m4_define([list_add_n],
11278 [m4_shift(m4_map_args([,m4_curry([add], [$1])], m4_shift($@@)))])dnl
11279 list_add_n([1], list)
11281 list_add_n([2], list)
11283 m4_define([list_add_x],
11284 [m4_shift(m4_foreach([var], m4_dquote(m4_shift($@@)),
11285 [,add([$1],m4_defn([var]))]))])dnl
11286 list_add_x([1], list)
11291 @defmac m4_map_args_pair (@var{macro}, @dvar{macro-end, macro}, @
11293 @msindex{map_args_pair}
11294 For every pair of arguments @var{arg}, invoke @var{macro} with two
11295 arguments. If there is an odd number of arguments, invoke
11296 @var{macro-end}, which defaults to @var{macro}, with the remaining
11300 m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [], [1], [2], [3])
11302 m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [, m4_dquote], [1], [2], [3])
11303 @result{}, 2, 1, [3]
11304 m4_map_args_pair([, m4_reverse], [, m4_dquote], [1], [2], [3], [4])
11305 @result{}, 2, 1, 4, 3
11309 @defmac m4_map_args_sep (@ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep}, @var{arg}@dots{})
11310 @msindex{map_args_sep}
11311 Expand the sequence @code{@var{pre}[@var{arg}]@var{post}} for each
11312 argument, additionally expanding @var{sep} between arguments. One
11313 common use of this macro is constructing a macro call, where the opening
11314 and closing parentheses are split between @var{pre} and @var{post}; in
11315 particular, @code{m4_map_args([@var{macro}], [@var{arg}])} is equivalent
11316 to @code{m4_map_args_sep([@var{macro}(], [)], [], [@var{arg}])}. This
11317 macro provides the most efficient means for iterating over an arbitrary
11318 list of arguments, particularly when repeatedly constructing a macro
11319 call with more arguments than @var{arg}.
11322 @defmac m4_map_args_w (@var{string}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep})
11323 @msindex{map_args_w}
11324 Expand the sequence @code{@var{pre}[word]@var{post}} for each word in
11325 the whitespace-separated @var{string}, additionally expanding @var{sep}
11326 between words. This macro provides the most efficient means for
11327 iterating over a whitespace-separated string. In particular,
11328 @code{m4_map_args_w([@var{string}], [@var{action}(], [)])} is more
11329 efficient than @code{m4_foreach_w([var], [@var{string}],
11330 [@var{action}(m4_defn([var]))])}.
11333 @defmac m4_shiftn (@var{count}, @dots{})
11334 @defmacx m4_shift2 (@dots{})
11335 @defmacx m4_shift3 (@dots{})
11339 @code{m4_shiftn} performs @var{count} iterations of @code{m4_shift},
11340 along with validation that enough arguments were passed in to match the
11341 shift count, and that the count is positive. @code{m4_shift2} and
11342 @code{m4_shift3} are specializations
11343 of @code{m4_shiftn}, introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and are more efficient
11344 for two and three shifts, respectively.
11347 @defmac m4_stack_foreach (@var{macro}, @var{action})
11348 @defmacx m4_stack_foreach_lifo (@var{macro}, @var{action})
11349 @msindex{stack_foreach}
11350 @msindex{stack_foreach_lifo}
11351 For each of the @code{m4_pushdef} definitions of @var{macro}, expand
11352 @var{action} with the single argument of a definition of @var{macro}.
11353 @code{m4_stack_foreach} starts with the oldest definition, while
11354 @code{m4_stack_foreach_lifo} starts with the current definition.
11355 @var{action} should not push or pop definitions of @var{macro}, nor is
11356 there any guarantee that the current definition of @var{macro} matches
11357 the argument that was passed to @var{action}. The macro @code{m4_curry}
11358 can be used if @var{action} needs more than one argument, although in
11359 that case it is more efficient to use @var{m4_stack_foreach_sep}.
11361 Due to technical limitations, there are a few low-level m4sugar
11362 functions, such as @code{m4_pushdef}, that cannot be used as the
11363 @var{macro} argument.
11366 m4_pushdef([a], [1])m4_pushdef([a], [2])dnl
11367 m4_stack_foreach([a], [ m4_incr])
11369 m4_stack_foreach_lifo([a], [ m4_curry([m4_substr], [abcd])])
11374 @defmac m4_stack_foreach_sep (@var{macro}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep})
11375 @defmacx m4_stack_foreach_sep_lifo (@var{macro}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @
11377 @msindex{stack_foreach_sep}
11378 @msindex{stack_foreach_sep_lifo}
11379 Expand the sequence @code{@var{pre}[definition]@var{post}} for each
11380 @code{m4_pushdef} definition of @var{macro}, additionally expanding
11381 @var{sep} between definitions. @code{m4_stack_foreach_sep} visits the
11382 oldest definition first, while @code{m4_stack_foreach_sep_lifo} visits
11383 the current definition first. This macro provides the most efficient
11384 means for iterating over a pushdef stack. In particular,
11385 @code{m4_stack_foreach([@var{macro}], [@var{action}])} is short for
11386 @code{m4_stack_foreach_sep([@var{macro}], [@var{action}(], [)])}.
11389 @node Evaluation Macros
11390 @subsection Evaluation Macros
11392 The following macros give some control over the order of the evaluation
11393 by adding or removing levels of quotes.
11395 @defmac m4_apply (@var{macro}, @var{list})
11397 Apply the elements of the quoted, comma-separated @var{list} as the
11398 arguments to @var{macro}. If @var{list} is empty, invoke @var{macro}
11399 without arguments. Note the difference between @code{m4_indir}, which
11400 expects its first argument to be a macro name but can use names that are
11401 otherwise invalid, and @code{m4_apply}, where @var{macro} can contain
11402 other text, but must end in a valid macro name.
11404 m4_apply([m4_count], [])
11406 m4_apply([m4_count], [[]])
11408 m4_apply([m4_count], [[1], [2]])
11410 m4_apply([m4_join], [[|], [1], [2]])
11415 @defmac m4_count (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11417 This macro returns the decimal count of the number of arguments it was
11421 @defmac m4_curry (@var{macro}, @var{arg}@dots{})
11423 This macro performs argument currying. The expansion of this macro is
11424 another macro name that expects exactly one argument; that argument is
11425 then appended to the @var{arg} list, and then @var{macro} is expanded
11426 with the resulting argument list.
11429 m4_curry([m4_curry], [m4_reverse], [1])([2])([3])
11433 Unfortunately, due to a limitation in M4 1.4.x, it is not possible to
11434 pass the definition of a builtin macro as the argument to the output of
11435 @code{m4_curry}; the empty string is used instead of the builtin token.
11436 This behavior is rectified by using M4 1.6 or newer.
11439 @defmac m4_do (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11441 This macro loops over its arguments and expands each @var{arg} in
11442 sequence. Its main use is for readability; it allows the use of
11443 indentation and fewer @code{dnl} to result in the same expansion. This
11444 macro guarantees that no expansion will be concatenated with subsequent
11445 text; to achieve full concatenation, use @code{m4_unquote(m4_join([],
11446 @var{arg@dots{}}))}.
11449 m4_define([ab],[1])m4_define([bc],[2])m4_define([abc],[3])dnl
11452 m4_unquote(m4_join([],[a],[b]))c
11454 m4_define([a],[A])m4_define([b],[B])m4_define([c],[C])dnl
11455 m4_define([AB],[4])m4_define([BC],[5])m4_define([ABC],[6])dnl
11458 m4_unquote(m4_join([],[a],[b]))c
11463 @defmac m4_dquote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11465 Return the arguments as a quoted list of quoted arguments.
11466 Conveniently, if there is just one @var{arg}, this effectively adds a
11470 @defmac m4_dquote_elt (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11471 @msindex{dquote_elt}
11472 Return the arguments as a series of double-quoted arguments. Whereas
11473 @code{m4_dquote} returns a single argument, @code{m4_dquote_elt} returns
11474 as many arguments as it was passed.
11477 @defmac m4_echo (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11479 Return the arguments, with the same level of quoting. Other than
11480 discarding whitespace after unquoted commas, this macro is a no-op.
11483 @defmac m4_expand (@var{arg})
11485 Return the expansion of @var{arg} as a quoted string. Whereas
11486 @code{m4_quote} is designed to collect expanded text into a single
11487 argument, @code{m4_expand} is designed to perform one level of expansion
11488 on quoted text. One distinction is in the treatment of whitespace
11489 following a comma in the original @var{arg}. Any time multiple
11490 arguments are collected into one with @code{m4_quote}, the M4 argument
11491 collection rules discard the whitespace. However, with @code{m4_expand},
11492 whitespace is preserved, even after the expansion of macros contained in
11493 @var{arg}. Additionally, @code{m4_expand} is able to expand text that
11494 would involve an unterminated comment, whereas expanding that same text
11495 as the argument to @code{m4_quote} runs into difficulty in finding the
11496 end of the argument. Since manipulating diversions during argument
11497 collection is inherently unsafe, @code{m4_expand} issues an error if
11498 @var{arg} attempts to change the current diversion (@pxref{Diversion
11502 m4_define([active], [ACT, IVE])dnl
11503 m4_define([active2], [[ACT, IVE]])dnl
11504 m4_quote(active, active)
11505 @result{}ACT,IVE,ACT,IVE
11506 m4_expand([active, active])
11507 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
11508 m4_quote(active2, active2)
11509 @result{}ACT, IVE,ACT, IVE
11510 m4_expand([active2, active2])
11511 @result{}ACT, IVE, ACT, IVE
11512 m4_expand([# m4_echo])
11514 m4_quote(# m4_echo)
11516 @result{}# m4_echo)
11520 Note that @code{m4_expand} cannot handle an @var{arg} that expands to
11521 literal unbalanced quotes, but that quadrigraphs can be used when
11522 unbalanced output is necessary. Likewise, unbalanced parentheses should
11523 be supplied with double quoting or a quadrigraph.
11526 m4_define([pattern], [[!@@<:@@]])dnl
11527 m4_define([bar], [BAR])dnl
11528 m4_expand([case $foo in
11529 m4_defn([pattern])@@:@}@@ bar ;;
11532 @result{}case $foo in
11533 @result{} [![]) BAR ;;
11534 @result{} *) blah ;;
11539 @defmac m4_ignore (@dots{})
11541 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expands to nothing,
11542 ignoring all of its arguments. By itself, this isn't very useful.
11543 However, it can be used to conditionally ignore an arbitrary number of
11544 arguments, by deciding which macro name to apply to a list of arguments.
11546 dnl foo outputs a message only if [debug] is defined.
11548 [m4_ifdef([debug],[AC_MSG_NOTICE],[m4_ignore])([debug message])])
11551 Note that for earlier versions of Autoconf, the macro @code{__gnu__} can
11552 serve the same purpose, although it is less readable.
11555 @defmac m4_make_list (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11556 @msindex{make_list}
11557 This macro exists to aid debugging of M4sugar algorithms. Its net
11558 effect is similar to @code{m4_dquote}---it produces a quoted list of
11559 quoted arguments, for each @var{arg}. The difference is that this
11560 version uses a comma-newline separator instead of just comma, to improve
11561 readability of the list; with the result that it is less efficient than
11564 m4_define([zero],[0])m4_define([one],[1])m4_define([two],[2])dnl
11565 m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]])
11566 @result{}[0],[one],[[two]]
11567 m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]])
11571 m4_foreach([number], m4_dquote(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
11573 m4_foreach([number], m4_make_list(zero, [one], [[two]]), [ number])
11578 @c m4_noquote is too dangerous to document - it invokes macros that
11579 @c probably rely on @samp{[]} nested quoting for proper operation. The
11580 @c user should generally prefer m4_unquote instead.
11582 @defmac m4_quote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11584 Return the arguments as a single entity, i.e., wrap them into a pair of
11585 quotes. This effectively collapses multiple arguments into one,
11586 although it loses whitespace after unquoted commas in the process.
11589 @defmac m4_reverse (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11591 Outputs each argument with the same level of quoting, but in reverse
11592 order, and with space following each comma for readability.
11595 m4_define([active], [ACT,IVE])
11597 m4_reverse(active, [active])
11598 @result{}active, IVE, ACT
11602 @defmac m4_unquote (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11604 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand each argument,
11605 separated by commas. For a single @var{arg}, this effectively removes a
11606 layer of quoting, and @code{m4_unquote([@var{arg}])} is more efficient
11607 than the equivalent @code{m4_do([@var{arg}])}. For multiple arguments,
11608 this results in an unquoted list of expansions. This is commonly used
11609 with @code{m4_split}, in order to convert a single quoted list into a
11610 series of quoted elements.
11613 The following example aims at emphasizing the difference between several
11614 scenarios: not using these macros, using @code{m4_defn}, using
11615 @code{m4_quote}, using @code{m4_dquote}, and using @code{m4_expand}.
11618 $ @kbd{cat example.m4}
11619 dnl Overquote, so that quotes are visible.
11620 m4_define([show], [$[]1 = [$1], $[]@@ = [$@@]])
11621 m4_define([a], [A])
11622 m4_define([mkargs], [1, 2[,] 3])
11623 m4_define([arg1], [[$1]])
11627 show(m4_quote(a, b))
11628 show(m4_dquote(a, b))
11629 show(m4_expand([a, b]))
11633 arg1(m4_defn([mkargs]))
11634 arg1(m4_quote(mkargs))
11635 arg1(m4_dquote(mkargs))
11636 arg1(m4_expand([mkargs]))
11637 $ @kbd{autom4te -l m4sugar example.m4}
11638 $1 = A, $@@ = [A],[b]
11639 $1 = a, b, $@@ = [a, b]
11640 $1 = A,b, $@@ = [A,b]
11641 $1 = [A],[b], $@@ = [[A],[b]]
11642 $1 = A, b, $@@ = [A, b]
11653 @node Text processing Macros
11654 @subsection String manipulation in M4
11656 The following macros may be used to manipulate strings in M4. Many of
11657 the macros in this section intentionally result in quoted strings as
11658 output, rather than subjecting the arguments to further expansions. As
11659 a result, if you are manipulating text that contains active M4
11660 characters, the arguments are passed with single quoting rather than
11663 @defmac m4_append (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator})
11664 @defmacx m4_append_uniq (@var{macro-name}, @var{string}, @ovar{separator} @
11665 @ovar{if-uniq}, @ovar{if-duplicate})
11667 @msindex{append_uniq}
11668 Redefine @var{macro-name} to its former contents with @var{separator}
11669 and @var{string} added at the end. If @var{macro-name} was undefined
11670 before (but not if it was defined but empty), then no @var{separator} is
11671 added. As of Autoconf 2.62, neither @var{string} nor @var{separator}
11672 are expanded during this macro; instead, they are expanded when
11673 @var{macro-name} is invoked.
11675 @code{m4_append} can be used to grow strings, and @code{m4_append_uniq}
11676 to grow strings without duplicating substrings. Additionally,
11677 @code{m4_append_uniq} takes two optional parameters as of Autoconf 2.62;
11678 @var{if-uniq} is expanded if @var{string} was appended, and
11679 @var{if-duplicate} is expanded if @var{string} was already present.
11680 Also, @code{m4_append_uniq} warns if @var{separator} is not empty, but
11681 occurs within @var{string}, since that can lead to duplicates.
11683 Note that @code{m4_append} can scale linearly in the length of the final
11684 string, depending on the quality of the underlying M4 implementation,
11685 while @code{m4_append_uniq} has an inherent quadratic scaling factor.
11686 If an algorithm can tolerate duplicates in the final string, use the
11687 former for speed. If duplicates must be avoided, consider using
11688 @code{m4_set_add} instead (@pxref{Set manipulation Macros}).
11691 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
11692 m4_append([sentence], [This is an])dnl
11693 m4_append([sentence], [ active ])dnl
11694 m4_append([sentence], [symbol.])dnl
11696 @result{}This is an ACTIVE symbol.
11697 m4_undefine([active])dnl
11698 @result{}This is an active symbol.
11699 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
11701 m4_append_uniq([list], [one], [, ], [new], [existing])
11703 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
11705 m4_append_uniq([list], [three], [, ], [new], [existing])
11707 m4_append_uniq([list], [two], [, ], [new], [existing])
11710 @result{}one, two, three
11712 @result{}[one],[two],[three]
11713 m4_append([list2], [one], [[, ]])dnl
11714 m4_append_uniq([list2], [two], [[, ]])dnl
11715 m4_append([list2], [three], [[, ]])dnl
11717 @result{}one, two, three
11719 @result{}[one, two, three]
11723 @defmac m4_append_uniq_w (@var{macro-name}, @var{strings})
11724 @msindex{append_uniq_w}
11725 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. It is similar to
11726 @code{m4_append_uniq}, but treats @var{strings} as a whitespace
11727 separated list of words to append, and only appends unique words.
11728 @var{macro-name} is updated with a single space between new words.
11730 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [1 1 2])dnl
11731 m4_append_uniq_w([numbers], [ 2 3 ])dnl
11737 @defmac m4_chomp (@var{string})
11738 @defmacx m4_chomp_all (@var{string})
11740 @msindex{chomp_all}
11741 Output @var{string} in quotes, but without a trailing newline. The
11742 macro @code{m4_chomp} is slightly faster, and removes at most one
11743 newline; the macro @code{m4_chomp_all} removes all consecutive trailing
11744 newlines. Unlike @code{m4_flatten}, embedded newlines are left intact,
11745 and backslash does not influence the result.
11748 @defmac m4_combine (@ovar{separator}, @var{prefix-list}, @ovar{infix}, @
11749 @var{suffix-1}, @ovar{suffix-2}, @dots{})
11751 This macro produces a quoted string containing the pairwise combination
11752 of every element of the quoted, comma-separated @var{prefix-list}, and
11753 every element from the @var{suffix} arguments. Each pairwise
11754 combination is joined with @var{infix} in the middle, and successive
11755 pairs are joined by @var{separator}. No expansion occurs on any of the
11756 arguments. No output occurs if either the @var{prefix} or @var{suffix}
11757 list is empty, but the lists can contain empty elements.
11759 m4_define([a], [oops])dnl
11760 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b], [c]], [-], [1], [2], [3])
11761 @result{}a-1, a-2, a-3, b-1, b-2, b-3, c-1, c-2, c-3
11762 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-])
11764 m4_combine([, ], [[a], [b]], [-], [])
11766 m4_combine([, ], [], [-], [1], [2])
11768 m4_combine([, ], [[]], [-], [1], [2])
11773 @defmac m4_flatten (@var{string})
11775 Flatten @var{string} into a single line. Delete all backslash-newline
11776 pairs, and replace all remaining newlines with a space. The result is
11777 still a quoted string.
11780 @defmac m4_join (@ovar{separator}, @var{args}@dots{})
11781 @defmacx m4_joinall (@ovar{separator}, @var{args}@dots{})
11784 Concatenate each @var{arg}, separated by @var{separator}.
11785 @code{joinall} uses every argument, while @code{join} omits empty
11786 arguments so that there are no back-to-back separators in the output.
11787 The result is a quoted string.
11789 m4_define([active], [ACTIVE])dnl
11790 m4_join([|], [one], [], [active], [two])
11791 @result{}one|active|two
11792 m4_joinall([|], [one], [], [active], [two])
11793 @result{}one||active|two
11796 Note that if all you intend to do is join @var{args} with commas between
11797 them, to form a quoted list suitable for @code{m4_foreach}, it is more
11798 efficient to use @code{m4_dquote}.
11801 @defmac m4_newline (@ovar{text})
11803 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62, and expands to a newline,
11804 followed by any @var{text}.
11805 It is primarily useful for maintaining macro formatting, and ensuring
11806 that M4 does not discard leading whitespace during argument collection.
11809 @defmac m4_normalize (@var{string})
11810 @msindex{normalize}
11811 Remove leading and trailing spaces and tabs, sequences of
11812 backslash-then-newline, and replace multiple spaces, tabs, and newlines
11813 with a single space. This is a combination of @code{m4_flatten} and
11817 @defmac m4_re_escape (@var{string})
11818 @msindex{re_escape}
11819 Backslash-escape all characters in @var{string} that are active in
11823 @defmac m4_split (@var{string}, @dvar{regexp, [\t ]+})
11825 Split @var{string} into an M4 list of elements quoted by @samp{[} and
11826 @samp{]}, while keeping white space at the beginning and at the end.
11827 If @var{regexp} is given, use it instead of @samp{[\t ]+} for splitting.
11828 If @var{string} is empty, the result is an empty list.
11831 @defmac m4_strip (@var{string})
11833 Strip whitespace from @var{string}. Sequences of spaces and tabs are
11834 reduced to a single space, then leading and trailing spaces are removed.
11835 The result is still a quoted string. Note that this does not interfere
11836 with newlines; if you want newlines stripped as well, consider
11837 @code{m4_flatten}, or do it all at once with @code{m4_normalize}.
11840 @defmac m4_text_box (@var{message}, @dvar{frame, -})
11842 Add a text box around @var{message}, using @var{frame} as the border
11843 character above and below the message. The frame correctly accounts for
11844 the subsequent expansion of @var{message}. For example:
11846 m4_define([macro], [abc])dnl
11847 m4_text_box([macro])
11853 The @var{message} must contain balanced quotes and parentheses, although
11854 quadrigraphs can be used to work around this.
11857 @defmac m4_text_wrap (@var{string}, @ovar{prefix}, @
11858 @dvar{prefix1, @var{prefix}}, @dvar{width, 79})
11859 @msindex{text_wrap}
11860 Break @var{string} into a series of whitespace-separated words, then
11861 output those words separated by spaces, and wrapping lines any time the
11862 output would exceed @var{width} columns. If given, @var{prefix1} begins
11863 the first line, and @var{prefix} begins all wrapped lines. If
11864 @var{prefix1} is longer than @var{prefix}, then the first line consists
11865 of just @var{prefix1}. If @var{prefix} is longer than @var{prefix1},
11866 padding is inserted so that the first word of @var{string} begins at the
11867 same indentation as all wrapped lines. Note that using literal tab
11868 characters in any of the arguments will interfere with the calculation
11869 of width. No expansions occur on @var{prefix}, @var{prefix1}, or the
11870 words of @var{string}, although quadrigraphs are recognized.
11874 m4_text_wrap([Short string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
11875 @result{}/* Short string */
11876 m4_text_wrap([Much longer string */], [ ], [/* ], [20])
11877 @result{}/* Much longer
11878 @result{} string */
11879 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --short ], [30])
11880 @result{} --short Short doc.
11881 m4_text_wrap([Short doc.], [ ], [ --too-wide ], [30])
11882 @result{} --too-wide
11883 @result{} Short doc.
11884 m4_text_wrap([Super long documentation.], [ ],
11885 [ --too-wide ], 30)
11886 @result{} --too-wide
11887 @result{} Super long
11888 @result{} documentation.
11892 @defmac m4_tolower (@var{string})
11893 @defmacx m4_toupper (@var{string})
11896 Return @var{string} with letters converted to upper or lower case,
11900 @node Number processing Macros
11901 @subsection Arithmetic computation in M4
11903 The following macros facilitate integer arithmetic operations.
11904 Where a parameter is documented as taking an arithmetic expression, you
11905 can use anything that can be parsed by @code{m4_eval}.
11907 @defmac m4_cmp (@var{expr-1}, @var{expr-2})
11909 Compare the arithmetic expressions @var{expr-1} and @var{expr-2}, and
11910 expand to @samp{-1} if @var{expr-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are
11911 equal, and @samp{1} if @var{expr-1} is larger.
11914 @defmac m4_list_cmp (@var{list-1}, @var{list-2})
11916 Compare the two M4 lists consisting of comma-separated arithmetic
11917 expressions, left to right. Expand to @samp{-1} for the first element
11918 pairing where the value from @var{list-1} is smaller, @samp{1} where the
11919 value from @var{list-2} is smaller, or @samp{0} if both lists have the
11920 same values. If one list is shorter than the other, the remaining
11921 elements of the longer list are compared against zero.
11923 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1])
11925 m4_list_cmp([1, [1 * 0]], [1, 0])
11927 m4_list_cmp([1, 2], [1, 0])
11929 m4_list_cmp([1, [1+1], 3],[1, 2])
11931 m4_list_cmp([1, 2, -3], [1, 2])
11933 m4_list_cmp([1, 0], [1, 2])
11935 m4_list_cmp([1], [1, 2])
11940 @defmac m4_max (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11942 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value
11943 of the maximum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
11946 @defmac m4_min (@var{arg}, @dots{})
11948 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.62. Expand to the decimal value
11949 of the minimum arithmetic expression among all the arguments.
11952 @defmac m4_sign (@var{expr})
11954 Expand to @samp{-1} if the arithmetic expression @var{expr} is negative,
11955 @samp{1} if it is positive, and @samp{0} if it is zero.
11958 @anchor{m4_version_compare}
11959 @defmac m4_version_compare (@var{version-1}, @var{version-2})
11960 @msindex{version_compare}
11961 This macro was introduced in Autoconf 2.53, but had a number of
11962 usability limitations that were not lifted until Autoconf 2.62. Compare
11963 the version strings @var{version-1} and @var{version-2}, and expand to
11964 @samp{-1} if @var{version-1} is smaller, @samp{0} if they are the same,
11965 or @samp{1} @var{version-2} is smaller. Version strings must be a list
11966 of elements separated by @samp{.}, @samp{,} or @samp{-}, where each
11967 element is a number along with optional case-insensitive letters
11968 designating beta releases. The comparison stops at the leftmost element
11969 that contains a difference, although a 0 element compares equal to a
11972 It is permissible to include commit identifiers in @var{version}, such
11973 as an abbreviated SHA1 of the commit, provided there is still a
11974 monotonically increasing prefix to allow for accurate version-based
11975 comparisons. For example, this paragraph was written when the
11976 development snapshot of autoconf claimed to be at version
11977 @samp{2.61a-248-dc51}, or 248 commits after the 2.61a release, with an
11978 abbreviated commit identification of @samp{dc51}.
11981 m4_version_compare([1.1], [2.0])
11983 m4_version_compare([2.0b], [2.0a])
11985 m4_version_compare([1.1.1], [1.1.1a])
11987 m4_version_compare([1.2], [1.1.1a])
11989 m4_version_compare([1.0], [1])
11991 m4_version_compare([1.1pre], [1.1PRE])
11993 m4_version_compare([1.1a], [1,10])
11995 m4_version_compare([2.61a], [2.61a-248-dc51])
11997 m4_version_compare([2.61b], [2.61a-248-dc51])
12002 @defmac m4_version_prereq (@var{version}, @ovar{if-new-enough}, @
12003 @dvar{if-old, m4_fatal})
12004 @msindex{version_prereq}
12005 Compares @var{version} against the version of Autoconf currently
12006 running. If the running version is at @var{version} or newer, expand
12007 @var{if-new-enough}, but if @var{version} is larger than the version
12008 currently executing, expand @var{if-old}, which defaults to printing an
12009 error message and exiting m4sugar with status 63. When given only one
12010 argument, this behaves like @code{AC_PREREQ} (@pxref{Versioning}).
12011 Remember that the autoconf philosophy favors feature checks over version
12015 @node Set manipulation Macros
12016 @subsection Set manipulation in M4
12017 @cindex Set manipulation
12018 @cindex Data structure, set
12019 @cindex Unordered set manipulation
12021 Sometimes, it is necessary to track a set of data, where the order does
12022 not matter and where there are no duplicates in the set. The following
12023 macros facilitate set manipulations. Each set is an opaque object,
12024 which can only be accessed via these basic operations. The underlying
12025 implementation guarantees linear scaling for set creation, which is more
12026 efficient than using the quadratic @code{m4_append_uniq}. Both set
12027 names and values can be arbitrary strings, except for unbalanced quotes.
12028 This implementation ties up memory for removed elements until the next
12029 operation that must traverse all the elements of a set; and although
12030 that may slow down some operations until the memory for removed elements
12031 is pruned, it still guarantees linear performance.
12033 @defmac m4_set_add (@var{set}, @var{value}, @ovar{if-uniq}, @ovar{if-dup})
12035 Adds the string @var{value} as a member of set @var{set}. Expand
12036 @var{if-uniq} if the element was added, or @var{if-dup} if it was
12037 previously in the set. Operates in amortized constant time, so that set
12038 creation scales linearly.
12041 @defmac m4_set_add_all (@var{set}, @var{value}@dots{})
12042 @msindex{set_add_all}
12043 Adds each @var{value} to the set @var{set}. This is slightly more
12044 efficient than repeatedly invoking @code{m4_set_add}.
12047 @defmac m4_set_contains (@var{set}, @var{value}, @ovar{if-present}, @
12049 @msindex{set_contains}
12050 Expands @var{if-present} if the string @var{value} is a member of
12051 @var{set}, otherwise @var{if-absent}.
12054 m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no])
12056 m4_set_add([a], [1], [added], [dup])
12058 m4_set_add([a], [1], [added], [dup])
12060 m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no])
12062 m4_set_remove([a], [1], [removed], [missing])
12064 m4_set_contains([a], [1], [yes], [no])
12066 m4_set_remove([a], [1], [removed], [missing])
12071 @defmac m4_set_contents (@var{set}, @ovar{sep})
12072 @defmacx m4_set_dump (@var{set}, @ovar{sep})
12073 @msindex{set_contents}
12075 Expands to a single string consisting of all the members of the set
12076 @var{set}, each separated by @var{sep}, which is not expanded.
12077 @code{m4_set_contents} leaves the elements in @var{set} but reclaims any
12078 memory occupied by removed elements, while @code{m4_set_dump} is a
12079 faster one-shot action that also deletes the set. No provision is made
12080 for disambiguating members that contain a non-empty @var{sep} as a
12081 substring; use @code{m4_set_empty} to distinguish between an empty set
12082 and the set containing only the empty string. The order of the output
12083 is unspecified; in the current implementation, part of the speed of
12084 @code{m4_set_dump} results from using a different output order than
12085 @code{m4_set_contents}. These macros scale linearly in the size of the
12086 set before memory pruning, and @code{m4_set_contents([@var{set}],
12087 [@var{sep}])} is faster than
12088 @code{m4_joinall([@var{sep}]m4_set_listc([@var{set}]))}.
12091 m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3])
12093 m4_set_contents([a], [-])
12095 m4_joinall([-]m4_set_listc([a]))
12097 m4_set_dump([a], [-])
12099 m4_set_contents([a])
12101 m4_set_add([a], [])
12103 m4_set_contents([a], [-])
12108 @defmac m4_set_delete (@var{set})
12109 @msindex{set_delete}
12110 Delete all elements and memory associated with @var{set}. This is
12111 linear in the set size, and faster than removing one element at a time.
12114 @defmac m4_set_difference (@var{seta}, @var{setb})
12115 @defmacx m4_set_intersection (@var{seta}, @var{setb})
12116 @defmacx m4_set_union (@var{seta}, @var{setb})
12117 @msindex{set_difference}
12118 @msindex{set_intersection}
12119 @msindex{set_union}
12120 Compute the relation between @var{seta} and @var{setb}, and output the
12121 result as a list of quoted arguments without duplicates and with a
12122 leading comma. Set difference selects the elements in @var{seta} but
12123 not @var{setb}, intersection selects only elements in both sets, and
12124 union selects elements in either set. These actions are linear in the
12125 sum of the set sizes. The leading comma is necessary to distinguish
12126 between no elements and the empty string as the only element.
12129 m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3])
12131 m4_set_add_all([b], [3], [], [4])
12133 m4_set_difference([a], [b])
12135 m4_set_difference([b], [a])
12137 m4_set_intersection([a], [b])
12139 m4_set_union([a], [b])
12144 @defmac m4_set_empty (@var{set}, @ovar{if-empty}, @ovar{if-elements})
12145 @msindex{set_empty}
12146 Expand @var{if-empty} if the set @var{set} has no elements, otherwise
12147 expand @var{if-elements}. This macro operates in constant time. Using
12148 this macro can help disambiguate output from @code{m4_set_contents} or
12149 @code{m4_set_list}.
12152 @defmac m4_set_foreach (@var{set}, @var{variable}, @var{action})
12153 @msindex{set_foreach}
12154 For each element in the set @var{set}, expand @var{action} with the
12155 macro @var{variable} defined as the set element. Behavior is
12156 unspecified if @var{action} recursively lists the contents of @var{set}
12157 (although listing other sets is acceptable), or if it modifies the set
12158 in any way other than removing the element currently contained in
12159 @var{variable}. This macro is faster than the corresponding
12160 @code{m4_foreach([@var{variable}],
12161 m4_indir([m4_dquote]m4_set_listc([@var{set}])), [@var{action}])},
12162 although @code{m4_set_map} might be faster still.
12165 m4_set_add_all([a]m4_for([i], [1], [5], [], [,i]))
12167 m4_set_contents([a])
12169 m4_set_foreach([a], [i],
12170 [m4_if(m4_eval(i&1), [0], [m4_set_remove([a], i, [i])])])
12172 m4_set_contents([a])
12177 @defmac m4_set_list (@var{set})
12178 @defmacx m4_set_listc (@var{set})
12180 @msindex{set_listc}
12181 Produce a list of arguments, where each argument is a quoted element
12182 from the set @var{set}. The variant @code{m4_set_listc} is unambiguous,
12183 by adding a leading comma if there are any set elements, whereas the
12184 variant @code{m4_set_list} cannot distinguish between an empty set and a
12185 set containing only the empty string. These can be directly used in
12186 macros that take multiple arguments, such as @code{m4_join} or
12187 @code{m4_set_add_all}, or wrapped by @code{m4_dquote} for macros that
12188 take a quoted list, such as @code{m4_map} or @code{m4_foreach}. Any
12189 memory occupied by removed elements is reclaimed during these macros.
12192 m4_set_add_all([a], [1], [2], [3])
12200 m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))
12202 m4_set_empty([b], [0], [m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))])
12204 m4_set_add([b], [])
12210 m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))
12212 m4_set_empty([b], [0], [m4_count(m4_set_list([b]))])
12217 @defmac m4_set_map (@var{set}, @var{action})
12219 For each element in the set @var{set}, expand @var{action} with a single
12220 argument of the set element. Behavior is unspecified if @var{action}
12221 recursively lists the contents of @var{set} (although listing other sets
12222 is acceptable), or if it modifies the set in any way other than removing
12223 the element passed as an argument. This macro is faster than either
12224 corresponding counterpart of
12225 @code{m4_map_args([@var{action}]m4_set_listc([@var{set}]))} or
12226 @code{m4_set_foreach([@var{set}], [var],
12227 [@var{action}(m4_defn([var]))])}. It is possible to use @code{m4_curry}
12228 if more than one argument is needed for @var{action}, although it is
12229 more efficient to use @code{m4_set_map_sep} in that case.
12232 @defmac m4_set_map_sep (@var{set}, @ovar{pre}, @ovar{post}, @ovar{sep})
12233 @msindex{set_map_sep}
12234 For each element in the set @var{set}, expand
12235 @code{@var{pre}[element]@var{post}}, additionally expanding @var{sep}
12236 between elements. Behavior is unspecified if the expansion recursively
12237 lists the contents of @var{set} (although listing other sets
12238 is acceptable), or if it modifies the set in any way other than removing
12239 the element visited by the expansion. This macro provides the most
12240 efficient means for non-destructively visiting the elements of a set; in
12241 particular, @code{m4_set_map([@var{set}], [@var{action}])} is equivalent
12242 to @code{m4_set_map_sep([@var{set}], [@var{action}(], [)])}.
12245 @defmac m4_set_remove (@var{set}, @var{value}, @ovar{if-present}, @
12247 @msindex{set_remove}
12248 If @var{value} is an element in the set @var{set}, then remove it and
12249 expand @var{if-present}. Otherwise expand @var{if-absent}. This macro
12250 operates in constant time so that multiple removals will scale linearly
12251 rather than quadratically; but when used outside of
12252 @code{m4_set_foreach} or @code{m4_set_map}, it leaves memory occupied
12253 until the set is later
12254 compacted by @code{m4_set_contents} or @code{m4_set_list}. Several
12255 other set operations are then less efficient between the time of element
12256 removal and subsequent memory compaction, but still maintain their
12257 guaranteed scaling performance.
12260 @defmac m4_set_size (@var{set})
12262 Expand to the size of the set @var{set}. This implementation operates
12263 in constant time, and is thus more efficient than
12264 @code{m4_eval(m4_count(m4_set_listc([set])) - 1)}.
12268 @node Forbidden Patterns
12269 @subsection Forbidden Patterns
12270 @cindex Forbidden patterns
12271 @cindex Patterns, forbidden
12273 M4sugar provides a means to define suspicious patterns, patterns
12274 describing tokens which should not be found in the output. For
12275 instance, if an Autoconf @file{configure} script includes tokens such as
12276 @samp{AC_DEFINE}, or @samp{dnl}, then most probably something went
12277 wrong (typically a macro was not evaluated because of overquotation).
12279 M4sugar forbids all the tokens matching @samp{^_?m4_} and @samp{^dnl$}.
12280 Additional layers, such as M4sh and Autoconf, add additional forbidden
12281 patterns to the list.
12283 @defmac m4_pattern_forbid (@var{pattern})
12284 @msindex{pattern_forbid}
12285 Declare that no token matching @var{pattern} must be found in the output.
12286 Comments are not checked; this can be a problem if, for instance, you
12287 have some macro left unexpanded after an @samp{#include}. No consensus
12288 is currently found in the Autoconf community, as some people consider it
12289 should be valid to name macros in comments (which doesn't make sense to
12290 the authors of this documentation: input, such as macros, should be
12291 documented by @samp{dnl} comments; reserving @samp{#}-comments to
12292 document the output).
12295 Of course, you might encounter exceptions to these generic rules, for
12296 instance you might have to refer to @samp{$m4_flags}.
12298 @defmac m4_pattern_allow (@var{pattern})
12299 @msindex{pattern_allow}
12300 Any token matching @var{pattern} is allowed, including if it matches an
12301 @code{m4_pattern_forbid} pattern.
12304 @node Programming in M4sh
12305 @chapter Programming in M4sh
12307 M4sh, pronounced ``mash'', is aiming at producing portable Bourne shell
12308 scripts. This name was coined by Lars J. Aas, who notes that,
12309 according to the Webster's Revised Unabridged Dictionary (1913):
12312 Mash \Mash\, n. [Akin to G. meisch, maisch, meische, maische, mash,
12313 wash, and prob.@: to AS. miscian to mix. See ``Mix''.]
12317 A mass of mixed ingredients reduced to a soft pulpy state by beating or
12321 A mixture of meal or bran and water fed to animals.
12324 A mess; trouble. [Obs.] --Beau.@: & Fl.
12328 M4sh reserves the M4 macro namespace @samp{^_AS_} for internal use, and
12329 the namespace @samp{^AS_} for M4sh macros. It also reserves the shell
12330 and environment variable namespace @samp{^as_}, and the here-doc
12331 delimiter namespace @samp{^_AS[A-Z]} in the output file. You should not
12332 define your own macros or output shell code that conflicts with these
12336 * Common Shell Constructs:: Portability layer for common shell constructs
12337 * Polymorphic Variables:: Support for indirect variable names
12338 * Initialization Macros:: Macros to establish a sane shell environment
12339 * File Descriptor Macros:: File descriptor macros for input and output
12342 @node Common Shell Constructs
12343 @section Common Shell Constructs
12345 M4sh provides portable alternatives for some common shell constructs
12346 that unfortunately are not portable in practice.
12348 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
12350 @defmac AS_BASENAME (@var{file-name})
12352 Output the non-directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
12353 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
12354 @code{base=`AS_BASENAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{base} to @samp{three}.
12358 @defmac AS_CASE (@var{word}, @ovar{pattern1}, @ovar{if-matched1}, @
12359 @dots{}, @ovar{default})
12361 Expand into a shell @samp{case} statement, where @var{word} is matched
12362 against one or more patterns. @var{if-matched} is run if the
12363 corresponding pattern matched @var{word}, else @var{default} is run.
12364 Avoids several portability issues (@pxref{case, , Limitations of Shell
12368 @c Deprecated, to be replaced by a better API
12370 @defmac AS_DIRNAME (@var{file-name})
12372 Output the directory portion of @var{file-name}. For example,
12373 if @code{$file} is @samp{/one/two/three}, the command
12374 @code{dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])`} sets @code{dir} to @samp{/one/two}.
12378 @defmac AS_ECHO (@var{word})
12380 Emits @var{word} to the standard output, followed by a newline. @var{word}
12381 must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string). The bytes of
12382 @var{word} are output as-is, even if it starts with "-" or contains "\".
12383 Redirections can be placed outside the macro invocation. This is much
12384 more portable than using @command{echo} (@pxref{echo, , Limitations of
12388 @defmac AS_ECHO_N (@var{word})
12390 Emits @var{word} to the standard output, without a following newline.
12391 @var{word} must be a single shell word (typically a quoted string) and,
12392 for portability, should not include more than one newline. The bytes of
12393 @var{word} are output as-is, even if it starts with "-" or contains "\".
12394 Redirections can be placed outside the macro invocation.
12397 @defmac AS_ESCAPE (@var{string}, @dvar{chars, `\"$})
12399 Expands to @var{string}, with any characters in @var{chars} escaped with
12400 a backslash (@samp{\}). @var{chars} should be at most four bytes long,
12401 and only contain characters from the set @samp{`\"$}; however,
12402 characters may be safely listed more than once in @var{chars} for the
12403 sake of syntax highlighting editors. The current implementation expands
12404 @var{string} after adding escapes; if @var{string} contains macro calls
12405 that in turn expand to text needing shell quoting, you can use
12406 @code{AS_ESCAPE(m4_dquote(m4_expand([string])))}.
12408 The default for @var{chars} (@samp{\"$`}) is the set of characters
12409 needing escapes when @var{string} will be used literally within double
12410 quotes. One common variant is the set of characters to protect when
12411 @var{string} will be used literally within back-ticks or an unquoted
12412 here-doc (@samp{\$`}). Another common variant is @samp{""}, which can
12413 be used to form a double-quoted string containing the same expansions
12414 that would have occurred if @var{string} were expanded in an unquoted
12415 here-doc; however, when using this variant, care must be taken that
12416 @var{string} does not use double quotes within complex variable
12417 expansions (such as @samp{$@{foo-`echo "hi"`@}}) that would be broken
12418 with improper escapes.
12420 This macro is often used with @code{AS_ECHO}. For an example, observe
12421 the output generated by the shell code generated from this snippet:
12425 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE(["$foo" = ])AS_ESCAPE(["$foo"], [""])"])
12426 @result{}"$foo" = "bar"
12427 m4_define([macro], [a, [\b]])
12428 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE([[macro]])"])
12430 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE([macro])"])
12432 AS_ECHO(["AS_ESCAPE(m4_dquote(m4_expand([macro])))"])
12436 @comment Should we add AS_ESCAPE_SINGLE? If we do, we can optimize in
12437 @comment the case of @var{string} that does not contain '.
12438 To escape a string that will be placed within single quotes, use:
12441 m4_bpatsubst([[@var{string}]], ['], ['\\''])
12445 @defmac AS_EXIT (@dvar{status, $?})
12447 Emit code to exit the shell with @var{status}, defaulting to @samp{$?}.
12449 works around shells that see the exit status of the command prior to
12450 @code{exit} inside a @samp{trap 0} handler (@pxref{trap, , Limitations
12451 of Shell Builtins}).
12454 @defmac AS_IF (@var{test1}, @ovar{run-if-true1}, @dots{}, @ovar{run-if-false})
12456 Run shell code @var{test1}. If @var{test1} exits with a zero status then
12457 run shell code @var{run-if-true1}, else examine further tests. If no test
12458 exits with a zero status, run shell code @var{run-if-false}, with
12459 simplifications if either @var{run-if-true1} or @var{run-if-false}
12460 is empty. For example,
12463 AS_IF([test "x$foo" = xyes], [HANDLE_FOO([yes])],
12464 [test "x$foo" != xno], [HANDLE_FOO([maybe])],
12465 [echo foo not specified])
12469 ensures any required macros of @code{HANDLE_FOO}
12470 are expanded before the first test.
12473 @defmac AS_MKDIR_P (@var{file-name})
12475 Make the directory @var{file-name}, including intervening directories
12476 as necessary. This is equivalent to @samp{mkdir -p -- @var{file-name}},
12477 except that it is portable to older versions of @command{mkdir} that
12478 lack support for the @option{-p} option or for the @option{--}
12479 delimiter (@pxref{mkdir, , Limitations of Usual Tools}). Also,
12481 succeeds if @var{file-name} is a symbolic link to an existing directory,
12482 even though Posix is unclear whether @samp{mkdir -p} should
12483 succeed in that case. If creation of @var{file-name} fails, exit the
12486 Also see the @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} macro (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
12489 @defmac AS_SET_STATUS (@var{status})
12490 @asindex{SET_STATUS}
12491 Emit shell code to set the value of @samp{$?} to @var{status}, as
12492 efficiently as possible. However, this is not guaranteed to abort a
12493 shell running with @code{set -e} (@pxref{set, , Limitations of Shell
12497 @defmac AS_TR_CPP (@var{expression})
12499 Transform @var{expression} into a valid right-hand side for a C @code{#define}.
12503 # This outputs "#define HAVE_CHAR_P 1".
12504 # Notice the m4 quoting around #, to prevent an m4 comment
12506 echo "[#]define AS_TR_CPP([HAVE_$type]) 1"
12510 @defmac AS_TR_SH (@var{expression})
12512 Transform @var{expression} into a valid shell variable name. For example:
12515 # This outputs "Have it!".
12516 header="sys/some file.h"
12517 AS_TR_SH([HAVE_$header])=yes
12518 if test "x$HAVE_sys_some_file_h" = xyes; then echo "Have it!"; fi
12522 @defmac AS_SET_CATFILE (@var{var}, @var{dir}, @var{file})
12523 @asindex{SET_CATFILE}
12524 Set the shell variable @var{var} to @var{dir}/@var{file}, but
12525 optimizing the common cases (@var{dir} or @var{file} is @samp{.},
12526 @var{file} is absolute, etc.).
12529 @defmac AS_UNSET (@var{var})
12531 Unsets the shell variable @var{var}, working around bugs in older
12532 shells (@pxref{unset, , Limitations of Shell
12533 Builtins}). @var{var} can be a literal or indirect variable name.
12536 @defmac AS_VERSION_COMPARE (@var{version-1}, @var{version-2}, @
12537 @ovar{action-if-less}, @ovar{action-if-equal}, @ovar{action-if-greater})
12538 @asindex{VERSION_COMPARE}
12539 Compare two strings @var{version-1} and @var{version-2}, possibly
12540 containing shell variables, as version strings, and expand
12541 @var{action-if-less}, @var{action-if-equal}, or @var{action-if-greater}
12542 depending upon the result.
12543 The algorithm to compare is similar to the one used by strverscmp in
12544 glibc (@pxref{String/Array Comparison, , String/Array Comparison, libc,
12545 The @acronym{GNU} C Library}).
12548 @node Polymorphic Variables
12549 @section Support for indirect variable names
12550 @cindex variable name indirection
12551 @cindex polymorphic variable name
12552 @cindex indirection, variable name
12554 Often, it is convenient to write a macro that will emit shell code
12555 operating on a shell variable. The simplest case is when the variable
12556 name is known. But a more powerful idiom is writing shell code that can
12557 work through an indirection, where another variable or command
12558 substitution produces the name of the variable to actually manipulate.
12559 M4sh supports the notion of polymorphic shell variables, making it easy
12560 to write a macro that can deal with either literal or indirect variable
12561 names and output shell code appropriate for both use cases. Behavior is
12562 undefined if expansion of an indirect variable does not result in a
12563 literal variable name.
12565 @defmac AS_LITERAL_IF (@var{expression}, @ovar{if-literal}, @ovar{if-not})
12566 @asindex{LITERAL_IF}
12567 If the expansion of @var{expression} is definitely a shell literal,
12568 expand @var{if-literal}. If the expansion of @var{expression} looks
12569 like it might contain shell indirections (such as @code{$var} or
12570 @code{`expr`}), then @var{if-not} is expanded. In order to reduce the
12571 time spent deciding whether an expression is literal, the implementation
12572 is somewhat conservative (for example, @samp{'[$]'} is a single-quoted
12573 shell literal, but causes @var{if-not} to be expanded). While this
12574 macro is often used for recognizing shell variable names, it can also be
12575 used in other contexts.
12578 AC_DEFUN([MY_ACTION],
12579 [AS_LITERAL_IF([$1],
12581 [AS_VAR_COPY([tmp], [$1])
12586 @defmac AS_VAR_APPEND (@var{var}, @var{text})
12588 Emit shell code to append the shell expansion of @var{text} to the end
12589 of the current contents of the polymorphic shell variable @var{var},
12590 taking advantage of shells that provide the @samp{+=} extension for more
12593 For situations where the final contents of @var{var} are relatively
12594 short (less than 256 bytes), it is more efficient to use the simpler
12595 code sequence of @code{@var{var}=$@{@var{var}@}@var{text}} (or its
12596 polymorphic equivalent of @code{AS_VAR_COPY([tmp], [@var{var}])} and
12597 @code{AS_VAR_SET([@var{var}], ["$tmp"@var{text}])}). But in the case
12598 when the script will be repeatedly appending text into @code{var},
12599 issues of scaling start to become apparent. A naive implementation
12600 requires execution time linear to the length of the current contents of
12601 @var{var} as well as the length of @var{text} for a single append, for
12602 an overall quadratic scaling with multiple appends. This macro takes
12603 advantage of shells which provide the extension
12604 @code{@var{var}+=@var{text}}, which can provide amortized constant time
12605 for a single append, for an overall linear scaling with multiple
12606 appends. Note that unlike @code{AS_VAR_SET}, this macro requires that
12607 @var{text} be quoted properly to avoid field splitting and file name
12611 @defmac AS_VAR_ARITH (@var{var}, @var{expression})
12613 Emit shell code to compute the arithmetic expansion of @var{expression},
12614 assigning the result as the contents of the polymorphic shell variable
12615 @var{var}. The code takes advantage of shells that provide @samp{$(())}
12616 for fewer forks, but uses @command{expr} as a fallback. Therefore, the
12617 syntax for a valid @var{expression} is rather limited: all operators
12618 must occur as separate shell arguments and with proper quoting, there is
12619 no portable equality operator, all variables containing numeric values
12620 must be expanded prior to the computation, all numeric values must be
12621 provided in decimal without leading zeroes, and the first shell argument
12622 should not be a negative number. In the following example, this snippet
12623 will print @samp{(2+3)*4 == 20}.
12627 AS_VAR_ARITH([foo], [\( 2 + $bar \) \* 4])
12628 echo "(2+$bar)*4 == $foo"
12632 @defmac AS_VAR_COPY (@var{dest}, @var{source})
12634 Emit shell code to assign the contents of the polymorphic shell variable
12635 @var{source} to the polymorphic shell variable @var{dest}. For example,
12636 executing this M4sh snippet will output @samp{bar hi}:
12640 AS_VAR_COPY([a], [foo])
12641 AS_VAR_COPY([b], [$foo])
12645 When it is necessary to access the contents of an indirect variable
12646 inside a shell double-quoted context, the recommended idiom is to first
12647 copy the contents into a temporary literal shell variable.
12650 for header in stdint_h inttypes_h ; do
12651 AS_VAR_COPY([var], [ac_cv_header_$header])
12652 echo "$header detected: $var"
12657 @comment AS_VAR_GET is intentionally undocumented; it can't handle
12658 @comment trailing newlines uniformly, and forks too much.
12660 @defmac AS_VAR_IF (@var{var}, @ovar{value}, @ovar{if-equal}, @
12661 @ovar{if-not-equal})
12663 Output a shell conditional statement. If the contents of the
12664 polymorphic shell variable @var{var} match the string @var{value},
12665 execute @var{if-equal}; otherwise execute @var{if-not-equal}. Avoids
12666 shell bugs if an interrupt signal arrives while a command substitution
12667 in @var{var} is being expanded.
12670 @defmac AS_VAR_PUSHDEF (@var{m4-name}, @var{value})
12671 @defmacx AS_VAR_POPDEF (@var{m4-name})
12672 @asindex{VAR_PUSHDEF}
12673 @asindex{VAR_POPDEF}
12674 @cindex composing variable names
12675 @cindex variable names, composing
12676 A common M4sh idiom involves composing shell variable names from an m4
12677 argument (for example, writing a macro that uses a cache variable).
12678 @var{value} can be an arbitrary string, which will be transliterated
12679 into a valid shell name by @code{AS_TR_SH}. In order to access the
12680 composed variable name based on @var{value}, it is easier to declare a
12681 temporary m4 macro @var{m4-name} with @code{AS_VAR_PUSHDEF}, then use
12682 that macro as the argument to subsequent @code{AS_VAR} macros as a
12683 polymorphic variable name, and finally free the temporary macro with
12684 @code{AS_VAR_POPDEF}. These macros are often followed with @code{dnl},
12685 to avoid excess newlines in the output.
12687 Here is an involved example, that shows the power of writing macros that
12688 can handle composed shell variable names:
12691 m4_define([MY_CHECK_HEADER],
12692 [AS_VAR_PUSHDEF([my_Header], [ac_cv_header_$1])dnl
12693 AS_VAR_IF([my_Header], [yes], [echo "header $1 available"])dnl
12694 AS_VAR_POPDEF([my_Header])dnl
12696 MY_CHECK_HEADER([stdint.h])
12697 for header in inttypes.h stdlib.h ; do
12698 MY_CHECK_HEADER([$header])
12703 In the above example, @code{MY_CHECK_HEADER} can operate on polymorphic
12704 variable names. In the first invocation, the m4 argument is
12705 @code{stdint.h}, which transliterates into a literal @code{stdint_h}.
12706 As a result, the temporary macro @code{my_Header} expands to the literal
12707 shell name @samp{ac_cv_header_stdint_h}. In the second invocation, the
12708 m4 argument to @code{MY_CHECK_HEADER} is @code{$header}, and the
12709 temporary macro @code{my_Header} expands to the indirect shell name
12710 @samp{$as_my_Header}. During the shell execution of the for loop, when
12711 @samp{$header} contains @samp{inttypes.h}, then @samp{$as_my_Header}
12712 contains @samp{ac_cv_header_inttypes_h}. If this script is then run on a
12713 platform where all three headers have been previously detected, the
12714 output of the script will include:
12717 header stdint.h detected
12718 header inttypes.h detected
12719 header stdlib.h detected
12723 @defmac AS_VAR_SET (@var{var}, @ovar{value})
12725 Emit shell code to assign the contents of the polymorphic shell variable
12726 @var{var} to the shell expansion of @var{value}. @var{value} is not
12727 subject to field splitting or file name expansion, so if command
12728 substitution is used, it may be done with @samp{`""`} rather than using
12729 an intermediate variable (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}). However,
12730 @var{value} does undergo rescanning for additional macro names; behavior
12731 is unspecified if late expansion results in any shell meta-characters.
12734 @defmac AS_VAR_SET_IF (@var{var}, @ovar{if-set}, @ovar{if-undef})
12735 @asindex{VAR_SET_IF}
12736 Emit a shell conditional statement, which executes @var{if-set} if the
12737 polymorphic shell variable @code{var} is set to any value, and
12738 @var{if-undef} otherwise.
12741 @defmac AS_VAR_TEST_SET (@var{var})
12742 @asindex{VAR_TEST_SET}
12743 Emit a shell statement that results in a successful exit status only if
12744 the polymorphic shell variable @code{var} is set.
12747 @node Initialization Macros
12748 @section Initialization Macros
12750 @defmac AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE
12751 @asindex{BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}
12752 Set up the shell to be more compatible with the Bourne shell as
12753 standardized by Posix, if possible. This may involve setting
12754 environment variables, or setting options, or similar
12755 implementation-specific actions. This macro is deprecated, since
12756 @code{AS_INIT} already invokes it.
12763 Initialize the M4sh environment. This macro calls @code{m4_init}, then
12764 outputs the @code{#! /bin/sh} line, a notice about where the output was
12765 generated from, and code to sanitize the environment for the rest of the
12766 script. Among other initializations, this sets @env{SHELL} to the shell
12767 chosen to run the script (@pxref{CONFIG_SHELL}), and @env{LC_ALL} to
12768 ensure the C locale. Finally, it changes the current diversion to
12772 @defmac AS_INIT_GENERATED (@var{file}, @ovar{comment})
12773 @asindex{INIT_GENERATED}
12774 Emit shell code to start the creation of a subsidiary shell script in
12775 @var{file}, including changing @var{file} to be executable. This macro
12776 populates the child script with information learned from the parent
12777 (thus, the emitted code is equivalent in effect, but more efficient,
12778 than the code output by @code{AS_INIT}, @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and
12779 @code{AS_SHELL_SANITIZE}). If present, @var{comment} is output near the
12780 beginning of the child, prior to the shell initialization code, and is
12781 subject to parameter expansion, command substitution, and backslash
12783 parent script should check the exit status after this macro, in case
12784 @var{file} could not be properly created (for example, if the disk was
12785 full). If successfully created, the parent script can then proceed to
12786 append additional M4sh constructs into the child script.
12788 Note that the child script starts life without a log file open, so if
12789 the parent script uses logging (@pxref{AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD}), you
12790 must temporarily disable any attempts to use the log file until after
12791 emitting code to open a log within the child. On the other hand, if the
12792 parent script has @code{AS_MESSAGE_FD} redirected somewhere besides
12793 @samp{1}, then the child script already has code that copies stdout to
12794 that descriptor. Currently, the suggested
12795 idiom for writing a M4sh shell script from within another script is:
12798 AS_INIT_GENERATED([@var{file}], [[# My child script.
12799 ]]) || @{ AS_ECHO(["Failed to create child script"]); AS_EXIT; @}
12800 m4_pushdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])dnl
12801 cat >> "@var{file}" <<\__EOF__
12802 # Code to initialize AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
12803 m4_popdef([AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD])dnl
12808 This, however, may change in the future as the M4sh interface is
12809 stabilized further.
12811 Also, be aware that use of @env{LINENO} within the child script may
12812 report line numbers relative to their location in the parent script,
12813 even when using @code{AS_LINENO_PREPARE}, if the parent script was
12814 unable to locate a shell with working @env{LINENO} support.
12817 @defmac AS_LINENO_PREPARE
12818 @asindex{LINENO_PREPARE}
12820 Find a shell that supports the special variable @env{LINENO}, which
12821 contains the number of the currently executing line. This macro is
12822 automatically invoked by @code{AC_INIT} in configure scripts.
12825 @defmac AS_ME_PREPARE
12826 @asindex{ME_PREPARE}
12827 Set up variable @env{as_me} to be the basename of the currently executing
12828 script. This macro is automatically invoked by @code{AC_INIT} in
12832 @defmac AS_SHELL_SANITIZE
12833 @asindex{SHELL_SANITIZE}
12834 Initialize the shell suitably for @command{configure} scripts. This has
12835 the effect of @code{AS_BOURNE_COMPATIBLE}, and sets some other
12836 environment variables for predictable results from configuration tests.
12837 For example, it sets @env{LC_ALL} to change to the default C locale.
12838 @xref{Special Shell Variables}. This macro is deprecated, since
12839 @code{AS_INIT} already invokes it.
12843 @node File Descriptor Macros
12844 @section File Descriptor Macros
12846 @cindex standard input
12847 @cindex file descriptors
12848 @cindex descriptors
12849 @cindex low-level output
12850 @cindex output, low-level
12852 The following macros define file descriptors used to output messages
12853 (or input values) from @file{configure} scripts.
12857 echo "$wombats found" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
12858 echo 'Enter desired kangaroo count:' >&AS_MESSAGE_FD
12859 read kangaroos <&AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD`
12863 However doing so is seldom needed, because Autoconf provides higher
12864 level macros as described below.
12866 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_FD
12867 @asindex{MESSAGE_FD}
12868 The file descriptor for @samp{checking for...} messages and results.
12869 By default, @code{AS_INIT} sets this to @samp{1} for standalone M4sh
12870 clients. However, @code{AC_INIT} shuffles things around to another file
12871 descriptor, in order to allow the @option{-q} option of
12872 @command{configure} to choose whether messages should go to the script's
12873 standard output or be discarded.
12875 If you want to display some messages, consider using one of the printing
12876 macros (@pxref{Printing Messages}) instead. Copies of messages output
12877 via these macros are also recorded in @file{config.log}.
12880 @anchor{AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
12881 @defmac AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
12882 @asindex{MESSAGE_LOG_FD}
12883 This must either be empty, or expand to a file descriptor for log
12884 messages. By default, @code{AS_INIT} sets this macro to the empty
12885 string for standalone M4sh clients, thus disabling logging. However,
12886 @code{AC_INIT} shuffles things around so that both @command{configure}
12887 and @command{config.status} use @file{config.log} for log messages.
12888 Macros that run tools, like @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the
12889 Compiler}), redirect all output to this descriptor. You may want to do
12890 so if you develop such a low-level macro.
12893 @defmac AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD
12894 @asindex{ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}
12895 This must expand to a file descriptor for the original standard input.
12896 By default, @code{AS_INIT} sets this macro to @samp{0} for standalone
12897 M4sh clients. However, @code{AC_INIT} shuffles things around for
12900 When @command{configure} runs, it may accidentally execute an
12901 interactive command that has the same name as the non-interactive meant
12902 to be used or checked. If the standard input was the terminal, such
12903 interactive programs would cause @command{configure} to stop, pending
12904 some user input. Therefore @command{configure} redirects its standard
12905 input from @file{/dev/null} during its initialization. This is not
12906 normally a problem, since @command{configure} normally does not need
12909 In the extreme case where your @file{configure} script really needs to
12910 obtain some values from the original standard input, you can read them
12911 explicitly from @code{AS_ORIGINAL_STDIN_FD}.
12915 @c =================================================== Writing Autoconf Macros.
12917 @node Writing Autoconf Macros
12918 @chapter Writing Autoconf Macros
12920 When you write a feature test that could be applicable to more than one
12921 software package, the best thing to do is encapsulate it in a new macro.
12922 Here are some instructions and guidelines for writing Autoconf macros.
12925 * Macro Definitions:: Basic format of an Autoconf macro
12926 * Macro Names:: What to call your new macros
12927 * Reporting Messages:: Notifying @command{autoconf} users
12928 * Dependencies Between Macros:: What to do when macros depend on other macros
12929 * Obsoleting Macros:: Warning about old ways of doing things
12930 * Coding Style:: Writing Autoconf macros @`a la Autoconf
12933 @node Macro Definitions
12934 @section Macro Definitions
12936 @defmac AC_DEFUN (@var{name}, @ovar{body})
12938 Autoconf macros are defined using the @code{AC_DEFUN} macro, which is
12939 similar to the M4 builtin @code{m4_define} macro; this creates a macro
12940 named @var{name} and with @var{body} as its expansion. In addition to
12941 defining a macro, @code{AC_DEFUN} adds to it some code that is used to
12942 constrain the order in which macros are called, while avoiding redundant
12943 output (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}).
12946 An Autoconf macro definition looks like this:
12949 AC_DEFUN(@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
12952 You can refer to any arguments passed to the macro as @samp{$1},
12953 @samp{$2}, etc. @xref{Definitions, , How to define new macros, m4.info,
12954 @acronym{GNU} M4}, for more complete information on writing M4 macros.
12956 Most macros fall in one of two general categories. The first category
12957 includes macros which take arguments, in order to generate output
12958 parameterized by those arguments. Macros in this category are designed
12959 to be directly expanded, often multiple times, and should not be used as
12960 the argument to @code{AC_REQUIRE}. The other category includes macros
12961 which are shorthand for a fixed block of text, and therefore do not take
12962 arguments. For this category of macros, directly expanding the macro
12963 multiple times results in redundant output, so it is more common to use
12964 the macro as the argument to @code{AC_REQUIRE}, or to declare the macro
12965 with @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} (@pxref{One-Shot Macros}).
12967 Be sure to properly quote both the @var{macro-body} @emph{and} the
12968 @var{macro-name} to avoid any problems if the macro happens to have
12969 been previously defined.
12971 Each macro should have a header comment that gives its prototype, and a
12972 brief description. When arguments have default values, display them in
12973 the prototype. For example:
12976 # AC_MSG_ERROR(ERROR, [EXIT-STATUS = 1])
12977 # --------------------------------------
12978 m4_define([AC_MSG_ERROR],
12979 [@{ AS_MESSAGE([error: $1], [2])
12980 exit m4_default([$2], [1]); @}])
12983 Comments about the macro should be left in the header comment. Most
12984 other comments make their way into @file{configure}, so just keep
12985 using @samp{#} to introduce comments.
12988 If you have some special comments about pure M4 code, comments
12989 that make no sense in @file{configure} and in the header comment, then
12990 use the builtin @code{dnl}: it causes M4 to discard the text
12991 through the next newline.
12993 Keep in mind that @code{dnl} is rarely needed to introduce comments;
12994 @code{dnl} is more useful to get rid of the newlines following macros
12995 that produce no output, such as @code{AC_REQUIRE}.
12999 @section Macro Names
13001 All of the public Autoconf macros have all-uppercase names in the
13002 namespace @samp{^AC_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with
13003 other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace @samp{^_AC_} for
13004 internal macros. All shell variables that they use for internal
13005 purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{ac_}. Autoconf
13006 also uses here-doc delimiters in the namespace @samp{^_AC[A-Z]}. During
13007 @command{configure}, files produced by Autoconf make heavy use of the
13008 file system namespace @samp{^conf}.
13010 Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (@pxref{Programming in
13011 M4sugar}) and M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), you must also be aware
13012 of those namespaces (@samp{^_?\(m4\|AS\)_}). And since
13013 @file{configure.ac} is also designed to be scanned by Autoheader,
13014 Autoscan, Autoupdate, and Automake, you should be aware of the
13015 @samp{^_?A[HNUM]_} namespaces. In general, you @emph{should not use}
13016 the namespace of a package that does not own the macro or shell code you
13019 To ensure that your macros don't conflict with present or future
13020 Autoconf macros, you should prefix your own macro names and any shell
13021 variables they use with some other sequence. Possibilities include your
13022 initials, or an abbreviation for the name of your organization or
13023 software package. Historically, people have not always followed the
13024 rule of using a namespace appropriate for their package, and this has
13025 made it difficult for determining the origin of a macro (and where to
13026 report bugs about that macro), as well as difficult for the true
13027 namespace owner to add new macros without interference from pre-existing
13028 uses of third-party macros. Perhaps the best example of this confusion
13029 is the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT} macro, which belongs, not to Automake, but
13032 Most of the Autoconf macros' names follow a structured naming convention
13033 that indicates the kind of feature check by the name. The macro names
13034 consist of several words, separated by underscores, going from most
13035 general to most specific. The names of their cache variables use the
13036 same convention (@pxref{Cache Variable Names}, for more information on
13039 The first word of the name after the namespace initials (such as
13040 @samp{AC_}) usually tells the category
13041 of the feature being tested. Here are the categories used in Autoconf for
13042 specific test macros, the kind of macro that you are more likely to
13043 write. They are also used for cache variables, in all-lowercase. Use
13044 them where applicable; where they're not, invent your own categories.
13048 C language builtin features.
13050 Declarations of C variables in header files.
13052 Functions in libraries.
13054 Posix group owners of files.
13060 The base names of programs.
13062 Members of aggregates.
13064 Operating system features.
13066 C builtin or declared types.
13068 C variables in libraries.
13071 After the category comes the name of the particular feature being
13072 tested. Any further words in the macro name indicate particular aspects
13073 of the feature. For example, @code{AC_PROG_CC_STDC} checks whether the
13074 C compiler supports @acronym{ISO} Standard C.
13076 An internal macro should have a name that starts with an underscore;
13077 Autoconf internals should therefore start with @samp{_AC_}.
13078 Additionally, a macro that is an internal subroutine of another macro
13079 should have a name that starts with an underscore and the name of that
13080 other macro, followed by one or more words saying what the internal
13081 macro does. For example, @code{AC_PATH_X} has internal macros
13082 @code{_AC_PATH_X_XMKMF} and @code{_AC_PATH_X_DIRECT}.
13084 @node Reporting Messages
13085 @section Reporting Messages
13086 @cindex Messages, from @command{autoconf}
13088 When macros statically diagnose abnormal situations, benign or fatal, it
13089 is possible to make @command{autoconf} detect the problem, and refuse to
13090 create @file{configure} in the case of an error. The macros in this
13091 section are considered obsolescent, and new code should use M4sugar
13092 macros for this purpose, see @ref{Diagnostic Macros}.
13094 On the other hand, it is possible to want to detect errors when
13095 @command{configure} is run, which are dependent on the environment of
13096 the user rather than the maintainer. For dynamic diagnostics, see
13097 @ref{Printing Messages}.
13099 @defmac AC_DIAGNOSE (@var{category}, @var{message})
13101 Report @var{message} as a warning (or as an error if requested by the
13102 user) if warnings of the @var{category} are turned on. This macro is
13103 obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
13105 m4_warn([@var{category}], [@var{message}])
13108 instead. @xref{m4_warn}, for more details, including valid
13109 @var{category} names.
13112 @defmac AC_WARNING (@var{message})
13114 Report @var{message} as a syntax warning. This macro is obsolescent;
13115 you are encouraged to use:
13117 m4_warn([syntax], [@var{message}])
13120 instead. @xref{m4_warn}, for more details, as well as better
13121 finer-grained categories of warnings (not all problems have to do with
13125 @defmac AC_FATAL (@var{message})
13127 Report a severe error @var{message}, and have @command{autoconf} die.
13128 This macro is obsolescent; you are encouraged to use:
13130 m4_fatal([@var{message}])
13133 instead. @xref{m4_fatal}, for more details.
13136 When the user runs @samp{autoconf -W error}, warnings from
13137 @code{m4_warn} (including those issued through @code{AC_DIAGNOSE} and
13138 @code{AC_WARNING}) are reported as errors, see @ref{autoconf Invocation}.
13140 @node Dependencies Between Macros
13141 @section Dependencies Between Macros
13142 @cindex Dependencies between macros
13144 Some Autoconf macros depend on other macros having been called first in
13145 order to work correctly. Autoconf provides a way to ensure that certain
13146 macros are called if needed and a way to warn the user if macros are
13147 called in an order that might cause incorrect operation.
13150 * Prerequisite Macros:: Ensuring required information
13151 * Suggested Ordering:: Warning about possible ordering problems
13152 * One-Shot Macros:: Ensuring a macro is called only once
13155 @node Prerequisite Macros
13156 @subsection Prerequisite Macros
13157 @cindex Prerequisite macros
13158 @cindex Macros, prerequisites
13160 A macro that you write might need to use values that have previously
13161 been computed by other macros. For example, @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}
13162 examines the output of @code{flex} or @code{lex}, so it depends on
13163 @code{AC_PROG_LEX} having been called first to set the shell variable
13166 Rather than forcing the user of the macros to keep track of the
13167 dependencies between them, you can use the @code{AC_REQUIRE} macro to do
13168 it automatically. @code{AC_REQUIRE} can ensure that a macro is only
13169 called if it is needed, and only called once.
13171 @defmac AC_REQUIRE (@var{macro-name})
13173 If the M4 macro @var{macro-name} has not already been called, call it
13174 (without any arguments). Make sure to quote @var{macro-name} with
13175 square brackets. @var{macro-name} must have been defined using
13176 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
13177 that it has been called.
13179 @code{AC_REQUIRE} must be used inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}; it
13180 must not be called from the top level. Also, it does not make sense to
13181 require a macro that takes parameters.
13184 @code{AC_REQUIRE} is often misunderstood. It really implements
13185 dependencies between macros in the sense that if one macro depends upon
13186 another, the latter is expanded @emph{before} the body of the
13187 former. To be more precise, the required macro is expanded before
13188 the outermost defined macro in the current expansion stack.
13189 In particular, @samp{AC_REQUIRE([FOO])} is not replaced with the body of
13190 @code{FOO}. For instance, this definition of macros:
13194 AC_DEFUN([TRAVOLTA],
13195 [test "$body_temperature_in_celsius" -gt "38" &&
13196 dance_floor=occupied])
13197 AC_DEFUN([NEWTON_JOHN],
13198 [test "x$hair_style" = xcurly &&
13199 dance_floor=occupied])
13203 AC_DEFUN([RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR],
13204 [if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
13205 AC_REQUIRE([TRAVOLTA])
13206 AC_REQUIRE([NEWTON_JOHN])
13212 with this @file{configure.ac}
13215 AC_INIT([Dance Manager], [1.0], [bug-dance@@example.org])
13216 RESERVE_DANCE_FLOOR
13217 if test "x$dance_floor" = xoccupied; then
13218 AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot pick up here, let's move])
13223 does not leave you with a better chance to meet a kindred soul at
13224 other times than Saturday night since it expands into:
13228 test "$body_temperature_in_Celsius" -gt "38" &&
13229 dance_floor=occupied
13230 test "x$hair_style" = xcurly &&
13231 dance_floor=occupied
13233 if date | grep '^Sat.*pm' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
13240 This behavior was chosen on purpose: (i) it prevents messages in
13241 required macros from interrupting the messages in the requiring macros;
13242 (ii) it avoids bad surprises when shell conditionals are used, as in:
13247 AC_REQUIRE([SOME_CHECK])
13254 However, this implementation can lead to another class of problems.
13255 Consider the case where an outer macro first expands, then indirectly
13256 requires, an inner macro:
13259 AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [[echo in A
13260 if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi
13262 AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA])[echo in B
13263 if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]])
13264 AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]])
13265 AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER]
13272 Prior to Autoconf 2.64, the implementation of @code{AC_REQUIRE}
13273 recognized that @code{TESTB} needed to be hoisted prior to the expansion
13274 of @code{OUTER}, but because @code{TESTA} had already been directly
13275 expanded, it failed to hoist @code{TESTA}. Therefore, the expansion of
13276 @code{TESTB} occurs prior to its prerequisites, leading to the following
13288 Newer Autoconf is smart enough to recognize this situation, and hoists
13289 @code{TESTA} even though it has already been expanded, but issues a
13290 syntax warning in the process. This is because the hoisted expansion of
13291 @code{TESTA} defeats the purpose of using @code{AC_REQUIRE} to avoid
13292 redundant code, and causes its own set of problems if the hoisted macro
13304 The bug is not in Autoconf, but in the macro definitions. If you ever
13305 pass a particular macro name to @code{AC_REQUIRE}, then you are implying
13306 that the macro only needs to be expanded once. But to enforce this,
13307 either the macro must be declared with @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} (although
13308 this only helps in Autoconf 2.64 or newer), or all
13309 uses of that macro should be through @code{AC_REQUIRE}; directly
13310 expanding the macro defeats the point of using @code{AC_REQUIRE} to
13311 eliminate redundant expansion. In the example, this rule of thumb was
13312 violated because @code{TESTB} requires @code{TESTA} while @code{OUTER}
13313 directly expands it. One way of fixing the bug is to factor
13314 @code{TESTA} into two macros, the portion designed for direct and
13315 repeated use (here, named @code{TESTA}), and the portion designed for
13316 one-shot output and used only inside @code{AC_REQUIRE} (here, named
13317 @code{TESTA_PREREQ}). Then, by fixing all clients to use the correct
13318 calling convention according to their needs:
13321 AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA_PREREQ])[echo in A]])
13322 AC_DEFUN([TESTA_PREREQ], [[echo in A_PREREQ
13323 if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi
13325 AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA_PREREQ])[echo in B
13326 if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]])
13327 AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]])
13328 AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER]
13335 the resulting output will then obey all dependency rules and avoid any
13336 syntax warnings, whether the script is built with old or new Autoconf
13347 The helper macros @code{AS_IF} and @code{AS_CASE} may be used to
13348 enforce expansion of required macros outside of shell conditional
13349 constructs. You are furthermore encouraged, although not required, to
13350 put all @code{AC_REQUIRE} calls
13351 at the beginning of a macro. You can use @code{dnl} to avoid the empty
13354 @node Suggested Ordering
13355 @subsection Suggested Ordering
13356 @cindex Macros, ordering
13357 @cindex Ordering macros
13359 Some macros should be run before another macro if both are called, but
13360 neither @emph{requires} that the other be called. For example, a macro
13361 that changes the behavior of the C compiler should be called before any
13362 macros that run the C compiler. Many of these dependencies are noted in
13365 Autoconf provides the @code{AC_BEFORE} macro to warn users when macros
13366 with this kind of dependency appear out of order in a
13367 @file{configure.ac} file. The warning occurs when creating
13368 @command{configure} from @file{configure.ac}, not when running
13369 @command{configure}.
13371 For example, @code{AC_PROG_CPP} checks whether the C compiler
13372 can run the C preprocessor when given the @option{-E} option. It should
13373 therefore be called after any macros that change which C compiler is
13374 being used, such as @code{AC_PROG_CC}. So @code{AC_PROG_CC} contains:
13377 AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])dnl
13381 This warns the user if a call to @code{AC_PROG_CPP} has already occurred
13382 when @code{AC_PROG_CC} is called.
13384 @defmac AC_BEFORE (@var{this-macro-name}, @var{called-macro-name})
13386 Make M4 print a warning message to the standard error output if
13387 @var{called-macro-name} has already been called. @var{this-macro-name}
13388 should be the name of the macro that is calling @code{AC_BEFORE}. The
13389 macro @var{called-macro-name} must have been defined using
13390 @code{AC_DEFUN} or else contain a call to @code{AC_PROVIDE} to indicate
13391 that it has been called.
13394 @node One-Shot Macros
13395 @subsection One-Shot Macros
13396 @cindex One-shot macros
13397 @cindex Macros, called once
13399 Some macros should be called only once, either because calling them
13400 multiple time is unsafe, or because it is bad style. For instance
13401 Autoconf ensures that @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} and cousins
13402 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}) are evaluated only once, because it makes no
13403 sense to run these expensive checks more than once. Such one-shot
13404 macros can be defined using @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}.
13406 @defmac AC_DEFUN_ONCE (@var{macro-name}, @var{macro-body})
13407 @acindex{DEFUN_ONCE}
13408 Declare macro @var{macro-name} like @code{AC_DEFUN} would (@pxref{Macro
13409 Definitions}), but add additional logic that guarantees that only the
13410 first use of the macro (whether by direct expansion or
13411 @code{AC_REQUIRE}) causes an expansion of @var{macro-body}; the
13412 expansion will occur before the start of any enclosing macro defined by
13413 @code{AC_DEFUN}. Subsequent expansions are silently ignored.
13414 Generally, it does not make sense for @var{macro-body} to use parameters
13418 Prior to Autoconf 2.64, a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE} would
13419 emit a warning if it was directly expanded a second time, so for
13420 portability, it is better to use @code{AC_REQUIRE} than direct
13421 invocation of @var{macro-name} inside a macro defined by @code{AC_DEFUN}
13422 (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}).
13424 @node Obsoleting Macros
13425 @section Obsoleting Macros
13426 @cindex Obsoleting macros
13427 @cindex Macros, obsoleting
13429 Configuration and portability technology has evolved over the years.
13430 Often better ways of solving a particular problem are developed, or
13431 ad-hoc approaches are systematized. This process has occurred in many
13432 parts of Autoconf. One result is that some of the macros are now
13433 considered @dfn{obsolete}; they still work, but are no longer considered
13434 the best thing to do, hence they should be replaced with more modern
13435 macros. Ideally, @command{autoupdate} should replace the old macro calls
13436 with their modern implementation.
13438 Autoconf provides a simple means to obsolete a macro.
13441 @defmac AU_DEFUN (@var{old-macro}, @var{implementation}, @ovar{message})
13443 Define @var{old-macro} as @var{implementation}. The only difference
13444 with @code{AC_DEFUN} is that the user is warned that
13445 @var{old-macro} is now obsolete.
13447 If she then uses @command{autoupdate}, the call to @var{old-macro} is
13448 replaced by the modern @var{implementation}. @var{message} should
13449 include information on what to do after running @command{autoupdate};
13450 @command{autoupdate} prints it as a warning, and includes it
13451 in the updated @file{configure.ac} file.
13453 The details of this macro are hairy: if @command{autoconf} encounters an
13454 @code{AU_DEFUN}ed macro, all macros inside its second argument are expanded
13455 as usual. However, when @command{autoupdate} is run, only M4 and M4sugar
13456 macros are expanded here, while all other macros are disabled and
13457 appear literally in the updated @file{configure.ac}.
13460 @defmac AU_ALIAS (@var{old-name}, @var{new-name})
13462 Used if the @var{old-name} is to be replaced by a call to @var{new-macro}
13463 with the same parameters. This happens for example if the macro was renamed.
13467 @section Coding Style
13468 @cindex Coding style
13470 The Autoconf macros follow a strict coding style. You are encouraged to
13471 follow this style, especially if you intend to distribute your macro,
13472 either by contributing it to Autoconf itself, or via other means.
13474 The first requirement is to pay great attention to the quotation. For
13475 more details, see @ref{Autoconf Language}, and @ref{M4 Quotation}.
13477 Do not try to invent new interfaces. It is likely that there is a macro
13478 in Autoconf that resembles the macro you are defining: try to stick to
13479 this existing interface (order of arguments, default values, etc.). We
13480 @emph{are} conscious that some of these interfaces are not perfect;
13481 nevertheless, when harmless, homogeneity should be preferred over
13484 Be careful about clashes both between M4 symbols and between shell
13487 If you stick to the suggested M4 naming scheme (@pxref{Macro Names}),
13488 you are unlikely to generate conflicts. Nevertheless, when you need to
13489 set a special value, @emph{avoid using a regular macro name}; rather,
13490 use an ``impossible'' name. For instance, up to version 2.13, the macro
13491 @code{AC_SUBST} used to remember what @var{symbol} macros were already defined
13492 by setting @code{AC_SUBST_@var{symbol}}, which is a regular macro name.
13493 But since there is a macro named @code{AC_SUBST_FILE}, it was just
13494 impossible to @samp{AC_SUBST(FILE)}! In this case,
13495 @code{AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} or @code{_AC_SUBST(@var{symbol})} should
13496 have been used (yes, with the parentheses).
13497 @c or better yet, high-level macros such as @code{m4_expand_once}
13499 No Autoconf macro should ever enter the user-variable name space; i.e.,
13500 except for the variables that are the actual result of running the
13501 macro, all shell variables should start with @code{ac_}. In
13502 addition, small macros or any macro that is likely to be embedded in
13503 other macros should be careful not to use obvious names.
13506 Do not use @code{dnl} to introduce comments: most of the comments you
13507 are likely to write are either header comments which are not output
13508 anyway, or comments that should make their way into @file{configure}.
13509 There are exceptional cases where you do want to comment special M4
13510 constructs, in which case @code{dnl} is right, but keep in mind that it
13513 M4 ignores the leading blanks and newlines before each argument.
13514 Use this feature to
13515 indent in such a way that arguments are (more or less) aligned with the
13516 opening parenthesis of the macro being called. For instance, instead of
13519 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment,
13521 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, [return __EMX__;])],
13522 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes], [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
13529 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
13530 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
13531 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
13532 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
13539 AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment],
13541 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
13542 [return __EMX__;])],
13543 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
13544 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
13547 When using @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} or any macro that cannot work when
13548 cross-compiling, provide a pessimistic value (typically @samp{no}).
13550 Feel free to use various tricks to prevent auxiliary tools, such as
13551 syntax-highlighting editors, from behaving improperly. For instance,
13555 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$"])
13562 m4_bpatsubst([$1], [$""])
13566 so that Emacsen do not open an endless ``string'' at the first quote.
13567 For the same reasons, avoid:
13577 test $[@@%:@@] != 0
13581 Otherwise, the closing bracket would be hidden inside a @samp{#}-comment,
13582 breaking the bracket-matching highlighting from Emacsen. Note the
13583 preferred style to escape from M4: @samp{$[1]}, @samp{$[@@]}, etc. Do
13584 not escape when it is unnecessary. Common examples of useless quotation
13585 are @samp{[$]$1} (write @samp{$$1}), @samp{[$]var} (use @samp{$var}),
13586 etc. If you add portability issues to the picture, you'll prefer
13587 @samp{$@{1+"$[@@]"@}} to @samp{"[$]@@"}, and you'll prefer do something
13588 better than hacking Autoconf @code{:-)}.
13590 When using @command{sed}, don't use @option{-e} except for indenting
13591 purposes. With the @code{s} and @code{y} commands, the preferred
13592 separator is @samp{/} unless @samp{/} itself might appear in the pattern
13593 or replacement, in which case you should use @samp{|}, or optionally
13594 @samp{,} if you know the pattern and replacement cannot contain a file
13595 name. If none of these characters will do, choose a printable character
13596 that cannot appear in the pattern or replacement. Characters from the
13597 set @samp{"#$&'()*;<=>?`|~} are good choices if the pattern or
13598 replacement might contain a file name, since they have special meaning
13599 to the shell and are less likely to occur in file names.
13601 @xref{Macro Definitions}, for details on how to define a macro. If a
13602 macro doesn't use @code{AC_REQUIRE}, is expected to never be the object
13603 of an @code{AC_REQUIRE} directive, and macros required by other macros
13604 inside arguments do not need to be expanded before this macro, then
13605 use @code{m4_define}. In case of doubt, use @code{AC_DEFUN}.
13606 Also take into account that public third-party macros need to use
13607 @code{AC_DEFUN} in order to be found by @command{aclocal}
13608 (@pxref{Extending aclocal,,, automake, @acronym{GNU} Automake}).
13609 All the @code{AC_REQUIRE} statements should be at the beginning of the
13610 macro, and each statement should be followed by @code{dnl}.
13612 You should not rely on the number of arguments: instead of checking
13613 whether an argument is missing, test that it is not empty. It provides
13614 both a simpler and a more predictable interface to the user, and saves
13615 room for further arguments.
13617 Unless the macro is short, try to leave the closing @samp{])} at the
13618 beginning of a line, followed by a comment that repeats the name of the
13619 macro being defined. This introduces an additional newline in
13620 @command{configure}; normally, that is not a problem, but if you want to
13621 remove it you can use @samp{[]dnl} on the last line. You can similarly
13622 use @samp{[]dnl} after a macro call to remove its newline. @samp{[]dnl}
13623 is recommended instead of @samp{dnl} to ensure that M4 does not
13624 interpret the @samp{dnl} as being attached to the preceding text or
13625 macro output. For example, instead of:
13628 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
13629 [AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
13631 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
13632 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
13640 AC_DEFUN([AC_PATH_X],
13641 [AC_REQUIRE_CPP()[]dnl
13642 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for X])
13643 @r{# @dots{}omitted@dots{}}
13644 AC_MSG_RESULT([libraries $x_libraries, headers $x_includes])
13649 If the macro is long, try to split it into logical chunks. Typically,
13650 macros that check for a bug in a function and prepare its
13651 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} replacement should have an auxiliary macro to perform
13652 this setup. Do not hesitate to introduce auxiliary macros to factor
13655 In order to highlight the recommended coding style, here is a macro
13656 written the old way:
13659 dnl Check for EMX on OS/2.
13661 AC_DEFUN(_AC_EMXOS2,
13662 [AC_CACHE_CHECK(for EMX OS/2 environment, ac_cv_emxos2,
13663 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(, return __EMX__;)],
13664 ac_cv_emxos2=yes, ac_cv_emxos2=no)])
13665 test "x$ac_cv_emxos2" = xyes && EMXOS2=yes])
13674 # Check for EMX on OS/2.
13675 m4_define([_AC_EMXOS2],
13676 [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for EMX OS/2 environment], [ac_cv_emxos2],
13677 [AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [return __EMX__;])],
13678 [ac_cv_emxos2=yes],
13679 [ac_cv_emxos2=no])])
13680 test "x$ac_cv_emxos2" = xyes && EMXOS2=yes[]dnl
13687 @c ============================================= Portable Shell Programming
13689 @node Portable Shell
13690 @chapter Portable Shell Programming
13691 @cindex Portable shell programming
13693 When writing your own checks, there are some shell-script programming
13694 techniques you should avoid in order to make your code portable. The
13695 Bourne shell and upward-compatible shells like the Korn shell and Bash
13696 have evolved over the years, and many features added to the original
13697 System7 shell are now supported on all interesting porting targets.
13698 However, the following discussion between Russ Allbery and Robert Lipe
13705 The @acronym{GNU} assumption that @command{/bin/sh} is the one and only shell
13706 leads to a permanent deadlock. Vendors don't want to break users'
13707 existing shell scripts, and there are some corner cases in the Bourne
13708 shell that are not completely compatible with a Posix shell. Thus,
13709 vendors who have taken this route will @emph{never} (OK@dots{}``never say
13710 never'') replace the Bourne shell (as @command{/bin/sh}) with a
13718 This is exactly the problem. While most (at least most System V's) do
13719 have a Bourne shell that accepts shell functions most vendor
13720 @command{/bin/sh} programs are not the Posix shell.
13722 So while most modern systems do have a shell @emph{somewhere} that meets the
13723 Posix standard, the challenge is to find it.
13726 For this reason, part of the job of M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
13727 is to find such a shell. But to prevent trouble, if you're not using
13728 M4sh you should not take advantage of features that were added after Unix
13729 version 7, circa 1977 (@pxref{Systemology}); you should not use aliases,
13730 negated character classes, or even @command{unset}. @code{#} comments,
13731 while not in Unix version 7, were retrofitted in the original Bourne
13732 shell and can be assumed to be part of the least common denominator.
13734 On the other hand, if you're using M4sh you can assume that the shell
13735 has the features that were added in SVR2 (circa 1984), including shell
13737 @command{return}, @command{unset}, and I/O redirection for builtins. For
13738 more information, refer to @uref{http://@/www.in-ulm.de/@/~mascheck/@/bourne/}.
13739 However, some pitfalls have to be avoided for portable use of these
13740 constructs; these will be documented in the rest of this chapter.
13741 See in particular @ref{Shell Functions} and @ref{Limitations of
13742 Builtins, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}.
13744 Some ancient systems have quite
13745 small limits on the length of the @samp{#!} line; for instance, 32
13746 bytes (not including the newline) on SunOS 4.
13747 However, these ancient systems are no longer of practical concern.
13749 The set of external programs you should run in a @command{configure} script
13750 is fairly small. @xref{Utilities in Makefiles, , Utilities in
13751 Makefiles, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for the list. This
13752 restriction allows users to start out with a fairly small set of
13753 programs and build the rest, avoiding too many interdependencies between
13756 Some of these external utilities have a portable subset of features; see
13757 @ref{Limitations of Usual Tools}.
13759 There are other sources of documentation about shells. The
13760 specification for the Posix
13761 @uref{http://@/www.opengroup.org/@/susv3/@/utilities/@/xcu_chap02@/.html, Shell
13762 Command Language}, though more generous than the restrictive shell
13763 subset described above, is fairly portable nowadays. Also please see
13764 @uref{http://@/www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/, the Shell FAQs}.
13767 * Shellology:: A zoology of shells
13768 * Here-Documents:: Quirks and tricks
13769 * File Descriptors:: FDs and redirections
13770 * File System Conventions:: File names
13771 * Shell Pattern Matching:: Pattern matching
13772 * Shell Substitutions:: Variable and command expansions
13773 * Assignments:: Varying side effects of assignments
13774 * Parentheses:: Parentheses in shell scripts
13775 * Slashes:: Slashes in shell scripts
13776 * Special Shell Variables:: Variables you should not change
13777 * Shell Functions:: What to look out for if you use them
13778 * Limitations of Builtins:: Portable use of not so portable /bin/sh
13779 * Limitations of Usual Tools:: Portable use of portable tools
13783 @section Shellology
13786 There are several families of shells, most prominently the Bourne family
13787 and the C shell family which are deeply incompatible. If you want to
13788 write portable shell scripts, avoid members of the C shell family. The
13789 @uref{http://@/www.faqs.org/@/faqs/@/unix-faq/@/shell/@/shell-differences/, the
13790 Shell difference FAQ} includes a small history of Posix shells, and a
13791 comparison between several of them.
13793 Below we describe some of the members of the Bourne shell family.
13798 Ash is often used on @acronym{GNU}/Linux and @acronym{BSD}
13799 systems as a light-weight Bourne-compatible shell. Ash 0.2 has some
13800 bugs that are fixed in the 0.3.x series, but portable shell scripts
13801 should work around them, since version 0.2 is still shipped with many
13802 @acronym{GNU}/Linux distributions.
13804 To be compatible with Ash 0.2:
13808 don't use @samp{$?} after expanding empty or unset variables,
13809 or at the start of an @command{eval}:
13815 echo "Do not use it: $?"
13817 eval 'echo "Do not use it: $?"'
13821 don't use command substitution within variable expansion:
13828 beware that single builtin substitutions are not performed by a
13829 subshell, hence their effect applies to the current shell! @xref{Shell
13830 Substitutions}, item ``Command Substitution''.
13835 To detect whether you are running Bash, test whether
13836 @code{BASH_VERSION} is set. To require
13837 Posix compatibility, run @samp{set -o posix}. @xref{Bash POSIX
13838 Mode, , Bash Posix Mode, bash, The @acronym{GNU} Bash Reference
13839 Manual}, for details.
13841 @item Bash 2.05 and later
13842 @cindex Bash 2.05 and later
13843 Versions 2.05 and later of Bash use a different format for the
13844 output of the @command{set} builtin, designed to make evaluating its
13845 output easier. However, this output is not compatible with earlier
13846 versions of Bash (or with many other shells, probably). So if
13847 you use Bash 2.05 or higher to execute @command{configure},
13848 you'll need to use Bash 2.05 for all other build tasks as well.
13853 @prindex @samp{ksh}
13854 @prindex @samp{ksh88}
13855 @prindex @samp{ksh93}
13856 The Korn shell is compatible with the Bourne family and it mostly
13857 conforms to Posix. It has two major variants commonly
13858 called @samp{ksh88} and @samp{ksh93}, named after the years of initial
13859 release. It is usually called @command{ksh}, but is called @command{sh}
13860 on some hosts if you set your path appropriately.
13862 Solaris systems have three variants:
13863 @prindex @command{/usr/bin/ksh} on Solaris
13864 @command{/usr/bin/ksh} is @samp{ksh88}; it is
13865 standard on Solaris 2.0 and later.
13866 @prindex @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} on Solaris
13867 @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} is a Posix-compliant variant of
13868 @samp{ksh88}; it is standard on Solaris 9 and later.
13869 @prindex @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} on Solaris
13870 @command{/usr/dt/bin/dtksh} is @samp{ksh93}.
13871 Variants that are not standard may be parts of optional
13872 packages. There is no extra charge for these packages, but they are
13873 not part of a minimal OS install and therefore some installations may
13876 Starting with Tru64 Version 4.0, the Korn shell @command{/usr/bin/ksh}
13877 is also available as @command{/usr/bin/posix/sh}. If the environment
13878 variable @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
13879 the standard shell conform to Posix.
13882 @prindex @samp{pdksh}
13883 A public-domain clone of the Korn shell called @command{pdksh} is widely
13884 available: it has most of the @samp{ksh88} features along with a few of
13885 its own. It usually sets @code{KSH_VERSION}, except if invoked as
13886 @command{/bin/sh} on Open@acronym{BSD}, and similarly to Bash you can require
13887 Posix compatibility by running @samp{set -o posix}. Unfortunately, with
13888 @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 (the latest stable version as of January 2007)
13889 Posix mode is buggy and causes @command{pdksh} to depart from Posix in
13890 at least one respect:
13893 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
13895 $ @kbd{set -o posix}
13896 $ @kbd{echo "`echo \"hello\"`"}
13900 The last line of output contains spurious quotes. This is yet another
13901 reason why portable shell code should not contain
13902 @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"} constructs (@pxref{Shell
13907 To detect whether you are running @command{zsh}, test whether
13908 @code{ZSH_VERSION} is set. By default @command{zsh} is @emph{not}
13909 compatible with the Bourne shell: you must execute @samp{emulate sh},
13910 and for @command{zsh} versions before 3.1.6-dev-18 you must also
13911 set @code{NULLCMD} to @samp{:}. @xref{Compatibility, , Compatibility,
13912 zsh, The Z Shell Manual}, for details.
13914 The default Mac OS X @command{sh} was originally Zsh; it was changed to
13915 Bash in Mac OS X 10.2.
13918 @node Here-Documents
13919 @section Here-Documents
13920 @cindex Here-documents
13921 @cindex Shell here-documents
13923 Don't rely on @samp{\} being preserved just because it has no special
13924 meaning together with the next symbol. In the native @command{sh}
13925 on Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7 @samp{\"} expands to @samp{"} in here-documents with
13926 unquoted delimiter. As a general rule, if @samp{\\} expands to @samp{\}
13927 use @samp{\\} to get @samp{\}.
13929 With Open@acronym{BSD} 2.7's @command{sh}
13945 bash-2.04$ @kbd{cat <<EOF
13952 Some shells mishandle large here-documents: for example,
13953 Solaris 10 @command{dtksh} and the UnixWare 7.1.1 Posix shell, which are
13954 derived from Korn shell version M-12/28/93d, mishandle braced variable
13955 expansion that crosses a 1024- or 4096-byte buffer boundary
13956 within a here-document. Only the part of the variable name after the boundary
13957 is used. For example, @code{$@{variable@}} could be replaced by the expansion
13958 of @code{$@{ble@}}. If the end of the variable name is aligned with the block
13959 boundary, the shell reports an error, as if you used @code{$@{@}}.
13960 Instead of @code{$@{variable-default@}}, the shell may expand
13961 @code{$@{riable-default@}}, or even @code{$@{fault@}}. This bug can often
13962 be worked around by omitting the braces: @code{$variable}. The bug was
13964 @samp{ksh93g} (1998-04-30) but as of 2006 many operating systems were
13965 still shipping older versions with the bug.
13967 Many shells (including the Bourne shell) implement here-documents
13968 inefficiently. In particular, some shells can be extremely inefficient when
13969 a single statement contains many here-documents. For instance if your
13970 @file{configure.ac} includes something like:
13974 if <cross_compiling>; then
13975 assume this and that
13979 check something else
13987 A shell parses the whole @code{if}/@code{fi} construct, creating
13988 temporary files for each here-document in it. Some shells create links
13989 for such here-documents on every @code{fork}, so that the clean-up code
13990 they had installed correctly removes them. It is creating the links
13991 that can take the shell forever.
13993 Moving the tests out of the @code{if}/@code{fi}, or creating multiple
13994 @code{if}/@code{fi} constructs, would improve the performance
13995 significantly. Anyway, this kind of construct is not exactly the
13996 typical use of Autoconf. In fact, it's even not recommended, because M4
13997 macros can't look into shell conditionals, so we may fail to expand a
13998 macro when it was expanded before in a conditional path, and the
13999 condition turned out to be false at runtime, and we end up not
14000 executing the macro at all.
14002 @node File Descriptors
14003 @section File Descriptors
14004 @cindex Descriptors
14005 @cindex File descriptors
14006 @cindex Shell file descriptors
14008 Most shells, if not all (including Bash, Zsh, Ash), output traces on
14009 stderr, even for subshells. This might result in undesirable content
14010 if you meant to capture the standard-error output of the inner command:
14013 $ @kbd{ash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
14015 + eval echo foo >&2
14018 $ @kbd{bash -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
14020 + eval 'echo foo >&2'
14023 $ @kbd{zsh -x -c '(eval "echo foo >&2") 2>stderr'}
14024 @i{# Traces on startup files deleted here.}
14026 +zsh:1> eval echo foo >&2
14032 One workaround is to grep out uninteresting lines, hoping not to remove
14035 If you intend to redirect both standard error and standard output,
14036 redirect standard output first. This works better with @acronym{HP-UX},
14037 since its shell mishandles tracing if standard error is redirected
14041 $ @kbd{sh -x -c ': 2>err >out'}
14043 + 2> err $ @kbd{cat err}
14047 Don't try to redirect the standard error of a command substitution. It
14048 must be done @emph{inside} the command substitution. When running
14049 @samp{: `cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null} expect the error message to
14050 escape, while @samp{: `cd /zorglub 2>/dev/null`} works properly.
14052 It is worth noting that Zsh (but not Ash nor Bash) makes it possible
14053 in assignments though: @samp{foo=`cd /zorglub` 2>/dev/null}.
14055 When catering to old systems, don't redirect the same file descriptor
14056 several times, as you are doomed to failure under Ultrix.
14059 ULTRIX V4.4 (Rev. 69) System #31: Thu Aug 10 19:42:23 GMT 1995
14061 $ @kbd{eval 'echo matter >fullness' >void}
14063 $ @kbd{eval '(echo matter >fullness)' >void}
14065 $ @kbd{(eval '(echo matter >fullness)') >void}
14066 Ambiguous output redirect.
14070 In each case the expected result is of course @file{fullness} containing
14071 @samp{matter} and @file{void} being empty. However, this bug is
14072 probably not of practical concern to modern platforms.
14074 Solaris 10 @command{sh} will try to optimize away a @command{:} command
14075 in a loop after the first iteration, even if it is redirected:
14078 $ @kbd{for i in 1 2 3 ; do : >x$i; done}
14084 As a workaround, @command{echo} or @command{eval} can be used.
14086 Don't rely on file descriptors 0, 1, and 2 remaining closed in a
14087 subsidiary program. If any of these descriptors is closed, the
14088 operating system may open an unspecified file for the descriptor in the
14089 new process image. Posix says this may be done only if the subsidiary
14090 program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID, but @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 does
14091 it even for ordinary programs.
14093 Don't rely on open file descriptors being open in child processes. In
14094 @command{ksh}, file descriptors above 2 which are opened using
14095 @samp{exec @var{n}>file} are closed by a subsequent @samp{exec} (such as
14096 that involved in the fork-and-exec which runs a program or script).
14097 Thus, using @command{sh}, we have:
14100 $ @kbd{cat ./descrips}
14122 Within the process which runs the @samp{descrips} script, file
14123 descriptor 5 is closed.
14125 Don't rely on redirection to a closed file descriptor to cause an
14126 error. With Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, when the redirection fails, the
14127 output goes to the original file descriptor.
14130 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $?}
14131 bash: 3: Bad file descriptor
14133 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'echo hi >&3' 3>&-; echo $?}
14138 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, such as in
14139 @samp{mv foo bar >foo} or @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
14140 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
14142 A few ancient systems reserved some file descriptors. By convention,
14143 file descriptor 3 was opened to @file{/dev/tty} when you logged into
14144 Eighth Edition (1985) through Tenth Edition Unix (1989). File
14145 descriptor 4 had a special use on the Stardent/Kubota Titan (circa
14146 1990), though we don't now remember what it was. Both these systems are
14147 obsolete, so it's now safe to treat file descriptors 3 and 4 like any
14148 other file descriptors.
14150 @node File System Conventions
14151 @section File System Conventions
14152 @cindex File system conventions
14154 Autoconf uses shell-script processing extensively, so the file names
14155 that it processes should not contain characters that are special to the
14156 shell. Special characters include space, tab, newline, @sc{nul}, and
14160 " # $ & ' ( ) * ; < = > ? [ \ ` |
14163 Also, file names should not begin with @samp{~} or @samp{-}, and should
14164 contain neither @samp{-} immediately after @samp{/} nor @samp{~}
14165 immediately after @samp{:}. On Posix-like platforms, directory names
14166 should not contain @samp{:}, as this runs afoul of @samp{:} used as the
14169 These restrictions apply not only to the files that you distribute, but
14170 also to the absolute file names of your source, build, and destination
14173 On some Posix-like platforms, @samp{!} and @samp{^} are special too, so
14174 they should be avoided.
14176 Posix lets implementations treat leading @file{//} specially, but
14177 requires leading @file{///} and beyond to be equivalent to @file{/}.
14178 Most Unix variants treat @file{//} like @file{/}. However, some treat
14179 @file{//} as a ``super-root'' that can provide access to files that are
14180 not otherwise reachable from @file{/}. The super-root tradition began
14181 with Apollo Domain/OS, which died out long ago, but unfortunately Cygwin
14184 While @command{autoconf} and friends are usually run on some Posix
14185 variety, they can be used on other systems, most notably @acronym{DOS}
14186 variants. This impacts several assumptions regarding file names.
14189 For example, the following code:
14196 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
14201 fails to properly detect absolute file names on those systems, because
14202 they can use a drivespec, and usually use a backslash as directory
14203 separator. If you want to be portable to @acronym{DOS} variants (at the
14204 price of rejecting valid but oddball Posix file names like @file{a:\b}),
14205 you can check for absolute file names like this:
14207 @cindex absolute file names, detect
14210 [\\/]* | ?:[\\/]* ) # Absolute
14213 foo_dir=$dots$foo_dir ;;
14218 Make sure you quote the brackets if appropriate and keep the backslash as
14219 first character (@pxref{case, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}).
14221 Also, because the colon is used as part of a drivespec, these systems don't
14222 use it as path separator. When creating or accessing paths, you can use the
14223 @code{PATH_SEPARATOR} output variable instead. @command{configure} sets this
14224 to the appropriate value for the build system (@samp{:} or @samp{;}) when it
14227 File names need extra care as well. While @acronym{DOS} variants
14228 that are Posixy enough to run @command{autoconf} (such as @acronym{DJGPP})
14229 are usually able to handle long file names properly, there are still
14230 limitations that can seriously break packages. Several of these issues
14231 can be easily detected by the
14232 @uref{ftp://@/ftp.gnu.org/@/gnu/@/non-gnu/@/doschk/@/doschk-1.1.tar.gz, doschk}
14235 A short overview follows; problems are marked with @sc{sfn}/@sc{lfn} to
14236 indicate where they apply: @sc{sfn} means the issues are only relevant to
14237 plain @acronym{DOS}, not to @acronym{DOS} under Microsoft Windows
14238 variants, while @sc{lfn} identifies problems that exist even under
14239 Microsoft Windows variants.
14242 @item No multiple dots (@sc{sfn})
14243 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle multiple dots in file names. This is an especially
14244 important thing to remember when building a portable configure script,
14245 as @command{autoconf} uses a .in suffix for template files.
14247 This is perfectly OK on Posix variants:
14250 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
14251 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c foo.bar])
14256 but it causes problems on @acronym{DOS}, as it requires @samp{config.h.in},
14257 @samp{source.c.in} and @samp{foo.bar.in}. To make your package more portable
14258 to @acronym{DOS}-based environments, you should use this instead:
14261 AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
14262 AC_CONFIG_FILES([source.c:source.cin foo.bar:foobar.in])
14266 @item No leading dot (@sc{sfn})
14267 @acronym{DOS} cannot handle file names that start with a dot. This is usually
14268 not important for @command{autoconf}.
14270 @item Case insensitivity (@sc{lfn})
14271 @acronym{DOS} is case insensitive, so you cannot, for example, have both a
14272 file called @samp{INSTALL} and a directory called @samp{install}. This
14273 also affects @command{make}; if there's a file called @samp{INSTALL} in
14274 the directory, @samp{make install} does nothing (unless the
14275 @samp{install} target is marked as PHONY).
14277 @item The 8+3 limit (@sc{sfn})
14278 Because the @acronym{DOS} file system only stores the first 8 characters of
14279 the file name and the first 3 of the extension, those must be unique.
14280 That means that @file{foobar-part1.c}, @file{foobar-part2.c} and
14281 @file{foobar-prettybird.c} all resolve to the same file name
14282 (@file{FOOBAR-P.C}). The same goes for @file{foo.bar} and
14283 @file{foo.bartender}.
14285 The 8+3 limit is not usually a problem under Microsoft Windows, as it
14287 tails in the short version of file names to make them unique. However, a
14288 registry setting can turn this behavior off. While this makes it
14289 possible to share file trees containing long file names between @sc{sfn}
14290 and @sc{lfn} environments, it also means the above problem applies there
14293 @item Invalid characters (@sc{lfn})
14294 Some characters are invalid in @acronym{DOS} file names, and should therefore
14295 be avoided. In a @sc{lfn} environment, these are @samp{/}, @samp{\},
14296 @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{:}, @samp{<}, @samp{>}, @samp{|} and @samp{"}.
14297 In a @sc{sfn} environment, other characters are also invalid. These
14298 include @samp{+}, @samp{,}, @samp{[} and @samp{]}.
14300 @item Invalid names (@sc{lfn})
14301 Some @acronym{DOS} file names are reserved, and cause problems if you
14302 try to use files with those names. These names include @file{CON},
14303 @file{AUX}, @file{COM1}, @file{COM2}, @file{COM3}, @file{COM4},
14304 @file{LPT1}, @file{LPT2}, @file{LPT3}, @file{NUL}, and @file{PRN}.
14305 File names are case insensitive, so even names like
14306 @file{aux/config.guess} are disallowed.
14310 @node Shell Pattern Matching
14311 @section Shell Pattern Matching
14312 @cindex Shell pattern matching
14314 Nowadays portable patterns can use negated character classes like
14315 @samp{[!-aeiou]}. The older syntax @samp{[^-aeiou]} is supported by
14316 some shells but not others; hence portable scripts should never use
14317 @samp{^} as the first character of a bracket pattern.
14319 Outside the C locale, patterns like @samp{[a-z]} are problematic since
14320 they may match characters that are not lower-case letters.
14322 @node Shell Substitutions
14323 @section Shell Substitutions
14324 @cindex Shell substitutions
14326 Contrary to a persistent urban legend, the Bourne shell does not
14327 systematically split variables and back-quoted expressions, in particular
14328 on the right-hand side of assignments and in the argument of @code{case}.
14329 For instance, the following code:
14332 case "$given_srcdir" in
14333 .) top_srcdir="`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'`" ;;
14334 *) top_srcdir="$dots$given_srcdir" ;;
14339 is more readable when written as:
14342 case $given_srcdir in
14343 .) top_srcdir=`echo "$dots" | sed 's|/$||'` ;;
14344 *) top_srcdir=$dots$given_srcdir ;;
14349 and in fact it is even @emph{more} portable: in the first case of the
14350 first attempt, the computation of @code{top_srcdir} is not portable,
14351 since not all shells properly understand @code{"`@dots{}"@dots{}"@dots{}`"}.
14352 Worse yet, not all shells understand @code{"`@dots{}\"@dots{}\"@dots{}`"}
14353 the same way. There is just no portable way to use double-quoted
14354 strings inside double-quoted back-quoted expressions (pfew!).
14358 @cindex @samp{"$@@"}
14359 One of the most famous shell-portability issues is related to
14360 @samp{"$@@"}. When there are no positional arguments, Posix says
14361 that @samp{"$@@"} is supposed to be equivalent to nothing, but the
14362 original Unix version 7 Bourne shell treated it as equivalent to
14363 @samp{""} instead, and this behavior survives in later implementations
14364 like Digital Unix 5.0.
14366 The traditional way to work around this portability problem is to use
14367 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}. Unfortunately this method does not work with
14368 Zsh (3.x and 4.x), which is used on Mac OS X@. When emulating
14369 the Bourne shell, Zsh performs word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}:
14372 zsh $ @kbd{emulate sh}
14373 zsh $ @kbd{for i in "$@@"; do echo $i; done}
14376 zsh $ @kbd{for i in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do echo $i; done}
14383 Zsh handles plain @samp{"$@@"} properly, but we can't use plain
14384 @samp{"$@@"} because of the portability problems mentioned above.
14385 One workaround relies on Zsh's ``global aliases'' to convert
14386 @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}} into @samp{"$@@"} by itself:
14389 test "$@{ZSH_VERSION+set@}" = set && alias -g '$@{1+"$@@"@}'='"$@@"'
14392 Zsh only recognizes this alias when a shell word matches it exactly;
14393 @samp{"foo"$@{1+"$@@"@}} remains subject to word splitting. Since this
14394 case always yields at least one shell word, use plain @samp{"$@@"}.
14396 A more conservative workaround is to avoid @samp{"$@@"} if it is
14397 possible that there may be no positional arguments. For example,
14401 cat conftest.c "$@@"
14404 you can use this instead:
14408 0) cat conftest.c;;
14409 *) cat conftest.c "$@@";;
14413 Autoconf macros often use the @command{set} command to update
14414 @samp{$@@}, so if you are writing shell code intended for
14415 @command{configure} you should not assume that the value of @samp{$@@}
14416 persists for any length of time.
14420 @cindex positional parameters
14421 The 10th, 11th, @dots{} positional parameters can be accessed only after
14422 a @code{shift}. The 7th Edition shell reported an error if given
14423 @code{$@{10@}}, and
14424 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh} still acts that way:
14427 $ @kbd{set 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10}
14428 $ @kbd{echo $@{10@}}
14432 @item $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
14433 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
14434 @c @cindex $@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}
14435 Old @acronym{BSD} shells, including the Ultrix @code{sh}, don't accept the
14436 colon for any shell substitution, and complain and die.
14437 Similarly for $@{@var{var}:=@var{value}@}, $@{@var{var}:?@var{value}@}, etc.
14439 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
14440 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{literal}@}
14444 : $@{var='Some words'@}
14448 otherwise some shells, such as on Digital Unix V 5.0, die because
14449 of a ``bad substitution''.
14453 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} has a frightening bug in its interpretation
14454 of this. Imagine you need set a variable to a string containing
14455 @samp{@}}. This @samp{@}} character confuses Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
14456 when the affected variable was already set. This bug can be exercised
14461 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
14464 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}' # no error; this hints to what the bug is}
14467 $ @kbd{foo=$@{foo='@}'@}}
14473 It seems that @samp{@}} is interpreted as matching @samp{$@{}, even
14474 though it is enclosed in single quotes. The problem doesn't happen
14475 using double quotes.
14477 @item $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
14478 @cindex $@{@var{var}=@var{expanded-value}@}
14484 : $@{var="$default"@}
14488 sets @var{var} to @samp{M-yM-uM-,M-yM-aM-a}, i.e., the 8th bit of
14489 each char is set. You don't observe the phenomenon using a simple
14490 @samp{echo $var} since apparently the shell resets the 8th bit when it
14491 expands $var. Here are two means to make this shell confess its sins:
14494 $ @kbd{cat -v <<EOF
14503 $ @kbd{set | grep '^var=' | cat -v}
14506 One classic incarnation of this bug is:
14510 : $@{list="$default"@}
14517 You'll get @samp{a b c} on a single line. Why? Because there are no
14518 spaces in @samp{$list}: there are @samp{M- }, i.e., spaces with the 8th
14519 bit set, hence no IFS splitting is performed!!!
14521 One piece of good news is that Ultrix works fine with @samp{:
14522 $@{list=$default@}}; i.e., if you @emph{don't} quote. The bad news is
14523 then that @acronym{QNX} 4.25 then sets @var{list} to the @emph{last} item of
14526 The portable way out consists in using a double assignment, to switch
14527 the 8th bit twice on Ultrix:
14530 list=$@{list="$default"@}
14534 @dots{}but beware of the @samp{@}} bug from Solaris (see above). For safety,
14538 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var=@var{@{value@}}
14541 @item $@{#@var{var}@}
14542 @itemx $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
14543 @itemx $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
14544 @itemx $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
14545 @itemx $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
14546 @cindex $@{#@var{var}@}
14547 @cindex $@{@var{var}%@var{word}@}
14548 @cindex $@{@var{var}%%@var{word}@}
14549 @cindex $@{@var{var}#@var{word}@}
14550 @cindex $@{@var{var}##@var{word}@}
14551 Posix requires support for these usages, but they do not work with many
14552 traditional shells, e.g., Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}.
14554 Also, @command{pdksh} 5.2.14 mishandles some @var{word} forms. For
14555 example if @samp{$1} is @samp{a/b} and @samp{$2} is @samp{a}, then
14556 @samp{$@{1#$2@}} should yield @samp{/b}, but with @command{pdksh} it
14557 yields the empty string.
14560 @item `@var{commands}`
14561 @cindex `@var{commands}`
14562 @cindex Command Substitution
14563 Posix requires shells to trim all trailing newlines from command
14564 output before substituting it, so assignments like
14565 @samp{dir=`echo "$file" | tr a A`} do not work as expected if
14566 @samp{$file} ends in a newline.
14568 While in general it makes no sense, do not substitute a single builtin
14569 with side effects, because Ash 0.2, trying to optimize, does not fork a
14570 subshell to perform the command.
14572 For instance, if you wanted to check that @command{cd} is silent, do not
14573 use @samp{test -z "`cd /`"} because the following can happen:
14578 $ @kbd{test -z "`cd /`" && pwd}
14583 The result of @samp{foo=`exit 1`} is left as an exercise to the reader.
14585 The MSYS shell leaves a stray byte in the expansion of a double-quoted
14586 command substitution of a native program, if the end of the substitution
14587 is not aligned with the end of the double quote. This may be worked
14588 around by inserting another pair of quotes:
14591 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'` bar" > broken}
14592 $ @kbd{echo "`printf 'foo\r\n'`"" bar" | cmp - broken}
14593 - broken differ: char 4, line 1
14596 Upon interrupt or SIGTERM, some shells may abort a command substitution,
14597 replace it with a null string, and wrongly evaluate the enclosing
14598 command before entering the trap or ending the script. This can lead to
14602 $ @kbd{sh -c 'if test `sleep 5; echo hi` = hi; then echo yes; fi'}
14604 sh: test: hi: unexpected operator/operand
14608 You can avoid this by assigning the command substitution to a temporary
14612 $ @kbd{sh -c 'res=`sleep 5; echo hi`
14613 if test "x$res" = xhi; then echo yes; fi'}
14617 @item $(@var{commands})
14618 @cindex $(@var{commands})
14619 This construct is meant to replace @samp{`@var{commands}`},
14620 and it has most of the problems listed under @code{`@var{commands}`}.
14622 This construct can be
14623 nested while this is impossible to do portably with back quotes.
14624 Unfortunately it is not yet universally supported. Most notably, even recent
14625 releases of Solaris don't support it:
14628 $ @kbd{showrev -c /bin/sh | grep version}
14629 Command version: SunOS 5.10 Generic 121005-03 Oct 2006
14630 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
14631 syntax error: `(' unexpected
14635 nor does @sc{irix} 6.5's Bourne shell:
14638 IRIX firebird-image 6.5 07151432 IP22
14639 $ @kbd{echo $(echo blah)}
14643 If you do use @samp{$(@var{commands})}, make sure that the commands
14644 do not start with a parenthesis, as that would cause confusion with
14645 a different notation @samp{$((@var{expression}))} that in modern
14646 shells is an arithmetic expression not a command. To avoid the
14647 confusion, insert a space between the two opening parentheses.
14649 Avoid @var{commands} that contain unbalanced parentheses in
14650 here-documents, comments, or case statement patterns, as many shells
14651 mishandle them. For example, Bash 3.1, @samp{ksh88}, @command{pdksh}
14652 5.2.14, and Zsh 4.2.6 all mishandle the following valid command:
14655 echo $(case x in x) echo hello;; esac)
14659 @item $((@var{expression}))
14660 @cindex $((@var{expression}))
14661 Arithmetic expansion is not portable as some shells (most
14662 notably Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}) don't support it.
14664 Among shells that do support @samp{$(( ))}, not all of them obey the
14665 Posix rule that octal and hexadecimal constants must be recognized:
14668 $ @kbd{bash -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
14670 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
14672 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'emulate sh; echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
14674 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 + 0x10 ))'}
14675 pdksh: 010 + 0x10 : bad number `0x10'
14676 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'echo $(( 010 ))'}
14680 When it is available, using arithmetic expansion provides a noticeable
14681 speedup in script execution; but testing for support requires
14682 @command{eval} to avoid syntax errors. The following construct is used
14683 by @code{AS_VAR_ARITH} to provide arithmetic computation when all
14684 arguments are provided in decimal and without a leading zero, and all
14685 operators are properly quoted and appear as distinct arguments:
14688 if ( eval 'test $(( 1 + 1 )) = 2' ) 2>/dev/null; then
14689 eval 'func_arith ()
14691 func_arith_result=$(( $* ))
14696 func_arith_result=`expr "$@@"`
14700 foo=$func_arith_result
14706 Always quote @samp{^}, otherwise traditional shells such as
14707 @command{/bin/sh} on Solaris 10 treat this like @samp{|}.
14713 @section Assignments
14714 @cindex Shell assignments
14716 When setting several variables in a row, be aware that the order of the
14717 evaluation is undefined. For instance @samp{foo=1 foo=2; echo $foo}
14718 gives @samp{1} with Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, but @samp{2} with Bash.
14720 @samp{;} to enforce the order: @samp{foo=1; foo=2; echo $foo}.
14722 Don't rely on the following to find @file{subdir/program}:
14725 PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH program
14729 as this does not work with Zsh 3.0.6. Use something like this
14733 (PATH=subdir$PATH_SEPARATOR$PATH; export PATH; exec program)
14736 Don't rely on the exit status of an assignment: Ash 0.2 does not change
14737 the status and propagates that of the last statement:
14740 $ @kbd{false || foo=bar; echo $?}
14742 $ @kbd{false || foo=`:`; echo $?}
14747 and to make things even worse, @acronym{QNX} 4.25 just sets the exit status
14751 $ @kbd{foo=`exit 1`; echo $?}
14755 To assign default values, follow this algorithm:
14759 If the default value is a literal and does not contain any closing
14763 : $@{var='my literal'@}
14767 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
14768 the variable being initialized is not intended to be IFS-split
14769 (i.e., it's not a list), then use:
14772 : $@{var="$default"@}
14776 If the default value contains no closing brace, has to be expanded, and
14777 the variable being initialized is intended to be IFS-split (i.e., it's a list),
14781 var=$@{var="$default"@}
14785 If the default value contains a closing brace, then use:
14788 test "$@{var+set@}" = set || var="has a '@}'"
14792 In most cases @samp{var=$@{var="$default"@}} is fine, but in case of
14793 doubt, just use the last form. @xref{Shell Substitutions}, items
14794 @samp{$@{@var{var}:-@var{value}@}} and @samp{$@{@var{var}=@var{value}@}}
14798 @section Parentheses in Shell Scripts
14799 @cindex Shell parentheses
14801 Beware of two opening parentheses in a row, as many shell
14802 implementations treat them specially. Posix requires that the command
14803 @samp{((cat))} must behave like @samp{(cat)}, but many shells, including
14804 Bash and the Korn shell, treat @samp{((cat))} as an arithmetic
14805 expression equivalent to @samp{let "cat"}, and may or may not report an
14806 error when they detect that @samp{cat} is not a number. As another
14807 example, @samp{pdksh} 5.2.14 misparses the following code:
14810 if ((true) || false); then
14816 To work around this problem, insert a space between the two opening
14817 parentheses. There is a similar problem and workaround with
14818 @samp{$((}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions}.
14821 @section Slashes in Shell Scripts
14822 @cindex Shell slashes
14824 Unpatched Tru64 5.1 @command{sh} omits the last slash of command-line
14825 arguments that contain two trailing slashes:
14828 $ @kbd{echo / // /// //// .// //.}
14831 $ @kbd{eval "echo \$x"}
14834 $ @kbd{echo abc | tr -t ab //}
14840 Unpatched Tru64 4.0 @command{sh} adds a slash after @samp{"$var"} if the
14841 variable is empty and the second double-quote is followed by a word that
14842 begins and ends with slash:
14845 $ @kbd{sh -xc 'p=; echo "$p"/ouch/'}
14851 However, our understanding is that patches are available, so perhaps
14852 it's not worth worrying about working around these horrendous bugs.
14854 @node Special Shell Variables
14855 @section Special Shell Variables
14856 @cindex Shell variables
14857 @cindex Special shell variables
14859 Some shell variables should not be used, since they can have a deep
14860 influence on the behavior of the shell. In order to recover a sane
14861 behavior from the shell, some variables should be unset; M4sh takes
14862 care of this and provides fallback values, whenever needed, to cater
14863 for a very old @file{/bin/sh} that does not support @command{unset}.
14864 (@pxref{Portable Shell, , Portable Shell Programming}).
14866 As a general rule, shell variable names containing a lower-case letter
14867 are safe; you can define and use these variables without worrying about
14868 their effect on the underlying system, and without worrying about
14869 whether the shell changes them unexpectedly. (The exception is the
14870 shell variable @code{status}, as described below.)
14872 Here is a list of names that are known to cause trouble. This list is
14873 not exhaustive, but you should be safe if you avoid the name
14874 @code{status} and names containing only upper-case letters and
14877 @c Alphabetical order, case insensitive, `A' before `a'.
14880 Many shells reserve @samp{$_} for various purposes, e.g., the name of
14881 the last command executed.
14885 In Tru64, if @env{BIN_SH} is set to @code{xpg4}, subsidiary invocations of
14886 the standard shell conform to Posix.
14890 When this variable is set it specifies a list of directories to search
14891 when invoking @code{cd} with a relative file name that did not start
14892 with @samp{./} or @samp{../}. Posix
14893 1003.1-2001 says that if a nonempty directory name from @env{CDPATH}
14894 is used successfully, @code{cd} prints the resulting absolute
14895 file name. Unfortunately this output can break idioms like
14896 @samp{abs=`cd src && pwd`} because @code{abs} receives the name twice.
14897 Also, many shells do not conform to this part of Posix; for
14898 example, @command{zsh} prints the result only if a directory name
14899 other than @file{.} was chosen from @env{CDPATH}.
14901 In practice the shells that have this problem also support
14902 @command{unset}, so you can work around the problem as follows:
14905 (unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH
14908 You can also avoid output by ensuring that your directory name is
14909 absolute or anchored at @samp{./}, as in @samp{abs=`cd ./src && pwd`}.
14911 Configure scripts use M4sh, which automatically unsets @env{CDPATH} if
14912 possible, so you need not worry about this problem in those scripts.
14916 In the MKS shell, case statements and file name generation are
14917 case-insensitive unless @env{DUALCASE} is nonzero.
14918 Autoconf-generated scripts export this variable when they start up.
14932 These variables should not matter for shell scripts, since they are
14933 supposed to affect only interactive shells. However, at least one
14934 shell (the pre-3.0 @sc{uwin} Korn shell) gets confused about
14935 whether it is interactive, which means that (for example) a @env{PS1}
14936 with a side effect can unexpectedly modify @samp{$?}. To work around
14937 this bug, M4sh scripts (including @file{configure} scripts) do something
14941 (unset ENV) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset ENV MAIL MAILPATH
14948 (actually, there is some complication due to bugs in @command{unset};
14949 see @pxref{unset, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}).
14952 The Korn shell uses @env{FPATH} to find shell functions, so avoid
14953 @env{FPATH} in portable scripts. @env{FPATH} is consulted after
14954 @env{PATH}, but you still need to be wary of tests that use @env{PATH}
14955 to find whether a command exists, since they might report the wrong
14956 result if @env{FPATH} is also set.
14960 Long ago, shell scripts inherited @env{IFS} from the environment,
14961 but this caused many problems so modern shells ignore any environment
14962 settings for @env{IFS}.
14964 Don't set the first character of @code{IFS} to backslash. Indeed,
14965 Bourne shells use the first character (backslash) when joining the
14966 components in @samp{"$@@"} and some shells then reinterpret (!)@: the
14967 backslash escapes, so you can end up with backspace and other strange
14970 The proper value for @code{IFS} (in regular code, not when performing
14971 splits) is @samp{@key{SPC}@key{TAB}@key{RET}}. The first character is
14972 especially important, as it is used to join the arguments in @samp{$*};
14973 however, note that traditional shells, but also bash-2.04, fail to adhere
14974 to this and join with a space anyway.
14986 @evindex LC_COLLATE
14988 @evindex LC_MESSAGES
14989 @evindex LC_MONETARY
14990 @evindex LC_NUMERIC
14993 You should set all these variables to @samp{C} because so much
14994 configuration code assumes the C locale and Posix requires that locale
14995 environment variables be set to @samp{C} if the C locale is desired;
14996 @file{configure} scripts and M4sh do that for you.
14997 Export these variables after setting them.
14999 @c However, some older, nonstandard
15000 @c systems (notably @acronym{SCO}) break if locale environment variables
15001 @c are set to @samp{C}, so when running on these systems
15002 @c Autoconf-generated scripts unset the variables instead.
15007 @env{LANGUAGE} is not specified by Posix, but it is a @acronym{GNU}
15008 extension that overrides @env{LC_ALL} in some cases, so you (or M4sh)
15012 @itemx LC_IDENTIFICATION
15013 @itemx LC_MEASUREMENT
15016 @itemx LC_TELEPHONE
15017 @evindex LC_ADDRESS
15018 @evindex LC_IDENTIFICATION
15019 @evindex LC_MEASUREMENT
15022 @evindex LC_TELEPHONE
15024 These locale environment variables are @acronym{GNU} extensions. They
15025 are treated like their Posix brethren (@env{LC_COLLATE},
15026 etc.)@: as described above.
15029 Most modern shells provide the current line number in @code{LINENO}.
15030 Its value is the line number of the beginning of the current command.
15031 M4sh, and hence Autoconf, attempts to execute @command{configure} with
15032 a shell that supports @code{LINENO}. If no such shell is available, it
15033 attempts to implement @code{LINENO} with a Sed prepass that replaces each
15034 instance of the string @code{$LINENO} (not followed by an alphanumeric
15035 character) with the line's number. In M4sh scripts you should execute
15036 @code{AS_LINENO_PREPARE} so that these workarounds are included in
15037 your script; configure scripts do this automatically in @code{AC_INIT}.
15039 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval} or shell
15040 functions, as the behavior differs in practice. The presence of a
15041 quoted newline within simple commands can alter which line number is
15042 used as the starting point for @code{$LINENO} substitutions within that
15043 command. Also, the possibility of the Sed prepass means that you should
15044 not rely on @code{$LINENO} when quoted, when in here-documents, or when
15045 line continuations are used. Subshells should be OK, though. In the
15046 following example, lines 1, 9, and 14 are portable, but the other
15047 instances of @code{$LINENO} do not have deterministic values:
15060 ( echo 9. $LINENO )
15061 eval 'echo 10. $LINENO'
15062 eval 'echo 11. $LINENO
15067 f () @{ echo $1 $LINENO;
15074 $ @kbd{bash-3.2 ./lineno}
15093 $ @kbd{zsh-4.3.4 ./lineno}
15112 $ @kbd{pdksh-5.2.14 ./lineno}
15131 $ @kbd{sed '=' <lineno |}
15137 > @kbd{ s,^\([0-9]*\)\(.*\)[$]LINENO\([^a-zA-Z0-9_]\),\1\2\1\3,}
15140 > @kbd{ s,^[0-9]*\n,,}
15162 In particular, note that @file{config.status} (and any other subsidiary
15163 script created by @code{AS_INIT_GENERATED}) might report line numbers
15164 relative to the parent script as a result of the potential Sed pass.
15168 When executing the command @samp{>foo}, @command{zsh} executes
15169 @samp{$NULLCMD >foo} unless it is operating in Bourne shell
15170 compatibility mode and the @command{zsh} version is newer
15171 than 3.1.6-dev-18. If you are using an older @command{zsh}
15172 and forget to set @env{NULLCMD},
15173 your script might be suspended waiting for data on its standard input.
15175 @item PATH_SEPARATOR
15176 @evindex PATH_SEPARATOR
15177 On @acronym{DJGPP} systems, the @env{PATH_SEPARATOR} environment
15178 variable can be set to either @samp{:} or @samp{;} to control the path
15179 separator Bash uses to set up certain environment variables (such as
15180 @env{PATH}). You can set this variable to @samp{;} if you want
15181 @command{configure} to use @samp{;} as a separator; this might be useful
15182 if you plan to use non-Posix shells to execute files. @xref{File System
15183 Conventions}, for more information about @code{PATH_SEPARATOR}.
15187 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} and
15188 @command{pwd} must update the @env{PWD} environment variable to point
15189 to the logical name of the current directory, but traditional shells
15190 do not support this. This can cause confusion if one shell instance
15191 maintains @env{PWD} but a subsidiary and different shell does not know
15192 about @env{PWD} and executes @command{cd}; in this case @env{PWD}
15193 points to the wrong directory. Use @samp{`pwd`} rather than
15197 Many shells provide @code{RANDOM}, a variable that returns a different
15198 integer each time it is used. Most of the time, its value does not
15199 change when it is not used, but on @sc{irix} 6.5 the value changes all
15200 the time. This can be observed by using @command{set}. It is common
15201 practice to use @code{$RANDOM} as part of a file name, but code
15202 shouldn't rely on @code{$RANDOM} expanding to a nonempty string.
15205 This variable is an alias to @samp{$?} for @code{zsh} (at least 3.1.6),
15206 hence read-only. Do not use it.
15209 @node Shell Functions
15210 @section Shell Functions
15211 @cindex Shell Functions
15213 Nowadays, it is difficult to find a shell that does not support
15214 shell functions at all. However, some differences should be expected.
15216 Inside a shell function, you should not rely on the error status of a
15217 subshell if the last command of that subshell was @code{exit} or
15218 @code{trap}, as this triggers bugs in zsh 4.x; while Autoconf tries to
15219 find a shell that does not exhibit the bug, zsh might be the only shell
15220 present on the user's machine.
15222 Likewise, the state of @samp{$?} is not reliable when entering a shell
15223 function. This has the effect that using a function as the first
15224 command in a @command{trap} handler can cause problems.
15227 $ @kbd{bash -c 'foo()@{ echo $?; @}; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $?}
15230 $ @kbd{ash -c 'foo()@{ echo $?; @}; trap foo 0; (exit 2); exit 2'; echo $?}
15235 Not all shells treat shell functions as simple commands impacted by
15236 @samp{set -e}, for example with Solaris 10 @command{bin/sh}:
15239 $ @kbd{bash -c 'f()@{ return 1; @}; set -e; f; echo oops}
15240 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'f()@{ return 1; @}; set -e; f; echo oops}
15244 Shell variables and functions may share the same namespace, for example
15245 with Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}:
15248 $ @kbd{f () @{ :; @}; f=; f}
15253 For this reason, Autoconf (actually M4sh, @pxref{Programming in M4sh})
15254 uses the prefix @samp{as_fn_} for its functions.
15256 Handling of positional parameters and shell options varies among shells.
15257 For example, Korn shells reset and restore trace output (@samp{set -x})
15258 and other options upon function entry and exit. Inside a function,
15259 @acronym{IRIX} sh sets @samp{$0} to the function name.
15261 It is not portable to pass temporary environment variables to shell
15262 functions. Solaris @command{/bin/sh} does not see the variable.
15263 Meanwhile, not all shells follow the Posix rule that the assignment must
15264 affect the current environment in the same manner as special built-ins.
15267 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'func()@{ echo $a;@}; a=1 func; echo $a'}
15270 $ @kbd{ash -c 'func()@{ echo $a;@}; a=1 func; echo $a'}
15273 $ @kbd{bash -c 'set -o posix; func()@{ echo $a;@}; a=1 func; echo $a'}
15278 Some ancient Bourne shell variants with function support did not reset
15279 @samp{$@var{i}, @var{i} >= 0}, upon function exit, so effectively the
15280 arguments of the script were lost after the first function invocation.
15281 It is probably not worth worrying about these shells any more.
15283 With @acronym{AIX} sh, a @command{trap} on 0 installed in a shell function
15284 triggers at function exit rather than at script exit, see @xref{trap, ,
15285 Limitations of Shell Builtins}.
15287 @node Limitations of Builtins
15288 @section Limitations of Shell Builtins
15289 @cindex Shell builtins
15290 @cindex Limitations of shell builtins
15292 No, no, we are serious: some shells do have limitations! :)
15294 You should always keep in mind that any builtin or command may support
15295 options, and therefore differ in behavior with arguments
15296 starting with a dash. For instance, even the innocent @samp{echo "$word"}
15297 can give unexpected results when @code{word} starts with a dash. It is
15298 often possible to avoid this problem using @samp{echo "x$word"}, taking
15299 the @samp{x} into account later in the pipe. Many of these limitations
15300 can be worked around using M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}).
15302 @c This table includes things like `@command{test} (files)', so we can't
15303 @c use @table @command.
15307 @prindex @command{.}
15308 Use @command{.} only with regular files (use @samp{test -f}). Bash
15309 2.03, for instance, chokes on @samp{. /dev/null}. Remember that
15310 @command{.} uses @env{PATH} if its argument contains no slashes. Also,
15311 some shells, including bash 3.2, implicitly append the current directory
15312 to this @env{PATH} search, even though Posix forbids it. So if you want
15313 to use @command{.} on a file @file{foo} in the current directory, you
15314 must use @samp{. ./foo}.
15318 @prindex @command{!}
15319 The Unix version 7 shell did not support
15320 negating the exit status of commands with @command{!}, and this feature
15321 is still absent from some shells (e.g., Solaris @command{/bin/sh}).
15322 Other shells, such as FreeBSD @command{/bin/sh} or @command{ash}, have
15323 bugs when using @command{!}:
15326 $ @kbd{sh -c '! : | :'; echo $?}
15328 $ @kbd{ash -c '! : | :'; echo $?}
15330 $ @kbd{sh -c '! @{ :; @}'; echo $?}
15332 $ @kbd{ash -c '! @{ :; @}'; echo $?}
15334 Syntax error: "@}" unexpected
15338 Shell code like this:
15341 if ! cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1; then
15342 echo files differ or trouble
15346 is therefore not portable in practice. Typically it is easy to rewrite
15350 cmp file1 file2 >/dev/null 2>&1 ||
15351 echo files differ or trouble
15354 More generally, one can always rewrite @samp{! @var{command}} as:
15357 if @var{command}; then (exit 1); else :; fi
15361 @item @command{@{...@}}
15362 @c --------------------
15363 @prindex @command{@{...@}}
15364 Bash 3.2 (and earlier versions) sometimes does not properly set
15365 @samp{$?} when failing to write redirected output of a compound command.
15366 This problem is most commonly observed with @samp{@{@dots{}@}}; it does
15367 not occur with @samp{(@dots{})}. For example:
15370 $ @kbd{bash -c '@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
15371 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
15373 $ @kbd{bash -c 'while :; do echo; done >/bad; echo $?'}
15374 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
15378 To work around the bug, prepend @samp{:;}:
15381 $ @kbd{bash -c ':;@{ echo foo; @} >/bad; echo $?'}
15382 bash: line 1: /bad: Permission denied
15386 Posix requires a syntax error if a brace list has no contents. However,
15387 not all shells obey this rule; and on shells where empty lists are
15388 permitted, the effect on @samp{$?} is inconsistent. To avoid problems,
15389 ensure that a brace list is never empty.
15392 $ @kbd{bash -c 'false; @{ @}; echo $?' || echo $?}
15393 bash: line 1: syntax error near unexpected token `@}'
15394 bash: line 1: `false; @{ @}; echo $?'
15396 $ @kbd{zsh -c 'false; @{ @}; echo $?' || echo $?}
15398 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'false; @{ @}; echo $?' || echo $?}
15403 @item @command{break}
15404 @c ------------------
15405 @prindex @command{break}
15406 The use of @samp{break 2} etc.@: is safe.
15410 @item @command{case}
15411 @c -----------------
15412 @prindex @command{case}
15413 You don't need to quote the argument; no splitting is performed.
15415 You don't need the final @samp{;;}, but you should use it.
15417 Posix requires support for @code{case} patterns with opening
15418 parentheses like this:
15422 (*.c) echo "C source code";;
15427 but the @code{(} in this example is not portable to many Bourne
15428 shell implementations, which is a pity for those of us using tools that
15429 rely on balanced parentheses. For instance, with Solaris
15433 $ @kbd{case foo in (foo) echo foo;; esac}
15434 @error{}syntax error: `(' unexpected
15438 The leading @samp{(} can be omitted safely. Unfortunately, there are
15439 contexts where unbalanced parentheses cause other problems, such as when
15440 using a syntax-highlighting editor that searches for the balancing
15441 counterpart, or more importantly, when using a case statement as an
15442 underquoted argument to an Autoconf macro. @xref{Balancing
15443 Parentheses}, for tradeoffs involved in various styles of dealing with
15444 unbalanced @samp{)}.
15446 Zsh handles pattern fragments derived from parameter expansions or
15447 command substitutions as though quoted:
15450 $ pat=\?; case aa in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
15451 $ pat=\?; case a? in ?$pat) echo match;; esac
15456 Because of a bug in its @code{fnmatch}, Bash fails to properly
15457 handle backslashes in character classes:
15460 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [/\\]*) echo OK;; esac}
15465 This is extremely unfortunate, since you are likely to use this code to
15466 handle Posix or @sc{ms-dos} absolute file names. To work around this
15467 bug, always put the backslash first:
15470 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case '\TMP' in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
15472 bash-2.02$ @kbd{case /tmp in [\\/]*) echo OK;; esac}
15476 Many Bourne shells cannot handle closing brackets in character classes
15479 Some shells also have problems with backslash escaping in case you do not want
15480 to match the backslash: both a backslash and the escaped character match this
15481 pattern. To work around this, specify the character class in a variable, so
15482 that quote removal does not apply afterwards, and the special characters don't
15483 have to be backslash-escaped:
15486 $ @kbd{case '\' in [\<]) echo OK;; esac}
15488 $ @kbd{scanset='[<]'; case '\' in $scanset) echo OK;; esac}
15492 Even with this, Solaris @command{ksh} matches a backslash if the set
15494 of the characters @samp{|}, @samp{&}, @samp{(}, or @samp{)}.
15496 Conversely, Tru64 @command{ksh} (circa 2003) erroneously always matches
15497 a closing parenthesis if not specified in a character class:
15500 $ @kbd{case foo in *\)*) echo fail ;; esac}
15502 $ @kbd{case foo in *')'*) echo fail ;; esac}
15506 Some shells, such as Ash 0.3.8, are confused by an empty
15507 @code{case}/@code{esac}:
15510 ash-0.3.8 $ @kbd{case foo in esac;}
15511 @error{}Syntax error: ";" unexpected (expecting ")")
15514 Posix requires @command{case} to give an exit status of 0 if no cases
15515 match. However, @command{/bin/sh} in Solaris 10 does not obey this
15516 rule. Meanwhile, it is unclear whether a case that matches, but
15517 contains no statements, must also change the exit status to 0. The M4sh
15518 macro @code{AS_CASE} works around these inconsistencies.
15521 $ @kbd{bash -c 'case `false` in ?) ;; esac; echo $?'}
15523 $ @kbd{/bin/sh -c 'case `false` in ?) ;; esac; echo $?'}
15530 @prindex @command{cd}
15531 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{cd} must support
15532 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
15533 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
15534 not support these options, and their @command{cd} command has the
15535 @option{-P} behavior.
15537 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
15538 assume neither behavior is the default. This can be a bit tricky,
15539 since the Posix default behavior means that, for example,
15540 @samp{ls ..} and @samp{cd ..} may refer to different directories if
15541 the current logical directory is a symbolic link. It is safe to use
15542 @code{cd @var{dir}} if @var{dir} contains no @file{..} components.
15543 Also, Autoconf-generated scripts check for this problem when computing
15544 variables like @code{ac_top_srcdir} (@pxref{Configuration Actions}),
15545 so it is safe to @command{cd} to these variables.
15547 See @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for portability problems involving
15548 @command{cd} and the @env{CDPATH} environment variable.
15549 Also please see the discussion of the @command{pwd} command.
15553 @item @command{echo}
15554 @c -----------------
15555 @prindex @command{echo}
15556 The simple @command{echo} is probably the most surprising source of
15557 portability troubles. It is not possible to use @samp{echo} portably
15558 unless both options and escape sequences are omitted. Don't expect any
15561 Do not use backslashes in the arguments, as there is no consensus on
15562 their handling. For @samp{echo '\n' | wc -l}, the @command{sh} of
15563 Solaris outputs 2, but Bash and Zsh (in @command{sh} emulation mode) output 1.
15564 The problem is truly @command{echo}: all the shells
15565 understand @samp{'\n'} as the string composed of a backslash and an
15568 Because of these problems, do not pass a string containing arbitrary
15569 characters to @command{echo}. For example, @samp{echo "$foo"} is safe
15570 if you know that @var{foo}'s value cannot contain backslashes and cannot
15571 start with @samp{-}, but otherwise you should use a here-document like
15580 New applications which are not aiming at portability should use
15581 @command{printf} instead of @command{echo}. M4sh provides the
15582 @code{AS_ECHO} and @code{AS_ECHO_N} macros, which choose between
15583 @samp{echo -n} on implementations where that works, @command{printf} if
15584 it is available, or other creative tricks in order to work around the
15588 @item @command{eval}
15589 @c -----------------
15590 @prindex @command{eval}
15591 The @command{eval} command is useful in limited circumstances, e.g.,
15592 using commands like @samp{eval table_$key=\$value} and @samp{eval
15593 value=table_$key} to simulate a hash table when the key is known to be
15596 You should also be wary of common bugs in @command{eval} implementations.
15597 In some shell implementations (e.g., older @command{ash}, Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8
15598 @command{sh}, @command{pdksh} v5.2.14 99/07/13.2, and @command{zsh}
15599 4.2.5), the arguments of @samp{eval} are evaluated in a context where
15600 @samp{$?} is 0, so they exhibit behavior like this:
15603 $ @kbd{false; eval 'echo $?'}
15607 The correct behavior here is to output a nonzero value,
15608 but portable scripts should not rely on this.
15610 You should not rely on @code{LINENO} within @command{eval}.
15611 @xref{Special Shell Variables}.
15613 Note that, even though these bugs are easily avoided,
15614 @command{eval} is tricky to use on arbitrary arguments.
15615 It is obviously unwise to use @samp{eval $cmd} if the string value of
15616 @samp{cmd} was derived from an untrustworthy source. But even if the
15617 string value is valid, @samp{eval $cmd} might not work as intended,
15618 since it causes field splitting and file name expansion to occur twice,
15619 once for the @command{eval} and once for the command itself. It is
15620 therefore safer to use @samp{eval "$cmd"}. For example, if @var{cmd}
15621 has the value @samp{cat test?.c}, @samp{eval $cmd} might expand to the
15622 equivalent of @samp{cat test;.c} if there happens to be a file named
15623 @file{test;.c} in the current directory; and this in turn
15624 mistakenly attempts to invoke @command{cat} on the file @file{test} and
15625 then execute the command @command{.c}. To avoid this problem, use
15626 @samp{eval "$cmd"} rather than @samp{eval $cmd}.
15628 However, suppose that you want to output the text of the evaluated
15629 command just before executing it. Assuming the previous example,
15630 @samp{echo "Executing: $cmd"} outputs @samp{Executing: cat test?.c}, but
15631 this output doesn't show the user that @samp{test;.c} is the actual name
15632 of the copied file. Conversely, @samp{eval "echo Executing: $cmd"}
15633 works on this example, but it fails with @samp{cmd='cat foo >bar'},
15634 since it mistakenly replaces the contents of @file{bar} by the
15635 string @samp{cat foo}. No simple, general, and portable solution to
15636 this problem is known.
15638 @item @command{exec}
15639 @c -----------------
15640 @prindex @command{exec}
15641 Posix describes several categories of shell built-ins. Special
15642 built-ins (such as @command{exit}) must impact the environment of the
15643 current shell, and need not be available through @command{exec}. All
15644 other built-ins are regular, and must not propagate variable assignments
15645 to the environment of the current shell. However, the group of regular
15646 built-ins is further distinguished by commands that do not require a
15647 @env{PATH} search (such as @command{cd}), in contrast to built-ins that
15648 are offered as a more efficient version of something that must still be
15649 found in a @env{PATH} search (such as @command{echo}). Posix is not
15650 clear on whether @command{exec} must work with the list of 17 utilities
15651 that are invoked without a @env{PATH} search, and many platforms lack an
15652 executable for some of those built-ins:
15655 $ @kbd{sh -c 'exec cd /tmp'}
15656 sh: line 0: exec: cd: not found
15659 All other built-ins that provide utilities specified by Posix must have
15660 a counterpart executable that exists on @env{PATH}, although Posix
15661 allows @command{exec} to use the built-in instead of the executable.
15662 For example, contrast @command{bash} 3.2 and @command{pdksh} 5.2.14:
15665 $ @kbd{bash -c 'pwd --version' | head -n1}
15666 bash: line 0: pwd: --: invalid option
15667 pwd: usage: pwd [-LP]
15668 $ @kbd{bash -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1}
15669 pwd (GNU coreutils) 6.10
15670 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'exec pwd --version' | head -n1}
15671 pdksh: pwd: --: unknown option
15674 When it is desired to avoid a regular shell built-in, the workaround is
15675 to use some other forwarding command, such as @command{env} or
15676 @command{nice}, that will ensure a path search:
15679 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'exec true --version' | head -n1}
15680 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'nice true --version' | head -n1}
15681 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10
15682 $ @kbd{pdksh -c 'env true --version' | head -n1}
15683 true (GNU coreutils) 6.10
15686 @item @command{exit}
15687 @c -----------------
15688 @prindex @command{exit}
15689 The default value of @command{exit} is supposed to be @code{$?};
15690 unfortunately, some shells, such as the @acronym{DJGPP} port of Bash 2.04, just
15691 perform @samp{exit 0}.
15694 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`exit 1` || echo fail}
15696 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1)` || echo fail}
15698 bash-2.04$ @kbd{foo=`(exit 1); exit` || echo fail}
15702 Using @samp{exit $?} restores the expected behavior.
15704 Some shell scripts, such as those generated by @command{autoconf}, use a
15705 trap to clean up before exiting. If the last shell command exited with
15706 nonzero status, the trap also exits with nonzero status so that the
15707 invoker can tell that an error occurred.
15709 Unfortunately, in some shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh}, an exit
15710 trap ignores the @code{exit} command's argument. In these shells, a trap
15711 cannot determine whether it was invoked by plain @code{exit} or by
15712 @code{exit 1}. Instead of calling @code{exit} directly, use the
15713 @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} macro that has a workaround for this problem.
15717 @item @command{export}
15718 @c -------------------
15719 @prindex @command{export}
15720 The builtin @command{export} dubs a shell variable @dfn{environment
15721 variable}. Each update of exported variables corresponds to an update
15722 of the environment variables. Conversely, each environment variable
15723 received by the shell when it is launched should be imported as a shell
15724 variable marked as exported.
15726 Alas, many shells, such as Solaris @command{/bin/sh},
15727 @sc{irix} 6.3, @sc{irix} 5.2,
15728 @acronym{AIX} 4.1.5, and Digital Unix 4.0, forget to
15729 @command{export} the environment variables they receive. As a result,
15730 two variables coexist: the environment variable and the shell
15731 variable. The following code demonstrates this failure:
15742 when run with @samp{FOO=foo} in the environment, these shells print
15743 alternately @samp{foo} and @samp{bar}, although they should print only
15744 @samp{foo} and then a sequence of @samp{bar}s.
15746 Therefore you should @command{export} again each environment variable
15747 that you update; the export can occur before or after the assignment.
15749 Posix is not clear on whether the @command{export} of an undefined
15750 variable causes the variable to be defined with the value of an empty
15751 string, or merely marks any future definition of a variable by that name
15752 for export. Various shells behave differently in this regard:
15755 $ @kbd{sh -c 'export foo; env | grep foo'}
15756 $ @kbd{ash -c 'export foo; env | grep foo'}
15760 @item @command{false}
15761 @c ------------------
15762 @prindex @command{false}
15763 Don't expect @command{false} to exit with status 1: in native
15764 Solaris @file{/bin/false} exits with status 255.
15767 @item @command{for}
15768 @c ----------------
15769 @prindex @command{for}
15770 To loop over positional arguments, use:
15780 You may @emph{not} leave the @code{do} on the same line as @code{for},
15781 since some shells improperly grok:
15789 If you want to explicitly refer to the positional arguments, given the
15790 @samp{$@@} bug (@pxref{Shell Substitutions}), use:
15793 for arg in $@{1+"$@@"@}; do
15799 But keep in mind that Zsh, even in Bourne shell emulation mode, performs
15800 word splitting on @samp{$@{1+"$@@"@}}; see @ref{Shell Substitutions},
15801 item @samp{$@@}, for more.
15806 @prindex @command{if}
15807 Using @samp{!} is not portable. Instead of:
15810 if ! cmp -s file file.new; then
15819 if cmp -s file file.new; then :; else
15825 Or, especially if the @dfn{else} branch is short, you can use @code{||}.
15826 In M4sh, the @code{AS_IF} macro provides an easy way to write these kinds
15830 AS_IF([cmp -s file file.new], [], [mv file.new file])
15833 This is especially useful in other M4 macros, where the @dfn{then} and
15834 @dfn{else} branches might be macro arguments.
15836 There are shells that do not reset the exit status from an @command{if}:
15839 $ @kbd{if (exit 42); then true; fi; echo $?}
15844 whereas a proper shell should have printed @samp{0}. This is especially
15845 bad in makefiles since it produces false failures. This is why properly
15846 written makefiles, such as Automake's, have such hairy constructs:
15849 if test -f "$file"; then
15850 install "$file" "$dest"
15857 @item @command{printf}
15858 @c ------------------
15859 @prindex @command{printf}
15860 A format string starting with a @samp{-} can cause problems.
15861 Bash interprets it as an option and
15862 gives an error. And @samp{--} to mark the end of options is not good
15863 in the Net@acronym{BSD} Almquist shell (e.g., 0.4.6) which takes that
15864 literally as the format string. Putting the @samp{-} in a @samp{%c}
15865 or @samp{%s} is probably easiest:
15871 Bash 2.03 mishandles an escape sequence that happens to evaluate to @samp{%}:
15874 $ @kbd{printf '\045'}
15875 bash: printf: `%': missing format character
15878 Large outputs may cause trouble. On Solaris 2.5.1 through 10, for
15879 example, @file{/usr/bin/printf} is buggy, so when using
15880 @command{/bin/sh} the command @samp{printf %010000x 123} normally dumps
15883 Since @command{printf} is not always a shell builtin, there is a
15884 potential speed penalty for using @code{printf %s\\n} as a replacement
15885 for an @command{echo} that does not interpret @samp{\} or leading
15886 @samp{-}. With Solaris @command{ksh}, it is possible to use @code{print
15887 -r --} for this role instead.
15890 @item @command{pwd}
15891 @c ----------------
15892 @prindex @command{pwd}
15893 With modern shells, plain @command{pwd} outputs a ``logical''
15894 directory name, some of whose components may be symbolic links. These
15895 directory names are in contrast to ``physical'' directory names, whose
15896 components are all directories.
15898 Posix 1003.1-2001 requires that @command{pwd} must support
15899 the @option{-L} (``logical'') and @option{-P} (``physical'') options,
15900 with @option{-L} being the default. However, traditional shells do
15901 not support these options, and their @command{pwd} command has the
15902 @option{-P} behavior.
15904 Portable scripts should assume neither option is supported, and should
15905 assume neither behavior is the default. Also, on many hosts
15906 @samp{/bin/pwd} is equivalent to @samp{pwd -P}, but Posix
15907 does not require this behavior and portable scripts should not rely on
15910 Typically it's best to use plain @command{pwd}. On modern hosts this
15911 outputs logical directory names, which have the following advantages:
15915 Logical names are what the user specified.
15917 Physical names may not be portable from one installation
15918 host to another due to network file system gymnastics.
15920 On modern hosts @samp{pwd -P} may fail due to lack of permissions to
15921 some parent directory, but plain @command{pwd} cannot fail for this
15925 Also please see the discussion of the @command{cd} command.
15928 @item @command{read}
15929 @c -----------------
15930 @prindex @command{read}
15931 No options are portable, not even support @option{-r} (Solaris
15932 @command{/bin/sh} for example).
15936 @item @command{set}
15937 @c ----------------
15938 @prindex @command{set}
15939 With the Free@acronym{BSD} 6.0 shell, the @command{set} command (without
15940 any options) does not sort its output.
15942 The @command{set} builtin faces the usual problem with arguments
15944 dash. Modern shells such as Bash or Zsh understand @option{--} to specify
15945 the end of the options (any argument after @option{--} is a parameter,
15946 even @samp{-x} for instance), but many traditional shells (e.g., Solaris
15947 10 @command{/bin/sh}) simply stop option
15948 processing as soon as a non-option argument is found. Therefore, use
15949 @samp{dummy} or simply @samp{x} to end the option processing, and use
15950 @command{shift} to pop it out:
15953 set x $my_list; shift
15956 Avoid @samp{set -}, e.g., @samp{set - $my_list}. Posix no
15957 longer requires support for this command, and in traditional shells
15958 @samp{set - $my_list} resets the @option{-v} and @option{-x} options, which
15959 makes scripts harder to debug.
15961 Some nonstandard shells do not recognize more than one option
15962 (e.g., @samp{set -e -x} assigns @samp{-x} to the command line). It is
15963 better to combine them:
15969 The @acronym{BSD} shell has had several problems with the @option{-e}
15970 option, partly because @acronym{BSD} @command{make} traditionally used
15971 @option{-e} even though this was incompatible with Posix
15972 (@pxref{Failure in Make Rules}). Older versions of the @acronym{BSD}
15973 shell (circa 1990) mishandled @samp{&&}, @samp{||}, @samp{if}, and
15974 @samp{case} when @option{-e} was in effect, causing the shell to exit
15975 unexpectedly in some cases. This was particularly a problem with
15976 makefiles, and led to circumlocutions like @samp{sh -c 'test -f file ||
15977 touch file'}, where the seemingly-unnecessary @samp{sh -c '@dots{}'}
15978 wrapper works around the bug.
15980 Even relatively-recent versions of the @acronym{BSD} shell (e.g.,
15981 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.4) wrongly exit with @option{-e} if a command within
15982 @samp{&&} fails inside a compound statement. For example:
15988 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
15991 test -n "$foo" && exit 1
15997 does not print @samp{two}. One workaround is to use @samp{if test -n
15998 "$foo"; then exit 1; fi} rather than @samp{test -n "$foo" && exit 1}.
15999 Another possibility is to warn @acronym{BSD} users not to use @samp{sh -e}.
16001 Portable scripts should not use @samp{set -e} if @command{trap} is used
16002 to install an exit handler. This is because Tru64/OSF 5.1 @command{sh}
16003 sometimes enters the trap handler with the exit status of the command
16004 prior to the one that triggered the errexit handler:
16007 $ @kbd{sh -ec 'trap '\''echo $?'\'' 0; false'}
16009 $ @kbd{sh -c 'set -e; trap '\''echo $?'\'' 0; false'}
16014 Thus, when writing a script in M4sh, rather than trying to rely on
16015 @samp{set -e}, it is better to append @samp{|| AS_EXIT} to any
16016 statement where it is desirable to abort on failure.
16018 @item @command{shift}
16019 @c ------------------
16020 @prindex @command{shift}
16021 Not only is @command{shift}ing a bad idea when there is nothing left to
16022 shift, but in addition it is not portable: the shell of @acronym{MIPS
16023 RISC/OS} 4.52 refuses to do it.
16025 Don't use @samp{shift 2} etc.; while it in the SVR1 shell (1983),
16026 it is also absent in many pre-Posix shells.
16029 @item @command{source}
16030 @c -------------------
16031 @prindex @command{source}
16032 This command is not portable, as Posix does not require it; use
16033 @command{.} instead.
16036 @item @command{test}
16037 @c -----------------
16038 @prindex @command{test}
16039 The @code{test} program is the way to perform many file and string
16040 tests. It is often invoked by the alternate name @samp{[}, but using
16041 that name in Autoconf code is asking for trouble since it is an M4 quote
16044 The @option{-a}, @option{-o}, @samp{(}, and @samp{)} operands are not
16045 portable and should be avoided. Thus, portable uses of @command{test}
16046 should never have more than four arguments, and scripts should use shell
16047 constructs like @samp{&&} and @samp{||} instead. If you combine
16048 @samp{&&} and @samp{||} in the same statement, keep in mind that they
16049 have equal precedence, so it is often better to parenthesize even when
16050 this is redundant. For example:
16054 test "X$a" = "X$b" -a \
16055 '(' "X$c" != "X$d" -o "X$e" = "X$f" ')'
16058 test "X$a" = "X$b" &&
16059 @{ test "X$c" != "X$d" || test "X$e" = "X$f"; @}
16062 @command{test} does not process options like most other commands do; for
16063 example, it does not recognize the @option{--} argument as marking the
16066 It is safe to use @samp{!} as a @command{test} operator. For example,
16067 @samp{if test ! -d foo; @dots{}} is portable even though @samp{if ! test
16068 -d foo; @dots{}} is not.
16071 @item @command{test} (files)
16072 @c -------------------------
16073 To enable @command{configure} scripts to support cross-compilation, they
16074 shouldn't do anything that tests features of the build system instead of
16075 the host system. But occasionally you may find it necessary to check
16076 whether some arbitrary file exists. To do so, use @samp{test -f} or
16077 @samp{test -r}. Do not use @samp{test -x}, because 4.3@acronym{BSD} does not
16078 have it. Do not use @samp{test -e} either, because Solaris @command{/bin/sh}
16079 lacks it. To test for symbolic links on systems that have them, use
16080 @samp{test -h} rather than @samp{test -L}; either form conforms to
16081 Posix 1003.1-2001, but older shells like Solaris 8
16082 @code{/bin/sh} support only @option{-h}.
16084 @item @command{test} (strings)
16085 @c ---------------------------
16086 Posix says that @samp{test "@var{string}"} succeeds if @var{string} is
16087 not null, but this usage is not portable to traditional platforms like
16088 Solaris 10 @command{/bin/sh}, which mishandle strings like @samp{!} and
16091 Posix also says that @samp{test ! "@var{string}"},
16092 @samp{test -n "@var{string}"} and
16093 @samp{test -z "@var{string}"} work with any string, but many
16094 shells (such as Solaris, @acronym{AIX} 3.2, @sc{unicos} 10.0.0.6,
16095 Digital Unix 4, etc.)@: get confused if
16096 @var{string} looks like an operator:
16100 test: argument expected
16102 test: argument expected
16105 Similarly, Posix says that both @samp{test "@var{string1}" = "@var{string2"}}
16106 and @samp{test "@var{string1}" != "@var{string2"}} work for any pairs of
16107 strings, but in practice this is not true for troublesome strings that
16108 look like operators or parentheses, or that begin with @samp{-}.
16110 It is best to protect such strings with a leading @samp{X}, e.g.,
16111 @samp{test "X@var{string}" != X} rather than @samp{test -n
16112 "@var{string}"} or @samp{test ! "@var{string}"}.
16114 It is common to find variations of the following idiom:
16117 test -n "`echo $ac_feature | sed 's/[-a-zA-Z0-9_]//g'`" &&
16122 to take an action when a token matches a given pattern. Such constructs
16123 should be avoided by using:
16126 case $ac_feature in
16127 *[!-a-zA-Z0-9_]*) @var{action};;
16131 If the pattern is a complicated regular expression that cannot be
16132 expressed as a shell pattern, use something like this instead:
16135 expr "X$ac_feature" : 'X.*[^-a-zA-Z0-9_]' >/dev/null &&
16139 @samp{expr "X@var{foo}" : "X@var{bar}"} is more robust than @samp{echo
16140 "X@var{foo}" | grep "^X@var{bar}"}, because it avoids problems when
16141 @samp{@var{foo}} contains backslashes.
16145 @item @command{trap}
16146 @c -----------------
16147 @prindex @command{trap}
16148 It is safe to trap at least the signals 1, 2, 13, and 15. You can also
16149 trap 0, i.e., have the @command{trap} run when the script ends (either via an
16150 explicit @command{exit}, or the end of the script). The trap for 0 should be
16151 installed outside of a shell function, or @acronym{AIX} 5.3 @command{/bin/sh}
16152 will invoke the trap at the end of this function.
16154 Posix says that @samp{trap - 1 2 13 15} resets the traps for the
16155 specified signals to their default values, but many common shells (e.g.,
16156 Solaris @command{/bin/sh}) misinterpret this and attempt to execute a
16157 ``command'' named @command{-} when the specified conditions arise.
16158 There is no portable workaround, except for @samp{trap - 0}, for which
16159 @samp{trap '' 0} is a portable substitute.
16161 Although Posix is not absolutely clear on this point, it is widely
16162 admitted that when entering the trap @samp{$?} should be set to the exit
16163 status of the last command run before the trap. The ambiguity can be
16164 summarized as: ``when the trap is launched by an @command{exit}, what is
16165 the @emph{last} command run: that before @command{exit}, or
16166 @command{exit} itself?''
16168 Bash considers @command{exit} to be the last command, while Zsh and
16169 Solaris @command{/bin/sh} consider that when the trap is run it is
16170 @emph{still} in the @command{exit}, hence it is the previous exit status
16171 that the trap receives:
16174 $ @kbd{cat trap.sh}
16177 $ @kbd{zsh trap.sh}
16179 $ @kbd{bash trap.sh}
16183 The portable solution is then simple: when you want to @samp{exit 42},
16184 run @samp{(exit 42); exit 42}, the first @command{exit} being used to
16185 set the exit status to 42 for Zsh, and the second to trigger the trap
16186 and pass 42 as exit status for Bash. In M4sh, this is covered by using
16189 The shell in Free@acronym{BSD} 4.0 has the following bug: @samp{$?} is
16190 reset to 0 by empty lines if the code is inside @command{trap}.
16193 $ @kbd{trap 'false}
16201 Fortunately, this bug only affects @command{trap}.
16203 @item @command{true}
16204 @c -----------------
16205 @prindex @command{true}
16206 @c Info cannot handle `:' in index entries.
16207 @c @prindex @command{:}
16208 Don't worry: as far as we know @command{true} is portable.
16209 Nevertheless, it's not always a builtin (e.g., Bash 1.x), and the
16210 portable shell community tends to prefer using @command{:}. This has a
16211 funny side effect: when asked whether @command{false} is more portable
16212 than @command{true} Alexandre Oliva answered:
16215 In a sense, yes, because if it doesn't exist, the shell will produce an
16216 exit status of failure, which is correct for @command{false}, but not
16217 for @command{true}.
16222 @item @command{unset}
16223 @c ------------------
16224 @prindex @command{unset}
16225 In some nonconforming shells (e.g., Bash 2.05a), @code{unset FOO} fails
16226 when @code{FOO} is not set. You can use
16232 if you are not sure that @code{FOO} is set.
16234 A few ancient shells lack @command{unset} entirely. For some variables
16235 such as @code{PS1}, you can use a neutralizing value instead:
16241 Usually, shells that do not support @command{unset} need less effort to
16242 make the environment sane, so for example is not a problem if you cannot
16243 unset @command{CDPATH} on those shells. However, Bash 2.01 mishandles
16244 @code{unset MAIL} in some cases and dumps core. So, you should do
16248 ( (unset MAIL) || exit 1) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset MAIL || :
16252 @xref{Special Shell Variables}, for some neutralizing values. Also, see
16253 @ref{export, , Limitations of Builtins}, for
16254 the case of environment variables.
16256 @item @command{wait}
16257 @c -----------------
16258 @prindex @command{wait}
16259 The exit status of @command{wait} is not always reliable.
16262 @node Limitations of Usual Tools
16263 @section Limitations of Usual Tools
16264 @cindex Limitations of usual tools
16266 The small set of tools you can expect to find on any machine can still
16267 include some limitations you should be aware of.
16269 @comment Between this list and the list of builtins above, we should
16270 @comment mention all the tools in GNU Coding Standards ``Utilities in
16271 @comment Makefiles''.
16273 @c This table includes things like `@command{expr} (|)', so we can't
16274 @c use @table @command.
16276 @item @command{awk}
16277 @c ----------------
16278 @prindex @command{awk}
16279 Don't leave white space before the opening parenthesis in a user function call.
16280 Posix does not allow this and @acronym{GNU} Awk rejects it:
16283 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
16284 BEGIN @{ die () @}'}
16285 gawk: cmd. line:2: BEGIN @{ die () @}
16286 gawk: cmd. line:2: ^ parse error
16287 $ @kbd{gawk 'function die () @{ print "Aaaaarg!" @}
16288 BEGIN @{ die() @}'}
16292 Posix says that if a program contains only @samp{BEGIN} actions, and
16293 contains no instances of @code{getline}, then the program merely
16294 executes the actions without reading input. However, traditional Awk
16295 implementations (such as Solaris 10 @command{awk}) read and discard
16296 input in this case. Portable scripts can redirect input from
16297 @file{/dev/null} to work around the problem. For example:
16300 awk 'BEGIN @{print "hello world"@}' </dev/null
16303 Posix says that in an @samp{END} action, @samp{$NF} (and presumably,
16304 @samp{$1}) retain their value from the last record read, if no
16305 intervening @samp{getline} occurred. However, some implementations
16306 (such as Solaris 10 @samp{/usr/bin/awk}, @samp{nawk}, or Darwin
16307 @samp{awk}) reset these variables. A workaround is to use an
16308 intermediate variable prior to the @samp{END} block. For example:
16311 $ @kbd{cat end.awk}
16313 END @{ print "a", $1, $NF, "b", tmp @}
16314 $ @kbd{echo 1 | awk -f end.awk}
16316 $ @kbd{echo 1 | gawk -f end.awk}
16320 If you want your program to be deterministic, don't depend on @code{for}
16324 $ @kbd{cat for.awk}
16331 $ @kbd{gawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
16334 $ @kbd{nawk -f for.awk </dev/null}
16339 Some Awk implementations, such as @acronym{HP-UX} 11.0's native one,
16343 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
16344 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/foo|^bar/ @{ print @}'}
16346 $ @kbd{echo xfoo | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
16348 $ @kbd{echo bar | $AWK '/^bar|foo/ @{ print @}'}
16353 Either do not depend on such patterns (i.e., use @samp{/^(.*foo|bar)/},
16354 or use a simple test to reject such implementations.
16356 On @samp{ia64-hp-hpux11.23}, Awk mishandles @code{printf} conversions
16360 $ @kbd{awk 'BEGIN @{ printf "%u %d\n", 0, -1 @}'}
16364 @acronym{AIX} version 5.2 has an arbitrary limit of 399 on the
16365 length of regular expressions and literal strings in an Awk program.
16367 Traditional Awk implementations derived from Unix version 7, such as
16368 Solaris @command{/bin/awk}, have many limitations and do not
16369 conform to Posix. Nowadays @code{AC_PROG_AWK} (@pxref{Particular
16370 Programs}) finds you an Awk that doesn't have these problems, but if
16371 for some reason you prefer not to use @code{AC_PROG_AWK} you may need to
16374 Traditional Awk does not support multidimensional arrays or user-defined
16377 Traditional Awk does not support the @option{-v} option. You can use
16378 assignments after the program instead, e.g., @code{$AWK '@{print v
16379 $1@}' v=x}; however, don't forget that such assignments are not
16380 evaluated until they are encountered (e.g., after any @code{BEGIN}
16383 Traditional Awk does not support the keywords @code{delete} or @code{do}.
16385 Traditional Awk does not support the expressions
16386 @code{@var{a}?@var{b}:@var{c}}, @code{!@var{a}}, @code{@var{a}^@var{b}},
16387 or @code{@var{a}^=@var{b}}.
16389 Traditional Awk does not support the predefined @code{CONVFMT} variable.
16391 Traditional Awk supports only the predefined functions @code{exp}, @code{index},
16392 @code{int}, @code{length}, @code{log}, @code{split}, @code{sprintf},
16393 @code{sqrt}, and @code{substr}.
16395 Traditional Awk @code{getline} is not at all compatible with Posix;
16398 Traditional Awk has @code{for (i in a) @dots{}} but no other uses of the
16399 @code{in} keyword. For example, it lacks @code{if (i in a) @dots{}}.
16401 In code portable to both traditional and modern Awk, @code{FS} must be a
16402 string containing just one ordinary character, and similarly for the
16403 field-separator argument to @code{split}.
16405 Traditional Awk has a limit of 99 fields in a record. Since some Awk
16406 implementations, like Tru64's, split the input even if you don't refer
16407 to any field in the script, to circumvent this problem, set @samp{FS}
16408 to an unusual character and use @code{split}.
16410 Traditional Awk has a limit of at most 99 bytes in a number formatted by
16411 @code{OFMT}; for example, @code{OFMT="%.300e"; print 0.1;} typically
16414 The original version of Awk had a limit of at most 99 bytes per
16415 @code{split} field, 99 bytes per @code{substr} substring, and 99 bytes
16416 per run of non-special characters in a @code{printf} format, but these
16417 bugs have been fixed on all practical hosts that we know of.
16419 HP-UX 11.00 and IRIX 6.5 Awk require that input files have a line length
16420 of at most 3070 bytes.
16422 @item @command{basename}
16423 @c ---------------------
16424 @prindex @command{basename}
16425 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}.
16426 You can use @command{expr} instead.
16428 @c AS_BASENAME is to be replaced by a better API.
16430 Not all hosts have a working @command{basename}, and you should instead
16431 use @code{AS_BASENAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), followed by
16432 @command{expr} if you need to strip a suffix. For example:
16435 a=`basename "$aname"` # This is not portable.
16436 a=`AS_BASENAME(["$aname"])` # This is more portable.
16438 # This is not portable.
16439 c=`basename "$cname" .c`
16441 # This is more portable.
16442 c=`AS_BASENAME(["$cname"])`
16444 ?*.c) c=`expr "X$c" : 'X\(.*\)\.c'`;;
16450 @item @command{cat}
16451 @c ----------------
16452 @prindex @command{cat}
16453 Don't rely on any option.
16458 @prindex @command{cc}
16459 The command @samp{cc -c foo.c} traditionally produces an object file
16460 named @file{foo.o}. Most compilers allow @option{-c} to be combined
16461 with @option{-o} to specify a different object file name, but
16462 Posix does not require this combination and a few compilers
16463 lack support for it. @xref{C Compiler}, for how @acronym{GNU} Make
16464 tests for this feature with @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}.
16466 When a compilation such as @samp{cc -o foo foo.c} fails, some compilers
16467 (such as @sc{cds} on Reliant Unix) leave a @file{foo.o}.
16469 @acronym{HP-UX} @command{cc} doesn't accept @file{.S} files to preprocess and
16470 assemble. @samp{cc -c foo.S} appears to succeed, but in fact does
16473 The default executable, produced by @samp{cc foo.c}, can be
16476 @item @file{a.out} --- usual Posix convention.
16477 @item @file{b.out} --- i960 compilers (including @command{gcc}).
16478 @item @file{a.exe} --- @acronym{DJGPP} port of @command{gcc}.
16479 @item @file{a_out.exe} --- GNV @command{cc} wrapper for DEC C on OpenVMS.
16480 @item @file{foo.exe} --- various MS-DOS compilers.
16483 The C compiler's traditional name is @command{cc}, but other names like
16484 @command{gcc} are common. Posix 1003.1-2001 specifies the
16485 name @command{c99}, but older Posix editions specified
16486 @command{c89} and anyway these standard names are rarely used in
16487 practice. Typically the C compiler is invoked from makefiles that use
16488 @samp{$(CC)}, so the value of the @samp{CC} make variable selects the
16491 @item @command{chgrp}
16492 @itemx @command{chown}
16493 @c -------------------
16494 @prindex @command{chgrp}
16495 @prindex @command{chown}
16496 It is not portable to change a file's group to a group that the owner
16497 does not belong to.
16499 @item @command{chmod}
16500 @c ------------------
16501 @prindex @command{chmod}
16502 Avoid usages like @samp{chmod -w file}; use @samp{chmod a-w file}
16503 instead, for two reasons. First, plain @option{-w} does not necessarily
16504 make the file unwritable, since it does not affect mode bits that
16505 correspond to bits in the file mode creation mask. Second,
16506 Posix says that the @option{-w} might be interpreted as an
16507 implementation-specific option, not as a mode; Posix suggests
16508 using @samp{chmod -- -w file} to avoid this confusion, but unfortunately
16509 @samp{--} does not work on some older hosts.
16512 @item @command{cmp}
16513 @c ----------------
16514 @prindex @command{cmp}
16515 @command{cmp} performs a raw data comparison of two files, while
16516 @command{diff} compares two text files. Therefore, if you might compare
16517 DOS files, even if only checking whether two files are different, use
16518 @command{diff} to avoid spurious differences due to differences of
16524 @prindex @command{cp}
16525 Avoid the @option{-r} option, since Posix 1003.1-2004 marks it as
16526 obsolescent and its behavior on special files is implementation-defined.
16527 Use @option{-R} instead. On @acronym{GNU} hosts the two options
16528 are equivalent, but on Solaris hosts (for example) @code{cp -r}
16529 reads from pipes instead of replicating them.
16531 Some @command{cp} implementations (e.g., @acronym{BSD/OS} 4.2) do not allow
16532 trailing slashes at the end of nonexistent destination directories. To
16533 avoid this problem, omit the trailing slashes. For example, use
16534 @samp{cp -R source /tmp/newdir} rather than @samp{cp -R source
16535 /tmp/newdir/} if @file{/tmp/newdir} does not exist.
16537 @c This is thanks to Ian.
16538 The ancient SunOS 4 @command{cp} does not support @option{-f}, although
16539 its @command{mv} does.
16541 @cindex timestamp resolution
16542 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and @samp{cp
16543 -p} copied the timestamps exactly. However, many modern file systems
16544 have timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Unfortunately, @samp{cp
16545 -p} implementations truncate timestamps when copying files, so this
16546 can result in the destination file appearing to be older than the
16547 source. The exact amount of truncation depends on the resolution of
16548 the system calls that @command{cp} uses; traditionally this was
16549 @code{utime}, which has 1-second resolution, but some newer
16550 @command{cp} implementations use @code{utimes}, which has
16551 1-microsecond resolution. These newer implementations include @acronym{GNU}
16552 Core Utilities 5.0.91 or later, and Solaris 8 (sparc) patch 109933-02 or
16553 later. Unfortunately as of January 2006 there is still no system
16554 call to set timestamps to the full nanosecond resolution.
16556 Bob Proulx notes that @samp{cp -p} always @emph{tries} to copy
16557 ownerships. But whether it actually does copy ownerships or not is a
16558 system dependent policy decision implemented by the kernel. If the
16559 kernel allows it then it happens. If the kernel does not allow it then
16560 it does not happen. It is not something @command{cp} itself has control
16563 In Unix System V any user can chown files to any other user, and System
16564 V also has a non-sticky @file{/tmp}. That probably derives from the
16565 heritage of System V in a business environment without hostile users.
16566 @acronym{BSD} changed this
16567 to be a more secure model where only root can @command{chown} files and
16568 a sticky @file{/tmp} is used. That undoubtedly derives from the heritage
16569 of @acronym{BSD} in a campus environment.
16571 @acronym{GNU}/Linux and Solaris by default follow @acronym{BSD}, but
16572 can be configured to allow a System V style @command{chown}. On the
16573 other hand, @acronym{HP-UX} follows System V, but can
16574 be configured to use the modern security model and disallow
16575 @command{chown}. Since it is an administrator-configurable parameter
16576 you can't use the name of the kernel as an indicator of the behavior.
16580 @item @command{date}
16581 @c -----------------
16582 @prindex @command{date}
16583 Some versions of @command{date} do not recognize special @samp{%} directives,
16584 and unfortunately, instead of complaining, they just pass them through,
16585 and exit with success:
16589 OSF1 medusa.sis.pasteur.fr V5.1 732 alpha
16595 @item @command{diff}
16596 @c -----------------
16597 @prindex @command{diff}
16598 Option @option{-u} is nonportable.
16600 Some implementations, such as Tru64's, fail when comparing to
16601 @file{/dev/null}. Use an empty file instead.
16604 @item @command{dirname}
16605 @c --------------------
16606 @prindex @command{dirname}
16607 Not all hosts have a working @command{dirname}, and you should instead
16608 use @code{AS_DIRNAME} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}). For example:
16611 dir=`dirname "$file"` # This is not portable.
16612 dir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` # This is more portable.
16616 @item @command{egrep}
16617 @c ------------------
16618 @prindex @command{egrep}
16619 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{egrep},
16620 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
16621 replacement @code{grep -E}. Also, some traditional implementations do
16622 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
16623 @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}.
16625 Portable extended regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
16626 characters in the string @samp{$()*+.?[\^@{|}. For example, @samp{\@}}
16627 is not portable, even though it typically matches @samp{@}}.
16629 The empty alternative is not portable. Use @samp{?} instead. For
16630 instance with Digital Unix v5.0:
16633 > printf "foo\n|foo\n" | $EGREP '^(|foo|bar)$'
16635 > printf "bar\nbar|\n" | $EGREP '^(foo|bar|)$'
16637 > printf "foo\nfoo|\n|bar\nbar\n" | $EGREP '^(foo||bar)$'
16642 @command{$EGREP} also suffers the limitations of @command{grep}
16643 (@pxref{grep, , Limitations of Usual Tools}).
16645 @item @command{expr}
16646 @c -----------------
16647 @prindex @command{expr}
16648 Not all implementations obey the Posix rule that @samp{--} separates
16649 options from arguments; likewise, not all implementations provide the
16650 extension to Posix that the first argument can be treated as part of a
16651 valid expression rather than an invalid option if it begins with
16652 @samp{-}. When performing arithmetic, use @samp{expr 0 + $var} if
16653 @samp{$var} might be a negative number, to keep @command{expr} from
16654 interpreting it as an option.
16656 No @command{expr} keyword starts with @samp{X}, so use @samp{expr
16657 X"@var{word}" : 'X@var{regex}'} to keep @command{expr} from
16658 misinterpreting @var{word}.
16660 Don't use @code{length}, @code{substr}, @code{match} and @code{index}.
16662 @item @command{expr} (@samp{|})
16663 @prindex @command{expr} (@samp{|})
16664 You can use @samp{|}. Although Posix does require that @samp{expr
16665 ''} return the empty string, it does not specify the result when you
16666 @samp{|} together the empty string (or zero) with the empty string. For
16673 Posix 1003.2-1992 returns the empty string
16674 for this case, but traditional Unix returns @samp{0} (Solaris is
16675 one such example). In Posix 1003.1-2001, the specification was
16676 changed to match traditional Unix's behavior (which is
16677 bizarre, but it's too late to fix this). Please note that the same
16678 problem does arise when the empty string results from a computation,
16682 expr bar : foo \| foo : bar
16686 Avoid this portability problem by avoiding the empty string.
16689 @item @command{expr} (@samp{:})
16690 @c ----------------------------
16691 @prindex @command{expr}
16692 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should use @samp{\} to
16693 escape only characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}.
16694 For example, alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not
16695 require its support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts.
16696 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
16698 Portable @command{expr} regular expressions should not begin with
16699 @samp{^}. Patterns are automatically anchored so leading @samp{^} is
16702 On the other hand, the behavior of the @samp{$} anchor is not portable
16703 on multi-line strings. Posix is ambiguous whether the anchor applies to
16704 each line, as was done in older versions of @acronym{GNU} Coreutils, or
16705 whether it applies only to the end of the overall string, as in
16706 Coreutils 6.0 and most other implementations.
16711 $ @kbd{expr "X$baz" : 'X\(foo\)$'}
16713 $ @kbd{expr-5.97 "X$baz" : 'X\(foo\)$'}
16717 The Posix standard is ambiguous as to whether
16718 @samp{expr 'a' : '\(b\)'} outputs @samp{0} or the empty string.
16719 In practice, it outputs the empty string on most platforms, but portable
16720 scripts should not assume this. For instance, the @acronym{QNX} 4.25 native
16721 @command{expr} returns @samp{0}.
16723 One might think that a way to get a uniform behavior would be to use
16724 the empty string as a default value:
16727 expr a : '\(b\)' \| ''
16731 Unfortunately this behaves exactly as the original expression; see the
16732 @command{expr} (@samp{|}) entry for more information.
16734 Some ancient @command{expr} implementations (e.g., SunOS 4 @command{expr} and
16735 Solaris 8 @command{/usr/ucb/expr}) have a silly length limit that causes
16736 @command{expr} to fail if the matched substring is longer than 120
16737 bytes. In this case, you might want to fall back on @samp{echo|sed} if
16738 @command{expr} fails. Nowadays this is of practical importance only for
16739 the rare installer who mistakenly puts @file{/usr/ucb} before
16740 @file{/usr/bin} in @env{PATH}.
16742 On Mac OS X 10.4, @command{expr} mishandles the pattern @samp{[^-]} in
16743 some cases. For example, the command
16745 expr Xpowerpc-apple-darwin8.1.0 : 'X[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)'
16749 outputs @samp{apple-darwin8.1.0} rather than the correct @samp{darwin8.1.0}.
16750 This particular case can be worked around by substituting @samp{[^--]}
16753 Don't leave, there is some more!
16755 The @acronym{QNX} 4.25 @command{expr}, in addition of preferring @samp{0} to
16756 the empty string, has a funny behavior in its exit status: it's always 1
16757 when parentheses are used!
16760 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'a'`; echo "$?: $val"}
16762 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : 'b'`; echo "$?: $val"}
16765 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(a\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
16767 $ @kbd{val=`expr 'a' : '\(b\)'`; echo "?: $val"}
16772 In practice this can be a big problem if you are ready to catch failures
16773 of @command{expr} programs with some other method (such as using
16774 @command{sed}), since you may get twice the result. For instance
16777 $ @kbd{expr 'a' : '\(a\)' || echo 'a' | sed 's/^\(a\)$/\1/'}
16781 outputs @samp{a} on most hosts, but @samp{aa} on @acronym{QNX} 4.25. A
16782 simple workaround consists of testing @command{expr} and using a variable
16783 set to @command{expr} or to @command{false} according to the result.
16785 Tru64 @command{expr} incorrectly treats the result as a number, if it
16786 can be interpreted that way:
16789 $ @kbd{expr 00001 : '.*\(...\)'}
16793 On @acronym{HP-UX} 11, @command{expr} only supports a single
16797 $ @kbd{expr 'Xfoo' : 'X\(f\(oo\)*\)$'}
16798 expr: More than one '\(' was used.
16802 @item @command{fgrep}
16803 @c ------------------
16804 @prindex @command{fgrep}
16805 Posix 1003.1-2001 no longer requires @command{fgrep},
16806 but many hosts do not yet support the Posix
16807 replacement @code{grep -F}. Also, some traditional implementations do
16808 not work on long input lines. To work around these problems, invoke
16809 @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and then use @code{$FGREP}.
16812 @item @command{find}
16813 @c -----------------
16814 @prindex @command{find}
16815 The option @option{-maxdepth} seems to be @acronym{GNU} specific.
16816 Tru64 v5.1, Net@acronym{BSD} 1.5 and Solaris @command{find}
16817 commands do not understand it.
16819 The replacement of @samp{@{@}} is guaranteed only if the argument is
16820 exactly @emph{@{@}}, not if it's only a part of an argument. For
16821 instance on DU, and @acronym{HP-UX} 10.20 and @acronym{HP-UX} 11:
16825 $ @kbd{find . -name foo -exec echo "@{@}-@{@}" \;}
16830 while @acronym{GNU} @command{find} reports @samp{./foo-./foo}.
16834 @item @command{grep}
16835 @c -----------------
16836 @prindex @command{grep}
16837 Portable scripts can rely on the @command{grep} options @option{-c},
16838 @option{-l}, @option{-n}, and @option{-v}, but should avoid other
16839 options. For example, don't use @option{-w}, as Posix does not require
16840 it and Irix 6.5.16m's @command{grep} does not support it. Also,
16841 portable scripts should not combine @option{-c} with @option{-l},
16842 as Posix does not allow this.
16844 Some of the options required by Posix are not portable in practice.
16845 Don't use @samp{grep -q} to suppress output, because many @command{grep}
16846 implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not support @option{-q}.
16847 Don't use @samp{grep -s} to suppress output either, because Posix
16848 says @option{-s} does not suppress output, only some error messages;
16849 also, the @option{-s} option of traditional @command{grep} behaved
16850 like @option{-q} does in most modern implementations. Instead,
16851 redirect the standard output and standard error (in case the file
16852 doesn't exist) of @code{grep} to @file{/dev/null}. Check the exit
16853 status of @code{grep} to determine whether it found a match.
16855 Some traditional @command{grep} implementations do not work on long
16856 input lines. On AIX the default @code{grep} silently truncates long
16857 lines on the input before matching.
16859 Also, many implementations do not support multiple regexps
16860 with @option{-e}: they either reject @option{-e} entirely (e.g., Solaris)
16861 or honor only the last pattern (e.g., @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 and NeXT). To
16862 work around these problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_GREP} and then use
16865 Another possible workaround for the multiple @option{-e} problem is to
16866 separate the patterns by newlines, for example:
16874 except that this fails with traditional @command{grep}
16875 implementations and with Open@acronym{BSD} 3.8 @command{grep}.
16877 Traditional @command{grep} implementations (e.g., Solaris) do not
16878 support the @option{-E} or @option{-F} options. To work around these
16879 problems, invoke @code{AC_PROG_EGREP} and then use @code{$EGREP}, and
16880 similarly for @code{AC_PROG_FGREP} and @code{$FGREP}. Even if you are
16881 willing to require support for Posix @command{grep}, your script should
16882 not use both @option{-E} and @option{-F}, since Posix does not allow
16885 Portable @command{grep} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to
16886 escape characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^@{@}}. For example,
16887 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
16888 support in basic regular expressions, so it should be avoided in
16889 portable scripts. Solaris and HP-UX @command{grep} do not support it.
16890 Similarly, the following escape sequences should also be avoided:
16891 @samp{\<}, @samp{\>}, @samp{\+}, @samp{\?}, @samp{\`}, @samp{\'},
16892 @samp{\B}, @samp{\b}, @samp{\S}, @samp{\s}, @samp{\W}, and @samp{\w}.
16894 Posix does not specify the behavior of @command{grep} on binary files.
16895 An example where this matters is using @acronym{BSD} @command{grep} to
16896 search text that includes embedded @acronym{ANSI} escape sequences for
16897 colored output to terminals (@samp{\033[m} is the sequence to restore
16898 normal output); the behavior depends on whether input is seekable:
16901 $ @kbd{printf 'esc\033[mape\n' > sample}
16902 $ @kbd{grep . sample}
16903 Binary file sample matches
16904 $ @kbd{cat sample | grep .}
16909 @item @command{join}
16910 @c -----------------
16911 @prindex @command{join}
16912 Solaris 8 @command{join} has bugs when the second operand is standard
16913 input, and when standard input is a pipe. For example, the following
16914 shell script causes Solaris 8 @command{join} to loop forever:
16921 cat file | join file -
16924 Use @samp{join - file} instead.
16929 @prindex @command{ln}
16930 @cindex Symbolic links
16931 Don't rely on @command{ln} having a @option{-f} option. Symbolic links
16932 are not available on old systems; use @samp{$(LN_S)} as a portable substitute.
16934 For versions of the @acronym{DJGPP} before 2.04,
16935 @command{ln} emulates symbolic links
16936 to executables by generating a stub that in turn calls the real
16937 program. This feature also works with nonexistent files like in the
16938 Posix spec. So @samp{ln -s file link} generates @file{link.exe},
16939 which attempts to call @file{file.exe} if run. But this feature only
16940 works for executables, so @samp{cp -p} is used instead for these
16941 systems. @acronym{DJGPP} versions 2.04 and later have full support
16942 for symbolic links.
16947 @prindex @command{ls}
16948 @cindex Listing directories
16949 The portable options are @option{-acdilrtu}. Current practice is for
16950 @option{-l} to output both owner and group, even though ancient versions
16951 of @command{ls} omitted the group.
16953 On ancient hosts, @samp{ls foo} sent the diagnostic @samp{foo not found}
16954 to standard output if @file{foo} did not exist. Hence a shell command
16955 like @samp{sources=`ls *.c 2>/dev/null`} did not always work, since it
16956 was equivalent to @samp{sources='*.c not found'} in the absence of
16957 @samp{.c} files. This is no longer a practical problem, since current
16958 @command{ls} implementations send diagnostics to standard error.
16960 The behavior of @command{ls} on a directory that is being concurrently
16961 modified is not always predictable, because of a data race where cached
16962 information returned by @code{readdir} does not match the current
16963 directory state. In fact, MacOS 10.5 has an intermittent bug where
16964 @code{readdir}, and thus @command{ls}, sometimes lists a file more than
16965 once if other files were added or removed from the directory immediately
16966 prior to the @command{ls} call. Since @command{ls} already sorts its
16967 output, the duplicate entries can be avoided by piping the results
16968 through @code{uniq}.
16971 @item @command{mkdir}
16972 @c ------------------
16973 @prindex @command{mkdir}
16974 @cindex Making directories
16975 No @command{mkdir} option is portable to older systems. Instead of
16976 @samp{mkdir -p @var{file-name}}, you should use
16977 @code{AS_MKDIR_P(@var{file-name})} (@pxref{Programming in M4sh})
16978 or @code{AC_PROG_MKDIR_P} (@pxref{Particular Programs}).
16980 Combining the @option{-m} and @option{-p} options, as in @samp{mkdir -m
16981 go-w -p @var{dir}}, often leads to trouble. Free@acronym{BSD}
16982 @command{mkdir} incorrectly attempts to change the permissions of
16983 @var{dir} even if it already exists. @acronym{HP-UX} 11.23 and
16984 @acronym{IRIX} 6.5 @command{mkdir} often assign the wrong permissions to
16985 any newly-created parents of @var{dir}.
16987 Posix does not clearly specify whether @samp{mkdir -p foo}
16988 should succeed when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to an already-existing
16989 directory. The @acronym{GNU} Core Utilities 5.1.0 @command{mkdir}
16990 succeeds, but Solaris @command{mkdir} fails.
16992 Traditional @code{mkdir -p} implementations suffer from race conditions.
16993 For example, if you invoke @code{mkdir -p a/b} and @code{mkdir -p a/c}
16994 at the same time, both processes might detect that @file{a} is missing,
16995 one might create @file{a}, then the other might try to create @file{a}
16996 and fail with a @code{File exists} diagnostic. The @acronym{GNU} Core
16997 Utilities (@samp{fileutils} version 4.1), Free@acronym{BSD} 5.0,
16998 Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2, and Open@acronym{BSD} 2.4 are known to be
16999 race-free when two processes invoke @code{mkdir -p} simultaneously, but
17000 earlier versions are vulnerable. Solaris @command{mkdir} is still
17001 vulnerable as of Solaris 10, and other traditional Unix systems are
17002 probably vulnerable too. This possible race is harmful in parallel
17003 builds when several Make rules call @code{mkdir -p} to
17004 construct directories. You may use
17005 @code{install-sh -d} as a safe replacement, provided this script is
17006 recent enough; the copy shipped with Autoconf 2.60 and Automake 1.10 is
17007 OK, but copies from older versions are vulnerable.
17010 @item @command{mkfifo}
17011 @itemx @command{mknod}
17012 @c -------------------
17013 @prindex @command{mkfifo}
17014 @prindex @command{mknod}
17015 The GNU Coding Standards state that @command{mknod} is safe to use on
17016 platforms where it has been tested to exist; but it is generally portable
17017 only for creating named FIFOs, since device numbers are
17018 platform-specific. Autotest uses @command{mkfifo} to implement parallel
17019 testsuites. Posix states that behavior is unspecified when opening a
17020 named FIFO for both reading and writing; on at least Cygwin, this
17021 results in failure on any attempt to read or write to that file
17024 @item @command{mktemp}
17025 @c -------------------
17026 @prindex @command{mktemp}
17027 @cindex Creating temporary files
17028 Shell scripts can use temporary files safely with @command{mktemp}, but
17029 it does not exist on all systems. A portable way to create a safe
17030 temporary file name is to create a temporary directory with mode 700 and
17031 use a file inside this directory. Both methods prevent attackers from
17032 gaining control, though @command{mktemp} is far less likely to fail
17033 gratuitously under attack.
17035 Here is sample code to create a new temporary directory safely:
17038 # Create a temporary directory $tmp in $TMPDIR (default /tmp).
17039 # Use mktemp if possible; otherwise fall back on mkdir,
17040 # with $RANDOM to make collisions less likely.
17044 (umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/fooXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null
17046 test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp"
17048 tmp=$TMPDIR/foo$$-$RANDOM
17049 (umask 077 && mkdir "$tmp")
17056 @prindex @command{mv}
17057 @cindex Moving open files
17058 The only portable options are @option{-f} and @option{-i}.
17060 Moving individual files between file systems is portable (it was in Unix
17062 but it is not always atomic: when doing @samp{mv new existing}, there's
17063 a critical section where neither the old nor the new version of
17064 @file{existing} actually exists.
17066 On some systems moving files from @file{/tmp} can sometimes cause
17067 undesirable (but perfectly valid) warnings, even if you created these
17068 files. This is because @file{/tmp} belongs to a group that ordinary
17069 users are not members of, and files created in @file{/tmp} inherit
17070 the group of @file{/tmp}. When the file is copied, @command{mv} issues
17071 a diagnostic without failing:
17074 $ @kbd{touch /tmp/foo}
17075 $ @kbd{mv /tmp/foo .}
17076 @error{}mv: ./foo: set owner/group (was: 100/0): Operation not permitted
17084 This annoying behavior conforms to Posix, unfortunately.
17086 Moving directories across mount points is not portable, use @command{cp}
17089 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
17090 support commands like @samp{mv foo bar >foo}, even though this is
17091 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
17096 @prindex @command{od}
17098 In Mac OS X 10.3, @command{od} does not support the
17099 standard Posix options @option{-A}, @option{-j}, @option{-N}, or
17100 @option{-t}, or the @acronym{XSI} option @option{-s}. The only
17101 supported Posix option is @option{-v}, and the only supported
17102 @acronym{XSI} options are those in @option{-bcdox}. The @acronym{BSD}
17103 @command{hexdump} program can be used instead.
17105 This problem no longer exists in Mac OS X 10.4.3.
17110 @prindex @command{rm}
17111 The @option{-f} and @option{-r} options are portable.
17113 It is not portable to invoke @command{rm} without operands. For
17114 example, on many systems @samp{rm -f -r} (with no other arguments)
17115 silently succeeds without doing anything, but it fails with a diagnostic
17116 on Net@acronym{BSD} 2.0.2.
17118 A file might not be removed even if its parent directory is writable
17119 and searchable. Many Posix hosts cannot remove a mount point, a named
17120 stream, a working directory, or a last link to a file that is being
17123 @acronym{DOS} variants cannot rename or remove open files, and do not
17124 support commands like @samp{rm foo >foo}, even though this is
17125 perfectly portable among Posix hosts.
17127 @item @command{rmdir}
17128 @c ------------------
17129 @prindex @command{rmdir}
17130 Just as with @command{rm}, some platforms refuse to remove a working
17134 @item @command{sed}
17135 @c ----------------
17136 @prindex @command{sed}
17137 Patterns should not include the separator (unless escaped), even as part
17138 of a character class. In conformance with Posix, the Cray
17139 @command{sed} rejects @samp{s/[^/]*$//}: use @samp{s,[^/]*$,,}.
17141 Avoid empty patterns within parentheses (i.e., @samp{\(\)}). Posix does
17142 not require support for empty patterns, and Unicos 9 @command{sed} rejects
17145 Unicos 9 @command{sed} loops endlessly on patterns like @samp{.*\n.*}.
17147 Sed scripts should not use branch labels longer than 7 characters and
17148 should not contain comments. @acronym{HP-UX} sed has a limit of 99 commands
17149 (not counting @samp{:} commands) and
17150 48 labels, which can not be circumvented by using more than one script
17151 file. It can execute up to 19 reads with the @samp{r} command per cycle.
17152 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/sed} rejects usages that exceed an limit of
17153 about 6000 bytes for the internal representation of commands.
17155 Avoid redundant @samp{;}, as some @command{sed} implementations, such as
17156 Net@acronym{BSD} 1.4.2's, incorrectly try to interpret the second
17157 @samp{;} as a command:
17160 $ @kbd{echo a | sed 's/x/x/;;s/x/x/'}
17161 sed: 1: "s/x/x/;;s/x/x/": invalid command code ;
17164 Input should not have unreasonably long lines, since some @command{sed}
17165 implementations have an input buffer limited to 4000 bytes. Likewise,
17166 not all @command{sed} implementations can handle embedded @code{NUL} or
17167 a missing trailing newline.
17169 Portable @command{sed} regular expressions should use @samp{\} only to escape
17170 characters in the string @samp{$()*.0123456789[\^n@{@}}. For example,
17171 alternation, @samp{\|}, is common but Posix does not require its
17172 support, so it should be avoided in portable scripts. Solaris
17173 @command{sed} does not support alternation; e.g., @samp{sed '/a\|b/d'}
17174 deletes only lines that contain the literal string @samp{a|b}.
17175 Similarly, @samp{\+} and @samp{\?} should be avoided.
17177 Anchors (@samp{^} and @samp{$}) inside groups are not portable.
17179 Nested parentheses in patterns (e.g., @samp{\(\(a*\)b*)\)}) are
17180 quite portable to current hosts, but was not supported by some ancient
17181 @command{sed} implementations like SVR3.
17183 Some @command{sed} implementations, e.g., Solaris,
17184 restrict the special role of the asterisk to one-character regular expressions.
17185 This may lead to unexpected behavior:
17188 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
17190 $ @kbd{echo '1*23*4' | /usr/xpg4/bin/sed 's/\(.\)*/x/g'}
17194 The @option{-e} option is mostly portable.
17195 However, its argument
17196 cannot start with @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i},
17197 as this runs afoul of a Tru64 5.1 bug.
17198 Also, its argument cannot be empty, as this fails on @acronym{AIX} 5.3.
17199 Some people prefer to use @samp{-e}:
17202 sed -e '@var{command-1}' \
17203 -e '@var{command-2}'
17207 as opposed to the equivalent:
17217 The following usage is sometimes equivalent:
17220 sed '@var{command-1};@var{command-2}'
17223 but Posix says that this use of a semicolon has undefined effect if
17224 @var{command-1}'s verb is @samp{@{}, @samp{a}, @samp{b}, @samp{c},
17225 @samp{i}, @samp{r}, @samp{t}, @samp{w}, @samp{:}, or @samp{#}, so you
17226 should use semicolon only with simple scripts that do not use these
17229 Commands inside @{ @} brackets are further restricted. Posix says that
17230 they cannot be preceded by addresses, @samp{!}, or @samp{;}, and that
17231 each command must be followed immediately by a newline, without any
17232 intervening blanks or semicolons. The closing bracket must be alone on
17233 a line, other than white space preceding or following it.
17235 Contrary to yet another urban legend, you may portably use @samp{&} in
17236 the replacement part of the @code{s} command to mean ``what was
17237 matched''. All descendants of Unix version 7 @command{sed}
17239 don't have first hand experience with older @command{sed} implementations) have
17242 Posix requires that you must not have any white space between
17243 @samp{!} and the following command. It is OK to have blanks between
17244 the address and the @samp{!}. For instance, on Solaris:
17247 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ ! p'}
17248 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/ ! p
17249 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/! p'}
17250 @error{}Unrecognized command: /bar/! p
17251 $ @kbd{echo "foo" | sed -n '/bar/ !p'}
17255 Posix also says that you should not combine @samp{!} and @samp{;}. If
17256 you use @samp{!}, it is best to put it on a command that is delimited by
17257 newlines rather than @samp{;}.
17259 Also note that Posix requires that the @samp{b}, @samp{t}, @samp{r}, and
17260 @samp{w} commands be followed by exactly one space before their argument.
17261 On the other hand, no white space is allowed between @samp{:} and the
17262 subsequent label name.
17264 If a sed script is specified on the command line and ends in an
17265 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, or @samp{i} command, the last line of inserted text
17266 should be followed by a newline. Otherwise some @command{sed}
17267 implementations (e.g., Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9) do not append a newline to the
17270 Many @command{sed} implementations (e.g., MacOS X 10.4,
17271 Open@acronym{BSD} 3.9, Solaris 10
17272 @command{/usr/ucb/sed}) strip leading white space from the text of
17273 @samp{a}, @samp{c}, and @samp{i} commands. Prepend a backslash to
17274 work around this incompatibility with Posix:
17277 $ @kbd{echo flushleft | sed 'a\}
17282 $ @kbd{echo foo | sed 'a\}
17289 Posix requires that with an empty regular expression, the last non-empty
17290 regular expression from either an address specification or substitution
17291 command is applied. However, busybox 1.6.1 complains when using a
17292 substitution command with a replacement containing a back-reference to
17293 an empty regular expression; the workaround is repeating the regular
17297 $ @kbd{echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s//\1/'}
17298 sed: No previous regexp.
17299 $ @kbd{echo abc | busybox sed '/a\(b\)c/ s/a\(b\)c/\1/'}
17304 @item @command{sed} (@samp{t})
17305 @c ---------------------------
17306 @prindex @command{sed} (@samp{t})
17307 Some old systems have @command{sed} that ``forget'' to reset their
17308 @samp{t} flag when starting a new cycle. For instance on @acronym{MIPS
17309 RISC/OS}, and on @sc{irix} 5.3, if you run the following @command{sed}
17310 script (the line numbers are not actual part of the texts):
17313 s/keep me/kept/g # a
17349 Why? When processing line 1, (c) matches, therefore sets the @samp{t}
17350 flag, and the output is produced. When processing
17351 line 2, the @samp{t} flag is still set (this is the bug). Command (a)
17352 fails to match, but @command{sed} is not supposed to clear the @samp{t}
17353 flag when a substitution fails. Command (b) sees that the flag is set,
17354 therefore it clears it, and jumps to (d), hence you get @samp{delete me}
17355 instead of @samp{deleted}. When processing line (3), @samp{t} is clear,
17356 (a) matches, so the flag is set, hence (b) clears the flags and jumps.
17357 Finally, since the flag is clear, line 4 is processed properly.
17359 There are two things one should remember about @samp{t} in @command{sed}.
17360 Firstly, always remember that @samp{t} jumps if @emph{some} substitution
17361 succeeded, not only the immediately preceding substitution. Therefore,
17362 always use a fake @samp{t clear} followed by a @samp{:clear} on the next
17363 line, to reset the @samp{t} flag where needed.
17365 Secondly, you cannot rely on @command{sed} to clear the flag at each new
17368 One portable implementation of the script above is:
17379 @item @command{sleep}
17380 @c ------------------
17381 @prindex @command{sleep}
17382 Using @command{sleep} is generally portable. However, remember that
17383 adding a @command{sleep} to work around timestamp issues, with a minimum
17384 granularity of one second, doesn't scale well for parallel builds on
17385 modern machines with sub-second process completion.
17387 @item @command{sort}
17388 @c -----------------
17389 @prindex @command{sort}
17390 Remember that sort order is influenced by the current locale. Inside
17391 @file{configure}, the C locale is in effect, but in Makefile snippets,
17392 you may need to specify @code{LC_ALL=C sort}.
17394 @item @command{tar}
17395 @c ----------------
17396 @prindex @command{tar}
17397 There are multiple file formats for @command{tar}; if you use Automake,
17398 the macro @code{AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE} has some options controlling which
17399 level of portability to use.
17402 @item @command{touch}
17403 @c ------------------
17404 @prindex @command{touch}
17405 @cindex timestamp resolution
17406 If you specify the desired timestamp (e.g., with the @option{-r}
17407 option), @command{touch} typically uses the @code{utime} or
17408 @code{utimes} system call, which can result in the same kind of
17409 timestamp truncation problems that @samp{cp -p} has.
17411 On ancient @acronym{BSD} systems, @command{touch} or any command that
17412 results in an empty file does not update the timestamps, so use a
17413 command like @command{echo} as a workaround.
17415 @acronym{GNU} @command{touch} 3.16r (and presumably all before that)
17416 fails to work on SunOS 4.1.3 when the empty file is on an
17417 @acronym{NFS}-mounted 4.2 volume.
17418 However, these problems are no longer of practical concern.
17422 @prindex @command{tr}
17423 @cindex carriage return, deleting
17424 @cindex deleting carriage return
17425 Not all versions of @command{tr} handle all backslash character escapes.
17426 For example, Solaris 10 @command{/usr/ucb/tr} falls over, even though
17427 Solaris contains more modern @command{tr} in other locations.
17428 Therefore, it is more portable to use octal escapes, even though this
17429 ties the result to @acronym{ASCII}, when using @command{tr} to delete
17430 newlines or carriage returns.
17433 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\n' ; echo}
17436 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/bin/tr -d '\n' ; echo}
17438 $ @kbd{@{ echo moon; echo light; @} | /usr/ucb/tr -d '\012' ; echo}
17442 Posix requires @command{tr} to operate on binary files. But at least
17443 Solaris @command{/usr/ucb/tr} still fails to handle @samp{\0} as the
17444 octal escape for @code{NUL}. On Solaris, when using @command{tr} to
17445 neutralize a binary file by converting @code{NUL} to a different
17446 character, it is necessary to use @command{/usr/xpg4/bin/tr} instead.
17449 $ @kbd{printf 'a\0b\n' | /usr/ucb/tr '\0' '~' | wc -c}
17451 $ @kbd{printf 'a\0b\n' | /usr/xpg4/bin/tr '\0' '~' | wc -c}
17458 @node Portable Make
17459 @chapter Portable Make Programming
17460 @prindex @command{make}
17461 @cindex Limitations of @command{make}
17463 Writing portable makefiles is an art. Since a makefile's commands are
17464 executed by the shell, you must consider the shell portability issues
17465 already mentioned. However, other issues are specific to @command{make}
17469 * $< in Ordinary Make Rules:: $< in ordinary rules
17470 * Failure in Make Rules:: Failing portably in rules
17471 * Special Chars in Names:: Special Characters in Macro Names
17472 * Backslash-Newline-Newline:: Empty last lines in macro definitions
17473 * Backslash-Newline Comments:: Spanning comments across line boundaries
17474 * Long Lines in Makefiles:: Line length limitations
17475 * Macros and Submakes:: @code{make macro=value} and submakes
17476 * The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS:: @code{$(MAKEFLAGS)} portability issues
17477 * The Make Macro SHELL:: @code{$(SHELL)} portability issues
17478 * Comments in Make Rules:: Other problems with Make comments
17479 * obj/ and Make:: Don't name a subdirectory @file{obj}
17480 * make -k Status:: Exit status of @samp{make -k}
17481 * VPATH and Make:: @code{VPATH} woes
17482 * Single Suffix Rules:: Single suffix rules and separated dependencies
17483 * Timestamps and Make:: Subsecond timestamp resolution
17486 @node $< in Ordinary Make Rules
17487 @section @code{$<} in Ordinary Make Rules
17489 Posix says that the @samp{$<} construct in makefiles can be
17490 used only in inference rules and in the @samp{.DEFAULT} rule; its
17491 meaning in ordinary rules is unspecified. Solaris @command{make}
17492 for instance replaces it with the empty string. Open@acronym{BSD} (3.0 and
17493 later) @command{make} diagnoses these uses and errors out.
17495 @node Failure in Make Rules
17496 @section Failure in Make Rules
17498 Since 1992 Posix has required that @command{make} must invoke
17499 each command with the equivalent of a @samp{sh -c} subshell. However,
17500 many @command{make} implementations, including @acronym{BSD} make through 2004,
17501 use @samp{sh -e -c} instead, and the @option{-e} option causes the
17502 subshell to exit immediately if a subsidiary simple-command fails. For
17503 example, the command @samp{touch T; rm -f U} always attempts to
17504 remove @file{U} with Posix make, but incompatible
17505 @command{make} implementations skip the @command{rm} if the
17506 @command{touch} fails. One way to work around this is to reword the
17507 affected simple-commands so that they always succeed, e.g., @samp{touch
17509 However, even this approach can run into common bugs in @acronym{BSD}
17510 implementations of the @option{-e} option of @command{sh} and
17511 @command{set} (@pxref{set, , Limitations of Shell Builtins}), so if you
17513 about porting to buggy @acronym{BSD} shells it may be simpler to migrate
17514 complicated @command{make} actions into separate scripts.
17516 @node Special Chars in Names
17517 @section Special Characters in Make Macro Names
17519 Posix limits macro names to nonempty strings containing only
17520 @acronym{ASCII} letters and digits, @samp{.}, and @samp{_}. Many
17521 @command{make} implementations allow a wider variety of characters, but
17522 portable makefiles should avoid them. It is portable to start a name
17523 with a special character, e.g., @samp{$(.FOO)}.
17525 Some ancient @command{make} implementations don't support leading
17526 underscores in macro names. An example is @acronym{NEWS-OS} 4.2R.
17529 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17532 all:; @@echo this is test
17534 Make: Must be a separator on rules line 2. Stop.
17535 $ @kbd{cat Makefile2}
17538 all:; @@echo this is test
17539 $ @kbd{make -f Makefile2}
17544 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
17546 @node Backslash-Newline-Newline
17547 @section Backslash-Newline-Newline in Make Macro Values
17549 @c This has been seen on ia64 hpux 11.20, and on one hppa hpux 10.20,
17550 @c but another hppa hpux 10.20 didn't have it. Bob Proulx
17551 @c <bob@proulx.com> thinks it was in hpux 8.0 too.
17552 On some versions of @acronym{HP-UX}, @command{make} reads multiple newlines
17553 following a backslash, continuing to the next non-empty line. For
17567 shows @code{FOO} equal to @code{one BAR = two}. Other implementations
17568 sensibly let a backslash continue only to the immediately following
17571 @node Backslash-Newline Comments
17572 @section Backslash-Newline in Make Comments
17574 According to Posix, Make comments start with @code{#}
17575 and continue until an unescaped newline is reached.
17578 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17585 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
17590 However this is not always the case. Some implementations
17591 discard everything from @code{#} through the end of the line, ignoring any
17592 trailing backslash.
17595 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
17596 "Makefile", line 3: Need an operator
17597 Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue
17601 Therefore, if you want to comment out a multi-line definition, prefix each
17602 line with @code{#}, not only the first.
17610 @node Long Lines in Makefiles
17611 @section Long Lines in Makefiles
17613 Tru64 5.1's @command{make} has been reported to crash when given a
17614 makefile with lines longer than around 20 kB. Earlier versions are
17615 reported to exit with @code{Line too long} diagnostics.
17617 @node Macros and Submakes
17618 @section @code{make macro=value} and Submakes
17620 A command-line variable definition such as @code{foo=bar} overrides any
17621 definition of @code{foo} in a makefile. Some @command{make}
17622 implementations (such as @acronym{GNU} @command{make}) propagate this
17623 override to subsidiary invocations of @command{make}. Some other
17624 implementations do not pass the substitution along to submakes.
17627 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17634 $ @kbd{make foo=bar} # GNU make 3.79.1
17637 make[1]: Entering directory `/home/adl'
17639 make[1]: Leaving directory `/home/adl'
17640 $ @kbd{pmake foo=bar} # BSD make
17646 You have a few possibilities if you do want the @code{foo=bar} override
17647 to propagate to submakes. One is to use the @option{-e}
17648 option, which causes all environment variables to have precedence over
17649 the makefile macro definitions, and declare foo as an environment
17653 $ @kbd{env foo=bar make -e}
17656 The @option{-e} option is propagated to submakes automatically,
17657 and since the environment is inherited between @command{make}
17658 invocations, the @code{foo} macro is overridden in
17659 submakes as expected.
17661 This syntax (@code{foo=bar make -e}) is portable only when used
17662 outside of a makefile, for instance from a script or from the
17663 command line. When run inside a @command{make} rule, @acronym{GNU}
17664 @command{make} 3.80 and prior versions forget to propagate the
17665 @option{-e} option to submakes.
17667 Moreover, using @option{-e} could have unexpected side effects if your
17668 environment contains some other macros usually defined by the
17669 makefile. (See also the note about @code{make -e} and @code{SHELL}
17672 Another way to propagate overrides to submakes is to do it
17673 manually, from your makefile:
17679 $(MAKE) foo=$(foo) two
17684 You need to foresee all macros that a user might want to override if
17687 @node The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
17688 @section The Make Macro MAKEFLAGS
17689 @cindex @code{MAKEFLAGS} and @command{make}
17690 @cindex @command{make} and @code{MAKEFLAGS}
17692 Posix requires @command{make} to use @code{MAKEFLAGS} to affect the
17693 current and recursive invocations of make, but allows implementations
17694 several formats for the variable. It is tricky to parse
17695 @code{$MAKEFLAGS} to determine whether @option{-s} for silent execution
17696 or @option{-k} for continued execution are in effect. For example, you
17697 cannot assume that the first space-separated word in @code{$MAKEFLAGS}
17698 contains single-letter options, since in the Cygwin version of
17699 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} it is either @option{--unix} or
17700 @option{--win32} with the second word containing single-letter options.
17703 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17705 @@echo MAKEFLAGS = $(MAKEFLAGS)
17709 MAKEFLAGS = --unix -k
17712 @node The Make Macro SHELL
17713 @section The Make Macro @code{SHELL}
17714 @cindex @code{SHELL} and @command{make}
17715 @cindex @command{make} and @code{SHELL}
17717 Posix-compliant @command{make} internally uses the @code{$(SHELL)}
17718 macro to spawn shell processes and execute Make rules. This
17719 is a builtin macro supplied by @command{make}, but it can be modified
17720 by a makefile or by a command-line argument.
17722 Not all @command{make} implementations define this @code{SHELL} macro.
17724 @command{make} is an example; this implementation always uses
17725 @code{/bin/sh}. So it's a good idea to always define @code{SHELL} in
17726 your makefiles. If you use Autoconf, do
17733 If you use Automake, this is done for you.
17735 Do not force @code{SHELL = /bin/sh} because that is not correct
17736 everywhere. Remember, @file{/bin/sh} is not Posix compliant on many
17737 systems, such as FreeBSD 4, NetBSD 3, AIX 3, Solaris 10, or Tru64.
17738 Additionally, @acronym{DJGPP} lacks @code{/bin/sh}, and when its
17739 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} port sees such a setting it enters a
17740 special emulation mode where features like pipes and redirections are
17741 emulated on top of DOS's @command{command.com}. Unfortunately this
17742 emulation is incomplete; for instance it does not handle command
17743 substitutions. Using @code{@@SHELL@@} means that your makefile will
17744 benefit from the same improved shell, such as @command{bash} or
17745 @command{ksh}, that was discovered during @command{configure}, so that
17746 you aren't fighting two different sets of shell bugs between the two
17749 Posix-compliant @command{make} should never acquire the value of
17750 $(SHELL) from the environment, even when @code{make -e} is used
17751 (otherwise, think about what would happen to your rules if
17752 @code{SHELL=/bin/tcsh}).
17754 However not all @command{make} implementations have this exception.
17755 For instance it's not surprising that Tru64 @command{make} doesn't
17756 protect @code{SHELL}, since it doesn't use it.
17759 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17765 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar make -e} # Tru64 Make
17768 $ @kbd{env SHELL=/bin/tcsh FOO=bar gmake -e} # GNU make
17773 Conversely, @command{make} is not supposed to export any changes to the
17774 macro @code{SHELL} to child processes. Again, many implementations
17778 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17782 $ @kbd{env SHELL=sh make -e SHELL=/bin/ksh} # BSD Make, GNU make 3.80
17785 $ @kbd{env SHELL=sh gmake -e SHELL=/bin/ksh} # GNU make 3.81
17790 @node Comments in Make Rules
17791 @section Comments in Make Rules
17792 @cindex Comments in @file{Makefile} rules
17793 @cindex @file{Makefile} rules and comments
17795 Never put comments in a rule.
17797 Some @command{make} treat anything starting with a tab as a command for
17798 the current rule, even if the tab is immediately followed by a @code{#}.
17799 The @command{make} from Tru64 Unix V5.1 is one of them. The following
17800 makefile runs @code{# foo} through the shell.
17807 @node obj/ and Make
17808 @section The @file{obj/} Subdirectory and Make
17809 @cindex @file{obj/}, subdirectory
17810 @cindex @acronym{BSD} @command{make} and @file{obj/}
17812 Never name one of your subdirectories @file{obj/} if you don't like
17815 If an @file{obj/} directory exists, @acronym{BSD} @command{make} enters it
17816 before reading the makefile. Hence the makefile in the
17817 current directory is not read.
17820 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17823 $ @kbd{cat obj/Makefile}
17826 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
17829 $ @kbd{pmake} # BSD make
17834 @node make -k Status
17835 @section Exit Status of @code{make -k}
17836 @cindex @code{make -k}
17838 Do not rely on the exit status of @code{make -k}. Some implementations
17839 reflect whether they encountered an error in their exit status; other
17840 implementations always succeed.
17843 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
17846 $ @kbd{make -k; echo exit status: $?} # GNU make
17848 make: *** [all] Error 1
17850 $ @kbd{pmake -k; echo exit status: $?} # BSD make
17852 *** Error code 1 (continuing)
17856 @node VPATH and Make
17857 @section @code{VPATH} and Make
17858 @cindex @code{VPATH}
17860 Posix does not specify the semantics of @code{VPATH}. Typically,
17861 @command{make} supports @code{VPATH}, but its implementation is not
17864 Autoconf and Automake support makefiles whose usages of @code{VPATH} are
17865 portable to recent-enough popular implementations of @command{make}, but
17866 to keep the resulting makefiles portable, a package's makefile
17867 prototypes must take the following issues into account. These issues
17868 are complicated and are often poorly understood, and installers who use
17869 @code{VPATH} should expect to find many bugs in this area. If you use
17870 @code{VPATH}, the simplest way to avoid these portability bugs is to
17871 stick with @acronym{GNU} @command{make}, since it is the most
17872 commonly-used @command{make} among Autoconf users.
17874 Here are some known issues with some @code{VPATH}
17878 * VPATH and Double-colon:: Problems with @samp{::} on ancient hosts
17879 * $< in Explicit Rules:: @code{$<} does not work in ordinary rules
17880 * Automatic Rule Rewriting:: @code{VPATH} goes wild on Solaris
17881 * Tru64 Directory Magic:: @command{mkdir} goes wild on Tru64
17882 * Make Target Lookup:: More details about @code{VPATH} lookup
17885 @node VPATH and Double-colon
17886 @subsection @code{VPATH} and Double-colon Rules
17887 @cindex @code{VPATH} and double-colon rules
17888 @cindex double-colon rules and @code{VPATH}
17890 With ancient versions of Sun @command{make},
17891 any assignment to @code{VPATH} causes @command{make} to execute only
17892 the first set of double-colon rules.
17893 However, this problem is no longer of practical concern.
17895 @node $< in Explicit Rules
17896 @subsection @code{$<} Not Supported in Explicit Rules
17897 @cindex explicit rules, @code{$<}, and @code{VPATH}
17898 @cindex @code{$<}, explicit rules, and @code{VPATH}
17899 @cindex @code{VPATH}, explicit rules, and @code{$<}
17901 Using @code{$<} in explicit rules is not portable.
17902 The prerequisite file must be named explicitly in the rule. If you want
17903 to find the prerequisite via a @code{VPATH} search, you have to code the
17904 whole thing manually. @xref{Build Directories}.
17906 @node Automatic Rule Rewriting
17907 @subsection Automatic Rule Rewriting
17908 @cindex @code{VPATH} and automatic rule rewriting
17909 @cindex automatic rule rewriting and @code{VPATH}
17911 Some @command{make} implementations, such as Solaris and Tru64,
17912 search for prerequisites in @code{VPATH} and
17913 then rewrite each occurrence as a plain word in the rule.
17917 # This isn't portable to GNU make.
17924 executes @code{cp ../pkg/src/if.c f.c} if @file{if.c} is
17925 found in @file{../pkg/src}.
17927 However, this rule leads to real problems in practice. For example, if
17928 the source directory contains an ordinary file named @file{test} that is
17929 used in a dependency, Solaris @command{make} rewrites commands like
17930 @samp{if test -r foo; @dots{}} to @samp{if ../pkg/src/test -r foo;
17931 @dots{}}, which is typically undesirable. To avoid this problem,
17932 portable makefiles should never mention a source file whose name is that
17933 of a shell keyword like @file{until} or a shell command like
17934 @command{cat} or @command{gcc} or @command{test}.
17936 Because of these problems @acronym{GNU} @command{make} and many other
17937 @command{make} implementations do not rewrite commands, so portable
17939 search @code{VPATH} manually. It is tempting to write this:
17942 # This isn't portable to Solaris make.
17945 cp `test -f if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f.c
17949 However, the ``prerequisite rewriting'' still applies here. So if
17950 @file{if.c} is in @file{../pkg/src}, Solaris and Tru64 @command{make}
17954 cp `test -f ../pkg/src/if.c || echo ../pkg/src/`if.c f.c
17965 and thus fails. Oops.
17967 A simple workaround, and good practice anyway, is to use @samp{$?} and
17968 @samp{$@@} when possible:
17977 but this does not generalize well to commands with multiple
17978 prerequisites. A more general workaround is to rewrite the rule so that
17979 the prerequisite @file{if.c} never appears as a plain word. For
17980 example, these three rules would be safe, assuming @file{if.c} is in
17981 @file{../pkg/src} and the other files are in the working directory:
17986 cat `test -f ./if.c || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c f1.c >$@@
17988 cat `test -f 'if.c' || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c g1.c >$@@
17990 cat `test -f "if.c" || echo $(VPATH)/`if.c h1.c >$@@
17993 Things get worse when your prerequisites are in a macro.
17997 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
17998 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
17999 for i in $(HEADERS); do \
18000 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
18001 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
18002 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
18006 The above @code{install-HEADERS} rule is not Solaris-proof because @code{for
18007 i in $(HEADERS);} is expanded to @code{for i in f.h g.h h.h;}
18008 where @code{f.h} and @code{g.h} are plain words and are hence
18009 subject to @code{VPATH} adjustments.
18011 If the three files are in @file{../pkg/src}, the rule is run as:
18014 for i in ../pkg/src/f.h ../pkg/src/g.h h.h; do \
18016 `test -f $i || echo ../pkg/src/`$i \
18017 /usr/local/include/$i; \
18021 where the two first @command{install} calls fail. For instance,
18022 consider the @code{f.h} installation:
18026 `test -f ../pkg/src/f.h || \
18029 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
18038 /usr/local/include/../pkg/src/f.h;
18041 Note that the manual @code{VPATH} search did not cause any problems here;
18042 however this command installs @file{f.h} in an incorrect directory.
18044 Trying to quote @code{$(HEADERS)} in some way, as we did for
18045 @code{foo.c} a few makefiles ago, does not help:
18048 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
18049 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
18050 for i in $$headers; do \
18051 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
18052 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
18053 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
18057 Now, @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'} macro-expands to:
18060 headers='f.h g.h h.h'
18064 but @code{g.h} is still a plain word. (As an aside, the idiom
18065 @code{headers='$(HEADERS)'; for i in $$headers;} is a good
18066 idea if @code{$(HEADERS)} can be empty, because some shells diagnose a
18067 syntax error on @code{for i in;}.)
18069 One workaround is to strip this unwanted @file{../pkg/src/} prefix manually:
18073 HEADERS = f.h g.h h.h
18074 install-HEADERS: $(HEADERS)
18075 headers='$(HEADERS)'; \
18076 for i in $$headers; do \
18077 i=`expr "$$i" : '$(VPATH)/\(.*\)'`;
18078 $(INSTALL) -m 644 \
18079 `test -f $$i || echo $(VPATH)/`$$i \
18080 $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/$$i; \
18084 Automake does something similar. However the above hack works only if
18085 the files listed in @code{HEADERS} are in the current directory or a
18086 subdirectory; they should not be in an enclosing directory. If we had
18087 @code{HEADERS = ../f.h}, the above fragment would fail in a VPATH
18088 build with Tru64 @command{make}. The reason is that not only does
18089 Tru64 @command{make} rewrite dependencies, but it also simplifies
18090 them. Hence @code{../f.h} becomes @code{../pkg/f.h} instead of
18091 @code{../pkg/src/../f.h}. This obviously defeats any attempt to strip
18092 a leading @file{../pkg/src/} component.
18094 The following example makes the behavior of Tru64 @command{make}
18098 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18110 Dependency @file{../foo} was found in @file{sub/../foo}, but Tru64
18111 @command{make} simplified it as @file{foo}. (Note that the @file{sub/}
18112 directory does not even exist, this just means that the simplification
18113 occurred before the file was checked for.)
18115 For the record here is how SunOS 4 @command{make} behaves on this
18120 make: Fatal error: Don't know how to make target `../foo'
18128 @node Tru64 Directory Magic
18129 @subsection Tru64 @command{make} Creates Prerequisite Directories Magically
18130 @cindex @code{VPATH} and prerequisite directories
18131 @cindex prerequisite directories and @code{VPATH}
18133 When a prerequisite is a subdirectory of @code{VPATH}, Tru64
18134 @command{make} creates it in the current directory.
18137 $ @kbd{mkdir -p foo/bar build}
18139 $ @kbd{cat >Makefile <<END
18148 This can yield unexpected results if a rule uses a manual @code{VPATH}
18149 search as presented before.
18154 command `test -d foo/bar || echo ../`foo/bar
18157 The above @command{command} is run on the empty @file{foo/bar}
18158 directory that was created in the current directory.
18160 @node Make Target Lookup
18161 @subsection Make Target Lookup
18162 @cindex @code{VPATH}, resolving target pathnames
18164 @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses a complex algorithm to decide when it
18165 should use files found via a @code{VPATH} search. @xref{Search
18166 Algorithm, , How Directory Searches are Performed, make, The @acronym{GNU} Make
18169 If a target needs to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} discards the
18170 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search for this target, and
18171 builds the file locally using the file name given in the makefile.
18172 If a target does not need to be rebuilt, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} uses the
18173 file name found during the @code{VPATH} search.
18175 Other @command{make} implementations, like Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, are
18176 easier to describe: the file name found during the @code{VPATH} search
18177 is used whether the target needs to be rebuilt or not. Therefore
18178 new files are created locally, but existing files are updated at their
18179 @code{VPATH} location.
18181 Open@acronym{BSD} and Free@acronym{BSD} @command{make}, however,
18183 @code{VPATH} search for a dependency that has an explicit rule.
18184 This is extremely annoying.
18186 When attempting a @code{VPATH} build for an autoconfiscated package
18187 (e.g., @code{mkdir build && cd build && ../configure}), this means
18189 @command{make} builds everything locally in the @file{build}
18190 directory, while @acronym{BSD} @command{make} builds new files locally and
18191 updates existing files in the source directory.
18194 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18197 foo.x bar.x: newer.x
18198 @@echo Building $@@
18199 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
18200 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
18201 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
18204 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
18207 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
18210 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
18213 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
18214 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
18216 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
18218 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
18221 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
18226 Note how Net@acronym{BSD} @command{make} updates @file{../bar.x} in its
18227 VPATH location, and how Free@acronym{BSD}, Open@acronym{BSD}, and Tru64
18228 @command{make} always
18229 update @file{bar.x}, even when @file{../bar.x} is up to date.
18231 Another point worth mentioning is that once @acronym{GNU} @command{make} has
18232 decided to ignore a @code{VPATH} file name (e.g., it ignored
18233 @file{../bar.x} in the above example) it continues to ignore it when
18234 the target occurs as a prerequisite of another rule.
18236 The following example shows that @acronym{GNU} @command{make} does not look up
18237 @file{bar.x} in @code{VPATH} before performing the @code{.x.y} rule,
18238 because it ignored the @code{VPATH} result of @file{bar.x} while running
18239 the @code{bar.x: newer.x} rule.
18242 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18246 @@echo Building $@@
18250 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
18251 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
18252 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
18255 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
18256 make: *** [bar.y] Error 1
18257 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
18261 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
18262 echo Building bar.x
18264 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
18266 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
18268 cp: bar.x: No such file or directory
18272 Note that if you drop away the command from the @code{bar.x: newer.x}
18273 rule, @acronym{GNU} @command{make} magically starts to work: it
18274 knows that @code{bar.x} hasn't been updated, therefore it doesn't
18275 discard the result from @code{VPATH} (@file{../bar.x}) in succeeding
18276 uses. Tru64 also works, but Free@acronym{BSD} and Open@acronym{BSD}
18280 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18287 $ @kbd{touch ../bar.x}
18288 $ @kbd{touch ../newer.x}
18289 $ @kbd{make} # GNU make
18292 $ @kbd{pmake} # NetBSD make
18295 $ @kbd{fmake} # FreeBSD make, OpenBSD make
18297 cp: cannot stat `bar.x': No such file or directory
18299 $ @kbd{tmake} # Tru64 make
18303 It seems the sole solution that would please every @command{make}
18304 implementation is to never rely on @code{VPATH} searches for targets.
18305 In other words, @code{VPATH} should be reserved to unbuilt sources.
18308 @node Single Suffix Rules
18309 @section Single Suffix Rules and Separated Dependencies
18310 @cindex Single Suffix Inference Rule
18311 @cindex Rule, Single Suffix Inference
18312 A @dfn{Single Suffix Rule} is basically a usual suffix (inference) rule
18313 (@samp{.from.to:}), but which @emph{destination} suffix is empty
18316 @cindex Separated Dependencies
18317 @dfn{Separated dependencies} simply refers to listing the prerequisite
18318 of a target, without defining a rule. Usually one can list on the one
18319 hand side, the rules, and on the other hand side, the dependencies.
18321 Solaris @command{make} does not support separated dependencies for
18322 targets defined by single suffix rules:
18325 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18330 $ @kbd{touch foo.in}
18337 while @acronym{GNU} Make does:
18343 Makefile foo foo.in
18346 Note it works without the @samp{foo: foo.in} dependency.
18349 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18358 and it works with double suffix inference rules:
18361 $ @kbd{cat Makefile}
18363 .SUFFIXES: .in .out
18370 As a result, in such a case, you have to write target rules.
18372 @node Timestamps and Make
18373 @section Timestamp Resolution and Make
18374 @cindex timestamp resolution
18375 Traditionally, file timestamps had 1-second resolution, and
18376 @command{make} used those timestamps to determine whether one file was
18377 newer than the other. However, many modern file systems have
18378 timestamps with 1-nanosecond resolution. Some @command{make}
18379 implementations look at the entire timestamp; others ignore the
18380 fractional part, which can lead to incorrect results. Normally this
18381 is not a problem, but in some extreme cases you may need to use tricks
18382 like @samp{sleep 1} to work around timestamp truncation bugs.
18384 Commands like @samp{cp -p} and @samp{touch -r} typically do not copy
18385 file timestamps to their full resolutions (@pxref{touch, , Limitations of Usual
18386 Tools}). Hence you should be wary of rules like this:
18393 as @file{dest} often appears to be older than @file{src} after the
18394 timestamp is truncated, and this can cause @command{make} to do
18395 needless rework the next time it is invoked. To work around this
18396 problem, you can use a timestamp file, e.g.:
18407 @c ======================================== Portable C and C++ Programming
18409 @node Portable C and C++
18410 @chapter Portable C and C++ Programming
18411 @cindex Portable C and C++ programming
18413 C and C++ programs often use low-level features of the underlying
18414 system, and therefore are often more difficult to make portable to other
18417 Several standards have been developed to help make your programs more
18418 portable. If you write programs with these standards in mind, you can
18419 have greater confidence that your programs work on a wide variety
18420 of systems. @xref{Standards, , Language Standards Supported by
18421 @acronym{GCC}, gcc, Using the @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection
18422 (@acronym{GCC})}, for a list of C-related
18423 standards. Many programs also assume the
18424 @uref{http://@/www.opengroup.org/@/susv3, Posix standard}.
18426 Some old code is written to be portable to K&R C, which predates any C
18427 standard. K&R C compilers are no longer of practical interest, though,
18428 and the rest of section assumes at least C89, the first C standard.
18430 Program portability is a huge topic, and this section can only briefly
18431 introduce common pitfalls. @xref{System Portability, , Portability
18432 between System Types, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards}, for
18436 * Varieties of Unportability:: How to make your programs unportable
18437 * Integer Overflow:: When integers get too large
18438 * Preprocessor Arithmetic:: @code{#if} expression problems
18439 * Null Pointers:: Properties of null pointers
18440 * Buffer Overruns:: Subscript errors and the like
18441 * Volatile Objects:: @code{volatile} and signals
18442 * Floating Point Portability:: Portable floating-point arithmetic
18443 * Exiting Portably:: Exiting and the exit status
18446 @node Varieties of Unportability
18447 @section Varieties of Unportability
18448 @cindex portability
18450 Autoconf tests and ordinary programs often need to test what is allowed
18451 on a system, and therefore they may need to deliberately exceed the
18452 boundaries of what the standards allow, if only to see whether an
18453 optional feature is present. When you write such a program, you should
18454 keep in mind the difference between constraints, unspecified behavior,
18455 and undefined behavior.
18457 In C, a @dfn{constraint} is a rule that the compiler must enforce. An
18458 example constraint is that C programs must not declare a bit-field with
18459 negative width. Tests can therefore reliably assume that programs with
18460 negative-width bit-fields are rejected by a compiler that conforms
18463 @dfn{Unspecified behavior} is valid behavior, where the standard allows
18464 multiple possibilities. For example, the order of evaluation of
18465 function arguments is unspecified. Some unspecified behavior is
18466 @dfn{implementation-defined}, i.e., documented by the implementation,
18467 but since Autoconf tests cannot read the documentation they cannot
18468 distinguish between implementation-defined and other unspecified
18469 behavior. It is common for Autoconf tests to probe implementations to
18470 determine otherwise-unspecified behavior.
18472 @dfn{Undefined behavior} is invalid behavior, where the standard allows
18473 the implementation to do anything it pleases. For example,
18474 dereferencing a null pointer leads to undefined behavior. If possible,
18475 test programs should avoid undefined behavior, since a program with
18476 undefined behavior might succeed on a test that should fail.
18478 The above rules apply to programs that are intended to conform to the
18479 standard. However, strictly-conforming programs are quite rare, since
18480 the standards are so limiting. A major goal of Autoconf is to support
18481 programs that use implementation features not described by the standard,
18482 and it is fairly common for test programs to violate the above rules, if
18483 the programs work well enough in practice.
18485 @node Integer Overflow
18486 @section Integer Overflow
18487 @cindex integer overflow
18488 @cindex overflow, signed integer
18489 @cindex signed integer overflow
18490 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
18492 In practice many portable C programs assume that signed integer overflow wraps
18493 around reliably using two's complement arithmetic. Yet the C standard
18494 says that program behavior is undefined on overflow, and in a few cases
18495 C programs do not work on some modern implementations because their
18496 overflows do not wrap around as their authors expected. Conversely, in
18497 signed integer remainder, the C standard requires overflow
18498 behavior that is commonly not implemented.
18501 * Integer Overflow Basics:: Why integer overflow is a problem
18502 * Signed Overflow Examples:: Examples of code assuming wraparound
18503 * Optimization and Wraparound:: Optimizations that break uses of wraparound
18504 * Signed Overflow Advice:: Practical advice for signed overflow issues
18505 * Signed Integer Division:: @code{INT_MIN / -1} and @code{INT_MIN % -1}
18508 @node Integer Overflow Basics
18509 @subsection Basics of Integer Overflow
18510 @cindex integer overflow
18511 @cindex overflow, signed integer
18512 @cindex signed integer overflow
18513 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
18515 In languages like C, unsigned integer overflow reliably wraps around;
18516 e.g., @code{UINT_MAX + 1} yields zero.
18517 This is guaranteed by the C standard and is
18518 portable in practice, unless you specify aggressive,
18519 nonstandard optimization options
18520 suitable only for special applications.
18522 In contrast, the C standard says that signed integer overflow leads to
18523 undefined behavior where a program can do anything, including dumping
18524 core or overrunning a buffer. The misbehavior can even precede the
18525 overflow. Such an overflow can occur during addition, subtraction,
18526 multiplication, division, and left shift.
18528 Despite this requirement of the standard, many C programs and Autoconf
18529 tests assume that signed integer overflow silently wraps around modulo a
18530 power of two, using two's complement arithmetic, so long as you cast the
18531 resulting value to a signed integer type or store it into a signed
18532 integer variable. If you use conservative optimization flags, such
18533 programs are generally portable to the vast majority of modern
18534 platforms, with a few exceptions discussed later.
18536 For historical reasons the C standard also allows implementations with
18537 ones' complement or signed magnitude arithmetic, but it is safe to
18538 assume two's complement nowadays.
18540 Also, overflow can occur when converting an out-of-range value to a
18541 signed integer type. Here a standard implementation must define what
18542 happens, but this might include raising an exception. In practice all
18543 known implementations support silent wraparound in this case, so you need
18544 not worry about other possibilities.
18546 @node Signed Overflow Examples
18547 @subsection Examples of Code Assuming Wraparound Overflow
18548 @cindex integer overflow
18549 @cindex overflow, signed integer
18550 @cindex signed integer overflow
18551 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
18553 There has long been a tension between what the C standard requires for
18554 signed integer overflow, and what C programs commonly assume. The
18555 standard allows aggressive optimizations based on assumptions that
18556 overflow never occurs, but many practical C programs rely on overflow
18557 wrapping around. These programs do not conform to the standard, but
18558 they commonly work in practice because compiler writers are
18559 understandably reluctant to implement optimizations that would break
18560 many programs, unless perhaps a user specifies aggressive optimization.
18562 The C Standard says that if a program has signed integer overflow its
18563 behavior is undefined, and the undefined behavior can even precede the
18564 overflow. To take an extreme example:
18566 @c Inspired by Robert Dewar's example in
18567 @c <http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc/2007-01/msg00038.html> (2007-01-01).
18569 if (password == expected_password)
18570 allow_superuser_privileges ();
18571 else if (counter++ == INT_MAX)
18574 printf ("%d password mismatches\n", counter);
18578 If the @code{int} variable @code{counter} equals @code{INT_MAX},
18579 @code{counter++} must overflow and the behavior is undefined, so the C
18580 standard allows the compiler to optimize away the test against
18581 @code{INT_MAX} and the @code{abort} call.
18582 Worse, if an earlier bug in the program lets the compiler deduce that
18583 @code{counter == INT_MAX} or that @code{counter} previously overflowed,
18584 the C standard allows the compiler to optimize away the password test
18585 and generate code that allows superuser privileges unconditionally.
18587 Despite this requirement by the standard, it has long been common for C
18588 code to assume wraparound arithmetic after signed overflow, and all
18589 known practical C implementations support some C idioms that assume
18590 wraparound signed arithmetic, even if the idioms do not conform
18591 strictly to the standard. If your code looks like the following
18592 examples it will almost surely work with real-world compilers.
18594 Here is an example derived from the 7th Edition Unix implementation of
18595 @code{atoi} (1979-01-10):
18601 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
18602 n = n * 10 + *p++ - '0';
18603 return (f ? -n : n);
18607 Even if the input string is in range, on most modern machines this has
18608 signed overflow when computing the most negative integer (the @code{-n}
18609 overflows) or a value near an extreme integer (the first @code{+}
18612 Here is another example, derived from the 7th Edition implementation of
18613 @code{rand} (1979-01-10). Here the programmer expects both
18614 multiplication and addition to wrap on overflow:
18617 static long int randx = 1;
18619 randx = randx * 1103515245 + 12345;
18620 return (randx >> 16) & 077777;
18623 In the following example, derived from the @acronym{GNU} C Library 2.5
18624 implementation of @code{mktime} (2006-09-09), the code assumes
18625 wraparound arithmetic in @code{+} to detect signed overflow:
18629 int sec_requested, sec_adjustment;
18631 t1 = t + sec_requested;
18632 t2 = t1 + sec_adjustment;
18633 if (((t1 < t) != (sec_requested < 0))
18634 | ((t2 < t1) != (sec_adjustment < 0)))
18638 If your code looks like these examples, it is probably safe even though
18639 it does not strictly conform to the C standard. This might lead one to
18640 believe that one can generally assume wraparound on overflow, but that
18641 is not always true, as can be seen in the next section.
18643 @node Optimization and Wraparound
18644 @subsection Optimizations That Break Wraparound Arithmetic
18645 @cindex loop induction
18647 Compilers sometimes generate code that is incompatible with wraparound
18648 integer arithmetic. A simple example is an algebraic simplification: a
18649 compiler might translate @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} to @code{i * 2}
18650 because it assumes that @code{i * 2000} does not overflow. The
18651 translation is not equivalent to the original when overflow occurs:
18652 e.g., in the typical case of 32-bit signed two's complement wraparound
18653 @code{int}, if @code{i} has type @code{int} and value @code{1073742},
18654 the original expression returns @minus{}2147483 but the optimized
18655 version returns the mathematically correct value 2147484.
18657 More subtly, loop induction optimizations often exploit the undefined
18658 behavior of signed overflow. Consider the following contrived function
18663 sumc (int lo, int hi)
18667 for (i = lo; i <= hi; i++)
18674 To avoid multiplying by 53 each time through the loop, an optimizing
18675 compiler might internally transform @code{sumc} to the equivalent of the
18680 transformed_sumc (int lo, int hi)
18685 for (ic = lo * 53; ic <= hic; ic += 53)
18692 This transformation is allowed by the C standard, but it is invalid for
18693 wraparound arithmetic when @code{INT_MAX / 53 < hi}, because then the
18694 overflow in computing expressions like @code{hi * 53} can cause the
18695 expression @code{i <= hi} to yield a different value from the
18696 transformed expression @code{ic <= hic}.
18698 For this reason, compilers that use loop induction and similar
18699 techniques often do not support reliable wraparound arithmetic when a
18700 loop induction variable like @code{ic} is involved. Since loop
18701 induction variables are generated by the compiler, and are not visible
18702 in the source code, it is not always trivial to say whether the problem
18705 Hardly any code actually depends on wraparound arithmetic in cases like
18706 these, so in practice these loop induction optimizations are almost
18707 always useful. However, edge cases in this area can cause problems.
18712 for (j = 1; 0 < j; j *= 2)
18717 Here, the loop attempts to iterate through all powers of 2 that
18718 @code{int} can represent, but the C standard allows a compiler to
18719 optimize away the comparison and generate an infinite loop,
18720 under the argument that behavior is undefined on overflow. As of this
18721 writing this optimization is not done by any production version of
18722 @acronym{GCC} with @option{-O2}, but it might be performed by other
18723 compilers, or by more aggressive @acronym{GCC} optimization options,
18724 and the @acronym{GCC} developers have not decided whether it will
18725 continue to work with @acronym{GCC} and @option{-O2}.
18727 @node Signed Overflow Advice
18728 @subsection Practical Advice for Signed Overflow Issues
18729 @cindex integer overflow
18730 @cindex overflow, signed integer
18731 @cindex signed integer overflow
18732 @cindex wraparound arithmetic
18734 Ideally the safest approach is to avoid signed integer overflow
18735 entirely. For example, instead of multiplying two signed integers, you
18736 can convert them to unsigned integers, multiply the unsigned values,
18737 then test whether the result is in signed range.
18739 Rewriting code in this way will be inconvenient, though, particularly if
18740 the signed values might be negative. Also, it may hurt
18741 performance. Using unsigned arithmetic to check for overflow is
18742 particularly painful to do portably and efficiently when dealing with an
18743 integer type like @code{uid_t} whose width and signedness vary from
18744 platform to platform.
18746 Furthermore, many C applications pervasively assume wraparound behavior
18747 and typically it is not easy to find and remove all these assumptions.
18748 Hence it is often useful to maintain nonstandard code that assumes
18749 wraparound on overflow, instead of rewriting the code. The rest of this
18750 section attempts to give practical advice for this situation.
18752 If your code wants to detect signed integer overflow in @code{sum = a +
18753 b}, it is generally safe to use an expression like @code{(sum < a) != (b
18756 If your code uses a signed loop index, make sure that the index cannot
18757 overflow, along with all signed expressions derived from the index.
18758 Here is a contrived example of problematic code with two instances of
18762 for (i = INT_MAX - 10; i <= INT_MAX; i++)
18765 report_overflow ();
18771 Because of the two overflows, a compiler might optimize away or
18772 transform the two comparisons in a way that is incompatible with the
18773 wraparound assumption.
18775 If your code uses an expression like @code{(i * 2000) / 1000} and you
18776 actually want the multiplication to wrap around on overflow, use
18777 unsigned arithmetic
18778 to do it, e.g., @code{((int) (i * 2000u)) / 1000}.
18780 If your code assumes wraparound behavior and you want to insulate it
18781 against any @acronym{GCC} optimizations that would fail to support that
18782 behavior, you should use @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-fwrapv} option, which
18783 causes signed overflow to wrap around reliably (except for division and
18784 remainder, as discussed in the next section).
18786 If you need to port to platforms where signed integer overflow does not
18787 reliably wrap around (e.g., due to hardware overflow checking, or to
18788 highly aggressive optimizations), you should consider debugging with
18789 @acronym{GCC}'s @option{-ftrapv} option, which causes signed overflow to
18790 raise an exception.
18792 @node Signed Integer Division
18793 @subsection Signed Integer Division and Integer Overflow
18794 @cindex division, integer
18797 integer division is not always harmless: for example, on CPUs of the
18798 i386 family, dividing @code{INT_MIN} by @code{-1} yields a SIGFPE signal
18799 which by default terminates the program. Worse, taking the remainder
18800 of these two values typically yields the same signal on these CPUs,
18801 even though the C standard requires @code{INT_MIN % -1} to yield zero
18802 because the expression does not overflow.
18804 @node Preprocessor Arithmetic
18805 @section Preprocessor Arithmetic
18806 @cindex preprocessor arithmetic
18808 In C99, preprocessor arithmetic, used for @code{#if} expressions, must
18809 be evaluated as if all signed values are of type @code{intmax_t} and all
18810 unsigned values of type @code{uintmax_t}. Many compilers are buggy in
18811 this area, though. For example, as of 2007, Sun C mishandles @code{#if
18812 LLONG_MIN < 0} on a platform with 32-bit @code{long int} and 64-bit
18813 @code{long long int}. Also, some older preprocessors mishandle
18814 constants ending in @code{LL}. To work around these problems, you can
18815 compute the value of expressions like @code{LONG_MAX < LLONG_MAX} at
18816 @code{configure}-time rather than at @code{#if}-time.
18818 @node Null Pointers
18819 @section Properties of Null Pointers
18820 @cindex null pointers
18822 Most modern hosts reliably fail when you attempt to dereference a null
18825 On almost all modern hosts, null pointers use an all-bits-zero internal
18826 representation, so you can reliably use @code{memset} with 0 to set all
18827 the pointers in an array to null values.
18829 If @code{p} is a null pointer to an object type, the C expression
18830 @code{p + 0} always evaluates to @code{p} on modern hosts, even though
18831 the standard says that it has undefined behavior.
18833 @node Buffer Overruns
18834 @section Buffer Overruns and Subscript Errors
18835 @cindex buffer overruns
18837 Buffer overruns and subscript errors are the most common dangerous
18838 errors in C programs. They result in undefined behavior because storing
18839 outside an array typically modifies storage that is used by some other
18840 object, and most modern systems lack runtime checks to catch these
18841 errors. Programs should not rely on buffer overruns being caught.
18843 There is one exception to the usual rule that a portable program cannot
18844 address outside an array. In C, it is valid to compute the address just
18845 past an object, e.g., @code{&a[N]} where @code{a} has @code{N} elements,
18846 so long as you do not dereference the resulting pointer. But it is not
18847 valid to compute the address just before an object, e.g., @code{&a[-1]};
18848 nor is it valid to compute two past the end, e.g., @code{&a[N+1]}. On
18849 most platforms @code{&a[-1] < &a[0] && &a[N] < &a[N+1]}, but this is not
18850 reliable in general, and it is usually easy enough to avoid the
18851 potential portability problem, e.g., by allocating an extra unused array
18852 element at the start or end.
18854 @uref{http://@/valgrind.org/, Valgrind} can catch many overruns.
18856 users might also consider using the @option{-fmudflap} option to catch
18859 Buffer overruns are usually caused by off-by-one errors, but there are
18860 more subtle ways to get them.
18862 Using @code{int} values to index into an array or compute array sizes
18863 causes problems on typical 64-bit hosts where an array index might
18864 be @math{2^31} or larger. Index values of type @code{size_t} avoid this
18865 problem, but cannot be negative. Index values of type @code{ptrdiff_t}
18866 are signed, and are wide enough in practice.
18868 If you add or multiply two numbers to calculate an array size, e.g.,
18869 @code{malloc (x * sizeof y + z)}, havoc ensues if the addition or
18870 multiplication overflows.
18872 Many implementations of the @code{alloca} function silently misbehave
18873 and can generate buffer overflows if given sizes that are too large.
18874 The size limits are implementation dependent, but are at least 4000
18875 bytes on all platforms that we know about.
18877 The standard functions @code{asctime}, @code{asctime_r}, @code{ctime},
18878 @code{ctime_r}, and @code{gets} are prone to buffer overflows, and
18879 portable code should not use them unless the inputs are known to be
18880 within certain limits. The time-related functions can overflow their
18881 buffers if given timestamps out of range (e.g., a year less than -999
18882 or greater than 9999). Time-related buffer overflows cannot happen with
18883 recent-enough versions of the @acronym{GNU} C library, but are possible
18885 implementations. The @code{gets} function is the worst, since it almost
18886 invariably overflows its buffer when presented with an input line larger
18889 @node Volatile Objects
18890 @section Volatile Objects
18891 @cindex volatile objects
18893 The keyword @code{volatile} is often misunderstood in portable code.
18894 Its use inhibits some memory-access optimizations, but programmers often
18895 wish that it had a different meaning than it actually does.
18897 @code{volatile} was designed for code that accesses special objects like
18898 memory-mapped device registers whose contents spontaneously change.
18899 Such code is inherently low-level, and it is difficult to specify
18900 portably what @code{volatile} means in these cases. The C standard
18901 says, ``What constitutes an access to an object that has
18902 volatile-qualified type is implementation-defined,'' so in theory each
18903 implementation is supposed to fill in the gap by documenting what
18904 @code{volatile} means for that implementation. In practice, though,
18905 this documentation is usually absent or incomplete.
18907 One area of confusion is the distinction between objects defined with
18908 volatile types, and volatile lvalues. From the C standard's point of
18909 view, an object defined with a volatile type has externally visible
18910 behavior. You can think of such objects as having little oscilloscope
18911 probes attached to them, so that the user can observe some properties of
18912 accesses to them, just as the user can observe data written to output
18913 files. However, the standard does not make it clear whether users can
18914 observe accesses by volatile lvalues to ordinary objects. For example:
18917 /* Declare and access a volatile object.
18918 Accesses to X are "visible" to users. */
18919 static int volatile x;
18922 /* Access two ordinary objects via a volatile lvalue.
18923 It's not clear whether accesses to *P are "visible". */
18925 int *z = malloc (sizeof (int));
18933 Programmers often wish that @code{volatile} meant ``Perform the memory
18934 access here and now, without merging several memory accesses, without
18935 changing the memory word size, and without reordering.'' But the C
18936 standard does not require this. For objects defined with a volatile
18937 type, accesses must be done before the next sequence point; but
18938 otherwise merging, reordering, and word-size change is allowed. Worse,
18939 it is not clear from the standard whether volatile lvalues provide more
18940 guarantees in general than nonvolatile lvalues, if the underlying
18941 objects are ordinary.
18943 Even when accessing objects defined with a volatile type,
18944 the C standard allows only
18945 extremely limited signal handlers: the behavior is undefined if a signal
18946 handler reads any nonlocal object, or writes to any nonlocal object
18947 whose type is not @code{sig_atomic_t volatile}, or calls any standard
18948 library function other than @code{abort}, @code{signal}, and (if C99)
18949 @code{_Exit}. Hence C compilers need not worry about a signal handler
18950 disturbing ordinary computation, unless the computation accesses a
18951 @code{sig_atomic_t volatile} lvalue that is not a local variable.
18952 (There is an obscure exception for accesses via a pointer to a volatile
18953 character, since it may point into part of a @code{sig_atomic_t
18954 volatile} object.) Posix
18955 adds to the list of library functions callable from a portable signal
18956 handler, but otherwise is like the C standard in this area.
18958 Some C implementations allow memory-access optimizations within each
18959 translation unit, such that actual behavior agrees with the behavior
18960 required by the standard only when calling a function in some other
18961 translation unit, and a signal handler acts like it was called from a
18962 different translation unit. The C standard hints that in these
18963 implementations, objects referred to by signal handlers ``would require
18964 explicit specification of @code{volatile} storage, as well as other
18965 implementation-defined restrictions.'' But unfortunately even for this
18966 special case these other restrictions are often not documented well.
18967 @xref{Volatiles, , When is a Volatile Object Accessed?, gcc, Using the
18968 @acronym{GNU} Compiler Collection (@acronym{GCC})}, for some
18969 restrictions imposed by @acronym{GCC}. @xref{Defining Handlers, ,
18970 Defining Signal Handlers, libc, The @acronym{GNU} C Library}, for some
18971 restrictions imposed by the @acronym{GNU} C library. Restrictions
18972 differ on other platforms.
18974 If possible, it is best to use a signal handler that fits within the
18975 limits imposed by the C and Posix standards.
18977 If this is not practical, you can try the following rules of thumb. A
18978 signal handler should access only volatile lvalues, preferably lvalues
18979 that refer to objects defined with a volatile type, and should not
18980 assume that the accessed objects have an internally consistent state
18981 if they are larger than a machine word. Furthermore, installers
18982 should employ compilers and compiler options that are commonly used
18983 for building operating system kernels, because kernels often need more
18984 from @code{volatile} than the C Standard requires, and installers who
18985 compile an application in a similar environment can sometimes benefit
18986 from the extra constraints imposed by kernels on compilers.
18987 Admittedly we are handwaving somewhat here, as there are few
18988 guarantees in this area; the rules of thumb may help to fix some bugs
18989 but there is a good chance that they will not fix them all.
18991 For @code{volatile}, C++ has the same problems that C does.
18992 Multithreaded applications have even more problems with @code{volatile},
18993 but they are beyond the scope of this section.
18995 The bottom line is that using @code{volatile} typically hurts
18996 performance but should not hurt correctness. In some cases its use
18997 does help correctness, but these cases are often so poorly understood
18998 that all too often adding @code{volatile} to a data structure merely
18999 alleviates some symptoms of a bug while not fixing the bug in general.
19001 @node Floating Point Portability
19002 @section Floating Point Portability
19003 @cindex floating point
19005 Almost all modern systems use IEEE-754 floating point, and it is safe to
19006 assume IEEE-754 in most portable code these days. For more information,
19007 please see David Goldberg's classic paper
19008 @uref{http://@/www.validlab.com/@/goldberg/@/paper.pdf, What Every Computer
19009 Scientist Should Know About Floating-Point Arithmetic}.
19011 @node Exiting Portably
19012 @section Exiting Portably
19013 @cindex exiting portably
19015 A C or C++ program can exit with status @var{N} by returning
19016 @var{N} from the @code{main} function. Portable programs are supposed
19017 to exit either with status 0 or @code{EXIT_SUCCESS} to succeed, or with
19018 status @code{EXIT_FAILURE} to fail, but in practice it is portable to
19019 fail by exiting with status 1, and test programs that assume Posix can
19020 fail by exiting with status values from 1 through 255. Programs on
19021 SunOS 2.0 (1985) through 3.5.2 (1988) incorrectly exited with zero
19022 status when @code{main} returned nonzero, but ancient systems like these
19023 are no longer of practical concern.
19025 A program can also exit with status @var{N} by passing @var{N} to the
19026 @code{exit} function, and a program can fail by calling the @code{abort}
19027 function. If a program is specialized to just some platforms, it can fail
19028 by calling functions specific to those platforms, e.g., @code{_exit}
19029 (Posix) and @code{_Exit} (C99). However, like other functions, an exit
19030 function should be declared, typically by including a header. For
19031 example, if a C program calls @code{exit}, it should include @file{stdlib.h}
19032 either directly or via the default includes (@pxref{Default Includes}).
19034 A program can fail due to undefined behavior such as dereferencing a null
19035 pointer, but this is not recommended as undefined behavior allows an
19036 implementation to do whatever it pleases and this includes exiting
19040 @c ================================================== Manual Configuration
19042 @node Manual Configuration
19043 @chapter Manual Configuration
19045 A few kinds of features can't be guessed automatically by running test
19046 programs. For example, the details of the object-file format, or
19047 special options that need to be passed to the compiler or linker. You
19048 can check for such features using ad-hoc means, such as having
19049 @command{configure} check the output of the @code{uname} program, or
19050 looking for libraries that are unique to particular systems. However,
19051 Autoconf provides a uniform method for handling unguessable features.
19054 * Specifying Target Triplets:: Specifying target triplets
19055 * Canonicalizing:: Getting the canonical system type
19056 * Using System Type:: What to do with the system type
19059 @node Specifying Target Triplets
19060 @section Specifying target triplets
19061 @cindex System type
19062 @cindex Target triplet
19063 @c This node used to be named Specifying Names. The @anchor allows old
19064 @c links to still work.
19065 @anchor{Specifying Names}
19068 @command{configure} scripts can make decisions based on a canonical name
19069 for the system type, or @dfn{target triplet}, which has the form:
19070 @samp{@var{cpu}-@var{vendor}-@var{os}}, where @var{os} can be
19071 @samp{@var{system}} or @samp{@var{kernel}-@var{system}}
19073 @command{configure} can usually guess the canonical name for the type of
19074 system it's running on. To do so it runs a script called
19075 @command{config.guess}, which infers the name using the @code{uname}
19076 command or symbols predefined by the C preprocessor.
19078 Alternately, the user can specify the system type with command line
19079 arguments to @command{configure} (@pxref{System Type}. Doing so is
19081 cross-compiling. In the most complex case of cross-compiling, three
19082 system types are involved. The options to specify them are:
19085 @item --build=@var{build-type}
19086 the type of system on which the package is being configured and
19087 compiled. It defaults to the result of running @command{config.guess}.
19089 @item --host=@var{host-type}
19090 the type of system on which the package runs. By default it is the
19091 same as the build machine. Specifying it enables the cross-compilation
19094 @item --target=@var{target-type}
19095 the type of system for which any compiler tools in the package
19096 produce code (rarely needed). By default, it is the same as host.
19099 If you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess}, use
19100 @option{--build}, not @option{--host}, since the latter enables
19101 cross-compilation. For historical reasons,
19102 whenever you specify @option{--host},
19103 be sure to specify @option{--build} too; this will be fixed in the
19104 future. So, to enter cross-compilation mode, use a command like this
19107 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
19111 Note that if you do not specify @option{--host}, @command{configure}
19112 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler. For
19113 example, configuring as follows fails:
19116 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
19119 When cross-compiling, @command{configure} will warn about any tools
19120 (compilers, linkers, assemblers) whose name is not prefixed with the
19121 host type. This is an aid to users performing cross-compilation.
19122 Continuing the example above, if a cross-compiler named @command{cc} is
19123 used with a native @command{pkg-config}, then libraries found by
19124 @command{pkg-config} will likely cause subtle build failures; but using
19125 the names @command{m68k-coff-cc} and @command{m68k-coff-pkg-config}
19126 avoids any confusion. Avoiding the warning is as simple as creating the
19127 correct symlinks naming the cross tools.
19129 @cindex @command{config.sub}
19130 @command{configure} recognizes short aliases for many system types; for
19131 example, @samp{decstation} can be used instead of
19132 @samp{mips-dec-ultrix4.2}. @command{configure} runs a script called
19133 @command{config.sub} to canonicalize system type aliases.
19135 This section deliberately omits the description of the obsolete
19136 interface; see @ref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}.
19139 @node Canonicalizing
19140 @section Getting the Canonical System Type
19141 @cindex System type
19142 @cindex Canonical system type
19144 The following macros make the system type available to @command{configure}
19147 @ovindex build_alias
19148 @ovindex host_alias
19149 @ovindex target_alias
19151 The variables @samp{build_alias}, @samp{host_alias}, and
19152 @samp{target_alias} are always exactly the arguments of @option{--build},
19153 @option{--host}, and @option{--target}; in particular, they are left empty
19154 if the user did not use them, even if the corresponding
19155 @code{AC_CANONICAL} macro was run. Any configure script may use these
19156 variables anywhere. These are the variables that should be used when in
19157 interaction with the user.
19159 If you need to recognize some special environments based on their system
19160 type, run the following macros to get canonical system names. These
19161 variables are not set before the macro call.
19163 If you use these macros, you must distribute @command{config.guess} and
19164 @command{config.sub} along with your source code. @xref{Output}, for
19165 information about the @code{AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR} macro which you can use
19166 to control in which directory @command{configure} looks for those scripts.
19169 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_BUILD
19170 @acindex{CANONICAL_BUILD}
19173 @ovindex build_vendor
19175 Compute the canonical build-system type variable, @code{build}, and its
19176 three individual parts @code{build_cpu}, @code{build_vendor}, and
19179 If @option{--build} was specified, then @code{build} is the
19180 canonicalization of @code{build_alias} by @command{config.sub},
19181 otherwise it is determined by the shell script @command{config.guess}.
19184 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_HOST
19185 @acindex{CANONICAL_HOST}
19188 @ovindex host_vendor
19190 Compute the canonical host-system type variable, @code{host}, and its
19191 three individual parts @code{host_cpu}, @code{host_vendor}, and
19194 If @option{--host} was specified, then @code{host} is the
19195 canonicalization of @code{host_alias} by @command{config.sub},
19196 otherwise it defaults to @code{build}.
19199 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_TARGET
19200 @acindex{CANONICAL_TARGET}
19202 @ovindex target_cpu
19203 @ovindex target_vendor
19205 Compute the canonical target-system type variable, @code{target}, and its
19206 three individual parts @code{target_cpu}, @code{target_vendor}, and
19209 If @option{--target} was specified, then @code{target} is the
19210 canonicalization of @code{target_alias} by @command{config.sub},
19211 otherwise it defaults to @code{host}.
19214 Note that there can be artifacts due to the backward compatibility
19215 code. See @xref{Hosts and Cross-Compilation}, for more.
19217 @node Using System Type
19218 @section Using the System Type
19220 In @file{configure.ac} the system type is generally used by one or more
19221 @code{case} statements to select system-specifics. Shell wildcards can
19222 be used to match a group of system types.
19224 For example, an extra assembler code object file could be chosen, giving
19225 access to a CPU cycle counter register. @code{$(CYCLE_OBJ)} in the
19226 following would be used in a makefile to add the object to a
19227 program or library.
19231 [alpha*-*-*], [CYCLE_OBJ=rpcc.o],
19232 [i?86-*-*], [CYCLE_OBJ=rdtsc.o],
19235 AC_SUBST([CYCLE_OBJ])
19238 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS} (@pxref{Configuration Links}) is another good way
19239 to select variant source files, for example optimized code for some
19240 CPUs. The configured CPU type doesn't always indicate exact CPU types,
19241 so some runtime capability checks may be necessary too.
19245 alpha*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:alpha/dither.c]) ;;
19246 powerpc*-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:powerpc/dither.c]) ;;
19247 *-*-*) AC_CONFIG_LINKS([dither.c:generic/dither.c]) ;;
19251 The host system type can also be used to find cross-compilation tools
19252 with @code{AC_CHECK_TOOL} (@pxref{Generic Programs}).
19254 The above examples all show @samp{$host}, since this is where the code
19255 is going to run. Only rarely is it necessary to test @samp{$build}
19256 (which is where the build is being done).
19258 Whenever you're tempted to use @samp{$host} it's worth considering
19259 whether some sort of probe would be better. New system types come along
19260 periodically or previously missing features are added. Well-written
19261 probes can adapt themselves to such things, but hard-coded lists of
19262 names can't. Here are some guidelines,
19266 Availability of libraries and library functions should always be checked
19269 Variant behavior of system calls is best identified with runtime tests
19270 if possible, but bug workarounds or obscure difficulties might have to
19271 be driven from @samp{$host}.
19273 Assembler code is inevitably highly CPU-specific and is best selected
19274 according to @samp{$host_cpu}.
19276 Assembler variations like underscore prefix on globals or ELF versus
19277 COFF type directives are however best determined by probing, perhaps
19278 even examining the compiler output.
19281 @samp{$target} is for use by a package creating a compiler or similar.
19282 For ordinary packages it's meaningless and should not be used. It
19283 indicates what the created compiler should generate code for, if it can
19284 cross-compile. @samp{$target} generally selects various hard-coded CPU
19285 and system conventions, since usually the compiler or tools under
19286 construction themselves determine how the target works.
19289 @c ===================================================== Site Configuration.
19291 @node Site Configuration
19292 @chapter Site Configuration
19294 @command{configure} scripts support several kinds of local configuration
19295 decisions. There are ways for users to specify where external software
19296 packages are, include or exclude optional features, install programs
19297 under modified names, and set default values for @command{configure}
19301 * Help Formatting:: Customizing @samp{configure --help}
19302 * External Software:: Working with other optional software
19303 * Package Options:: Selecting optional features
19304 * Pretty Help Strings:: Formatting help string
19305 * Option Checking:: Controlling checking of @command{configure} options
19306 * Site Details:: Configuring site details
19307 * Transforming Names:: Changing program names when installing
19308 * Site Defaults:: Giving @command{configure} local defaults
19311 @node Help Formatting
19312 @section Controlling Help Output
19314 Users consult @samp{configure --help} to learn of configuration
19315 decisions specific to your package. By default, @command{configure}
19316 breaks this output into sections for each type of option; within each
19317 section, help strings appear in the order @file{configure.ac} defines
19323 --enable-bar include bar
19330 @defmac AC_PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER
19331 @acindex{PRESERVE_HELP_ORDER}
19333 Request an alternate @option{--help} format, in which options of all
19334 types appear together, in the order defined. Call this macro before any
19335 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} or @code{AC_ARG_WITH}.
19338 Optional Features and Packages:
19340 --enable-bar include bar
19346 @node External Software
19347 @section Working With External Software
19348 @cindex External software
19350 Some packages require, or can optionally use, other software packages
19351 that are already installed. The user can give @command{configure}
19352 command line options to specify which such external software to use.
19353 The options have one of these forms:
19355 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
19358 --with-@var{package}[=@var{arg}]
19359 --without-@var{package}
19362 For example, @option{--with-gnu-ld} means work with the @acronym{GNU} linker
19363 instead of some other linker. @option{--with-x} means work with The X
19366 The user can give an argument by following the package name with
19367 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} is for
19368 packages that are used by default; it says to @emph{not} use the
19369 package. An argument that is neither @samp{yes} nor @samp{no} could
19370 include a name or number of a version of the other package, to specify
19371 more precisely which other package this program is supposed to work
19372 with. If no argument is given, it defaults to @samp{yes}.
19373 @option{--without-@var{package}} is equivalent to
19374 @option{--with-@var{package}=no}.
19376 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
19377 @option{--with-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
19378 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
19381 For each external software package that may be used, @file{configure.ac}
19382 should call @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to detect whether the @command{configure}
19383 user asked to use it. Whether each package is used or not by default,
19384 and which arguments are valid, is up to you.
19386 @anchor{AC_ARG_WITH}
19387 @defmac AC_ARG_WITH (@var{package}, @var{help-string}, @
19388 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
19390 If the user gave @command{configure} the option @option{--with-@var{package}}
19391 or @option{--without-@var{package}}, run shell commands
19392 @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run shell commands
19393 @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{package} indicates another
19394 software package that this program should work with. It should consist
19395 only of alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
19397 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
19398 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{withval}, which is
19399 actually just the value of the shell variable named
19400 @code{with_@var{package}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
19401 @var{package} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
19404 The argument @var{help-string} is a description of the option that
19407 --with-readline support fancy command line editing
19411 @var{help-string} may be more than one line long, if more detail is
19412 needed. Just make sure the columns line up in @samp{configure
19413 --help}. Avoid tabs in the help string. The easiest way to provide the
19414 proper leading whitespace is to format your @var{help-string} with the macro
19415 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
19417 The following example shows how to use the @code{AC_ARG_WITH} macro in
19418 a common situation. You want to let the user decide whether to enable
19419 support for an external library (e.g., the readline library); if the user
19420 specified neither @option{--with-readline} nor @option{--without-readline},
19421 you want to enable support for readline only if the library is available
19424 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
19426 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
19427 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
19428 [support fancy command line editing @@<:@@default=check@@:>@@])],
19430 [with_readline=check])
19433 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
19434 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
19435 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
19436 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
19437 [Define if you have libreadline])
19439 [if test "x$with_readline" != xcheck; then
19441 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])
19446 The next example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
19447 possibility to enable support for the readline library, in case it is still
19448 experimental and not well tested, and is therefore disabled by default.
19450 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
19452 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
19453 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-readline],
19454 [enable experimental support for readline])],
19456 [with_readline=no])
19459 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
19460 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
19461 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
19462 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
19463 [Define if you have libreadline])
19466 [--with-readline was given, but test for readline failed])],
19470 The last example shows how to use @code{AC_ARG_WITH} to give the user the
19471 possibility to disable support for the readline library, given that it is
19472 an important feature and that it should be enabled by default.
19474 @c FIXME: Remove AS_IF when the problem of AC_REQUIRE within `if' is solved.
19476 AC_ARG_WITH([readline],
19477 [AS_HELP_STRING([--without-readline],
19478 [disable support for readline])],
19480 [with_readline=yes])
19483 AS_IF([test "x$with_readline" != xno],
19484 [AC_CHECK_LIB([readline], [main],
19485 [AC_SUBST([LIBREADLINE], ["-lreadline -lncurses"])
19486 AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBREADLINE], [1],
19487 [Define if you have libreadline])
19490 [readline test failed (--without-readline to disable)])],
19494 These three examples can be easily adapted to the case where
19495 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} should be preferred to @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (see
19496 @ref{Package Options}).
19499 @node Package Options
19500 @section Choosing Package Options
19501 @cindex Package options
19502 @cindex Options, package
19504 If a software package has optional compile-time features, the user can
19505 give @command{configure} command line options to specify whether to
19506 compile them. The options have one of these forms:
19508 @c FIXME: Can't use @ovar here, Texinfo 4.0 goes lunatic and emits something
19511 --enable-@var{feature}[=@var{arg}]
19512 --disable-@var{feature}
19515 These options allow users to choose which optional features to build and
19516 install. @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options should never make a
19517 feature behave differently or cause one feature to replace another.
19518 They should only cause parts of the program to be built rather than left
19521 The user can give an argument by following the feature name with
19522 @samp{=} and the argument. Giving an argument of @samp{no} requests
19523 that the feature @emph{not} be made available. A feature with an
19524 argument looks like @option{--enable-debug=stabs}. If no argument is
19525 given, it defaults to @samp{yes}. @option{--disable-@var{feature}} is
19526 equivalent to @option{--enable-@var{feature}=no}.
19528 Normally @command{configure} scripts complain about
19529 @option{--enable-@var{package}} options that they do not support.
19530 @xref{Option Checking}, for details, and for how to override the
19533 For each optional feature, @file{configure.ac} should call
19534 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} to detect whether the @command{configure} user asked
19535 to include it. Whether each feature is included or not by default, and
19536 which arguments are valid, is up to you.
19538 @anchor{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
19539 @defmac AC_ARG_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{help-string}, @
19540 @ovar{action-if-given}, @ovar{action-if-not-given})
19541 @acindex{ARG_ENABLE}
19542 If the user gave @command{configure} the option
19543 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} or @option{--disable-@var{feature}}, run
19544 shell commands @var{action-if-given}. If neither option was given, run
19545 shell commands @var{action-if-not-given}. The name @var{feature}
19546 indicates an optional user-level facility. It should consist only of
19547 alphanumeric characters, dashes, and dots.
19549 The option's argument is available to the shell commands
19550 @var{action-if-given} in the shell variable @code{enableval}, which is
19551 actually just the value of the shell variable named
19552 @code{enable_@var{feature}}, with any non-alphanumeric characters in
19553 @var{feature} changed into @samp{_}. You may use that variable instead,
19554 if you wish. The @var{help-string} argument is like that of
19555 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}).
19557 You should format your @var{help-string} with the macro
19558 @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{Pretty Help Strings}).
19560 See the examples suggested with the definition of @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
19561 (@pxref{External Software}) to get an idea of possible applications of
19562 @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}.
19565 @node Pretty Help Strings
19566 @section Making Your Help Strings Look Pretty
19567 @cindex Help strings
19569 Properly formatting the @samp{help strings} which are used in
19570 @code{AC_ARG_WITH} (@pxref{External Software}) and @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE}
19571 (@pxref{Package Options}) can be challenging. Specifically, you want
19572 your own @samp{help strings} to line up in the appropriate columns of
19573 @samp{configure --help} just like the standard Autoconf @samp{help
19574 strings} do. This is the purpose of the @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro.
19576 @anchor{AS_HELP_STRING}
19577 @defmac AS_HELP_STRING (@var{left-hand-side}, @var{right-hand-side} @
19578 @dvar{indent-column, 26}, @dvar{wrap-column, 79})
19579 @asindex{HELP_STRING}
19581 Expands into an help string that looks pretty when the user executes
19582 @samp{configure --help}. It is typically used in @code{AC_ARG_WITH}
19583 (@pxref{External Software}) or @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} (@pxref{Package
19584 Options}). The following example makes this clearer.
19588 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-foo],
19589 [use foo (default is no)])],
19590 [use_foo=$withval],
19594 Then the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} appear like
19598 --enable and --with options recognized:
19599 --with-foo use foo (default is no)
19602 Macro expansion is performed on the first argument. However, the second
19603 argument of @code{AS_HELP_STRING} is treated as a whitespace separated
19604 list of text to be reformatted, and is not subject to macro expansion.
19605 Since it is not expanded, it should not be double quoted.
19606 @xref{Autoconf Language}, for a more detailed explanation.
19608 The @code{AS_HELP_STRING} macro is particularly helpful when the
19609 @var{left-hand-side} and/or @var{right-hand-side} are composed of macro
19610 arguments, as shown in the following example. Be aware that
19611 @var{left-hand-side} may not expand to unbalanced quotes,
19612 although quadrigraphs can be used.
19615 AC_DEFUN([MY_ARG_WITH],
19616 [AC_ARG_WITH(m4_translit([[$1]], [_], [-]),
19617 [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-m4_translit([$1], [_], [-])],
19618 [use $1 (default is $2)])],
19619 [use_[]$1=$withval],
19621 MY_ARG_WITH([a_b], [no])
19624 Here, the last few lines of @samp{configure --help} will include:
19627 --enable and --with options recognized:
19628 --with-a-b use a_b (default is no)
19631 The parameters @var{indent-column} and @var{wrap-column} were introduced
19632 in Autoconf 2.62. Generally, they should not be specified; they exist
19633 for fine-tuning of the wrapping.
19635 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option])
19636 @result{} --option description of option
19637 AS_HELP_STRING([--option], [description of option], [15], [30])
19638 @result{} --option description of
19644 @node Option Checking
19645 @section Controlling Checking of @command{configure} Options
19646 @cindex Options, Package
19648 The @command{configure} script checks its command-line options against a
19649 list of known options, like @option{--help} or @option{--config-cache}.
19650 An unknown option ordinarily indicates a mistake by the user and
19651 @command{configure} halts with an error. However, by default unknown
19652 @option{--with-@var{package}} and @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
19653 options elicit only a warning, to support configuring entire source
19656 Source trees often contain multiple packages with a top-level
19657 @command{configure} script that uses the @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS} macro
19658 (@pxref{Subdirectories}). Because the packages generally support
19659 different @option{--with-@var{package}} and
19660 @option{--enable-@var{feature}} options, the @acronym{GNU} Coding
19661 Standards say they must accept unrecognized options without halting.
19662 Even a warning message is undesirable here, so @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}
19663 automatically disables the warnings.
19665 This default behavior may be modified in two ways. First, the installer
19666 can invoke @code{configure --disable-option-checking} to disable
19667 these warnings, or invoke @code{configure --enable-option-checking=fatal}
19668 options to turn them into fatal errors, respectively. Second, the
19669 maintainer can use @code{AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}.
19671 @defmac AC_DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING
19672 @acindex{DISABLE_OPTION_CHECKING}
19674 By default, disable warnings related to any unrecognized
19675 @option{--with-@var{package}} or @option{--enable-@var{feature}}
19676 options. This is implied by @code{AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS}.
19678 The installer can override this behavior by passing
19679 @option{--enable-option-checking} (enable warnings) or
19680 @option{--enable-option-checking=fatal} (enable errors) to
19681 @command{configure}.
19686 @section Configuring Site Details
19687 @cindex Site details
19689 Some software packages require complex site-specific information. Some
19690 examples are host names to use for certain services, company names, and
19691 email addresses to contact. Since some configuration scripts generated
19692 by Metaconfig ask for such information interactively, people sometimes
19693 wonder how to get that information in Autoconf-generated configuration
19694 scripts, which aren't interactive.
19696 Such site configuration information should be put in a file that is
19697 edited @emph{only by users}, not by programs. The location of the file
19698 can either be based on the @code{prefix} variable, or be a standard
19699 location such as the user's home directory. It could even be specified
19700 by an environment variable. The programs should examine that file at
19701 runtime, rather than at compile time. Runtime configuration is more
19702 convenient for users and makes the configuration process simpler than
19703 getting the information while configuring. @xref{Directory Variables, ,
19704 Variables for Installation Directories, standards, @acronym{GNU} Coding
19705 Standards}, for more information on where to put data files.
19707 @node Transforming Names
19708 @section Transforming Program Names When Installing
19709 @cindex Transforming program names
19710 @cindex Program names, transforming
19712 Autoconf supports changing the names of programs when installing them.
19713 In order to use these transformations, @file{configure.ac} must call the
19714 macro @code{AC_ARG_PROGRAM}.
19716 @defmac AC_ARG_PROGRAM
19717 @acindex{ARG_PROGRAM}
19718 @ovindex program_transform_name
19719 Place in output variable @code{program_transform_name} a sequence of
19720 @code{sed} commands for changing the names of installed programs.
19722 If any of the options described below are given to @command{configure},
19723 program names are transformed accordingly. Otherwise, if
19724 @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} has been called and a @option{--target} value
19725 is given, the target type followed by a dash is used as a prefix.
19726 Otherwise, no program name transformation is done.
19730 * Transformation Options:: @command{configure} options to transform names
19731 * Transformation Examples:: Sample uses of transforming names
19732 * Transformation Rules:: Makefile uses of transforming names
19735 @node Transformation Options
19736 @subsection Transformation Options
19738 You can specify name transformations by giving @command{configure} these
19739 command line options:
19742 @item --program-prefix=@var{prefix}
19743 prepend @var{prefix} to the names;
19745 @item --program-suffix=@var{suffix}
19746 append @var{suffix} to the names;
19748 @item --program-transform-name=@var{expression}
19749 perform @code{sed} substitution @var{expression} on the names.
19752 @node Transformation Examples
19753 @subsection Transformation Examples
19755 These transformations are useful with programs that can be part of a
19756 cross-compilation development environment. For example, a
19757 cross-assembler running on a Sun 4 configured with
19758 @option{--target=i960-vxworks} is normally installed as
19759 @file{i960-vxworks-as}, rather than @file{as}, which could be confused
19760 with a native Sun 4 assembler.
19762 You can force a program name to begin with @file{g}, if you don't want
19763 @acronym{GNU} programs installed on your system to shadow other programs with
19764 the same name. For example, if you configure @acronym{GNU} @code{diff} with
19765 @option{--program-prefix=g}, then when you run @samp{make install} it is
19766 installed as @file{/usr/local/bin/gdiff}.
19768 As a more sophisticated example, you could use
19771 --program-transform-name='s/^/g/; s/^gg/g/; s/^gless/less/'
19775 to prepend @samp{g} to most of the program names in a source tree,
19776 excepting those like @code{gdb} that already have one and those like
19777 @code{less} and @code{lesskey} that aren't @acronym{GNU} programs. (That is
19778 assuming that you have a source tree containing those programs that is
19779 set up to use this feature.)
19781 One way to install multiple versions of some programs simultaneously is
19782 to append a version number to the name of one or both. For example, if
19783 you want to keep Autoconf version 1 around for awhile, you can configure
19784 Autoconf version 2 using @option{--program-suffix=2} to install the
19785 programs as @file{/usr/local/bin/autoconf2},
19786 @file{/usr/local/bin/autoheader2}, etc. Nevertheless, pay attention
19787 that only the binaries are renamed, therefore you'd have problems with
19788 the library files which might overlap.
19790 @node Transformation Rules
19791 @subsection Transformation Rules
19793 Here is how to use the variable @code{program_transform_name} in a
19794 @file{Makefile.in}:
19797 PROGRAMS = cp ls rm
19798 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
19800 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
19801 $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | \
19802 sed '$(transform)'`; \
19806 for p in $(PROGRAMS); do \
19807 rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/`echo $$p | sed '$(transform)'`; \
19811 It is guaranteed that @code{program_transform_name} is never empty, and
19812 that there are no useless separators. Therefore you may safely embed
19813 @code{program_transform_name} within a sed program using @samp{;}:
19816 transform = @@program_transform_name@@
19817 transform_exe = s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/
19820 Whether to do the transformations on documentation files (Texinfo or
19821 @code{man}) is a tricky question; there seems to be no perfect answer,
19822 due to the several reasons for name transforming. Documentation is not
19823 usually particular to a specific architecture, and Texinfo files do not
19824 conflict with system documentation. But they might conflict with
19825 earlier versions of the same files, and @code{man} pages sometimes do
19826 conflict with system documentation. As a compromise, it is probably
19827 best to do name transformations on @code{man} pages but not on Texinfo
19830 @node Site Defaults
19831 @section Setting Site Defaults
19832 @cindex Site defaults
19833 @cindex config.site
19835 Autoconf-generated @command{configure} scripts allow your site to provide
19836 default values for some configuration values. You do this by creating
19837 site- and system-wide initialization files.
19839 @evindex CONFIG_SITE
19840 If the environment variable @code{CONFIG_SITE} is set, @command{configure}
19841 uses its value as the name of a shell script to read. Otherwise, it
19842 reads the shell script @file{@var{prefix}/share/config.site} if it exists,
19843 then @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site} if it exists. Thus,
19844 settings in machine-specific files override those in machine-independent
19845 ones in case of conflict.
19847 Site files can be arbitrary shell scripts, but only certain kinds of
19848 code are really appropriate to be in them. Because @command{configure}
19849 reads any cache file after it has read any site files, a site file can
19850 define a default cache file to be shared between all Autoconf-generated
19851 @command{configure} scripts run on that system (@pxref{Cache Files}). If
19852 you set a default cache file in a site file, it is a good idea to also
19853 set the output variable @code{CC} in that site file, because the cache
19854 file is only valid for a particular compiler, but many systems have
19857 You can examine or override the value set by a command line option to
19858 @command{configure} in a site file; options set shell variables that have
19859 the same names as the options, with any dashes turned into underscores.
19860 The exceptions are that @option{--without-} and @option{--disable-} options
19861 are like giving the corresponding @option{--with-} or @option{--enable-}
19862 option and the value @samp{no}. Thus, @option{--cache-file=localcache}
19863 sets the variable @code{cache_file} to the value @samp{localcache};
19864 @option{--enable-warnings=no} or @option{--disable-warnings} sets the variable
19865 @code{enable_warnings} to the value @samp{no}; @option{--prefix=/usr} sets the
19866 variable @code{prefix} to the value @samp{/usr}; etc.
19868 Site files are also good places to set default values for other output
19869 variables, such as @code{CFLAGS}, if you need to give them non-default
19870 values: anything you would normally do, repetitively, on the command
19871 line. If you use non-default values for @var{prefix} or
19872 @var{exec_prefix} (wherever you locate the site file), you can set them
19873 in the site file if you specify it with the @code{CONFIG_SITE}
19874 environment variable.
19876 You can set some cache values in the site file itself. Doing this is
19877 useful if you are cross-compiling, where it is impossible to check features
19878 that require running a test program. You could ``prime the cache'' by
19879 setting those values correctly for that system in
19880 @file{@var{prefix}/etc/config.site}. To find out the names of the cache
19881 variables you need to set, look for shell variables with @samp{_cv_} in
19882 their names in the affected @command{configure} scripts, or in the Autoconf
19883 M4 source code for those macros.
19885 The cache file is careful to not override any variables set in the site
19886 files. Similarly, you should not override command-line options in the
19887 site files. Your code should check that variables such as @code{prefix}
19888 and @code{cache_file} have their default values (as set near the top of
19889 @command{configure}) before changing them.
19891 Here is a sample file @file{/usr/share/local/@/gnu/share/@/config.site}. The
19892 command @samp{configure --prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu} would read this
19893 file (if @code{CONFIG_SITE} is not set to a different file).
19896 # /usr/share/local/gnu/share/config.site for configure
19898 # Change some defaults.
19899 test "$prefix" = NONE && prefix=/usr/share/local/gnu
19900 test "$exec_prefix" = NONE && exec_prefix=/usr/local/gnu
19901 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
19902 test "$localstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/var' && localstatedir=/var
19904 # Give Autoconf 2.x generated configure scripts a shared default
19905 # cache file for feature test results, architecture-specific.
19906 if test "$cache_file" = /dev/null; then
19907 cache_file="$prefix/var/config.cache"
19908 # A cache file is only valid for one C compiler.
19913 @cindex Filesystem Hierarchy Standard
19916 Another use of @file{config.site} is for priming the directory variables
19917 in a manner consistent with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard
19918 (@acronym{FHS}). Once the following file is installed at
19919 @file{/usr/share/config.site}, a user can execute simply
19920 @code{./configure --prefix=/usr} to get all the directories chosen in
19921 the locations recommended by @acronym{FHS}.
19924 # /usr/share/config.site for FHS defaults when installing below /usr,
19925 # and the respective settings were not changed on the command line.
19926 if test "$prefix" = /usr; then
19927 test "$sysconfdir" = '$@{prefix@}/etc' && sysconfdir=/etc
19928 test "$sharedstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/com' && sharedstatedir=/var
19929 test "$localstatedir" = '$@{prefix@}/var' && localstatedir=/var
19934 @cindex 64-bit libraries
19935 Likewise, on platforms where 64-bit libraries are built by default, then
19936 installed in @file{/usr/local/@/lib64} instead of @file{/usr/local/@/lib},
19937 it is appropriate to install @file{/usr/local/@/share/config.site}:
19940 # /usr/local/share/config.site for platforms that prefer
19941 # the directory /usr/local/lib64 over /usr/local/lib.
19942 test "$libdir" = '$@{exec_prefix@}/lib' && libdir='$@{exec_prefix@}/lib64'
19946 @c ============================================== Running configure Scripts.
19948 @node Running configure Scripts
19949 @chapter Running @command{configure} Scripts
19950 @cindex @command{configure}
19952 Below are instructions on how to configure a package that uses a
19953 @command{configure} script, suitable for inclusion as an @file{INSTALL}
19954 file in the package. A plain-text version of @file{INSTALL} which you
19955 may use comes with Autoconf.
19958 * Basic Installation:: Instructions for typical cases
19959 * Compilers and Options:: Selecting compilers and optimization
19960 * Multiple Architectures:: Compiling for multiple architectures at once
19961 * Installation Names:: Installing in different directories
19962 * Optional Features:: Selecting optional features
19963 * Particular Systems:: Particular systems
19964 * System Type:: Specifying the system type
19965 * Sharing Defaults:: Setting site-wide defaults for @command{configure}
19966 * Defining Variables:: Specifying the compiler etc.
19967 * configure Invocation:: Changing how @command{configure} runs
19971 @include install.texi
19974 @c ============================================== config.status Invocation
19976 @node config.status Invocation
19977 @chapter config.status Invocation
19978 @cindex @command{config.status}
19980 The @command{configure} script creates a file named @file{config.status},
19981 which actually configures, @dfn{instantiates}, the template files. It
19982 also records the configuration options that were specified when the
19983 package was last configured in case reconfiguring is needed.
19987 ./config.status @var{option}@dots{} [@var{file}@dots{}]
19990 It configures the @var{files}; if none are specified, all the templates
19991 are instantiated. The files must be specified without their
19992 dependencies, as in
19995 ./config.status foobar
20002 ./config.status foobar:foo.in:bar.in
20005 The supported options are:
20010 Print a summary of the command line options, the list of the template
20015 Print the version number of Autoconf and the configuration settings,
20021 Do not print progress messages.
20025 Don't remove the temporary files.
20027 @item --file=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
20028 Require that @var{file} be instantiated as if
20029 @samp{AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}:@var{template})} was used. Both
20030 @var{file} and @var{template} may be @samp{-} in which case the standard
20031 output and/or standard input, respectively, is used. If a
20032 @var{template} file name is relative, it is first looked for in the build
20033 tree, and then in the source tree. @xref{Configuration Actions}, for
20036 This option and the following ones provide one way for separately
20037 distributed packages to share the values computed by @command{configure}.
20038 Doing so can be useful if some of the packages need a superset of the
20039 features that one of them, perhaps a common library, does. These
20040 options allow a @file{config.status} file to create files other than the
20041 ones that its @file{configure.ac} specifies, so it can be used for a
20042 different package, or for extracting a subset of values. For example,
20045 echo '@@CC@@' | ./config.status --file=-
20049 provides the value of @code{@@CC@@} on standard output.
20051 @item --header=@var{file}[:@var{template}]
20052 Same as @option{--file} above, but with @samp{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}.
20055 Ask @file{config.status} to update itself and exit (no instantiation).
20056 This option is useful if you change @command{configure}, so that the
20057 results of some tests might be different from the previous run. The
20058 @option{--recheck} option reruns @command{configure} with the same arguments
20059 you used before, plus the @option{--no-create} option, which prevents
20060 @command{configure} from running @file{config.status} and creating
20061 @file{Makefile} and other files, and the @option{--no-recursion} option,
20062 which prevents @command{configure} from running other @command{configure}
20063 scripts in subdirectories. (This is so other Make rules can
20064 run @file{config.status} when it changes; @pxref{Automatic Remaking},
20068 @file{config.status} checks several optional environment variables that
20069 can alter its behavior:
20071 @anchor{CONFIG_SHELL}
20072 @defvar CONFIG_SHELL
20073 @evindex CONFIG_SHELL
20074 The shell with which to run @command{configure} for the @option{--recheck}
20075 option. It must be Bourne-compatible. The default is a shell that
20076 supports @code{LINENO} if available, and @file{/bin/sh} otherwise.
20077 Invoking @command{configure} by hand bypasses this setting, so you may
20078 need to use a command like @samp{CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure}
20079 to insure that the same shell is used everywhere. The absolute name of the
20080 shell should be passed.
20083 @defvar CONFIG_STATUS
20084 @evindex CONFIG_STATUS
20085 The file name to use for the shell script that records the
20086 configuration. The default is @file{./config.status}. This variable is
20087 useful when one package uses parts of another and the @command{configure}
20088 scripts shouldn't be merged because they are maintained separately.
20091 You can use @file{./config.status} in your makefiles. For example, in
20092 the dependencies given above (@pxref{Automatic Remaking}),
20093 @file{config.status} is run twice when @file{configure.ac} has changed.
20094 If that bothers you, you can make each run only regenerate the files for
20099 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
20100 ./config.status config.h
20103 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
20104 ./config.status Makefile
20108 The calling convention of @file{config.status} has changed; see
20109 @ref{Obsolete config.status Use}, for details.
20112 @c =================================================== Obsolete Constructs
20114 @node Obsolete Constructs
20115 @chapter Obsolete Constructs
20116 @cindex Obsolete constructs
20118 Autoconf changes, and throughout the years some constructs have been
20119 obsoleted. Most of the changes involve the macros, but in some cases
20120 the tools themselves, or even some concepts, are now considered
20123 You may completely skip this chapter if you are new to Autoconf. Its
20124 intention is mainly to help maintainers updating their packages by
20125 understanding how to move to more modern constructs.
20128 * Obsolete config.status Use:: Obsolete convention for @command{config.status}
20129 * acconfig Header:: Additional entries in @file{config.h.in}
20130 * autoupdate Invocation:: Automatic update of @file{configure.ac}
20131 * Obsolete Macros:: Backward compatibility macros
20132 * Autoconf 1:: Tips for upgrading your files
20133 * Autoconf 2.13:: Some fresher tips
20136 @node Obsolete config.status Use
20137 @section Obsolete @file{config.status} Invocation
20139 @file{config.status} now supports arguments to specify the files to
20140 instantiate; see @ref{config.status Invocation}, for more details.
20141 Before, environment variables had to be used.
20143 @defvar CONFIG_COMMANDS
20144 @evindex CONFIG_COMMANDS
20145 The tags of the commands to execute. The default is the arguments given
20146 to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} in
20147 @file{configure.ac}.
20150 @defvar CONFIG_FILES
20151 @evindex CONFIG_FILES
20152 The files in which to perform @samp{@@@var{variable}@@} substitutions.
20153 The default is the arguments given to @code{AC_OUTPUT} and
20154 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} in @file{configure.ac}.
20157 @defvar CONFIG_HEADERS
20158 @evindex CONFIG_HEADERS
20159 The files in which to substitute C @code{#define} statements. The
20160 default is the arguments given to @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}; if that
20161 macro was not called, @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
20164 @defvar CONFIG_LINKS
20165 @evindex CONFIG_LINKS
20166 The symbolic links to establish. The default is the arguments given to
20167 @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}; if that macro was not called,
20168 @file{config.status} ignores this variable.
20171 In @ref{config.status Invocation}, using this old interface, the example
20177 stamp-h: config.h.in config.status
20178 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_FILES= \
20179 CONFIG_HEADERS=config.h ./config.status
20182 Makefile: Makefile.in config.status
20183 CONFIG_COMMANDS= CONFIG_LINKS= CONFIG_HEADERS= \
20184 CONFIG_FILES=Makefile ./config.status
20189 (If @file{configure.ac} does not call @code{AC_CONFIG_HEADERS}, there is
20190 no need to set @code{CONFIG_HEADERS} in the @command{make} rules. Equally
20191 for @code{CONFIG_COMMANDS}, etc.)
20194 @node acconfig Header
20195 @section @file{acconfig.h}
20197 @cindex @file{acconfig.h}
20198 @cindex @file{config.h.top}
20199 @cindex @file{config.h.bot}
20201 In order to produce @file{config.h.in}, @command{autoheader} needs to
20202 build or to find templates for each symbol. Modern releases of Autoconf
20203 use @code{AH_VERBATIM} and @code{AH_TEMPLATE} (@pxref{Autoheader
20204 Macros}), but in older releases a file, @file{acconfig.h}, contained the
20205 list of needed templates. @command{autoheader} copied comments and
20206 @code{#define} and @code{#undef} statements from @file{acconfig.h} in
20207 the current directory, if present. This file used to be mandatory if
20208 you @code{AC_DEFINE} any additional symbols.
20210 Modern releases of Autoconf also provide @code{AH_TOP} and
20211 @code{AH_BOTTOM} if you need to prepend/append some information to
20212 @file{config.h.in}. Ancient versions of Autoconf had a similar feature:
20213 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@TOP@@},
20214 @command{autoheader} copies the lines before the line containing
20215 @samp{@@TOP@@} into the top of the file that it generates. Similarly,
20216 if @file{./acconfig.h} contains the string @samp{@@BOTTOM@@},
20217 @command{autoheader} copies the lines after that line to the end of the
20218 file it generates. Either or both of those strings may be omitted. An
20219 even older alternate way to produce the same effect in ancient versions
20220 of Autoconf is to create the files @file{@var{file}.top} (typically
20221 @file{config.h.top}) and/or @file{@var{file}.bot} in the current
20222 directory. If they exist, @command{autoheader} copies them to the
20223 beginning and end, respectively, of its output.
20225 In former versions of Autoconf, the files used in preparing a software
20226 package for distribution were:
20229 configure.ac --. .------> autoconf* -----> configure
20231 [aclocal.m4] --+ `---.
20233 +--> [autoheader*] -> [config.h.in]
20234 [acconfig.h] ----. |
20241 Using only the @code{AH_} macros, @file{configure.ac} should be
20242 self-contained, and should not depend upon @file{acconfig.h} etc.
20245 @node autoupdate Invocation
20246 @section Using @command{autoupdate} to Modernize @file{configure.ac}
20247 @cindex @command{autoupdate}
20249 The @command{autoupdate} program updates a @file{configure.ac} file that
20250 calls Autoconf macros by their old names to use the current macro names.
20251 In version 2 of Autoconf, most of the macros were renamed to use a more
20252 uniform and descriptive naming scheme. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
20253 description of the new scheme. Although the old names still work
20254 (@pxref{Obsolete Macros}, for a list of the old macros and the corresponding
20255 new names), you can make your @file{configure.ac} files more readable
20256 and make it easier to use the current Autoconf documentation if you
20257 update them to use the new macro names.
20259 @evindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
20260 If given no arguments, @command{autoupdate} updates @file{configure.ac},
20261 backing up the original version with the suffix @file{~} (or the value
20262 of the environment variable @code{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}, if that is
20263 set). If you give @command{autoupdate} an argument, it reads that file
20264 instead of @file{configure.ac} and writes the updated file to the
20268 @command{autoupdate} accepts the following options:
20273 Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
20277 Print the version number of Autoconf and exit.
20281 Report processing steps.
20285 Don't remove the temporary files.
20289 Force the update even if the file has not changed. Disregard the cache.
20291 @item --include=@var{dir}
20292 @itemx -I @var{dir}
20293 Also look for input files in @var{dir}. Multiple invocations accumulate.
20294 Directories are browsed from last to first.
20296 @item --prepend-include=@var{dir}
20297 @itemx -B @var{dir}
20298 Prepend directory @var{dir} to the search path. This is used to include
20299 the language-specific files before any third-party macros.
20302 @node Obsolete Macros
20303 @section Obsolete Macros
20305 Several macros are obsoleted in Autoconf, for various reasons (typically
20306 they failed to quote properly, couldn't be extended for more recent
20307 issues, etc.). They are still supported, but deprecated: their use
20310 During the jump from Autoconf version 1 to version 2, most of the
20311 macros were renamed to use a more uniform and descriptive naming scheme,
20312 but their signature did not change. @xref{Macro Names}, for a
20313 description of the new naming scheme. Below, if there is just the mapping
20314 from old names to new names for these macros, the reader is invited to
20315 refer to the definition of the new macro for the signature and the
20320 @cvindex _ALL_SOURCE
20321 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
20322 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
20327 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA}).
20330 @defmac AC_ARG_ARRAY
20331 @acindex{ARG_ARRAY}
20332 Removed because of limited usefulness.
20337 This macro is obsolete; it does nothing.
20340 @defmac AC_C_LONG_DOUBLE
20341 @acindex{C_LONG_DOUBLE}
20342 @cvindex HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
20343 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
20344 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
20345 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
20347 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
20348 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
20351 @defmac AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM
20352 @acindex{CANONICAL_SYSTEM}
20353 Determine the system type and set output variables to the names of the
20354 canonical system types. @xref{Canonicalizing}, for details about the
20355 variables this macro sets.
20357 The user is encouraged to use either @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, or
20358 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}, or @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET}, depending on
20359 the needs. Using @code{AC_CANONICAL_TARGET} is enough to run the two
20360 other macros (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
20363 @defmac AC_CHAR_UNSIGNED
20364 @acindex{CHAR_UNSIGNED}
20365 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED} (@pxref{AC_C_CHAR_UNSIGNED}).
20368 @defmac AC_CHECK_TYPE (@var{type}, @var{default})
20369 @acindex{CHECK_TYPE}
20370 Autoconf, up to 2.13, used to provide this version of
20371 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE}, deprecated because of its flaws. First, although
20372 it is a member of the @code{CHECK} clan, it does
20373 more than just checking. Secondly, missing types are defined
20374 using @code{#define}, not @code{typedef}, and this can lead to
20375 problems in the case of pointer types.
20377 This use of @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} is obsolete and discouraged; see
20378 @ref{Generic Types}, for the description of the current macro.
20380 If the type @var{type} is not defined, define it to be the C (or C++)
20381 builtin type @var{default}, e.g., @samp{short int} or @samp{unsigned int}.
20383 This macro is equivalent to:
20386 AC_CHECK_TYPE([@var{type}], [],
20387 [AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([@var{type}], [@var{default}],
20388 [Define to `@var{default}'
20389 if <sys/types.h> does not define.])])
20392 In order to keep backward compatibility, the two versions of
20393 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPE} are implemented, selected using these heuristics:
20397 If there are three or four arguments, the modern version is used.
20400 If the second argument appears to be a C or C++ type, then the
20401 obsolete version is used. This happens if the argument is a C or C++
20402 @emph{builtin} type or a C identifier ending in @samp{_t}, optionally
20403 followed by one of @samp{[(* } and then by a string of zero or more
20404 characters taken from the set @samp{[]()* _a-zA-Z0-9}.
20407 If the second argument is spelled with the alphabet of valid C and C++
20408 types, the user is warned and the modern version is used.
20411 Otherwise, the modern version is used.
20415 You are encouraged either to use a valid builtin type, or to use the
20416 equivalent modern code (see above), or better yet, to use
20417 @code{AC_CHECK_TYPES} together with
20420 #ifndef HAVE_LOFF_T
20421 typedef loff_t off_t;
20425 @c end of AC_CHECK_TYPE
20427 @defmac AC_CHECKING (@var{feature-description})
20432 AC_MSG_NOTICE([checking @var{feature-description}@dots{}]
20436 @xref{AC_MSG_NOTICE}.
20439 @defmac AC_COMPILE_CHECK (@var{echo-text}, @var{includes}, @
20440 @var{function-body}, @var{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
20441 @acindex{COMPILE_CHECK}
20442 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} itself replaced by
20443 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE} (@pxref{Running the Compiler}), with the
20444 addition that it prints @samp{checking for @var{echo-text}} to the
20445 standard output first, if @var{echo-text} is non-empty. Use
20446 @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} instead to print
20447 messages (@pxref{Printing Messages}).
20452 Replaced by @code{AC_C_CONST} (@pxref{AC_C_CONST}).
20455 @defmac AC_CROSS_CHECK
20456 @acindex{CROSS_CHECK}
20457 Same as @code{AC_C_CROSS}, which is obsolete too, and does nothing
20464 Check for the Cygwin environment in which case the shell variable
20465 @code{CYGWIN} is set to @samp{yes}. Don't use this macro, the dignified
20466 means to check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
20467 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}). As a matter of fact this macro is defined as:
20470 AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])[]dnl
20472 *cygwin* ) CYGWIN=yes;;
20477 Beware that the variable @env{CYGWIN} has a special meaning when
20478 running Cygwin, and should not be changed. That's yet another reason
20479 not to use this macro.
20482 @defmac AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST
20483 @acindex{DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}
20484 @cvindex SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
20488 AC_CHECK_DECLS([sys_siglist], [], [],
20489 [#include <signal.h>
20490 /* NetBSD declares sys_siglist in unistd.h. */
20491 #ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
20492 # include <unistd.h>
20498 @xref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}.
20501 @defmac AC_DECL_YYTEXT
20502 @acindex{DECL_YYTEXT}
20503 Does nothing, now integrated in @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
20506 @defmac AC_DIR_HEADER
20507 @acindex{DIR_HEADER}
20512 Like calling @code{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}
20513 (@pxref{AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID}) and @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}
20514 (@pxref{AC_HEADER_DIRENT}),
20515 but defines a different set of C preprocessor macros to indicate which
20516 header file is found:
20518 @multitable {@file{sys/ndir.h}} {Old Symbol} {@code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}}
20519 @item Header @tab Old Symbol @tab New Symbol
20520 @item @file{dirent.h} @tab @code{DIRENT} @tab @code{HAVE_DIRENT_H}
20521 @item @file{sys/ndir.h} @tab @code{SYSNDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H}
20522 @item @file{sys/dir.h} @tab @code{SYSDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_SYS_DIR_H}
20523 @item @file{ndir.h} @tab @code{NDIR} @tab @code{HAVE_NDIR_H}
20527 @defmac AC_DYNIX_SEQ
20528 @acindex{DYNIX_SEQ}
20529 If on DYNIX/ptx, add @option{-lseq} to output variable
20530 @code{LIBS}. This macro used to be defined as
20533 AC_CHECK_LIB([seq], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lseq $LIBS"])
20537 now it is just @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT}).
20543 Defined the output variable @code{EXEEXT} based on the output of the
20544 compiler, which is now done automatically. Typically set to empty
20545 string if Posix and @samp{.exe} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
20550 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the EMX environment on OS/2
20551 and sets @code{EMXOS2}. Don't use this macro, the dignified means to
20552 check the nature of the host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST}
20553 (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
20556 @defmac AC_ENABLE (@var{feature}, @var{action-if-given}, @
20557 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
20559 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_ENABLE} that does not
20560 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_ENABLE}).
20565 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} (@pxref{AC_MSG_ERROR}).
20570 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_X} (@pxref{AC_PATH_X}).
20573 @defmac AC_FIND_XTRA
20574 @acindex{FIND_XTRA}
20575 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_XTRA} (@pxref{AC_PATH_XTRA}).
20580 Replaced by @code{m4_foreach_w} (@pxref{m4_foreach_w}).
20583 @defmac AC_FUNC_CHECK
20584 @acindex{FUNC_CHECK}
20585 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNC} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNC}).
20588 @anchor{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
20589 @defmac AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
20590 @acindex{FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}
20591 @cvindex SETVBUF_REVERSED
20592 @c @fuindex setvbuf
20593 @prindex @code{setvbuf}
20594 Do nothing. Formerly, this macro checked whether @code{setvbuf} takes
20595 the buffering type as its second argument and the buffer pointer as the
20596 third, instead of the other way around, and defined
20597 @code{SETVBUF_REVERSED}. However, the last systems to have the problem
20598 were those based on SVR2, which became obsolete in 1987, and the macro
20599 is no longer needed.
20602 @defmac AC_FUNC_WAIT3
20603 @acindex{FUNC_WAIT3}
20604 @cvindex HAVE_WAIT3
20606 @prindex @code{wait3}
20607 If @code{wait3} is found and fills in the contents of its third argument
20608 (a @samp{struct rusage *}), which @acronym{HP-UX} does not do, define
20611 These days portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not
20612 @code{wait3}, as @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
20615 @defmac AC_GCC_TRADITIONAL
20616 @acindex{GCC_TRADITIONAL}
20617 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL} (@pxref{AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL}).
20620 @defmac AC_GETGROUPS_T
20621 @acindex{GETGROUPS_T}
20622 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_GETGROUPS}).
20625 @defmac AC_GETLOADAVG
20626 @acindex{GETLOADAVG}
20627 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG}).
20630 @defmac AC_GNU_SOURCE
20631 @acindex{GNU_SOURCE}
20632 @cvindex _GNU_SOURCE
20633 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
20634 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
20637 @defmac AC_HAVE_FUNCS
20638 @acindex{HAVE_FUNCS}
20639 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_FUNCS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_FUNCS}).
20642 @defmac AC_HAVE_HEADERS
20643 @acindex{HAVE_HEADERS}
20644 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
20647 @defmac AC_HAVE_LIBRARY (@var{library}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
20648 @ovar{action-if-not-found}, @ovar{other-libraries})
20649 @acindex{HAVE_LIBRARY}
20650 This macro is equivalent to calling @code{AC_CHECK_LIB} with a
20651 @var{function} argument of @code{main}. In addition, @var{library} can
20652 be written as any of @samp{foo}, @option{-lfoo}, or @samp{libfoo.a}. In
20653 all of those cases, the compiler is passed @option{-lfoo}. However,
20654 @var{library} cannot be a shell variable; it must be a literal name.
20655 @xref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
20658 @defmac AC_HAVE_POUNDBANG
20659 @acindex{HAVE_POUNDBANG}
20660 Replaced by @code{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER} (@pxref{AC_SYS_INTERPRETER}).
20663 @defmac AC_HEADER_CHECK
20664 @acindex{HEADER_CHECK}
20665 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADER}).
20668 @defmac AC_HEADER_EGREP
20669 @acindex{HEADER_EGREP}
20670 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_HEADER}).
20673 @defmac AC_HELP_STRING
20674 @acindex{HELP_STRING}
20675 Replaced by @code{AS_HELP_STRING} (@pxref{AS_HELP_STRING}).
20678 @defmac AC_INIT (@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
20680 Formerly @code{AC_INIT} used to have a single argument, and was
20685 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR(@var{unique-file-in-source-dir})
20687 See @ref{AC_INIT} and @ref{AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR}.
20692 Replaced by @code{AC_C_INLINE} (@pxref{AC_C_INLINE}).
20695 @defmac AC_INT_16_BITS
20696 @acindex{INT_16_BITS}
20697 @cvindex INT_16_BITS
20698 If the C type @code{int} is 16 bits wide, define @code{INT_16_BITS}.
20699 Use @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(int)} instead (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
20702 @defmac AC_IRIX_SUN
20704 If on @sc{irix} (Silicon Graphics Unix), add @option{-lsun} to output
20705 @code{LIBS}. If you were using it to get @code{getmntent}, use
20706 @code{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} instead. If you used it for the NIS versions
20707 of the password and group functions, use @samp{AC_CHECK_LIB(sun,
20708 getpwnam)}. Up to Autoconf 2.13, it used to be
20711 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getmntent], [LIBS="-lsun $LIBS"])
20715 now it is defined as
20719 AC_CHECK_LIB([sun], [getpwnam])
20723 See @ref{AC_FUNC_GETMNTENT} and @ref{AC_CHECK_LIB}.
20726 @defmac AC_ISC_POSIX
20727 @acindex{ISC_POSIX}
20729 This macro adds @option{-lcposix} to output variable @code{LIBS} if
20730 necessary for Posix facilities. Sun dropped support for the obsolete
20731 @sc{interactive} Systems Corporation Unix on 2006-07-23. New programs
20732 need not use this macro. It is implemented as
20733 @code{AC_SEARCH_LIBS([strerror], [cposix])} (@pxref{AC_SEARCH_LIBS}).
20738 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
20741 @defmac AC_LANG_CPLUSPLUS
20742 @acindex{LANG_CPLUSPLUS}
20743 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([C++])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
20746 @defmac AC_LANG_FORTRAN77
20747 @acindex{LANG_FORTRAN77}
20748 Same as @samp{AC_LANG([Fortran 77])} (@pxref{AC_LANG}).
20751 @defmac AC_LANG_RESTORE
20752 @acindex{LANG_RESTORE}
20753 Select the @var{language} that is saved on the top of the stack, as set
20754 by @code{AC_LANG_SAVE}, remove it from the stack, and call
20755 @code{AC_LANG(@var{language})}. @xref{Language Choice}, for the
20756 preferred way to change languages.
20759 @defmac AC_LANG_SAVE
20760 @acindex{LANG_SAVE}
20761 Remember the current language (as set by @code{AC_LANG}) on a stack.
20762 The current language does not change. @code{AC_LANG_PUSH} is preferred
20763 (@pxref{AC_LANG_PUSH}).
20766 @defmac AC_LINK_FILES (@var{source}@dots{}, @var{dest}@dots{})
20767 @acindex{LINK_FILES}
20768 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}
20769 (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_LINKS}. An updated version of:
20772 AC_LINK_FILES(config/$machine.h config/$obj_format.h,
20780 AC_CONFIG_LINKS([host.h:config/$machine.h
20781 object.h:config/$obj_format.h])
20787 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_LN_S} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LN_S}).
20790 @defmac AC_LONG_64_BITS
20791 @acindex{LONG_64_BITS}
20792 @cvindex LONG_64_BITS
20793 Define @code{LONG_64_BITS} if the C type @code{long int} is 64 bits wide.
20794 Use the generic macro @samp{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([long int])} instead
20795 (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
20798 @defmac AC_LONG_DOUBLE
20799 @acindex{LONG_DOUBLE}
20800 If the C compiler supports a working @code{long double} type with more
20801 range or precision than the @code{double} type, define
20802 @code{HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE}.
20804 You should use @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE} or
20805 @code{AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE_WIDER} instead. @xref{Particular Types}.
20808 @defmac AC_LONG_FILE_NAMES
20809 @acindex{LONG_FILE_NAMES}
20812 AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES
20815 @xref{AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES}.
20818 @defmac AC_MAJOR_HEADER
20819 @acindex{MAJOR_HEADER}
20820 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_MAJOR} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_MAJOR}).
20823 @defmac AC_MEMORY_H
20825 @cvindex NEED_MEMORY_H
20826 Used to define @code{NEED_MEMORY_H} if the @code{mem} functions were
20827 defined in @file{memory.h}. Today it is equivalent to
20828 @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([memory.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}). Adjust
20829 your code to depend upon
20830 @code{HAVE_MEMORY_H}, not @code{NEED_MEMORY_H}; see @ref{Standard
20836 Similar to @code{AC_CYGWIN} but checks for the MinGW compiler
20837 environment and sets @code{MINGW32}. Don't use this macro, the
20838 dignified means to check the nature of the host is using
20839 @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
20845 @cvindex _POSIX_SOURCE
20846 @cvindex _POSIX_1_SOURCE
20847 This macro is a platform-specific subset of
20848 @code{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS} (@pxref{AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS}).
20851 @defmac AC_MINUS_C_MINUS_O
20852 @acindex{MINUS_C_MINUS_O}
20853 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_CC_C_O} (@pxref{AC_PROG_CC_C_O}).
20858 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_MMAP} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_MMAP}).
20863 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_MODE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_MODE_T}).
20869 Defined the output variable @code{OBJEXT} based on the output of the
20870 compiler, after .c files have been excluded. Typically set to @samp{o}
20871 if Posix, @samp{obj} if a @acronym{DOS} variant.
20872 Now the compiler checking macros handle
20873 this automatically.
20876 @defmac AC_OBSOLETE (@var{this-macro-name}, @ovar{suggestion})
20878 Make M4 print a message to the standard error output warning that
20879 @var{this-macro-name} is obsolete, and giving the file and line number
20880 where it was called. @var{this-macro-name} should be the name of the
20881 macro that is calling @code{AC_OBSOLETE}. If @var{suggestion} is given,
20882 it is printed at the end of the warning message; for example, it can be
20883 a suggestion for what to use instead of @var{this-macro-name}.
20888 AC_OBSOLETE([$0], [; use AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h) instead])dnl
20892 You are encouraged to use @code{AU_DEFUN} instead, since it gives better
20893 services to the user (@pxref{AU_DEFUN}).
20898 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_OFF_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_OFF_T}).
20901 @defmac AC_OUTPUT (@ovar{file}@dots{}, @ovar{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
20903 The use of @code{AC_OUTPUT} with arguments is deprecated. This obsoleted
20904 interface is equivalent to:
20908 AC_CONFIG_FILES(@var{file}@dots{})
20909 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default],
20910 @var{extra-cmds}, @var{init-cmds})
20916 See @ref{AC_CONFIG_FILES}, @ref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}, and @ref{AC_OUTPUT}.
20919 @defmac AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS (@var{extra-cmds}, @ovar{init-cmds})
20920 @acindex{OUTPUT_COMMANDS}
20921 Specify additional shell commands to run at the end of
20922 @file{config.status}, and shell commands to initialize any variables
20923 from @command{configure}. This macro may be called multiple times. It is
20924 obsolete, replaced by @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} (@pxref{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}).
20926 Here is an unrealistic example:
20930 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is extra $fubar, and so on.],
20932 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo this is another, extra, bit],
20936 Aside from the fact that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS} requires an
20937 additional key, an important difference is that
20938 @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS} is quoting its arguments twice, unlike
20939 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. This means that @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}
20940 can safely be given macro calls as arguments:
20943 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS(foo, [my_FOO()])
20947 Conversely, where one level of quoting was enough for literal strings
20948 with @code{AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS}, you need two with
20949 @code{AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS}. The following lines are equivalent:
20953 AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS([echo "Square brackets: []"])
20954 AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([default], [[echo "Square brackets: []"]])
20961 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_PID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_PID_T}).
20966 Replaced by @code{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM} (@pxref{AC_PREFIX_PROGRAM}).
20969 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_CHECK
20970 @acindex{PROGRAMS_CHECK}
20971 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROGS}).
20974 @defmac AC_PROGRAMS_PATH
20975 @acindex{PROGRAMS_PATH}
20976 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROGS} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROGS}).
20979 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_CHECK
20980 @acindex{PROGRAM_CHECK}
20981 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_PROG} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_PROG}).
20984 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_EGREP
20985 @acindex{PROGRAM_EGREP}
20986 Replaced by @code{AC_EGREP_CPP} (@pxref{AC_EGREP_CPP}).
20989 @defmac AC_PROGRAM_PATH
20990 @acindex{PROGRAM_PATH}
20991 Replaced by @code{AC_PATH_PROG} (@pxref{AC_PATH_PROG}).
20994 @defmac AC_REMOTE_TAPE
20995 @acindex{REMOTE_TAPE}
20996 Removed because of limited usefulness.
20999 @defmac AC_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
21000 @acindex{RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
21001 This macro was renamed @code{AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. However,
21002 these days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
21003 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
21004 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
21005 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
21009 @defmac AC_RETSIGTYPE
21010 @acindex{RETSIGTYPE}
21011 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}), which itself
21012 is obsolete when assuming C89 or better.
21017 Removed because of limited usefulness.
21020 @defmac AC_SCO_INTL
21023 If on SCO Unix, add @option{-lintl} to output variable @code{LIBS}. This
21024 macro used to do this:
21027 AC_CHECK_LIB([intl], [strftime], [LIBS="-lintl $LIBS"])
21031 Now it just calls @code{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME} instead (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRFTIME}).
21034 @defmac AC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
21035 @acindex{SETVBUF_REVERSED}
21038 AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED
21041 @xref{AC_FUNC_SETVBUF_REVERSED}.
21044 @defmac AC_SET_MAKE
21046 Replaced by @code{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET} (@pxref{AC_PROG_MAKE_SET}).
21049 @defmac AC_SIZEOF_TYPE
21050 @acindex{SIZEOF_TYPE}
21051 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_SIZEOF}).
21056 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_SIZE_T}).
21059 @defmac AC_STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
21060 @acindex{STAT_MACROS_BROKEN}
21061 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STAT} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STAT}).
21064 @defmac AC_STDC_HEADERS
21065 @acindex{STDC_HEADERS}
21066 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_STDC} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_STDC}).
21071 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_STRCOLL}).
21074 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
21075 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE}
21076 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE
21077 @cvindex HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE
21078 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_blksize} member, define
21079 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_BLKSIZE}. The former name,
21080 @code{HAVE_ST_BLKSIZE} is to be avoided, as its support will cease in
21081 the future. This macro is obsoleted, and should be replaced by
21084 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_blksize])
21087 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
21090 @defmac AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV
21091 @acindex{STRUCT_ST_RDEV}
21092 @cvindex HAVE_ST_RDEV
21093 @cvindex HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV
21094 If @code{struct stat} contains an @code{st_rdev} member, define
21095 @code{HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV}. The former name for this macro,
21096 @code{HAVE_ST_RDEV}, is to be avoided as it will cease to be supported
21097 in the future. Actually, even the new macro is obsolete and should be
21100 AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_rdev])
21103 @xref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}.
21106 @defmac AC_ST_BLKSIZE
21107 @acindex{ST_BLKSIZE}
21108 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
21111 @defmac AC_ST_BLOCKS
21112 @acindex{ST_BLOCKS}
21113 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS}).
21118 Replaced by @code{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_MEMBERS}).
21121 @defmac AC_SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
21122 @acindex{SYS_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}
21123 @cvindex HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS
21124 If the system automatically restarts a system call that is interrupted
21125 by a signal, define @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}. This macro does
21126 not check whether system calls are restarted in general---it checks whether a
21127 signal handler installed with @code{signal} (but not @code{sigaction})
21128 causes system calls to be restarted. It does not check whether system calls
21129 can be restarted when interrupted by signals that have no handler.
21131 These days portable programs should use @code{sigaction} with
21132 @code{SA_RESTART} if they want restartable system calls. They should
21133 not rely on @code{HAVE_RESTARTABLE_SYSCALLS}, since nowadays whether a
21134 system call is restartable is a dynamic issue, not a configuration-time
21138 @defmac AC_SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED
21139 @acindex{SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED}
21140 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST}. However, even that
21141 name is obsolete, as the same functionality is now acheived via
21142 @code{AC_CHECK_DECLS} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_DECLS}).
21145 @defmac AC_TEST_CPP
21147 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, which in turn was replaced by
21148 @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE}).
21151 @defmac AC_TEST_PROGRAM
21152 @acindex{TEST_PROGRAM}
21153 This macro was renamed @code{AC_TRY_RUN}, which in turn was replaced by
21154 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} (@pxref{AC_RUN_IFELSE}).
21157 @defmac AC_TIMEZONE
21159 Replaced by @code{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE} (@pxref{AC_STRUCT_TIMEZONE}).
21162 @defmac AC_TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
21163 @acindex{TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME}
21164 Replaced by @code{AC_HEADER_TIME} (@pxref{AC_HEADER_TIME}).
21167 @defmac AC_TRY_COMPILE (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
21168 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
21169 @acindex{TRY_COMPILE}
21174 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
21175 [[@var{function-body}]])],
21176 [@var{action-if-true}],
21177 [@var{action-if-false}])
21181 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
21183 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
21185 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
21186 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
21187 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
21188 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
21189 (@pxref{Language Choice}).
21192 @defmac AC_TRY_CPP (@var{input}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
21198 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{input}]])],
21199 [@var{action-if-true}],
21200 [@var{action-if-false}])
21204 @xref{Running the Preprocessor}.
21206 This macro double quotes the @var{input}.
21209 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK (@var{includes}, @var{function-body}, @
21210 @ovar{action-if-true}, @ovar{action-if-false})
21216 [AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[@var{includes}]],
21217 [[@var{function-body}]])],
21218 [@var{action-if-true}],
21219 [@var{action-if-false}])
21223 @xref{Running the Compiler}.
21225 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
21227 Depending on the current language (@pxref{Language Choice}), create a
21228 test program to see whether a function whose body consists of
21229 @var{function-body} can be compiled and linked. If the file compiles
21230 and links successfully, run shell commands @var{action-if-found},
21231 otherwise run @var{action-if-not-found}.
21233 This macro double quotes both @var{includes} and @var{function-body}.
21235 For C and C++, @var{includes} is any @code{#include} statements needed
21236 by the code in @var{function-body} (@var{includes} is ignored if
21237 the currently selected language is Fortran or Fortran 77). The compiler
21238 and compilation flags are determined by the current language
21239 (@pxref{Language Choice}), and in addition @code{LDFLAGS} and
21240 @code{LIBS} are used for linking.
21243 @defmac AC_TRY_LINK_FUNC (@var{function}, @ovar{action-if-found}, @
21244 @ovar{action-if-not-found})
21245 @acindex{TRY_LINK_FUNC}
21246 This macro is equivalent to
21248 AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_CALL([], [@var{function}])],
21249 [@var{action-if-found}], [@var{action-if-not-found}])
21252 @xref{AC_LINK_IFELSE}.
21255 @defmac AC_TRY_RUN (@var{program}, @ovar{action-if-true}, @
21256 @ovar{action-if-false}, @ovar{action-if-cross-compiling})
21262 [AC_LANG_SOURCE([[@var{program}]])],
21263 [@var{action-if-true}],
21264 [@var{action-if-false}],
21265 [@var{action-if-cross-compiling}])
21272 @anchor{AC_TYPE_SIGNAL}
21273 @defmac AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
21274 @acindex{TYPE_SIGNAL}
21275 @cvindex RETSIGTYPE
21276 @hdrindex{signal.h}
21277 If @file{signal.h} declares @code{signal} as returning a pointer to a
21278 function returning @code{void}, define @code{RETSIGTYPE} to be
21279 @code{void}; otherwise, define it to be @code{int}. These days, it is
21280 portable to assume C89, and that signal handlers return @code{void},
21281 without needing to use this macro or @code{RETSIGTYPE}.
21283 When targetting older K&R C, it is possible to define signal handlers as
21284 returning type @code{RETSIGTYPE}, and omit a return statement:
21299 Replaced by @code{AC_TYPE_UID_T} (@pxref{AC_TYPE_UID_T}).
21302 @defmac AC_UNISTD_H
21304 Same as @samp{AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h])} (@pxref{AC_CHECK_HEADERS}).
21310 Define @code{USG} if the @acronym{BSD} string functions are defined in
21311 @file{strings.h}. You should no longer depend upon @code{USG}, but on
21312 @code{HAVE_STRING_H}; see @ref{Standard Symbols}.
21315 @defmac AC_UTIME_NULL
21316 @acindex{UTIME_NULL}
21317 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_UTIME_NULL}).
21320 @defmac AC_VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE (@ovar{cmd})
21321 @acindex{VALIDATE_CACHED_SYSTEM_TUPLE}
21322 If the cache file is inconsistent with the current host, target and
21323 build system types, it used to execute @var{cmd} or print a default
21324 error message. This is now handled by default.
21327 @defmac AC_VERBOSE (@var{result-description})
21329 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_RESULT} (@pxref{AC_MSG_RESULT}).
21334 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_FORK} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_FORK}).
21339 Replaced by @code{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF} (@pxref{AC_FUNC_VPRINTF}).
21344 This macro was renamed @code{AC_FUNC_WAIT3}. However, these days
21345 portable programs should use @code{waitpid}, not @code{wait3}, as
21346 @code{wait3} has been removed from Posix.
21351 Replaced by @code{AC_MSG_WARN} (@pxref{AC_MSG_WARN}).
21354 @defmac AC_WITH (@var{package}, @var{action-if-given}, @
21355 @ovar{action-if-not-given})
21357 This is an obsolete version of @code{AC_ARG_WITH} that does not
21358 support providing a help string (@pxref{AC_ARG_WITH}).
21361 @defmac AC_WORDS_BIGENDIAN
21362 @acindex{WORDS_BIGENDIAN}
21363 Replaced by @code{AC_C_BIGENDIAN} (@pxref{AC_C_BIGENDIAN}).
21366 @defmac AC_XENIX_DIR
21367 @acindex{XENIX_DIR}
21369 This macro used to add @option{-lx} to output variable @code{LIBS} if on
21370 Xenix. Also, if @file{dirent.h} is being checked for, added
21371 @option{-ldir} to @code{LIBS}. Now it is merely an alias of
21372 @code{AC_HEADER_DIRENT} instead, plus some code to detect whether
21373 running @sc{xenix} on which you should not depend:
21376 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for Xenix])
21377 AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
21378 [#if defined M_XENIX && !defined M_UNIX
21381 [AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]); XENIX=yes],
21382 [AC_MSG_RESULT([no]); XENIX=])
21385 Don't use this macro, the dignified means to check the nature of the
21386 host is using @code{AC_CANONICAL_HOST} (@pxref{Canonicalizing}).
21389 @defmac AC_YYTEXT_POINTER
21390 @acindex{YYTEXT_POINTER}
21391 This macro was renamed @code{AC_DECL_YYTEXT}, which in turn was
21392 integrated into @code{AC_PROG_LEX} (@pxref{AC_PROG_LEX}).
21396 @section Upgrading From Version 1
21397 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
21398 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
21400 Autoconf version 2 is mostly backward compatible with version 1.
21401 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
21402 support some of the ugly things in version 1. So, depending on how
21403 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
21404 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2. This chapter points
21405 out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps your
21406 @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new features in
21407 version 2; the changes are summarized in the file @file{NEWS} in the
21408 Autoconf distribution.
21411 * Changed File Names:: Files you might rename
21412 * Changed Makefiles:: New things to put in @file{Makefile.in}
21413 * Changed Macros:: Macro calls you might replace
21414 * Changed Results:: Changes in how to check test results
21415 * Changed Macro Writing:: Better ways to write your own macros
21418 @node Changed File Names
21419 @subsection Changed File Names
21421 If you have an @file{aclocal.m4} installed with Autoconf (as opposed to
21422 in a particular package's source directory), you must rename it to
21423 @file{acsite.m4}. @xref{autoconf Invocation}.
21425 If you distribute @file{install.sh} with your package, rename it to
21426 @file{install-sh} so @command{make} builtin rules don't inadvertently
21427 create a file called @file{install} from it. @code{AC_PROG_INSTALL}
21428 looks for the script under both names, but it is best to use the new name.
21430 If you were using @file{config.h.top}, @file{config.h.bot}, or
21431 @file{acconfig.h}, you still can, but you have less clutter if you
21432 use the @code{AH_} macros. @xref{Autoheader Macros}.
21434 @node Changed Makefiles
21435 @subsection Changed Makefiles
21437 Add @samp{@@CFLAGS@@}, @samp{@@CPPFLAGS@@}, and @samp{@@LDFLAGS@@} in
21438 your @file{Makefile.in} files, so they can take advantage of the values
21439 of those variables in the environment when @command{configure} is run.
21440 Doing this isn't necessary, but it's a convenience for users.
21442 Also add @samp{@@configure_input@@} in a comment to each input file for
21443 @code{AC_OUTPUT}, so that the output files contain a comment saying
21444 they were produced by @command{configure}. Automatically selecting the
21445 right comment syntax for all the kinds of files that people call
21446 @code{AC_OUTPUT} on became too much work.
21448 Add @file{config.log} and @file{config.cache} to the list of files you
21449 remove in @code{distclean} targets.
21451 If you have the following in @file{Makefile.in}:
21454 prefix = /usr/local
21455 exec_prefix = $(prefix)
21459 you must change it to:
21462 prefix = @@prefix@@
21463 exec_prefix = @@exec_prefix@@
21467 The old behavior of replacing those variables without @samp{@@}
21468 characters around them has been removed.
21470 @node Changed Macros
21471 @subsection Changed Macros
21473 Many of the macros were renamed in Autoconf version 2. You can still
21474 use the old names, but the new ones are clearer, and it's easier to find
21475 the documentation for them. @xref{Obsolete Macros}, for a table showing the
21476 new names for the old macros. Use the @command{autoupdate} program to
21477 convert your @file{configure.ac} to using the new macro names.
21478 @xref{autoupdate Invocation}.
21480 Some macros have been superseded by similar ones that do the job better,
21481 but are not call-compatible. If you get warnings about calling obsolete
21482 macros while running @command{autoconf}, you may safely ignore them, but
21483 your @command{configure} script generally works better if you follow
21484 the advice that is printed about what to replace the obsolete macros with. In
21485 particular, the mechanism for reporting the results of tests has
21486 changed. If you were using @command{echo} or @code{AC_VERBOSE} (perhaps
21487 via @code{AC_COMPILE_CHECK}), your @command{configure} script's output
21488 looks better if you switch to @code{AC_MSG_CHECKING} and
21489 @code{AC_MSG_RESULT}. @xref{Printing Messages}. Those macros work best
21490 in conjunction with cache variables. @xref{Caching Results}.
21494 @node Changed Results
21495 @subsection Changed Results
21497 If you were checking the results of previous tests by examining the
21498 shell variable @code{DEFS}, you need to switch to checking the values of
21499 the cache variables for those tests. @code{DEFS} no longer exists while
21500 @command{configure} is running; it is only created when generating output
21501 files. This difference from version 1 is because properly quoting the
21502 contents of that variable turned out to be too cumbersome and
21503 inefficient to do every time @code{AC_DEFINE} is called. @xref{Cache
21506 For example, here is a @file{configure.ac} fragment written for Autoconf
21510 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
21512 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) ;;
21513 *) # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
21515 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
21516 AC_CHECKING(for syslog in -l$lib)
21517 LIBS="-l$lib $saved_LIBS"
21518 AC_HAVE_FUNCS(syslog)
21520 *-DHAVE_SYSLOG*) break ;;
21528 Here is a way to write it for version 2:
21531 AC_CHECK_FUNCS([syslog])
21532 if test "x$ac_cv_func_syslog" = xno; then
21533 # syslog is not in the default libraries. See if it's in some other.
21534 for lib in bsd socket inet; do
21535 AC_CHECK_LIB([$lib], [syslog], [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SYSLOG])
21536 LIBS="-l$lib $LIBS"; break])
21541 If you were working around bugs in @code{AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED} by adding
21542 backslashes before quotes, you need to remove them. It now works
21543 predictably, and does not treat quotes (except back quotes) specially.
21544 @xref{Setting Output Variables}.
21546 All of the Boolean shell variables set by Autoconf macros now use
21547 @samp{yes} for the true value. Most of them use @samp{no} for false,
21548 though for backward compatibility some use the empty string instead. If
21549 you were relying on a shell variable being set to something like 1 or
21550 @samp{t} for true, you need to change your tests.
21552 @node Changed Macro Writing
21553 @subsection Changed Macro Writing
21555 When defining your own macros, you should now use @code{AC_DEFUN}
21556 instead of @code{define}. @code{AC_DEFUN} automatically calls
21557 @code{AC_PROVIDE} and ensures that macros called via @code{AC_REQUIRE}
21558 do not interrupt other macros, to prevent nested @samp{checking@dots{}}
21559 messages on the screen. There's no actual harm in continuing to use the
21560 older way, but it's less convenient and attractive. @xref{Macro
21563 You probably looked at the macros that came with Autoconf as a guide for
21564 how to do things. It would be a good idea to take a look at the new
21565 versions of them, as the style is somewhat improved and they take
21566 advantage of some new features.
21568 If you were doing tricky things with undocumented Autoconf internals
21569 (macros, variables, diversions), check whether you need to change
21570 anything to account for changes that have been made. Perhaps you can
21571 even use an officially supported technique in version 2 instead of
21572 kludging. Or perhaps not.
21574 To speed up your locally written feature tests, add caching to them.
21575 See whether any of your tests are of general enough usefulness to
21576 encapsulate them into macros that you can share.
21579 @node Autoconf 2.13
21580 @section Upgrading From Version 2.13
21581 @cindex Upgrading autoconf
21582 @cindex Autoconf upgrading
21584 The introduction of the previous section (@pxref{Autoconf 1}) perfectly
21585 suits this section@enddots{}
21588 Autoconf version 2.50 is mostly backward compatible with version 2.13.
21589 However, it introduces better ways to do some things, and doesn't
21590 support some of the ugly things in version 2.13. So, depending on how
21591 sophisticated your @file{configure.ac} files are, you might have to do
21592 some manual work in order to upgrade to version 2.50. This chapter
21593 points out some problems to watch for when upgrading. Also, perhaps
21594 your @command{configure} scripts could benefit from some of the new
21595 features in version 2.50; the changes are summarized in the file
21596 @file{NEWS} in the Autoconf distribution.
21600 * Changed Quotation:: Broken code which used to work
21601 * New Macros:: Interaction with foreign macros
21602 * Hosts and Cross-Compilation:: Bugward compatibility kludges
21603 * AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS:: LIBOBJS is a forbidden token
21604 * AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO:: A more generic scheme for testing sources
21607 @node Changed Quotation
21608 @subsection Changed Quotation
21610 The most important changes are invisible to you: the implementation of
21611 most macros have completely changed. This allowed more factorization of
21612 the code, better error messages, a higher uniformity of the user's
21613 interface etc. Unfortunately, as a side effect, some construct which
21614 used to (miraculously) work might break starting with Autoconf 2.50.
21615 The most common culprit is bad quotation.
21617 For instance, in the following example, the message is not properly
21622 AC_CHECK_HEADERS(foo.h, ,
21623 AC_MSG_ERROR(cannot find foo.h, bailing out))
21628 Autoconf 2.13 simply ignores it:
21631 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13; ./configure --silent}
21632 creating cache ./config.cache
21633 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
21638 while Autoconf 2.50 produces a broken @file{configure}:
21641 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50; ./configure --silent}
21642 configure: error: cannot find foo.h
21643 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
21644 ./configure: exit: bad non-numeric arg `bailing'
21648 The message needs to be quoted, and the @code{AC_MSG_ERROR} invocation
21652 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
21653 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([foo.h], [],
21654 [AC_MSG_ERROR([cannot find foo.h, bailing out])])
21658 Many many (and many more) Autoconf macros were lacking proper quotation,
21659 including no less than@dots{} @code{AC_DEFUN} itself!
21662 $ @kbd{cat configure.in}
21663 AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
21664 [# My own much better version
21669 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.13}
21670 autoconf: Undefined macros:
21671 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_FD_MSG
21672 ***BUG in Autoconf--please report*** AC_EPI
21673 configure.in:1:AC_DEFUN([AC_PROG_INSTALL],
21674 configure.in:5:AC_PROG_INSTALL
21675 $ @kbd{autoconf-2.50}
21681 @subsection New Macros
21683 @cindex undefined macro
21684 @cindex @code{_m4_divert_diversion}
21686 While Autoconf was relatively dormant in the late 1990s, Automake
21687 provided Autoconf-like macros for a while. Starting with Autoconf 2.50
21688 in 2001, Autoconf provided
21689 versions of these macros, integrated in the @code{AC_} namespace,
21690 instead of @code{AM_}. But in order to ease the upgrading via
21691 @command{autoupdate}, bindings to such @code{AM_} macros are provided.
21693 Unfortunately older versions of Automake (e.g., Automake 1.4)
21694 did not quote the names of these macros.
21695 Therefore, when @command{m4} finds something like
21696 @samp{AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T, @dots{})} in @file{aclocal.m4},
21697 @code{AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T} is
21698 expanded, replaced with its Autoconf definition.
21700 Fortunately Autoconf catches pre-@code{AC_INIT} expansions, and
21701 complains, in its own words:
21704 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
21705 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
21707 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
21709 aclocal.m4:17: error: m4_defn: undefined macro: _m4_divert_diversion
21710 aclocal.m4:17: the top level
21711 autom4te: m4 failed with exit status: 1
21715 Modern versions of Automake no longer define most of these
21716 macros, and properly quote the names of the remaining macros.
21717 If you must use an old Automake, do not depend upon macros from Automake
21718 as it is simply not its job
21719 to provide macros (but the one it requires itself):
21722 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
21723 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
21725 $ @kbd{rm aclocal.m4}
21727 autoupdate: `configure.ac' is updated
21728 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
21729 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
21730 AC_CHECK_TYPES([ptrdiff_t])
21731 $ @kbd{aclocal-1.4}
21737 @node Hosts and Cross-Compilation
21738 @subsection Hosts and Cross-Compilation
21739 @cindex Cross compilation
21741 Based on the experience of compiler writers, and after long public
21742 debates, many aspects of the cross-compilation chain have changed:
21746 the relationship between the build, host, and target architecture types,
21749 the command line interface for specifying them to @command{configure},
21752 the variables defined in @command{configure},
21755 the enabling of cross-compilation mode.
21760 The relationship between build, host, and target have been cleaned up:
21761 the chain of default is now simply: target defaults to host, host to
21762 build, and build to the result of @command{config.guess}. Nevertheless,
21763 in order to ease the transition from 2.13 to 2.50, the following
21764 transition scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not rely on it}, as it will
21765 be completely disabled in a couple of releases (we cannot keep it, as it
21766 proves to cause more problems than it cures).
21768 They all default to the result of running @command{config.guess}, unless
21769 you specify either @option{--build} or @option{--host}. In this case,
21770 the default becomes the system type you specified. If you specify both,
21771 and they're different, @command{configure} enters cross compilation
21772 mode, so it doesn't run any tests that require execution.
21774 Hint: if you mean to override the result of @command{config.guess},
21775 prefer @option{--build} over @option{--host}. In the future,
21776 @option{--host} will not override the name of the build system type.
21777 Whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify @option{--build}
21782 For backward compatibility, @command{configure} accepts a system
21783 type as an option by itself. Such an option overrides the
21784 defaults for build, host, and target system types. The following
21785 configure statement configures a cross toolchain that runs on
21786 Net@acronym{BSD}/alpha but generates code for @acronym{GNU} Hurd/sparc,
21787 which is also the build platform.
21790 ./configure --host=alpha-netbsd sparc-gnu
21795 In Autoconf 2.13 and before, the variables @code{build}, @code{host},
21796 and @code{target} had a different semantics before and after the
21797 invocation of @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD} etc. Now, the argument of
21798 @option{--build} is strictly copied into @code{build_alias}, and is left
21799 empty otherwise. After the @code{AC_CANONICAL_BUILD}, @code{build} is
21800 set to the canonicalized build type. To ease the transition, before,
21801 its contents is the same as that of @code{build_alias}. Do @emph{not}
21802 rely on this broken feature.
21804 For consistency with the backward compatibility scheme exposed above,
21805 when @option{--host} is specified but @option{--build} isn't, the build
21806 system is assumed to be the same as @option{--host}, and
21807 @samp{build_alias} is set to that value. Eventually, this
21808 historically incorrect behavior will go away.
21812 The former scheme to enable cross-compilation proved to cause more harm
21813 than good, in particular, it used to be triggered too easily, leaving
21814 regular end users puzzled in front of cryptic error messages.
21815 @command{configure} could even enter cross-compilation mode only
21816 because the compiler was not functional. This is mainly because
21817 @command{configure} used to try to detect cross-compilation, instead of
21818 waiting for an explicit flag from the user.
21820 Now, @command{configure} enters cross-compilation mode if and only if
21821 @option{--host} is passed.
21823 That's the short documentation. To ease the transition between 2.13 and
21824 its successors, a more complicated scheme is implemented. @emph{Do not
21825 rely on the following}, as it will be removed in the near future.
21827 If you specify @option{--host}, but not @option{--build}, when
21828 @command{configure} performs the first compiler test it tries to run
21829 an executable produced by the compiler. If the execution fails, it
21830 enters cross-compilation mode. This is fragile. Moreover, by the time
21831 the compiler test is performed, it may be too late to modify the
21832 build-system type: other tests may have already been performed.
21833 Therefore, whenever you specify @option{--host}, be sure to specify
21834 @option{--build} too.
21837 ./configure --build=i686-pc-linux-gnu --host=m68k-coff
21841 enters cross-compilation mode. The former interface, which
21842 consisted in setting the compiler to a cross-compiler without informing
21843 @command{configure} is obsolete. For instance, @command{configure}
21844 fails if it can't run the code generated by the specified compiler if you
21845 configure as follows:
21848 ./configure CC=m68k-coff-gcc
21852 @node AC_LIBOBJ vs LIBOBJS
21853 @subsection @code{AC_LIBOBJ} vs.@: @code{LIBOBJS}
21855 Up to Autoconf 2.13, the replacement of functions was triggered via the
21856 variable @code{LIBOBJS}. Since Autoconf 2.50, the macro
21857 @code{AC_LIBOBJ} should be used instead (@pxref{Generic Functions}).
21858 Starting at Autoconf 2.53, the use of @code{LIBOBJS} is an error.
21860 This change is mandated by the unification of the @acronym{GNU} Build System
21861 components. In particular, the various fragile techniques used to parse
21862 a @file{configure.ac} are all replaced with the use of traces. As a
21863 consequence, any action must be traceable, which obsoletes critical
21864 variable assignments. Fortunately, @code{LIBOBJS} was the only problem,
21865 and it can even be handled gracefully (read, ``without your having to
21866 change something'').
21868 There were two typical uses of @code{LIBOBJS}: asking for a replacement
21869 function, and adjusting @code{LIBOBJS} for Automake and/or Libtool.
21873 As for function replacement, the fix is immediate: use
21874 @code{AC_LIBOBJ}. For instance:
21877 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS fnmatch.o"
21878 LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS malloc.$ac_objext"
21882 should be replaced with:
21885 AC_LIBOBJ([fnmatch])
21886 AC_LIBOBJ([malloc])
21892 When used with Automake 1.10 or newer, a suitable value for
21893 @code{LIBOBJDIR} is set so that the @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS}
21894 can be referenced from any @file{Makefile.am}. Even without Automake,
21895 arranging for @code{LIBOBJDIR} to be set correctly enables
21896 referencing @code{LIBOBJS} and @code{LTLIBOBJS} in another directory.
21897 The @code{LIBOBJDIR} feature is experimental.
21900 @node AC_FOO_IFELSE vs AC_TRY_FOO
21901 @subsection @code{AC_FOO_IFELSE} vs.@: @code{AC_TRY_FOO}
21903 Since Autoconf 2.50, internal codes uses @code{AC_PREPROC_IFELSE},
21904 @code{AC_COMPILE_IFELSE}, @code{AC_LINK_IFELSE}, and
21905 @code{AC_RUN_IFELSE} on one hand and @code{AC_LANG_SOURCES},
21906 and @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM} on the other hand instead of the deprecated
21907 @code{AC_TRY_CPP}, @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE}, @code{AC_TRY_LINK}, and
21908 @code{AC_TRY_RUN}. The motivations where:
21911 a more consistent interface: @code{AC_TRY_COMPILE} etc.@: were double
21912 quoting their arguments;
21915 the combinatoric explosion is solved by decomposing on the one hand the
21916 generation of sources, and on the other hand executing the program;
21919 this scheme helps supporting more languages than plain C and C++.
21922 In addition to the change of syntax, the philosophy has changed too:
21923 while emphasis was put on speed at the expense of accuracy, today's
21924 Autoconf promotes accuracy of the testing framework at, ahem@dots{}, the
21928 As a perfect example of what is @emph{not} to be done, here is how to
21929 find out whether a header file contains a particular declaration, such
21930 as a typedef, a structure, a structure member, or a function. Use
21931 @code{AC_EGREP_HEADER} instead of running @code{grep} directly on the
21932 header file; on some systems the symbol might be defined in another
21933 header file that the file you are checking includes.
21935 As a (bad) example, here is how you should not check for C preprocessor
21936 symbols, either defined by header files or predefined by the C
21937 preprocessor: using @code{AC_EGREP_CPP}:
21945 ], is_aix=yes, is_aix=no)
21949 The above example, properly written would (i) use
21950 @code{AC_LANG_PROGRAM}, and (ii) run the compiler:
21954 AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
21956 error: This isn't AIX!
21965 @c ============================= Generating Test Suites with Autotest
21967 @node Using Autotest
21968 @chapter Generating Test Suites with Autotest
21973 @strong{N.B.: This section describes a feature which is still
21974 stabilizing. Although we believe that Autotest is useful as-is, this
21975 documentation describes an interface which might change in the future:
21976 do not depend upon Autotest without subscribing to the Autoconf mailing
21980 It is paradoxical that portable projects depend on nonportable tools
21981 to run their test suite. Autoconf by itself is the paragon of this
21982 problem: although it aims at perfectly portability, up to 2.13 its
21983 test suite was using Deja@acronym{GNU}, a rich and complex testing
21984 framework, but which is far from being standard on Posix systems.
21985 Worse yet, it was likely to be missing on the most fragile platforms,
21986 the very platforms that are most likely to torture Autoconf and
21987 exhibit deficiencies.
21989 To circumvent this problem, many package maintainers have developed their
21990 own testing framework, based on simple shell scripts whose sole outputs
21991 are exit status values describing whether the test succeeded. Most of
21992 these tests share common patterns, and this can result in lots of
21993 duplicated code and tedious maintenance.
21995 Following exactly the same reasoning that yielded to the inception of
21996 Autoconf, Autotest provides a test suite generation framework, based on
21997 M4 macros building a portable shell script. The suite itself is
21998 equipped with automatic logging and tracing facilities which greatly
21999 diminish the interaction with bug reporters, and simple timing reports.
22001 Autoconf itself has been using Autotest for years, and we do attest that
22002 it has considerably improved the strength of the test suite and the
22003 quality of bug reports. Other projects are known to use some generation
22004 of Autotest, such as Bison, Free Recode, Free Wdiff, @acronym{GNU} Tar, each of
22005 them with different needs, and this usage has validated Autotest as a general
22008 Nonetheless, compared to Deja@acronym{GNU}, Autotest is inadequate for
22009 interactive tool testing, which is probably its main limitation.
22012 * Using an Autotest Test Suite:: Autotest and the user
22013 * Writing Testsuites:: Autotest macros
22014 * testsuite Invocation:: Running @command{testsuite} scripts
22015 * Making testsuite Scripts:: Using autom4te to create @command{testsuite}
22018 @node Using an Autotest Test Suite
22019 @section Using an Autotest Test Suite
22022 * testsuite Scripts:: The concepts of Autotest
22023 * Autotest Logs:: Their contents
22026 @node testsuite Scripts
22027 @subsection @command{testsuite} Scripts
22029 @cindex @command{testsuite}
22031 Generating testing or validation suites using Autotest is rather easy.
22032 The whole validation suite is held in a file to be processed through
22033 @command{autom4te}, itself using @acronym{GNU} M4 under the scene, to
22034 produce a stand-alone Bourne shell script which then gets distributed.
22035 Neither @command{autom4te} nor @acronym{GNU} M4 are needed at
22036 the installer's end.
22039 Each test of the validation suite should be part of some test group. A
22040 @dfn{test group} is a sequence of interwoven tests that ought to be
22041 executed together, usually because one test in the group creates data
22042 files than a later test in the same group needs to read. Complex test
22043 groups make later debugging more tedious. It is much better to
22044 keep only a few tests per test group. Ideally there is only one test
22047 For all but the simplest packages, some file such as @file{testsuite.at}
22048 does not fully hold all test sources, as these are often easier to
22049 maintain in separate files. Each of these separate files holds a single
22050 test group, or a sequence of test groups all addressing some common
22051 functionality in the package. In such cases, @file{testsuite.at}
22052 merely initializes the validation suite, and sometimes does elementary
22053 health checking, before listing include statements for all other test
22054 files. The special file @file{package.m4}, containing the
22055 identification of the package, is automatically included if found.
22057 A convenient alternative consists in moving all the global issues
22058 (local Autotest macros, elementary health checking, and @code{AT_INIT}
22059 invocation) into the file @code{local.at}, and making
22060 @file{testsuite.at} be a simple list of @code{m4_include} of sub test
22061 suites. In such case, generating the whole test suite or pieces of it
22062 is only a matter of choosing the @command{autom4te} command line
22065 The validation scripts that Autotest produces are by convention called
22066 @command{testsuite}. When run, @command{testsuite} executes each test
22067 group in turn, producing only one summary line per test to say if that
22068 particular test succeeded or failed. At end of all tests, summarizing
22069 counters get printed. One debugging directory is left for each test
22070 group which failed, if any: such directories are named
22071 @file{testsuite.dir/@var{nn}}, where @var{nn} is the sequence number of
22072 the test group, and they include:
22075 @item a debugging script named @file{run} which reruns the test in
22076 @dfn{debug mode} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}). The automatic generation
22077 of debugging scripts has the purpose of easing the chase for bugs.
22079 @item all the files created with @code{AT_DATA}
22081 @item a log of the run, named @file{testsuite.log}
22084 In the ideal situation, none of the tests fail, and consequently no
22085 debugging directory is left behind for validation.
22087 It often happens in practice that individual tests in the validation
22088 suite need to get information coming out of the configuration process.
22089 Some of this information, common for all validation suites, is provided
22090 through the file @file{atconfig}, automatically created by
22091 @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}. For configuration informations which your
22092 testing environment specifically needs, you might prepare an optional
22093 file named @file{atlocal.in}, instantiated by @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES}.
22094 The configuration process produces @file{atconfig} and @file{atlocal}
22095 out of these two input files, and these two produced files are
22096 automatically read by the @file{testsuite} script.
22098 Here is a diagram showing the relationship between files.
22101 Files used in preparing a software package for distribution:
22106 subfile-1.at ->. [local.at] ---->+
22108 subfile-i.at ---->-- testsuite.at -->-- autom4te* -->testsuite
22114 Files used in configuring a software package:
22119 [atlocal.in] --> config.status* --<
22125 Files created during the test suite execution:
22128 atconfig -->. .--> testsuite.log
22132 [atlocal] ->' `--> [testsuite.dir]
22136 @node Autotest Logs
22137 @subsection Autotest Logs
22139 When run, the test suite creates a log file named after itself, e.g., a
22140 test suite named @command{testsuite} creates @file{testsuite.log}. It
22141 contains a lot of information, usually more than maintainers actually
22142 need, but therefore most of the time it contains all that is needed:
22145 @item command line arguments
22146 @c akim s/to consist in/to consist of/
22147 A bad but unfortunately widespread habit consists of
22148 setting environment variables before the command, such as in
22149 @samp{CC=my-home-grown-cc ./testsuite}. The test suite does not
22150 know this change, hence (i) it cannot report it to you, and (ii)
22151 it cannot preserve the value of @code{CC} for subsequent runs.
22152 Autoconf faced exactly the same problem, and solved it by asking
22153 users to pass the variable definitions as command line arguments.
22154 Autotest requires this rule, too, but has no means to enforce it; the log
22155 then contains a trace of the variables that were changed by the user.
22157 @item @file{ChangeLog} excerpts
22158 The topmost lines of all the @file{ChangeLog} files found in the source
22159 hierarchy. This is especially useful when bugs are reported against
22160 development versions of the package, since the version string does not
22161 provide sufficient information to know the exact state of the sources
22162 the user compiled. Of course, this relies on the use of a
22165 @item build machine
22166 Running a test suite in a cross-compile environment is not an easy task,
22167 since it would mean having the test suite run on a machine @var{build},
22168 while running programs on a machine @var{host}. It is much simpler to
22169 run both the test suite and the programs on @var{host}, but then, from
22170 the point of view of the test suite, there remains a single environment,
22171 @var{host} = @var{build}. The log contains relevant information on the
22172 state of the build machine, including some important environment
22174 @c FIXME: How about having an M4sh macro to say `hey, log the value
22175 @c of `@dots{}'? This would help both Autoconf and Autotest.
22177 @item tested programs
22178 The absolute file name and answers to @option{--version} of the tested
22179 programs (see @ref{Writing Testsuites}, @code{AT_TESTED}).
22181 @item configuration log
22182 The contents of @file{config.log}, as created by @command{configure},
22183 are appended. It contains the configuration flags and a detailed report
22184 on the configuration itself.
22188 @node Writing Testsuites
22189 @section Writing @file{testsuite.at}
22191 The @file{testsuite.at} is a Bourne shell script making use of special
22192 Autotest M4 macros. It often contains a call to @code{AT_INIT} near
22193 its beginning followed by one call to @code{m4_include} per source file
22194 for tests. Each such included file, or the remainder of
22195 @file{testsuite.at} if include files are not used, contain a sequence of
22196 test groups. Each test group begins with a call to @code{AT_SETUP},
22197 then an arbitrary number of shell commands or calls to @code{AT_CHECK},
22198 and then completes with a call to @code{AT_CLEANUP}. Multiple test
22199 groups can be categorized by a call to @code{AT_BANNER}.
22201 All of the public Autotest macros have all-uppercase names in the
22202 namespace @samp{^AT_} to prevent them from accidentally conflicting with
22203 other text; Autoconf also reserves the namespace @samp{^_AT_} for
22204 internal macros. All shell variables used in the testsuite for internal
22205 purposes have mostly-lowercase names starting with @samp{at_}. Autotest
22206 also uses here-doc delimiters in the namespace @samp{^_AT[A-Z]}, and
22207 makes use of the file system namespace @samp{^at-}.
22209 Since Autoconf is built on top of M4sugar (@pxref{Programming in
22210 M4sugar}) and M4sh (@pxref{Programming in M4sh}), you must also be aware
22211 of those namespaces (@samp{^_?\(m4\|AS\)_}). In general, you
22212 @emph{should not use} the namespace of a package that does not own the
22213 macro or shell code you are writing.
22215 @defmac AT_INIT (@ovar{name})
22217 @c FIXME: Not clear, plus duplication of the information.
22218 Initialize Autotest. Giving a @var{name} to the test suite is
22219 encouraged if your package includes several test suites. Before this
22220 macro is called, @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING} and
22221 @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT} must be defined, which are used to display
22222 information about the testsuite to the user. Typically, these macros
22223 are provided by a file @file{package.m4} built by @command{make}
22224 (@pxref{Making testsuite Scripts}), in order to inherit the package
22225 name, version, and bug reporting address from @file{configure.ac}.
22228 @defmac AT_COPYRIGHT (@var{copyright-notice})
22229 @atindex{COPYRIGHT}
22230 @cindex Copyright Notice
22231 State that, in addition to the Free Software Foundation's copyright on
22232 the Autotest macros, parts of your test suite are covered by
22233 @var{copyright-notice}.
22235 The @var{copyright-notice} shows up in both the head of
22236 @command{testsuite} and in @samp{testsuite --version}.
22239 @defmac AT_TESTED (@var{executables})
22241 Log the file name and answer to @option{--version} of each program in
22242 space-separated list @var{executables}. Several invocations register
22243 new executables, in other words, don't fear registering one program
22247 Autotest test suites rely on @env{PATH} to find the tested program.
22248 This avoids the need to generate absolute names of the various tools, and
22249 makes it possible to test installed programs. Therefore, knowing which
22250 programs are being exercised is crucial to understanding problems in
22251 the test suite itself, or its occasional misuses. It is a good idea to
22252 also subscribe foreign programs you depend upon, to avoid incompatible
22257 @defmac AT_BANNER (@var{test-category-name})
22259 This macro identifies the start of a category of related test groups.
22260 When the resulting @file{testsuite} is invoked with more than one test
22261 group to run, its output will include a banner containing
22262 @var{test-category-name} prior to any tests run from that category. The
22263 banner should be no more than about 40 or 50 characters. A blank banner
22264 will not print, effectively ending a category and letting subsequent
22265 test groups behave as though they are uncategorized when run in
22269 @defmac AT_SETUP (@var{test-group-name})
22271 This macro starts a group of related tests, all to be executed in the
22272 same subshell. It accepts a single argument, which holds a few words
22273 (no more than about 30 or 40 characters) quickly describing the purpose
22274 of the test group being started. @var{test-group-name} must not expand
22275 to unbalanced quotes, although quadrigraphs can be used.
22278 @defmac AT_KEYWORDS (@var{keywords})
22280 Associate the space-separated list of @var{keywords} to the enclosing
22281 test group. This makes it possible to run ``slices'' of the test suite.
22282 For instance, if some of your test groups exercise some @samp{foo}
22283 feature, then using @samp{AT_KEYWORDS(foo)} lets you run
22284 @samp{./testsuite -k foo} to run exclusively these test groups. The
22285 @var{title} of the test group is automatically recorded to
22286 @code{AT_KEYWORDS}.
22288 Several invocations within a test group accumulate new keywords. In
22289 other words, don't fear registering the same keyword several times in a
22293 @defmac AT_CAPTURE_FILE (@var{file})
22294 @atindex{CAPTURE_FILE}
22295 If the current test group fails, log the contents of @var{file}.
22296 Several identical calls within one test group have no additional effect.
22299 @defmac AT_XFAIL_IF (@var{shell-condition})
22301 Determine whether the test is expected to fail because it is a known
22302 bug (for unsupported features, you should skip the test).
22303 @var{shell-condition} is a shell expression such as a @code{test}
22304 command; you can instantiate this macro many times from within the
22305 same test group, and one of the conditions is enough to turn
22306 the test into an expected failure.
22311 End the current test group.
22316 @defmac AT_DATA (@var{file}, @var{contents})
22318 Initialize an input data @var{file} with given @var{contents}. Of
22319 course, the @var{contents} have to be properly quoted between square
22320 brackets to protect against included commas or spurious M4
22321 expansion. The contents must end with an end of line. @var{file} must
22322 be a single shell word that expands into a single file name.
22325 @defmac AT_CHECK (@var{commands}, @dvar{status, 0}, @dvar{stdout, }, @
22326 @dvar{stderr, }, @ovar{run-if-fail}, @ovar{run-if-pass})
22328 Execute a test by performing given shell @var{commands}. These commands
22329 should normally exit with @var{status}, while producing expected
22330 @var{stdout} and @var{stderr} contents. If @var{commands} exit with
22331 status 77, then the whole test group is skipped. Otherwise, if this test
22332 fails, run shell commands @var{run-if-fail} or, if this test passes, run shell
22333 commands @var{run-if-pass}.
22335 This macro must be invoked in between @code{AT_SETUP} and @code{AT_CLEANUP}.
22337 @c Previously, we had this:
22338 @c The @var{commands} @emph{must not} redirect the standard output, nor the
22340 @c to prevent trigerring the double redirect bug on Ultrix, see
22341 @c `File Descriptors'. This was too restricting, and Ultrix is pretty
22342 @c much dead, so we dropped the limitation; the obvious workaround on
22343 @c Ultrix is to use a working shell there.
22345 If @var{status}, or @var{stdout}, or @var{stderr} is @samp{ignore}, then
22346 the corresponding value is not checked.
22348 The special value @samp{expout} for @var{stdout} means the expected
22349 output of the @var{commands} is the content of the file @file{expout}.
22350 If @var{stdout} is @samp{stdout}, then the standard output of the
22351 @var{commands} is available for further tests in the file @file{stdout}.
22352 Similarly for @var{stderr} with @samp{experr} and @samp{stderr}.
22356 @node testsuite Invocation
22357 @section Running @command{testsuite} Scripts
22358 @cindex @command{testsuite}
22360 Autotest test suites support the following arguments:
22365 Display the list of options and exit successfully.
22369 Display the version of the test suite and exit successfully.
22371 @item --directory=@var{dir}
22372 @itemx -C @var{dir}
22373 Change the current directory to @var{dir} before creating any files.
22374 Useful for running the testsuite in a subdirectory from a top-level
22377 @item --jobs@r{[}=@var{n}@r{]}
22379 Run @var{n} tests in parallel, if possible. If @var{n} is not given,
22380 run all given tests in parallel. Note that there should be no space
22381 before the argument to @option{-j}, as @option{-j @var{number}} denotes
22382 the separate arguments @option{-j} and @option{@var{number}}, see below.
22384 In parallel mode, the standard input device of the testsuite script is
22385 not available to commands inside a test group. Furthermore, banner
22386 lines are not printed, and the summary line for each test group is
22387 output after the test group completes. Summary lines may appear
22388 unordered. If verbose and trace output are enabled (see below), they
22389 may appear intermixed from concurrently running tests.
22391 Parallel mode requires the @command{mkfifo} command to work, and will be
22392 silently disabled otherwise.
22396 Remove all the files the test suite might have created and exit. Meant
22397 for @code{clean} Make targets.
22401 List all the tests (or only the selection), including their possible
22407 By default all tests are performed (or described with
22408 @option{--list}) in the default environment first silently, then
22409 verbosely, but the environment, set of tests, and verbosity level can be
22413 @item @var{variable}=@var{value}
22414 Set the environment @var{variable} to @var{value}. Use this rather
22415 than @samp{FOO=foo ./testsuite} as debugging scripts would then run in a
22416 different environment.
22418 @cindex @code{AUTOTEST_PATH}
22419 The variable @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} specifies the testing path to prepend
22420 to @env{PATH}. Relative directory names (not starting with
22421 @samp{/}) are considered to be relative to the top level of the
22422 package being built. All directories are made absolute, first
22423 starting from the top level @emph{build} tree, then from the
22424 @emph{source} tree. For instance @samp{./testsuite
22425 AUTOTEST_PATH=tests:bin} for a @file{/src/foo-1.0} source package built
22426 in @file{/tmp/foo} results in @samp{/tmp/foo/tests:/tmp/foo/bin} and
22427 then @samp{/src/foo-1.0/tests:/src/foo-1.0/bin} being prepended to
22431 @itemx @var{number}-@var{number}
22432 @itemx @var{number}-
22433 @itemx -@var{number}
22434 Add the corresponding test groups, with obvious semantics, to the
22437 @item --keywords=@var{keywords}
22438 @itemx -k @var{keywords}
22439 Add to the selection the test groups with title or keywords (arguments
22440 to @code{AT_SETUP} or @code{AT_KEYWORDS}) that match @emph{all} keywords
22441 of the comma separated list @var{keywords}, case-insensitively. Use
22442 @samp{!} immediately before the keyword to invert the selection for this
22443 keyword. By default, the keywords match whole words; enclose them in
22444 @samp{.*} to also match parts of words.
22446 For example, running
22449 @kbd{./testsuite -k 'autoupdate,.*FUNC.*'}
22453 selects all tests tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{and} with tags
22454 containing @samp{FUNC} (as in @samp{AC_CHECK_FUNC}, @samp{AC_FUNC_ALLOCA},
22458 @kbd{./testsuite -k '!autoupdate' -k '.*FUNC.*'}
22462 selects all tests not tagged @samp{autoupdate} @emph{or} with tags
22463 containing @samp{FUNC}.
22467 If any test fails, immediately abort testing. It implies
22468 @option{--debug}: post test group clean up, and top-level logging
22469 are inhibited. This option is meant for the full test
22470 suite, it is not really useful for generated debugging scripts.
22471 If the testsuite is run in parallel mode using @option{--jobs},
22472 then concurrently running tests will finish before exiting.
22476 Force more verbosity in the detailed output of what is being done. This
22477 is the default for debugging scripts.
22481 Do not remove the files after a test group was performed ---but they are
22482 still removed @emph{before}, therefore using this option is sane when
22483 running several test groups. Create debugging scripts. Do not
22484 overwrite the top-level
22485 log (in order to preserve supposedly existing full log file). This is
22486 the default for debugging scripts, but it can also be useful to debug
22487 the testsuite itself.
22491 Trigger shell tracing of the test groups.
22495 @node Making testsuite Scripts
22496 @section Making @command{testsuite} Scripts
22498 For putting Autotest into movement, you need some configuration and
22499 makefile machinery. We recommend, at least if your package uses deep or
22500 shallow hierarchies, that you use @file{tests/} as the name of the
22501 directory holding all your tests and their makefile. Here is a
22502 check list of things to do.
22507 @cindex @file{package.m4}
22508 @atindex{PACKAGE_STRING}
22509 @atindex{PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}
22510 @atindex{PACKAGE_NAME}
22511 @atindex{PACKAGE_TARNAME}
22512 @atindex{PACKAGE_VERSION}
22513 @atindex{PACKAGE_URL}
22514 Make sure to create the file @file{package.m4}, which defines the
22515 identity of the package. It must define @code{AT_PACKAGE_STRING}, the
22516 full signature of the package, and @code{AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT}, the
22517 address to which bug reports should be sent. For sake of completeness,
22518 we suggest that you also define @code{AT_PACKAGE_NAME},
22519 @code{AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME}, @code{AT_PACKAGE_VERSION}, and
22520 @code{AT_PACKAGE_URL}.
22521 @xref{Initializing configure}, for a description of these variables.
22522 Be sure to distribute @file{package.m4} and to put it into the source
22523 hierarchy: the test suite ought to be shipped! See below for an example
22524 @file{Makefile} excerpt.
22527 Invoke @code{AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR}.
22529 @defmac AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR (@var{directory}, @dvar{test-path, directory})
22530 @acindex{CONFIG_TESTDIR}
22531 An Autotest test suite is to be configured in @var{directory}. This
22532 macro requires the instantiation of @file{@var{directory}/atconfig} from
22533 @file{@var{directory}/atconfig.in}, and sets the default
22534 @code{AUTOTEST_PATH} to @var{test-path} (@pxref{testsuite Invocation}).
22538 Still within @file{configure.ac}, as appropriate, ensure that some
22539 @code{AC_CONFIG_FILES} command includes substitution for
22540 @file{tests/atlocal}.
22543 The appropriate @file{Makefile} should be modified so the validation in
22544 your package is triggered by @samp{make check}. An example is provided
22548 With Automake, here is a minimal example for inclusion in
22549 @file{tests/Makefile.am}, in order to link @samp{make check} with a
22553 # The `:;' works around a Bash 3.2 bug when the output is not writeable.
22554 $(srcdir)/package.m4: $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
22556 echo '# Signature of the current package.' && \
22557 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_NAME],' && \
22558 echo ' [@@PACKAGE_NAME@@])' && \
22559 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_TARNAME],' && \
22560 echo ' [@@PACKAGE_TARNAME@@])' && \
22561 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_VERSION],' && \
22562 echo ' [@@PACKAGE_VERSION@@])' && \
22563 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_STRING],' && \
22564 echo ' [@@PACKAGE_STRING@@])' && \
22565 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_BUGREPORT],' && \
22566 echo ' [@@PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@@])'; \
22567 echo 'm4_define([AT_PACKAGE_URL],' && \
22568 echo ' [@@PACKAGE_URL@@])'; \
22569 @} >'$(srcdir)/package.m4'
22571 EXTRA_DIST = testsuite.at $(srcdir)/package.m4 $(TESTSUITE) atlocal.in
22572 TESTSUITE = $(srcdir)/testsuite
22574 check-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
22575 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' $(TESTSUITEFLAGS)
22577 installcheck-local: atconfig atlocal $(TESTSUITE)
22578 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' AUTOTEST_PATH='$(bindir)' \
22582 test ! -f '$(TESTSUITE)' || \
22583 $(SHELL) '$(TESTSUITE)' --clean
22585 AUTOM4TE = $(SHELL) $(srcdir)/build-aux/missing --run autom4te
22586 AUTOTEST = $(AUTOM4TE) --language=autotest
22587 $(TESTSUITE): $(srcdir)/testsuite.at $(srcdir)/package.m4
22588 $(AUTOTEST) -I '$(srcdir)' -o $@@.tmp $@@.at
22592 Note that the built testsuite is distributed; this is necessary because
22593 users might not have Autoconf installed, and thus would not be able to
22594 rebuild it. Likewise, the use of @file{missing} provides the user with
22595 a nicer error message if they modify a source file to the testsuite, and
22596 accidentally trigger the rebuild rules.
22598 You might want to list explicitly the dependencies, i.e., the list of
22599 the files @file{testsuite.at} includes.
22601 If you don't use Automake, you should include the above example in
22602 @file{tests/@/Makefile.in}, along with additional lines inspired from
22608 atconfig: $(top_builddir)/config.status
22609 cd $(top_builddir) && \
22610 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
22612 atlocal: $(srcdir)/atlocal.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
22613 cd $(top_builddir) && \
22614 $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@@
22618 and manage to have @code{$(EXTRA_DIST)} distributed. You will also want
22619 to distribute the file @file{build-aux/@/missing} from the Automake
22620 project; a copy of this file resides in the Autoconf source.
22622 With all this in place, and if you have not initialized @samp{TESTSUITEFLAGS}
22623 within your makefile, you can fine-tune test suite execution with this
22624 variable, for example:
22627 make check TESTSUITEFLAGS='-v -d -x 75 -k AC_PROG_CC CFLAGS=-g'
22632 @c =============================== Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
22635 @chapter Frequent Autoconf Questions, with answers
22637 Several questions about Autoconf come up occasionally. Here some of them
22641 * Distributing:: Distributing @command{configure} scripts
22642 * Why GNU M4:: Why not use the standard M4?
22643 * Bootstrapping:: Autoconf and @acronym{GNU} M4 require each other?
22644 * Why Not Imake:: Why @acronym{GNU} uses @command{configure} instead of Imake
22645 * Defining Directories:: Passing @code{datadir} to program
22646 * Autom4te Cache:: What is it? Can I remove it?
22647 * Present But Cannot Be Compiled:: Compiler and Preprocessor Disagree
22648 * Expanded Before Required:: Expanded Before Required
22652 @section Distributing @command{configure} Scripts
22656 What are the restrictions on distributing @command{configure}
22657 scripts that Autoconf generates? How does that affect my
22658 programs that use them?
22661 There are no restrictions on how the configuration scripts that Autoconf
22662 produces may be distributed or used. In Autoconf version 1, they were
22663 covered by the @acronym{GNU} General Public License. We still encourage
22664 software authors to distribute their work under terms like those of the
22665 @acronym{GPL}, but doing so is not required to use Autoconf.
22667 Of the other files that might be used with @command{configure},
22668 @file{config.h.in} is under whatever copyright you use for your
22669 @file{configure.ac}. @file{config.sub} and @file{config.guess} have an
22670 exception to the @acronym{GPL} when they are used with an Autoconf-generated
22671 @command{configure} script, which permits you to distribute them under the
22672 same terms as the rest of your package. @file{install-sh} is from the X
22673 Consortium and is not copyrighted.
22676 @section Why Require @acronym{GNU} M4?
22679 Why does Autoconf require @acronym{GNU} M4?
22682 Many M4 implementations have hard-coded limitations on the size and
22683 number of macros that Autoconf exceeds. They also lack several
22684 builtin macros that it would be difficult to get along without in a
22685 sophisticated application like Autoconf, including:
22695 Autoconf requires version 1.4.5 or later of @acronym{GNU} M4.
22697 Since only software maintainers need to use Autoconf, and since @acronym{GNU}
22698 M4 is simple to configure and install, it seems reasonable to require
22699 @acronym{GNU} M4 to be installed also. Many maintainers of @acronym{GNU} and
22700 other free software already have most of the @acronym{GNU} utilities
22701 installed, since they prefer them.
22703 @node Bootstrapping
22704 @section How Can I Bootstrap?
22708 If Autoconf requires @acronym{GNU} M4 and @acronym{GNU} M4 has an Autoconf
22709 @command{configure} script, how do I bootstrap? It seems like a chicken
22713 This is a misunderstanding. Although @acronym{GNU} M4 does come with a
22714 @command{configure} script produced by Autoconf, Autoconf is not required
22715 in order to run the script and install @acronym{GNU} M4. Autoconf is only
22716 required if you want to change the M4 @command{configure} script, which few
22717 people have to do (mainly its maintainer).
22719 @node Why Not Imake
22720 @section Why Not Imake?
22724 Why not use Imake instead of @command{configure} scripts?
22727 Several people have written addressing this question, so I include
22728 adaptations of their explanations here.
22730 The following answer is based on one written by Richard Pixley:
22733 Autoconf generated scripts frequently work on machines that it has
22734 never been set up to handle before. That is, it does a good job of
22735 inferring a configuration for a new system. Imake cannot do this.
22737 Imake uses a common database of host specific data. For X11, this makes
22738 sense because the distribution is made as a collection of tools, by one
22739 central authority who has control over the database.
22741 @acronym{GNU} tools are not released this way. Each @acronym{GNU} tool has a
22742 maintainer; these maintainers are scattered across the world. Using a
22743 common database would be a maintenance nightmare. Autoconf may appear
22744 to be this kind of database, but in fact it is not. Instead of listing
22745 host dependencies, it lists program requirements.
22747 If you view the @acronym{GNU} suite as a collection of native tools, then the
22748 problems are similar. But the @acronym{GNU} development tools can be
22749 configured as cross tools in almost any host+target permutation. All of
22750 these configurations can be installed concurrently. They can even be
22751 configured to share host independent files across hosts. Imake doesn't
22752 address these issues.
22754 Imake templates are a form of standardization. The @acronym{GNU} coding
22755 standards address the same issues without necessarily imposing the same
22760 Here is some further explanation, written by Per Bothner:
22763 One of the advantages of Imake is that it easy to generate large
22764 makefiles using the @samp{#include} and macro mechanisms of @command{cpp}.
22765 However, @code{cpp} is not programmable: it has limited conditional
22766 facilities, and no looping. And @code{cpp} cannot inspect its
22769 All of these problems are solved by using @code{sh} instead of
22770 @code{cpp}. The shell is fully programmable, has macro substitution,
22771 can execute (or source) other shell scripts, and can inspect its
22776 Paul Eggert elaborates more:
22779 With Autoconf, installers need not assume that Imake itself is already
22780 installed and working well. This may not seem like much of an advantage
22781 to people who are accustomed to Imake. But on many hosts Imake is not
22782 installed or the default installation is not working well, and requiring
22783 Imake to install a package hinders the acceptance of that package on
22784 those hosts. For example, the Imake template and configuration files
22785 might not be installed properly on a host, or the Imake build procedure
22786 might wrongly assume that all source files are in one big directory
22787 tree, or the Imake configuration might assume one compiler whereas the
22788 package or the installer needs to use another, or there might be a
22789 version mismatch between the Imake expected by the package and the Imake
22790 supported by the host. These problems are much rarer with Autoconf,
22791 where each package comes with its own independent configuration
22794 Also, Imake often suffers from unexpected interactions between
22795 @command{make} and the installer's C preprocessor. The fundamental problem
22796 here is that the C preprocessor was designed to preprocess C programs,
22797 not makefiles. This is much less of a problem with Autoconf,
22798 which uses the general-purpose preprocessor M4, and where the
22799 package's author (rather than the installer) does the preprocessing in a
22804 Finally, Mark Eichin notes:
22807 Imake isn't all that extensible, either. In order to add new features to
22808 Imake, you need to provide your own project template, and duplicate most
22809 of the features of the existing one. This means that for a sophisticated
22810 project, using the vendor-provided Imake templates fails to provide any
22811 leverage---since they don't cover anything that your own project needs
22812 (unless it is an X11 program).
22814 On the other side, though:
22816 The one advantage that Imake has over @command{configure}:
22817 @file{Imakefile} files tend to be much shorter (likewise, less redundant)
22818 than @file{Makefile.in} files. There is a fix to this, however---at least
22819 for the Kerberos V5 tree, we've modified things to call in common
22820 @file{post.in} and @file{pre.in} makefile fragments for the
22821 entire tree. This means that a lot of common things don't have to be
22822 duplicated, even though they normally are in @command{configure} setups.
22826 @node Defining Directories
22827 @section How Do I @code{#define} Installation Directories?
22830 My program needs library files, installed in @code{datadir} and
22834 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([DATADIR], [$datadir],
22835 [Define to the read-only architecture-independent
22843 #define DATADIR "$@{prefix@}/share"
22847 As already explained, this behavior is on purpose, mandated by the
22848 @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards, see @ref{Installation Directory
22849 Variables}. There are several means to achieve a similar goal:
22853 Do not use @code{AC_DEFINE} but use your makefile to pass the
22854 actual value of @code{datadir} via compilation flags.
22855 @xref{Installation Directory Variables}, for the details.
22858 This solution can be simplified when compiling a program: you may either
22859 extend the @code{CPPFLAGS}:
22862 CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"' @@CPPFLAGS@@
22866 If you are using Automake, you should use @code{AM_CPPFLAGS} instead:
22869 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DDATADIR='"$(datadir)"'
22873 Alternatively, create a dedicated header file:
22876 DISTCLEANFILES = myprog-paths.h
22877 myprog-paths.h: Makefile
22878 echo '#define DATADIR "$(datadir)"' >$@@
22882 Use @code{AC_DEFINE} but have @command{configure} compute the literal
22883 value of @code{datadir} and others. Many people have wrapped macros to
22884 automate this task; for an example, see the macro @code{AC_DEFINE_DIR} from
22885 the @uref{http://@/autoconf-archive@/.cryp.to/, Autoconf Macro
22888 This solution does not conform to the @acronym{GNU} Coding Standards.
22891 Note that all the previous solutions hard wire the absolute name of
22892 these directories in the executables, which is not a good property. You
22893 may try to compute the names relative to @code{prefix}, and try to
22894 find @code{prefix} at runtime, this way your package is relocatable.
22898 @node Autom4te Cache
22899 @section What is @file{autom4te.cache}?
22902 What is this directory @file{autom4te.cache}? Can I safely remove it?
22905 In the @acronym{GNU} Build System, @file{configure.ac} plays a central
22906 role and is read by many tools: @command{autoconf} to create
22907 @file{configure}, @command{autoheader} to create @file{config.h.in},
22908 @command{automake} to create @file{Makefile.in}, @command{autoscan} to
22909 check the completeness of @file{configure.ac}, @command{autoreconf} to
22910 check the @acronym{GNU} Build System components that are used. To
22911 ``read @file{configure.ac}'' actually means to compile it with M4,
22912 which can be a long process for complex @file{configure.ac}.
22914 This is why all these tools, instead of running directly M4, invoke
22915 @command{autom4te} (@pxref{autom4te Invocation}) which, while answering to
22916 a specific demand, stores additional information in
22917 @file{autom4te.cache} for future runs. For instance, if you run
22918 @command{autoconf}, behind the scenes, @command{autom4te} also
22919 stores information for the other tools, so that when you invoke
22920 @command{autoheader} or @command{automake} etc., reprocessing
22921 @file{configure.ac} is not needed. The speed up is frequently 30%,
22922 and is increasing with the size of @file{configure.ac}.
22924 But it is and remains being simply a cache: you can safely remove it.
22929 Can I permanently get rid of it?
22932 The creation of this cache can be disabled from
22933 @file{~/.autom4te.cfg}, see @ref{Customizing autom4te}, for more
22934 details. You should be aware that disabling the cache slows down the
22935 Autoconf test suite by 40%. The more @acronym{GNU} Build System
22936 components are used, the more the cache is useful; for instance
22937 running @samp{autoreconf -f} on the Core Utilities is twice slower without
22938 the cache @emph{although @option{--force} implies that the cache is
22939 not fully exploited}, and eight times slower than without
22943 @node Present But Cannot Be Compiled
22944 @section Header Present But Cannot Be Compiled
22946 The most important guideline to bear in mind when checking for
22947 features is to mimic as much as possible the intended use.
22948 Unfortunately, old versions of @code{AC_CHECK_HEADER} and
22949 @code{AC_CHECK_HEADERS} failed to follow this idea, and called
22950 the preprocessor, instead of the compiler, to check for headers. As a
22951 result, incompatibilities between headers went unnoticed during
22952 configuration, and maintainers finally had to deal with this issue
22955 The transition began with Autoconf 2.56. As of Autoconf 2.64 both
22956 checks are performed, and @command{configure} complains loudly if the
22957 compiler and the preprocessor do not agree. However, only the compiler
22958 result is considered.
22960 Consider the following example:
22963 $ @kbd{cat number.h}
22964 typedef int number;
22966 const number pi = 3;
22967 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
22968 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
22969 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([pi.h])
22970 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
22971 $ @kbd{./configure}
22972 checking for gcc... gcc
22973 checking for C compiler default output file name... a.out
22974 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
22975 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
22976 checking for suffix of executables...
22977 checking for suffix of object files... o
22978 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
22979 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
22980 checking for gcc option to accept ISO C89... none needed
22981 checking how to run the C preprocessor... gcc -E
22982 checking for grep that handles long lines and -e... grep
22983 checking for egrep... grep -E
22984 checking for ANSI C header files... yes
22985 checking for sys/types.h... yes
22986 checking for sys/stat.h... yes
22987 checking for stdlib.h... yes
22988 checking for string.h... yes
22989 checking for memory.h... yes
22990 checking for strings.h... yes
22991 checking for inttypes.h... yes
22992 checking for stdint.h... yes
22993 checking for unistd.h... yes
22994 checking pi.h usability... no
22995 checking pi.h presence... yes
22996 configure: WARNING: pi.h: present but cannot be compiled
22997 configure: WARNING: pi.h: check for missing prerequisite headers?
22998 configure: WARNING: pi.h: see the Autoconf documentation
22999 configure: WARNING: pi.h: section "Present But Cannot Be Compiled"
23000 configure: WARNING: pi.h: proceeding with the compiler's result
23001 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
23002 configure: WARNING: ## Report this to bug-example@@example.org ##
23003 configure: WARNING: ## -------------------------------------- ##
23004 checking for pi.h... yes
23008 The proper way the handle this case is using the fourth argument
23009 (@pxref{Generic Headers}):
23012 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
23013 AC_INIT([Example], [1.0], [bug-example@@example.org])
23014 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([number.h pi.h], [], [],
23015 [[#ifdef HAVE_NUMBER_H
23016 # include <number.h>
23019 $ @kbd{autoconf -Wall}
23020 $ @kbd{./configure}
23021 checking for gcc... gcc
23022 checking for C compiler default output... a.out
23023 checking whether the C compiler works... yes
23024 checking whether we are cross compiling... no
23025 checking for suffix of executables...
23026 checking for suffix of object files... o
23027 checking whether we are using the GNU C compiler... yes
23028 checking whether gcc accepts -g... yes
23029 checking for gcc option to accept ANSI C... none needed
23030 checking for number.h... yes
23031 checking for pi.h... yes
23034 See @ref{Particular Headers}, for a list of headers with their
23037 @node Expanded Before Required
23038 @section Expanded Before Required
23040 @cindex expanded before required
23041 Older versions of Autoconf silently built files with incorrect ordering
23042 between dependent macros if an outer macro first expanded, then later
23043 indirectly required, an inner macro. Starting with Autoconf 2.64, this
23044 situation no longer generates out-of-order code, but results in
23045 duplicate output and a syntax warning:
23048 $ @kbd{cat configure.ac}
23049 @result{}AC_DEFUN([TESTA], [[echo in A
23050 @result{}if test -n "$SEEN_A" ; then echo duplicate ; fi
23051 @result{}SEEN_A=:]])
23052 @result{}AC_DEFUN([TESTB], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTA])[echo in B
23053 @result{}if test -z "$SEEN_A" ; then echo bug ; fi]])
23054 @result{}AC_DEFUN([TESTC], [AC_REQUIRE([TESTB])[echo in C]])
23055 @result{}AC_DEFUN([OUTER], [[echo in OUTER]
23062 @result{}configure.ac:11: warning: AC_REQUIRE:
23063 @result{} `TESTA' was expanded before it was required
23064 @result{}configure.ac:4: TESTB is expanded from...
23065 @result{}configure.ac:6: TESTC is expanded from...
23066 @result{}configure.ac:7: OUTER is expanded from...
23067 @result{}configure.ac:11: the top level
23071 To avoid this warning, decide what purpose the macro in question serves.
23072 If it only needs to be expanded once (for example, if it provides
23073 initialization text used by later macros), then the simplest fix is to
23074 change the macro to be declared with @code{AC_DEFUN_ONCE}
23075 (@pxref{One-Shot Macros}), although this only works in Autoconf 2.64 and
23076 newer. A more portable fix is to change all
23077 instances of direct calls to instead go through @code{AC_REQUIRE}
23078 (@pxref{Prerequisite Macros}). If, instead, the macro is parameterized
23079 by arguments or by the current definition of other macros in the m4
23080 environment, then the macro should always be directly expanded instead
23083 @c ===================================================== History of Autoconf.
23086 @chapter History of Autoconf
23087 @cindex History of autoconf
23089 You may be wondering, Why was Autoconf originally written? How did it
23090 get into its present form? (Why does it look like gorilla spit?) If
23091 you're not wondering, then this chapter contains no information useful
23092 to you, and you might as well skip it. If you @emph{are} wondering,
23093 then let there be light@enddots{}
23096 * Genesis:: Prehistory and naming of @command{configure}
23097 * Exodus:: The plagues of M4 and Perl
23098 * Leviticus:: The priestly code of portability arrives
23099 * Numbers:: Growth and contributors
23100 * Deuteronomy:: Approaching the promises of easy configuration
23106 In June 1991 I was maintaining many of the @acronym{GNU} utilities for the
23107 Free Software Foundation. As they were ported to more platforms and
23108 more programs were added, the number of @option{-D} options that users
23109 had to select in the makefile (around 20) became burdensome.
23110 Especially for me---I had to test each new release on a bunch of
23111 different systems. So I wrote a little shell script to guess some of
23112 the correct settings for the fileutils package, and released it as part
23113 of fileutils 2.0. That @command{configure} script worked well enough that
23114 the next month I adapted it (by hand) to create similar @command{configure}
23115 scripts for several other @acronym{GNU} utilities packages. Brian Berliner
23116 also adapted one of my scripts for his @acronym{CVS} revision control system.
23118 Later that summer, I learned that Richard Stallman and Richard Pixley
23119 were developing similar scripts to use in the @acronym{GNU} compiler tools;
23120 so I adapted my @command{configure} scripts to support their evolving
23121 interface: using the file name @file{Makefile.in} as the templates;
23122 adding @samp{+srcdir}, the first option (of many); and creating
23123 @file{config.status} files.
23128 As I got feedback from users, I incorporated many improvements, using
23129 Emacs to search and replace, cut and paste, similar changes in each of
23130 the scripts. As I adapted more @acronym{GNU} utilities packages to use
23131 @command{configure} scripts, updating them all by hand became impractical.
23132 Rich Murphey, the maintainer of the @acronym{GNU} graphics utilities, sent me
23133 mail saying that the @command{configure} scripts were great, and asking if
23134 I had a tool for generating them that I could send him. No, I thought,
23135 but I should! So I started to work out how to generate them. And the
23136 journey from the slavery of hand-written @command{configure} scripts to the
23137 abundance and ease of Autoconf began.
23139 Cygnus @command{configure}, which was being developed at around that time,
23140 is table driven; it is meant to deal mainly with a discrete number of
23141 system types with a small number of mainly unguessable features (such as
23142 details of the object file format). The automatic configuration system
23143 that Brian Fox had developed for Bash takes a similar approach. For
23144 general use, it seems to me a hopeless cause to try to maintain an
23145 up-to-date database of which features each variant of each operating
23146 system has. It's easier and more reliable to check for most features on
23147 the fly---especially on hybrid systems that people have hacked on
23148 locally or that have patches from vendors installed.
23150 I considered using an architecture similar to that of Cygnus
23151 @command{configure}, where there is a single @command{configure} script that
23152 reads pieces of @file{configure.in} when run. But I didn't want to have
23153 to distribute all of the feature tests with every package, so I settled
23154 on having a different @command{configure} made from each
23155 @file{configure.in} by a preprocessor. That approach also offered more
23156 control and flexibility.
23158 I looked briefly into using the Metaconfig package, by Larry Wall,
23159 Harlan Stenn, and Raphael Manfredi, but I decided not to for several
23160 reasons. The @command{Configure} scripts it produces are interactive,
23161 which I find quite inconvenient; I didn't like the ways it checked for
23162 some features (such as library functions); I didn't know that it was
23163 still being maintained, and the @command{Configure} scripts I had
23164 seen didn't work on many modern systems (such as System V R4 and NeXT);
23165 it wasn't flexible in what it could do in response to a feature's
23166 presence or absence; I found it confusing to learn; and it was too big
23167 and complex for my needs (I didn't realize then how much Autoconf would
23168 eventually have to grow).
23170 I considered using Perl to generate my style of @command{configure}
23171 scripts, but decided that M4 was better suited to the job of simple
23172 textual substitutions: it gets in the way less, because output is
23173 implicit. Plus, everyone already has it. (Initially I didn't rely on
23174 the @acronym{GNU} extensions to M4.) Also, some of my friends at the
23175 University of Maryland had recently been putting M4 front ends on
23176 several programs, including @code{tvtwm}, and I was interested in trying
23177 out a new language.
23182 Since my @command{configure} scripts determine the system's capabilities
23183 automatically, with no interactive user intervention, I decided to call
23184 the program that generates them Autoconfig. But with a version number
23185 tacked on, that name would be too long for old Unix file systems,
23186 so I shortened it to Autoconf.
23188 In the fall of 1991 I called together a group of fellow questers after
23189 the Holy Grail of portability (er, that is, alpha testers) to give me
23190 feedback as I encapsulated pieces of my handwritten scripts in M4 macros
23191 and continued to add features and improve the techniques used in the
23192 checks. Prominent among the testers were Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, who came up
23193 with the idea of making an Autoconf shell script to run M4
23194 and check for unresolved macro calls; Richard Pixley, who suggested
23195 running the compiler instead of searching the file system to find
23196 include files and symbols, for more accurate results; Karl Berry, who
23197 got Autoconf to configure @TeX{} and added the macro index to the
23198 documentation; and Ian Lance Taylor, who added support for creating a C
23199 header file as an alternative to putting @option{-D} options in a
23200 makefile, so he could use Autoconf for his @acronym{UUCP} package.
23201 The alpha testers cheerfully adjusted their files again and again as the
23202 names and calling conventions of the Autoconf macros changed from
23203 release to release. They all contributed many specific checks, great
23204 ideas, and bug fixes.
23209 In July 1992, after months of alpha testing, I released Autoconf 1.0,
23210 and converted many @acronym{GNU} packages to use it. I was surprised by how
23211 positive the reaction to it was. More people started using it than I
23212 could keep track of, including people working on software that wasn't
23213 part of the @acronym{GNU} Project (such as TCL, FSP, and Kerberos V5).
23214 Autoconf continued to improve rapidly, as many people using the
23215 @command{configure} scripts reported problems they encountered.
23217 Autoconf turned out to be a good torture test for M4 implementations.
23218 Unix M4 started to dump core because of the length of the
23219 macros that Autoconf defined, and several bugs showed up in @acronym{GNU}
23220 M4 as well. Eventually, we realized that we needed to use some
23221 features that only @acronym{GNU} M4 has. 4.3@acronym{BSD} M4, in
23222 particular, has an impoverished set of builtin macros; the System V
23223 version is better, but still doesn't provide everything we need.
23225 More development occurred as people put Autoconf under more stresses
23226 (and to uses I hadn't anticipated). Karl Berry added checks for X11.
23227 david zuhn contributed C++ support. Fran@,{c}ois Pinard made it diagnose
23228 invalid arguments. Jim Blandy bravely coerced it into configuring
23229 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, laying the groundwork for several later improvements.
23230 Roland McGrath got it to configure the @acronym{GNU} C Library, wrote the
23231 @command{autoheader} script to automate the creation of C header file
23232 templates, and added a @option{--verbose} option to @command{configure}.
23233 Noah Friedman added the @option{--autoconf-dir} option and
23234 @code{AC_MACRODIR} environment variable. (He also coined the term
23235 @dfn{autoconfiscate} to mean ``adapt a software package to use
23236 Autoconf''.) Roland and Noah improved the quoting protection in
23237 @code{AC_DEFINE} and fixed many bugs, especially when I got sick of
23238 dealing with portability problems from February through June, 1993.
23241 @section Deuteronomy
23243 A long wish list for major features had accumulated, and the effect of
23244 several years of patching by various people had left some residual
23245 cruft. In April 1994, while working for Cygnus Support, I began a major
23246 revision of Autoconf. I added most of the features of the Cygnus
23247 @command{configure} that Autoconf had lacked, largely by adapting the
23248 relevant parts of Cygnus @command{configure} with the help of david zuhn
23249 and Ken Raeburn. These features include support for using
23250 @file{config.sub}, @file{config.guess}, @option{--host}, and
23251 @option{--target}; making links to files; and running @command{configure}
23252 scripts in subdirectories. Adding these features enabled Ken to convert
23253 @acronym{GNU} @code{as}, and Rob Savoye to convert Deja@acronym{GNU}, to using
23256 I added more features in response to other peoples' requests. Many
23257 people had asked for @command{configure} scripts to share the results of
23258 the checks between runs, because (particularly when configuring a large
23259 source tree, like Cygnus does) they were frustratingly slow. Mike
23260 Haertel suggested adding site-specific initialization scripts. People
23261 distributing software that had to unpack on MS-DOS asked for a way to
23262 override the @file{.in} extension on the file names, which produced file
23263 names like @file{config.h.in} containing two dots. Jim Avera did an
23264 extensive examination of the problems with quoting in @code{AC_DEFINE}
23265 and @code{AC_SUBST}; his insights led to significant improvements.
23266 Richard Stallman asked that compiler output be sent to @file{config.log}
23267 instead of @file{/dev/null}, to help people debug the Emacs
23268 @command{configure} script.
23270 I made some other changes because of my dissatisfaction with the quality
23271 of the program. I made the messages showing results of the checks less
23272 ambiguous, always printing a result. I regularized the names of the
23273 macros and cleaned up coding style inconsistencies. I added some
23274 auxiliary utilities that I had developed to help convert source code
23275 packages to use Autoconf. With the help of Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, I made
23276 the macros not interrupt each others' messages. (That feature revealed
23277 some performance bottlenecks in @acronym{GNU} M4, which he hastily
23278 corrected!) I reorganized the documentation around problems people want
23279 to solve. And I began a test suite, because experience had shown that
23280 Autoconf has a pronounced tendency to regress when we change it.
23282 Again, several alpha testers gave invaluable feedback, especially
23283 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard, Jim Meyering, Karl Berry, Rob Savoye, Ken Raeburn,
23286 Finally, version 2.0 was ready. And there was much rejoicing. (And I
23287 have free time again. I think. Yeah, right.)
23290 @c ========================================================== Appendices
23293 @node GNU Free Documentation License
23294 @appendix GNU Free Documentation License
23302 * Environment Variable Index:: Index of environment variables used
23303 * Output Variable Index:: Index of variables set in output files
23304 * Preprocessor Symbol Index:: Index of C preprocessor symbols defined
23305 * Autoconf Macro Index:: Index of Autoconf macros
23306 * M4 Macro Index:: Index of M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros
23307 * Autotest Macro Index:: Index of Autotest macros
23308 * Program & Function Index:: Index of those with portability problems
23309 * Concept Index:: General index
23312 @node Environment Variable Index
23313 @appendixsec Environment Variable Index
23315 This is an alphabetical list of the environment variables that Autoconf
23320 @node Output Variable Index
23321 @appendixsec Output Variable Index
23323 This is an alphabetical list of the variables that Autoconf can
23324 substitute into files that it creates, typically one or more
23325 makefiles. @xref{Setting Output Variables}, for more information
23326 on how this is done.
23330 @node Preprocessor Symbol Index
23331 @appendixsec Preprocessor Symbol Index
23333 This is an alphabetical list of the C preprocessor symbols that the
23334 Autoconf macros define. To work with Autoconf, C source code needs to
23335 use these names in @code{#if} or @code{#ifdef} directives.
23339 @node Autoconf Macro Index
23340 @appendixsec Autoconf Macro Index
23342 This is an alphabetical list of the Autoconf macros.
23343 @ifset shortindexflag
23344 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
23345 preceding @samp{AC_}.
23350 @node M4 Macro Index
23351 @appendixsec M4 Macro Index
23353 This is an alphabetical list of the M4, M4sugar, and M4sh macros.
23354 @ifset shortindexflag
23355 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
23356 preceding @samp{m4_} or @samp{AS_}.
23361 @node Autotest Macro Index
23362 @appendixsec Autotest Macro Index
23364 This is an alphabetical list of the Autotest macros.
23365 @ifset shortindexflag
23366 To make the list easier to use, the macros are listed without their
23367 preceding @samp{AT_}.
23372 @node Program & Function Index
23373 @appendixsec Program and Function Index
23375 This is an alphabetical list of the programs and functions whose
23376 portability is discussed in this document.
23380 @node Concept Index
23381 @appendixsec Concept Index
23383 This is an alphabetical list of the files, tools, and concepts
23384 introduced in this document.
23390 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename autoconf texi settitle setchapternewpage
23391 @c LocalWords: setcontentsaftertitlepage finalout ARG ovar varname dvar acx
23392 @c LocalWords: makeinfo dvi defcodeindex ev ov CPP cv Autotest mv defindex fn
23393 @c LocalWords: shortindexflag iftex ifset acindex ACindex ifclear ahindex fu
23394 @c LocalWords: asindex MSindex atindex ATindex auindex hdrindex prindex FIXME
23395 @c LocalWords: msindex alloca fnindex Aaarg indices FSF's dircategory ifnames
23396 @c LocalWords: direntry autoscan autoreconf autoheader autoupdate config FDs
23397 @c LocalWords: testsuite titlepage Elliston Demaille vskip filll ifnottex hmm
23398 @c LocalWords: insertcopying Autoconf's detailmenu Automake Libtool Posix ois
23399 @c LocalWords: Systemology Checkpointing Changequote INTERCAL changequote dfn
23400 @c LocalWords: Quadrigraphs builtins Shellology acconfig Bugward LIBOBJ Imake
23401 @c LocalWords: LIBOBJS IFELSE cindex flushright Pinard Metaconfig uref Simons
23402 @c LocalWords: distclean uninstall noindent versioning Tromey dir
23403 @c LocalWords: SAMS samp aclocal acsite underquoted emph itemx prepend SUBST
23404 @c LocalWords: evindex automake Gettext autopoint gettext symlink libtoolize
23405 @c LocalWords: defmac INIT tarname ovindex cvindex BUGREPORT PREREQ asis PROG
23406 @c LocalWords: SRCDIR srcdir globbing afterwards cmds foos fooo foooo init cd
23407 @c LocalWords: builddir timestamp src Imakefile chmod defvar CFLAGS CPPFLAGS
23408 @c LocalWords: CXXFLAGS DEFS DHAVE defvarx FCFLAGS FFLAGS LDFLAGS bindir GCC
23409 @c LocalWords: datadir datarootdir docdir dvidir htmldir libdir ifnothtml kbd
23410 @c LocalWords: includedir infodir libexecdir localedir localstatedir mandir
23411 @c LocalWords: oldincludedir pdfdir PDF psdir PostScript sbindir sysconfdir
23412 @c LocalWords: sharedstatedir DDATADIR sed tmp pkgdatadir VPATH conf unistd
23413 @c LocalWords: undef endif builtin FUNCS ifndef STACKSEG getb GETB YMP fubar
23414 @c LocalWords: PRE dest SUBDIRS subdirs fi struct STDC stdlib stddef INTTYPES
23415 @c LocalWords: inttypes STDINT stdint AWK AIX Solaris NeXT env EGREP FGREP yy
23416 @c LocalWords: LEXLIB YYTEXT lfl nonportable Automake's LN RANLIB byacc INETD
23417 @c LocalWords: inetd prog PROGS progs ranlib lmp lXt lX nsl gethostbyname UX
23418 @c LocalWords: NextStep isinf isnan glibc IRIX sunmath lm lsunmath pre sizeof
23419 @c LocalWords: ld inline malloc putenv setenv FreeBSD realloc SunOS MinGW
23420 @c LocalWords: snprintf vsnprintf sprintf vsprintf sscanf gcc strerror ifdef
23421 @c LocalWords: strnlen sysconf PAGESIZE unsetenv va fallback memcpy dst FUNC
23422 @c LocalWords: PowerPC GNUC libPW pragma Olibcalls CHOWN chown CLOSEDIR VFORK
23423 @c LocalWords: closedir FNMATCH fnmatch vfork FSEEKO LARGEFILE fseeko SVR sc
23424 @c LocalWords: largefile GETGROUPS getgroups GETLOADAVG DGUX UMAX NLIST KMEM
23425 @c LocalWords: SETGID getloadavg nlist GETMNTENT irix
23426 @c LocalWords: getmntent UnixWare GETPGRP getpgid getpgrp Posix's pid LSTAT
23427 @c LocalWords: lstat rpl MEMCMP memcmp OpenStep MBRTOWC mbrtowc MKTIME mktime
23428 @c LocalWords: localtime MMAP mmap OBSTACK obstack obstacks ARGTYPES timeval
23429 @c LocalWords: SETPGRP setpgrp defmacx Hurd SETVBUF setvbuf STRCOLL strcoll
23430 @c LocalWords: STRTOD strtod DECL STRFTIME strftime SCO UTIME utime VPRINTF
23431 @c LocalWords: DOPRNT vprintf doprnt sp unfixable LIBSOURCE LIBSOURCES Eggert
23432 @c LocalWords: linux netinet ia Tru XFree DIRENT NDIR dirent ndir multitable
23433 @c LocalWords: NAMLEN strlen namlen MKDEV SYSMACROS makedev RESOLV resolv DNS
23434 @c LocalWords: inet structs NAMESER arpa NETDB netdb UTekV UTS GCC's kB
23435 @c LocalWords: STDBOOL BOOL stdbool conformant cplusplus bool Bool stdarg tm
23436 @c LocalWords: ctype strchr strrchr rindex bcopy memmove memchr WEXITSTATUS
23437 @c LocalWords: WIFEXITED TIOCGWINSZ GWINSZ termios preprocess preprocessable
23438 @c LocalWords: DECLS strdup calloc BLKSIZE blksize RDEV rdev TZNAME tzname pw
23439 @c LocalWords: passwd gecos pwd MBSTATE mbstate wchar RETSIGTYPE hup UID uid
23440 @c LocalWords: gid ptrdiff uintmax EXEEXT OBJEXT Ae conftest AXP str
23441 @c LocalWords: ALIGNOF WERROR Werror cpp HP's WorkShop egcs un fied stdc CXX
23442 @c LocalWords: varargs BIGENDIAN Endianness SPARC endianness grep'ed CONST FC
23443 @c LocalWords: const STRINGIZE stringizing PARAMS unprotoize protos KCC cxx
23444 @c LocalWords: xlC aCC CXXCPP FREEFORM xlf FLIBS FCLIBS ish SRCEXT XTRA LFS
23445 @c LocalWords: ISC lcposix MINIX Minix conditionalized inlines hw dD confdefs
23446 @c LocalWords: fputs stdout PREPROC ar UFS HFS QNX realtime fstype STATVFS se
23447 @c LocalWords: statvfs STATFS statfs func machfile hdr lelf raboof DEFUN GTK
23448 @c LocalWords: GTKMM Grmph ified ine defn baz EOF qar Ahhh changecom algol io
23449 @c LocalWords: changeword quadrigraphs quadrigraph dnl SGI atoi overquoting
23450 @c LocalWords: Aas Wcross sep args namespace undefine bpatsubst popdef dquote
23451 @c LocalWords: bregexp Overquote overquotation meisch maisch meische maische
23452 @c LocalWords: miscian DIRNAME dirname MKDIR CATFILE XMKMF TRAVOLTA celsius
23453 @c LocalWords: EMX emxos Emacsen Korn DYNIX subshell posix Ksh ksh Pdksh Zsh
23454 @c LocalWords: pdksh zsh Allbery Lipe Kubota UWS zorglub stderr eval esac lfn
23455 @c LocalWords: drivespec Posixy DJGPP doschk prettybird LPT pfew Zsh's yu yaa
23456 @c LocalWords: yM uM aM firebird IP subdir misparses ok Unpatched abc bc zA
23457 @c LocalWords: CDPATH DUALCASE LINENO prepass Subshells lineno NULLCMD cmp wc
23458 @c LocalWords: MAILPATH scanset arg NetBSD Almquist printf expr cp
23459 @c LocalWords: Oliva awk Aaaaarg cmd regex xfoo GNV OpenVMS VM
23460 @c LocalWords: sparc Proulx nbar nfoo maxdepth acdilrtu TWG mc
23461 @c LocalWords: mkdir exe uname OpenBSD Fileutils mktemp umask TMPDIR guid os
23462 @c LocalWords: fooXXXXXX Unicos utimes hpux hppa unescaped
23463 @c LocalWords: pmake DOS's gmake ifoo DESTDIR autoconfiscated pc coff mips gg
23464 @c LocalWords: dec ultrix cpu wildcards rpcc rdtsc powerpc readline
23465 @c LocalWords: withval vxworks gless localcache usr LOFF loff CYGWIN Cygwin
23466 @c LocalWords: cygwin SIGLIST siglist SYSNDIR SYSDIR ptx lseq rusage elif MSC
23467 @c LocalWords: lfoo POUNDBANG lsun NIS getpwnam SYSCALLS RSH INTL lintl aix
23468 @c LocalWords: intl lx ldir syslog bsd EPI toolchain netbsd objext de KNR nn
23469 @c LocalWords: fication LTLIBOBJS Wdiff TESTDIR atconfig atlocal akim XFAIL
23470 @c LocalWords: ChangeLog prepended errexit smallexample TESTSUITEFLAGS GPL er
23471 @c LocalWords: installcheck autotest indir Pixley Bothner Eichin Kerberos adl
23472 @c LocalWords: DISTCLEANFILES preprocessor's fileutils Stallman Murphey Stenn
23473 @c LocalWords: Manfredi Autoconfig TCL FSP david zuhn Blandy MACRODIR Raeburn
23474 @c LocalWords: autoconfiscate Savoye Haertel Avera Meyering fdl appendixsec
23475 @c LocalWords: printindex american LIBOBJDIR LibdirTest ERLCFLAGS OBJCFLAGS
23476 @c LocalWords: VER Gnulib online xyes strcpy TYPEOF typeof OBJC objcc objc ln
23477 @c LocalWords: GOBJC OTP ERLC erl valloc decr dumpdef errprint incr
23478 @c LocalWords: esyscmd len maketemp pushdef substr syscmd sysval translit txt
23479 @c LocalWords: sinclude foreach myvar tolower toupper uniq BASENAME STDIN
23480 @c LocalWords: Dynix descrips basename aname cname macroexpands xno xcheck
23481 @c LocalWords: LIBREADLINE lreadline lncurses libreadline
23483 @c Local Variables:
23485 @c ispell-local-dictionary: "american"
23486 @c indent-tabs-mode: nil
23487 @c whitespace-check-buffer-indent: nil